Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 0

Attached are page(s) from the 2008 Hilti North

American Product Technical Guide. For


complete details on this product, including data
development, product specifications, general
suitability, installation, corrosion, and spacing &
edge distance guidelines, please refer to the
Technical Guide, or contact Hilti.

Hilti, Inc.
5400 South 122 n d East Avenue
Tulsa, OK 74146
1-800-879-8000
www.hilti.com

Prod_Tech_Guide_Cover_2008.qxd:MI_Kapitel_5_en.qxd

12/29/07

2:16 PM

Page 4

Hilti Product Technical Guide

P R O F I S

PROFIS:
The Worlds Most Powerful
Anchor Design Software
Easy to Learn Start working in
just minutes
Fast and Powerful Produce detailed
designs quickly
Specify with Confidence The
largest number of approvals and
latest design codes
No charge.
Download now at www.us.hilti.com
or www.hilti.ca

Hilti Online

Technical Library
Design Centers
Interactive Product Advisors
Full-line Product Catalog
Online Ordering
Maps to Hilti locations
Contact Us program to
answer your questions

Firestop Systems
When it comes to Life Safety and building
code compliance, Hilti provides complete
solutions with a wide range of products
and unmatched technical support.
Firestop Systems Guides
- Through Penetrations
- Joint Penetrations
FACT Program
FS 411
BASIC Training
Engineering Judgements
Firestop Design Center online
at www.us.hilti.com or www.hilti.ca

Hilti Diaphragm
Deck Design
The Hilti Diaphragm Deck Design
Program allows designers to quickly
and accurately design roof deck and
composite floor deck diaphragms.
Ability to design with innovative
Hilti fasteners for frame and sidelap
connection
Creates easy to use load tables with
span ranges based on user input
Allows for different safety factors
depending on load type, building
code and field quality control
Direct link to Hilti website

MI Industrial
Pipe Support
Technical Guide
A guide to specifying the Hilti modular
pipe support system for medium to
heavy loads without welding.
MI System is the ideal solution for
pipes up to 24 in. diameter
Reliable fastenings without welds
Easily installed

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.ca.hilti.com I Product Technical Guide 2008

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 128

Anchoring Systems

Anchoring Systems Table of Contents


Section

Description

Page

4.1
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
4.1.6
4.1.6.1
4.1.7
4.1.8
4.1.8.1
4.1.8.2
4.1.8.3
4.1.8.4
4.1.8.5
4.1.9
4.1.9.1
4.1.9.2
4.1.9.3
4.1.9.4
4.1.9.5
4.1.9.6
4.1.9.7
4.1.9.8
4.1.10
4.1.11
4.1.12
4.1.13
4.1.14

Anchor Principles & Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130


Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Strength Design (SD) Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Anchors in Concrete and Masonry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Anchor Working Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Anchor Behavior Under Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Long Term Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Anchor Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Allowable Stress Design (ASD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Recommended Loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Critical and Minimum Spacing and Edge Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Interaction ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Bolt Bending ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Increase in Capacity for Short Term Loading ASD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Strength Design SD (LRFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Load Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
General Requirements for Anchor Strength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Strength Reduction Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Design Requirements for Tensile Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Design Requirements for Shear Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Interaction Strength Design (LRFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Required Edge Distances, Anchor Spacing and Member Thickness Strength Design (LRFD) . . 141
Bolt Bending Strength Design (LRFD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Torquing and Pretensioning of Anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Design of Anchors for Fatigue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Design of Anchors for Fire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Design of Post-Installed Reinforcing Bar Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Anchor Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144

4.2
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
4.2.5
4.2.6
4.2.7
4.2.8

Adhesive Anchoring Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150


HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
The Hilti HIT System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
HIT-TZ with HIT HY 150 MAX or HIT ICE Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
HIT RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
HIT HY 20 for Masonry Construction Adhesive Anchoring System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278

128 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 129

Anchoring Systems

Anchoring Systems Table of Contents


4.3
4.3.1
4.3.2
4.3.3
4.3.4
4.3.5
4.3.6
4.3.7
4.3.8
4.3.9
4.3.10
4.3.11
4.3.12
4.3.13
4.3.14
4.3.15
4.3.16
4.3.17
4.3.18

Mechanical Anchoring Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289


HDA Undercut Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
HUS-H Screw Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
HCA Coil anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
HDI-P Drop-In Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
HLC Sleeve Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Metal Hit Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
HPS-1 Impact Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
HTB TOGGLER Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
HLD Kwik Tog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
IDP Insulation Anchor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 129

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design


4.1.1 Allowable Stress Design (ASD) Terminology
The following terminology is generally compliant with that
used in ICC-ES acceptance criteria for allowable stress
design of anchors.

hef

= effective anchor embedment

hmin

= minimum member thickness

hnom

= dimension from base material surface to


bottom of anchor (prior to setting is applicable)

ho

= depth of full diameter hole in base material

Anom

= nominal bolt cross sectional area

Asl

= cross sectional area of anchor sleeve

Ast

= tensile stress area of threaded part

= anchor embedded length

= distance from anchor centerline to free edge of


base material

th

= anchor useable thread length

ccr

= critical edge distance

MuM,5%

= characteristic flexural resistance of anchor


bolt (5% fractile)

cmin

= minimum edge distance

Nallow

= anchor bolt diameter (shank diameter)

= allowable load (based on mean value from


tests and a global safety factor)

dbit

= nominal drill bit diameter

Nd

= design tension load (unfactored)

dh

= diameter of clearance hole in attachment


(e.g. baseplate)

Nrec

= recommended tension load

= anchor axial spacing

dnom

= nominal anchor diameter

scr

do

= anchor O.D.

= critical spacing between adjacent


loaded anchors

dw

= washer diameter

smin

fa

= adjustment factor for anchor spacing

= minimum spacing between adjacent


loaded anchors

fc

= concrete compressive strength as measured by


testing of cylinders

= elastic section modulus of anchor bolt

sW

= width of anchor nut across flats

f 'c

= specified concrete compressive strength

t fix

fRN

= adjustment factor for edge distance,


tension loading

= maximum thickness of attachment


(e.g. baseplate) to be fastened

Tinst

= recommended anchor installation torque

Tmax

= maximum tightening torque

Vallow

= allowable shear load (based on mean value


from tests and a global safety factor)

Vd

= design shear load (unfactored)

Vrec

= recommended shear load

fRV1

= adjustment factor for edge distance, shear


loading perpendicular and towards free edge

fRV2

= adjustment factor for edge distance, shear


loading parallel to edge

fRV3

= adjustment factor for edge distance, shear


loading perpendicular and away from free edge

fy

= specified reinforcing bar yield strength

Fy

= specified bolt minimum yield strength

Fu

= specified bolt minimum ultimate strength

= thickness of member in which anchor is


embedded as measured parallel to anchor axis

130 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1


4.1.2 Strength Design (SD) Terminology
The following terminology is generally compliant with that
used in ACI 318-05 Appendix D for the strength design
of anchors.
A Nc

A Nco

= the projected area of the failure surface for the


anchor or group of anchors for calculation of
strength in tension
= the projected area of the failure surface of a single
anchor without the influence of proximate edges
for calculation of strength in tension

A sl

= cross sectional area of anchor sleeve

A se

= tensile stress area of threaded part

A Vc

= the projected area of the failure surface for the


anchor or group of anchors for calculation of
strength in shear

A Vco

= the projected area of the failure surface of a single


anchor without the influence of proximate edges
for the calculation of strength in shear

= distance from anchor centerline to free edge of


base material

cac

= critical edge distance required to develop the


basic concrete breakout strength of a postinstalled anchor in uncracked concrete with
out supplementary reinforcement to control
splitting

do

= anchor O.D.

e'N

= distance between geometric centroid of a group


of anchors loaded in tension, and the resultant
tension load applied to the group

e'V

= distance between geometric centroid of a group


of anchors loaded in shear, and the resultant
shear load applied to the group

fc

= concrete compressive strength as measured by


testing of cylinders

f 'c

= specified concrete compressive strength

fya

= specified bolt minimum yield strength

futa

= specified bolt minimum ultimate strength

= thickness of member in which anchor is


embedded as measured parallel to anchor axis

hef

= effective anchor embedment

hmin

= minimum member thickness

h0

= depth of full diameter hole in base material

kcr

= coefficient for basic concrete strength in


tension, cracked concrete

kuncr

= coefficient for basic concrete strength in


tension, uncracked concrete

kcp

= coefficient for pryout strength

= load-bearing length of anchor for shear, not to


exceed 8do, in.

ca,max

= distance to furthest edge


(ca,max < 1.5cac ) from anchor centerline

ca,min

= distance to closest edge


(ca,min < 1.5cac ) from anchor centerline

ca1

= distance from edge to anchor centerline; for a


group of anchors, the distance from the edge to
the axis of the furthest anchor row

c'a1

= limiting value of when anchors are located less


than 1.5 h ef from three or more edges

ca2

= distance from centerline of anchor to edge of


concrete in the direction perpendicular to c a1

th

= anchor useable thread length

ccr

= critical edge distance

MuM,5%

cmin

= minimum edge distance

= characteristic flexural resistance of anchor


bolt (5% fractile)

n
d

= anchor bolt diameter (shank diameter)

= number of anchors in a group

dbit

= nominal drill bit diameter

Nb

= basic concrete breakout strength in tension


of a single anchor in cracked concrete

dh

= diameter of clearance hole in attachment


(e.g. baseplate)

Ncb

= nominal concrete breakout strength of a single


anchor in tension

dnom

= nominal anchor diameter

= hef for anchors with a constant stiffness over the


full length of the embedded section, such as
headed studs or post-installed anchors with
one tubular shell over the full length of the
embedment depth
= 2 d 0 for torque-controlled expansion anchors
with a distance sleeve separated from the
expansion sleeve

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 131

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 132

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design


4.1.2 Strength Design (SD) Terminology
Ncbg

= nominal concrete breakout strength of a group


of anchors in tension

Nn

= nominal strength in tension

Np

= pullout strength of a single anchor in


cracked concrete

Npn

= nominal pullout strength of a single anchor

Nsa

= nominal strength in tension of a single anchor or


group of anchors as governed by steel strength

c,p

c,V

cp,N

= factor modifying the pullout strength of anchors


in tension based on whether the concrete is
considered to be cracked or uncracked for
design purposes
= factor modifying the shear strength of anchors
based on whether the concrete is considered
to be cracked or uncracked and whether
supplementary reinforcement is present
= factor modifying the tension strength of anchors
in uncracked concrete where supplementary
reinforcement is not present

Nsb

= side face blowout strength of a single anchor

Nsbg

= side face blowout strength of a group of anchors

Nua

= factored tensile force applied to an anchor


or group of anchors

= anchor axial spacing

scr

= critical spacing between adjacent


loaded anchors

smin

= minimum spacing between adjacent


loaded anchors

= elastic section modulus of anchor bolt

4.1.3 Definitions

tfix

= maximum thickness of attachment


(e.g. baseplate) to be fastened

Tinst

= recommended anchor installation torque

Tmax

= maximum tightening torque

Vb

= basic concrete breakout strength in shear


of a single anchor in cracked concrete

Adhesive Anchor System = a device for transferring tension


and shear loads to structural concrete, consisting of an anchor
element embedded with an adhesive compound in a
cylindrical hole drilled in hardened concrete. The system
includes the fastening itself and the necessary accessories to
install it appropriately.

Vcb

= nominal concrete breakout strength of a


single anchor in shear

Vcbg

= nominal concrete breakout strength of a


group of anchors in shear

ec,N
ec,V
ed,N
ed,V

= factor modifying the tension strength of anchors


subjected to eccentric tension loading
= factor modifying the shear strength of anchors
subjected to eccentric shear loading
= factor modifying the tension strength of anchors
based on proximity to near edges
= factor modifying the shear strength of anchors
based on proximity to near edges

Anchor Category = an assigned rating that corresponds to a


specific strength reduction factor for concrete failure modes
associated with anchors in tension. The anchor category is
established based on the performance of the anchor in
reliability tests
Anchor Group = a group of anchors of approximately equal
embedment and stiffness where the maximum anchor spacing
is less than the critical spacing

Vcp

= nominal pryout strength of a single anchor

Vcpg

= nominal pryout strength of a group of anchors

Vn

= nominal strength in shear

Anchor Spacing = centerline to centerline distance between


adjacent loaded anchors

Vsa

= nominal strength in shear of a single anchor or


group of anchors as governed by steel strength

Attachment = the structural assembly, external to the surface


of the concrete, that transmits loads to or receives loads from
the base material

Vua

= factored shear force applied to a single


anchor or group of anchors

c,N

= strength reduction factor


= factor modifying the concrete breakout
strength of anchors in tension based on
whether the concrete is considered to be
cracked or uncracked for design purposes

Characteristic capacity = 5% fractile of the anchor capacity,


defined as that value that will be exceeded by 95% of the
population with a 90% confidence
Concrete Breakout = failure of the anchor characterized by
the formation of a conical fracture surface originating at or
near the embedded end of the anchor element and projecting
to the surface of the base material. An angle between the

132 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 133

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1


surface and the breakout of 35 (Strength Design) or 45 (ASD)
can be assumed.
Cracked Concrete = condition of concrete in which the anchor
is installed; concrete is assumed to be cracked (ft>fr) for anchor
design purposes if cracks could form in the concrete at or near
the anchor location over the service life of the anchor. Cracked
concrete must be assumed for Seismic Design Category C
through F.
Critical Spacing = required spacing between adjacent loaded
anchors to achieve full capacity
Critical Edge Distance = required edge distance to achieve
full capacity
Cure Time = the elapsed time after mixing of the adhesive
material components to achieve a state of hardening of the
adhesive material in the drilled hole corresponding to the
design mechanical properties and resistances. After the full
cure time loads can be applied.
Displacement Controlled Expansion Anchor =
an expansion anchor designed to expand in response to
driving a plug into the anchor body
Ductile Steel Element = an element with a tensile test
elongation of at least 14% and corresponding reduction of
area of at least 30% at failure
Gel Time = the elapsed time after mixing of the adhesive
material components to onset of significant chemical reaction
as characterized by an increase in viscosity. During the gel
time the anchors can be inserted. After the gel time has
elapsed, the anchors must not be disturbed.
Edge Distance = distance from centerline of anchor to free
edge of base material in which the anchor is installed
Effective Embedment Depth = effective anchor embedment
equal to distance from surface of base material to point of load
introduction into the base material, for expansion anchors
taken as distance from surface of base material to tip of
expansion element(s)
Minimum Edge Distance = minimum edge distance to
preclude splitting of the base material during anchor
installation
Minimum Spacing = minimum spacing between adjacent
loaded anchors to preclude splitting of the base material
during anchor installation
Minimum Member Thickness = required thickness of
member in which anchor is embedded to prevent splitting of
the base material
Projected Area = the area on the free surface of the concrete
member that is used to represent the base of the assumed
rectilinear failure surface
Side Face Blowout = failure mode characterized by blowout
of side cover of an anchor loaded in tension
Supplementary Reinforcement = reinforcement that is
proportioned and positioned to tie the concrete breakout
surface into the structural member

Torque Controlled Expansion Anchor = an expansion


anchor designed to expand with the application of torque to
the anchor bolt or nut
Torque Controlled Adhesive Anchor = an adhesive anchor
employing an anchor element designed to generate expansion
forces in response to tension loading
Undercut Anchor = a mechanical anchor designed to
interlock with drilled deformations (undercuts) in the
base material

4.1.4 Anchors in Concrete


and Masonry
Anchor bolts fulfill a variety of needs in construction, from
securing column baseplates to supporting mechanical and
electrical systems; from attaching facade panels to anchoring
guardrails. Critical connections, i.e., those that are either
safety-related or whose failure could result in significant
financial loss, require robust anchor solutions capable of
providing a verifiable and durable load path. The proper
selection of a suitable anchor system and its incorporation in
connection design requires an understanding of the
fundamental principles of anchor function. An overview is
provided here. Additional references are provided at the
conclusion of this section.

4.1.5 Anchor Working Principles


Anchors designed for use in concrete and masonry develop
resistance to tension loading on the basis of one or more of
the following mechanisms:
Friction: This is the mechanism used by most post-installed
mechanical expansion anchors to resist tension loads,
including the Hilti Kwik Bolt, HDI and HSL. The frictional
resistance resulting from expansion forces generated between
the anchor and the wall of the drilled hole during setting of the
anchor may also be supplemented by local deformation of the
concrete. The frictional force is proportional to the magnitude
of the expansion stresses generated by the anchor. Torquecontrolled expansion anchors like the KWIK Bolt and HSL use
follow-up expansion to increase the expansion force in
response to increases in tension loading beyond the service
(preload) load level or to adjust for changes in the state of the
base material (cracking).
Keying: Undercut anchors, and to a lesser degree certain
types of expansion anchors, rely on the interlock of the anchor
with deformations in the hole wall to resist applied tension.
The bearing stresses developed in the base material at the
interface with the anchor bearing surfaces can reach relatively
high levels without crushing due to the triaxial nature of
the state of stress. Undercut anchors like the Hilti HDA offer
much greater resilience to variations in the base material
condition and represent the most robust solution for most
anchoring needs.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 133

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design


Bonding (Adhesion): Regardless of the material used
(polymer adhesive, cementitious grout), grouted anchors rely
on bond to resist tension loads at the service load level. The
degree of bond available is influenced by the condition of the
hole wall at the time of anchor installation. Injection adhesive
anchor systems like Hiltis RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchor
offer unparalleled flexibility and high bond resistance for a
wide variety of anchor element options.
Hybrid systems like the Hilti HIT-TZ combine the functionality
of an adhesive anchor with the working principle of a torquecontrolled expansion anchor for increased reliability under
adverse job-site conditions.
Shear Resistance: Most anchors develop resistance to shear
loading via bearing of the anchor element against the hole wall
near the surface of the base material. Shear loading may
cause surface spalling resulting in significant flexural stresses
and secondary tension in the anchor body.
Independent of the anchor working principle, proper
installation in accordance with Hiltis published installation
instructions is required.

4.1.6 Anchor Behavior


Under Load
In general, correctly installed anchors do not exhibit noticeable
deflection at service load levels since the preload in the anchor
bolt resulting from the application of installation torque sets
(pre-displaces) the anchor to the level of the preload applied.
External tension loading results in a reduction of the clamping
force in the connection with little corresponding increase in the
bolt tension force. Likewise, shear loads are resisted by a
combination of friction resulting from the anchor preload
forces and bearing.
At load levels beyond the clamping load, anchor deflections
increase and the response of the anchor varies according to
the anchor force-resisting mechanism. Expansion anchors
capable of follow-up expansion will show increased deflection
corresponding to relative movement of the cone and
expansion elements. Grouted anchors exhibit a change in
stiffness corresponding to loss of adhesion between the grout
and the base material whereby tension resistance at increasing
displacement levels is provided by friction between the uneven
hole wall and the grout plug. In all cases, increasing stress
levels in the anchor bolt/body result in increased anchor
displacements.
When loaded in tension to failure, anchors may exhibit one or
more identifiable failure modes. These include:

rupture of the anchor bolt or body;

anchor pullout or pull-through whereby the anchor is


extracted more or less intact from the hole;

concrete breakout as characterized by the formation of a


conical fracture surface;

concrete splitting whereby the member in which the


anchor is embedded fractures in a plane coincident with
the anchor axis.

Failure modes associated with anchors loaded to failure in


shear may be characterized as follows:

shear/tension rupture of the anchor bolt or body;

anchor pullout or pull-through whereby the anchor is


extracted intact from the hole;

concrete edge breakout as generated by near-edge


anchors loaded in shear toward a free edge;

pryout whereby the anchor body rotates and produces


a surface spall in the direction opposite the shear load
application.

4.1.6.1 Long Term Behavior


For the long term behavior of anchoring systems various
influences may have to be considered:
Adhesive Anchoring Systems:

Pretensioning relaxation

Fatigue

Chemical resistance / durability

Concrete cracking

Creep

Corrosion

Freeze / Thaw conditions

Fire

High temperature

Seismic

Mechanical Anchoring Systems:

Pretensioning relaxation

Corrosion

Fatigue

Fire

Concrete cracking

Seismic

Hiltis current product portfolio of Adhesive anchoring


Systems meets or exceeds the creep test requirements of
ICC-ES AC58. More information is available in section
4.1.10-12, and 4.1.14 (anchor selection guide) or contact Hilti.

4.1.7 Anchor Design


The design of anchors to resist a specific constellation of
exterior loads is properly based on an assessment of the
anchor strength. Both Allowable Stress Design (ASD) and
Strength Design (SD) or Load and Resistance Factor Design
(LRFD) as incorporated in the Concrete Capacity Design
(CCD) method, are currently in use in North America for the
design of anchors.
Allowable loads: Under the allowable stress design approach
still prevalent in many building codes, the allowable load, or
resistance, is based on the application of a global safety factor
to the mean result of laboratory testing to failure, regardless of
the controlling failure mode observed in the tests. The global
safety factor is intended to account for reasonably expected
variations in loading as well as resistance and, in many
application codes, is traditionally set at 4 for inspected
installations and 8 for uninspected work. Adjustments for
anchor edge distance and spacing are developed as individual

134 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 135

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1


factors based on testing of two- and four-anchor groups and
single anchors near free edges. These factors are multiplied
together for specific anchor layouts. This approach is
discussed further in 4.1.8.
Strength design: The Concrete Capacity Design (CCD)
method for anchor design has been incorporated into several
codes such as ACI 318 during the past decade. It assigns
specific strength reduction factors to each of several possible
failure modes, provides predictions for the strength associated
with each failure mode, and compares the controlling strength
with factored loads. The CCD method is generally considered
to result in a more consistent factor of safety and a more
reliable estimate of anchor resistance as compared to the
allowable loads approach (ASD). The CCD method, as
incorporated in ACI 318-05, is discussed in 4.1.9. Strength
Design is state of the art and Hilti recommends the use of
Strength Design where applicable.

4.1.8 Allowable Stress


Design (ASD)
4.1.8.1 Recommended Loads
The recommended allowable load for an anchor or group of
anchors is obtained as follows:
Tension:
Shear:

Nrec = Nallow fRN fA

Vrec = Vallow fRVN fA

where:
Nrec

= allowable load (based on mean value from tests


and a global safety factor);

Vrec

Note that no reduction factor for the diagonally located


adjacent anchor is required.

4.1.8.2 Critical and Minimum


Spacing and Edge
Distance
In all cases, the adjustment factors are applicable for cases
where the anchor spacing is:
s min s < s cr
where:
s min

= minimum spacing between adjacent loaded


anchors; and

s cr

= critical spacing between adjacent loaded anchors;


anchor spacing equal to or greater than requires
no reduction factor.

= recommended tension load;

Nallow

Frec,a = Fallow,a fRx fRy fAx fAy

= recommended shear load;

Similarly, for near-edge anchors, the adjustment factor(s) are


applicable for cases where the anchor edge distance is:
c min c < c cr

= allowable shear load (based on mean value from


tests and a global safety factor);

where:
c min

= minimum edge distance; and

fA

= adjustment factor for anchor spacing;

c cr

fRN

= adjustment factor for edge distance,


tension loading;

= critical edge distance; anchor edge distance equal


to or greater than requires no reduction factor.

fRV1

= adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading


perpendicular and toward free edge;

fRV2

= adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading


parallel to edge; and

fRV3

= adjustment factor for edge distance, shear loading


perpendicular and away from free edge.

Vallow

Adjustment factors are applied for all applicable near edge and
spacing conditions.
For example, the recommended tension load corresponding to
anchor a in the figure below is evaluated as follows:

4.1.8.3 Interaction - ASD


Where anchors are loaded simultaneously in tension and
shear, interaction must be considered. The usual form of the
interaction equation for anchors is as follows:
Vd
Nd
+
1.0
N rec
Vrec

[ ] [ ]
where:
Nd

= design tension load (ASD);

Vd

= design shear load (ASD); and

= exponent, 1 2

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 135

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design


For cases governed by steel failure, an exponent of 2 may be
appropriate. For most cases, however, an exponent of 5/3
represents the mean behavior as observed in tests. For load
cases involving a substantial seismic or fatigue component,
recent investigations indicate that an exponent of 1 should
be used.

n = 0.5

for static loading without clamping at the concrete


surface, e.g., adhesive anchor without nut and
washer at concrete surface;

n = 1.0

for cyclic or seismic loading.

4.1.8.4 Bolt Bending - ASD


Where shear loads are applied at some distance from the
surface of the base material, the anchor bolt will be subject to
combined shear and bending, and a separate assessment of
this combined stress condition in the anchor bolt is
appropriate. In the absence of other guidance, the
recommended shear load associated with bolt bending
for anchors subjected to shear loads applied at a standoff
distance z may be evaluated as follows:
Vrec =
where:

M MuM,5%
1.7

Determination of bolt bending ASD

M = 1 standoff installation without rotational restraint


M = 2 standoff installation with rotational restraint,
e.g. double-nutted baseplate as shown
Vrec

M
MuM,5%

= recommended shear load corresponding


to bending;
= adjustment of bending moment associated
with rotational restraint;
= characteristic flexural resistance of bolt
corresponding to approximately
1/2 degree rotation

= 1.2 S fuM,5%

N
(1 - N )
d

rec

fu,min

= minimum nominal ultimate tensile strength


of anchor rod, see 7.3.2;

= elastic section modulus of anchor bolt


at concrete surface (assumes uniform
cross section);

= internal lever arm adjusted for spalling of


the surface concrete as follows:

= z + (n do) ;
z

= standoff distance; and

= anchor outer diameter at concrete surface.

n=0

for static loading with clamping at the concrete


surface as provided by a nut and washer assembly
(required for mechanical anchors);

Note that stand-off installations of post-installed mechanical


anchors require a nut and bearing washer at the concrete
surface as shown above in order to ensure proper anchor
function and to properly resist compression loads.

4.1.8.5 Increase in Capacity


for Short-Term
Loading ASD
Some building codes allow a capacity (stress) increase of 1/3
when designing for short-term loading such as wind or seismic
with allowable stress design methodologies. The origin of the
1/3 increase is unclear as it relates to anchor design, but it is
generally assumed to address two separate issues: 1) strainrate effects, whereby the resistance of some materials is
increased for transitory stress peaks, and 2) the lower
probability of permanent and transitory loads occurring
simultaneously.
While Hilti does not include the 1/3 increase in published
capacities for anchors in concrete, the IBC continues to permit
its use in conjunction with the Alternate Basic Allowable Load
Combinations. It is the responsibility of the designer to
determine the appropriateness of such a capacity increase
under the applicable code.
Hilti does not recommend the use of the 1/3 increase for
power-driven fasteners.

4.1.9 Strength Design


SD (LRFD)
The strength design of anchors should be in conformance with
ACI 318 and ICC-ES AC193 and AC308. A summary of
selected relevant design provisions contained in that
document, especially as they pertain to post-installed anchors,
is provided here.

136 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 137

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1


4.1.9.1 Load Distribution
Per D.3 General requirements, load distribution should be
determined on the basis of elastic analysis unless it can be
shown that the nominal anchor strength is controlled by
ductile steel elements. Where plastic analysis (assumption of
fully yielded anchors) is used, deformational compatibility must
be checked.

4.1.9.2 General Requirements


for Anchor Strength
In accordance with general LRFD principles and D.4.1
General requirements for strength of anchors, the design of
anchors must satisfy the following conditions:

Nn Nua

(D-1)

Vn Vua

(D-2)

whereby Nn and Vn are the controlling design strengths


from all applicable failure modes and Nua and Vua are factored
tension and shear loads resulting from the governing load
combination. (The load combinations given in 9.2 Required
Strength conform generally with ASCE 7-05 load
combinations.) For this assessment, the following possible
failure modes are considered:
a) steel rupture of the anchor bolt in tension
b) steel rupture of the anchor bolt in shear
c) concrete cone breakout in tension
d) concrete edge breakout in shear
Example of deformational incompatibility
For most cases, elastic analysis yields satisfactory results and
is recommended. It should be noted, however, that an
assumption that the anchor load is linearly proportional to the
magnitude of the applied load and the distance from the
neutral axis of the group also implies that the attachment (e.g.
baseplate) is sufficiently stiff in comparison to the axial
stiffness of the anchors. For additional information on elastic
load distribution in typical column baseplate assemblies,
the reader is referred to Blodgett, O., Design of Welded
Structures, The James F. Lincoln Arc Welding Foundation,
Cleveland, Ohio.
Note: Hiltis PROFIS Anchor analysis and design software
performs a simplified finite element analysis to establish
anchor load distribution on an elastic basis and provides
recommendations for attachment thickness as required.

e) anchor pullout in tension


f) side-face blowout of the concrete
g) pryout failure in shear
The splitting failure mode (characterized by the formation of a
planar crack in the base material passing through and
coincident with the anchor axis) is not directly addressed.
Minimum edge distances, anchor spacings and member
thickness are generally considered as preventing this failure
mode from controlling for the design.
Note that per D.4.1.2, the strength reduction factors applicable
for each failure mode must be applied prior to determining the
controlling strength. Thus, for an anchor group, the controlling
strength would be determined as follows:

N n = min | N sa, nN pn, N sbg, N cbg |


V n = min | V sa, V cpg, V cbg |

4.1.9.3 Strength
Reduction Factors
Strength reduction factors are intended to account for
possible reductions in resistance due to normally expected
variations in material strengths, anchor installation procedures,
etc. Relevant strength reduction factors as given in D.4.4 for
load combinations in accordance with 9.2
Required Strength are provided below:
Steel failure of a ductile steel element:
Tension . . . . . . .0.75
Example of simplified elastic load distribution in a
beam-wall connection

Shear . . . . . . . .0.65

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 137

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 138

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design

Tension . . . . . . .0.65

4.1.9.4 Design Requirements


for Tensile Loading

Shear . . . . . . . .0.60

In accordance with D.5.1 Steel strength of anchor in

Steel failure of a non-ductile steel element:

Note that the Hilti HDA, HSL-3 and KB-TZ are equipped with
bolt elements that conform to the definition of a ductile steel
element as given in ACI 318-05 (see 4.03 Definitions).
Failure characterized by concrete breakout, side-face blowout,
anchor pullout or anchor pryout:
Condition A

tension, anchor steel strength is determined as follows:


Nsa = nAsefuta

(D-3)

where futa 1.9fya 125,000 psi (860 MPa)


For reference purposes, nominal minimum bolt steel strengths
for selected Hilti anchors are tabulated below:

Condition B

i) Shear . . . . . . . . . . . 0.75 . . . . . . . 0.70


ii) Tension
Cast-in headed studs and bolts,
hooked bolts . . . . . . . .0.75 . . . . . . . .0.70
Post-installed anchors:
Category 1 . . . . . . . . 0.75 . . . . . . . 0.65
Category 2 . . . . . . . . 0.65 . . . . . . . 0.55
Category 3 . . . . . . . . 0.55 . . . . . . . 0.45
Note that Condition A applies only in the case of concrete
breakout where supplementary reinforcing (typically in the
form of hairpins, see below) specifically designed to take up
the forces in the concrete introduced by the anchor is present
in the concrete.
In general, post-installed anchors should be designed
assuming Condition B.
Anchor categories are determined via testing conducted in
accordance with ACI 355.2, wherein the anchor sensitivity to
variations in installation parameters and in the concrete
condition is investigated.

fya

futa

Hilti Anchor Designation

ksi (MPa)

ksi (MPa)

HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF

92.8 (640)

116 (800)

HDA-TR/-PR (SS)

87.0 (600)

116 (800)

HSL-3

92.8 (640)

116 (800)

HSL-3-R (SS)

65.0 (450)

102 (700)

KB-TZ 3/8"

100 (690)

125 (862)

KB-TZ > 3/8"

84.8 (585)

106 (731)

SS KB-TZ < 3/4"

92.0 (634)

115 (793)

SS KB-TZ 3/4"

76.1 (525)

102 (700)

ASTM A193, B7

105 (724)

125 (862)

The concrete breakout strength of single anchors loaded in


tension is determined in accordance with D.5.2 Concrete
breakout strength of anchor in tension, as follows:
A Nc
ed,N c,N cp,N Nb
(D-4)
A Nco
The concrete breakout strength of anchor groups is likewise
determined as follows:
A
Ncbg = Nc ec,N ed,N c,N c,N Nb
(D-5)
A Nco
where:
Ncb =

A Nco

9 h ef2

A Nc

area defined by projecting from the


centerlines of the anchor or from the
centerline of anchor rows in each of two
orthogonal directions .

ec,N
tension

modification factor for anchor groups


loaded by an eccentric tension force

shear

1
Example hairpin layouts corresponding to Condition A

=
1+

ed,N

2 e'N

3 h ef

modification factor for near edges for single


anchors and anchor groups

138 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1


ca,min
if ca,min < 1.5hef
1.5hef

c,N

0.7 + 0.3

modification factor for concrete that is


anticipated to remain uncracked for the
service life of the anchor (> 1)
k uncr
k cr
modification factor for splitting
ca,min
1.5hef

if ca,min < cac


cac
cac
basic concrete breakout strength of a single
anchor in tension in cracked concrete

cp,N

=
=

Nb

kcr

e'N

f 'c hef1.5

Note that ACI 318-05 refers to k c ( k cr ) as the coefficient for


basic concrete breakout strength in tension and default
values for k c and ec,N are provided in Appendix D.
For post-installed anchors that have been tested in
accordance with ACI 355.2, specific values of k cr (cracked
concrete) and k uncr (uncracked concrete) are established in
accordance with the provisions of that document or the
relevant ICC-ES acceptance criteria. A summary of values for
selected Hilti anchors is provided below:
Hilti Anchor
Designation

k cr

k uncr

ec,N

HDA

24

30

24

24

17

24

17

24

1.41

ca2,1

ca2,2

ca1

s/2

s/2

h'ef

hef

1.41

*HSL-3 M81

ca2,2

1.00

KB-TZ

ca2,1

1.25

HSL-31

Definition of e' for anchor groups


ca1
N
s

1 These values supersede default values provided for post-installed


anchors in ACI 318.

ca1
h'ef = max 1.5

ca2,1
1.5

ca2,2
1.5

s
3

Example of determination of h'ef in a stem wall

ca,1

s1

1.5hef

The pullout strength of anchors loaded in tension is


determined in accordance with D.5.3 Pullout strength of
anchor in tension, as follows:

A Nc

ca,2

(D-14)

where:
Np

for post-installed anchors, pullout strength


in cracked concrete as determined by tests
in accordance with ACI 355.2 or the relevant
ICC-ES acceptance criteria

c,P

modification factor for concrete that is


anticipated to remain uncracked for the
service life of the anchor (> 1)

s2

1.5hef

Npn = c,P Np

Example of determination of A Nc

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 139

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 140

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design


1

Pullout values are based on direct tension testing of anchors in


cracks as well as on the results of the crack movement test.
Additional pullout values associated with seismic testing may
also be provided.
For deep headed anchors placed close to an edge (c a1 <
0.4h ef), side-face blowout may control the design. In most
cases, restrictions on the placement of post-installed anchors
close to an edge will preclude this failure mode. For further
information, see D.5.4 Concrete side-face blowout
strength of a headed anchor in tension.

=
1+

ed,V

3 ca1

modification factor for near edges for single


anchors and anchor groups
ca2
0.7 + 0.3
if ca,min < 1.5h ef
1.5ca1

c,V

2 e'V

4.1.9.5 Design Requirements


for Shear Loading
Vb

modification factor for concrete that is


anticipated to remain uncracked for the
service life of the anchor
1.4

For post-installed anchors without a sleeve extending through


the shear plane:

basic concrete breakout strength of a single


anchor in shear in cracked concrete
0.2
le
=
7
do
f 'c ( ca1 )1.5
do
The concrete pryout strength of single anchors loaded in
shear is determined in accordance with D.6.3 Concrete
pryout strength of anchor in shear, as follows:

Vsa = n 0.6A se futa

Vcp = k cp Ncb

In accordance with D.6.1 Steel strength of anchor in shear,


anchor steel strength for headed stud anchors is determined
as follows:
Vsa = n A se futa

(D-19)

(D-20)

where futa 1.9 fy 125,000 psi (860 MPa).


For other post-installed anchors, the shear strength as
controlled by steel failure must be determined by test in
accordance with ACI 355.2 or the relevant ICC-ES
acceptance criteria.
In accordance with D.6.1.3, the shear strength of baseplate
anchors used in conjunction with grout pads must be reduced
by 20%.
The concrete breakout strength of single anchors loaded in
shear is determined in accordance with D.6.2 Concrete
breakout strength of anchor in shear, as follows:
A Vc
ed,N c,V Vb
(D-21)
A Vco
The concrete breakout strength of anchor groups is likewise
determined as follows:

Vcb =

Vcbg = A Vc ec,V ed,V c,V Vb


A Vco
where:

(D-22)

A Vco

=
=

area defined by projecting 1.5 c a1 from


the centerlines of the anchor or from the
centerline of anchor rows to the face of the
free edge being considered .

ec,V

modification factor for anchor groups loaded


by an eccentric shear force

(D-29)

Likewise, for anchor groups, the pryout strength is determined


as follows:
Vcpg = k cp Ncbg

(D-30)

where:
k cp = 1.0

for

h ef < 2.5 in.

k cp = 2.0

for

h ef 2.5 in.

4.1.9.6 Interaction
Strength Design (LRFD)
Where anchors are loaded simultaneously in tension and
shear, interaction must be considered. In accordance with D.7
Interaction of tensile and shear forces, interaction may be
checked as follows:
Vua 0.2 Vn

If

Vn Vua

Nua 0.2 Nn

If

Nua > 0.2 Nn


and
Vua > 0.2 Vn

If

4.5hef2

A Vc

Nn Nua
V
[ NN ] + [ V ] 1.2
ua

ua

Alternatively, ACI 318-05 permits the use of an interaction


expression of the form:

N
[ N ] + [ VV ]
ua

with

ua

1.0

= 5/3.

140 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 141

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1


4.1.9.7 Required Edge
Distances, Anchor
Spacing and Member
Thickness
Strength Design (LRFD)
In accordance with D.8 Required edge distances, spacing,
and thicknesses to preclude splitting failure, default
minimum edge distance, spacing and member thickness are
given as follows:
min.
anchor
dist.*
min.
cover
6do

min.
member
spacing

6do

min.
edge
Anchor type
Untorqued
anchors
Torqued anchors
Undercut
anchors
Torquecontrolled
expansion
anchors
Displacementcontrolled
expansion
anchors

adjustment of bending moment associated


with rotational restraint

MuM,5%

characteristic flexural resistance of bolt


corresponding to approximately 1/2
degree rotation

1.2 S fu,min

N
(1 - N )
d

rec

minimum nominal ultimate tensile strength


of anchor rod

elastic section modulus of anchor bolt


at concrete surface (assumes uniform
cross section)

6do

fu,min

internal lever arm adjusted for spalling of the


surface concrete as follows:

thickness

4do

z + (n do)

standoff distance

do

anchor outer diameter at concrete surface

6do

1.5hef
8do

6do

n=0

for static loading with clamping at the concrete


surface as provided by a nut and washer assembly
(required for mechanical anchors)

10do

6do

n = 0.5

for static loading without clamping at the concrete


surface, e.g., adhesive anchor without nut and
washer at concrete surface

n = 1.0

for cyclic or seismic loading

* may not be less than twice the max. aggregate size


unless determined in accordance with AC193/AC308

The critical edge distance value cac to be used in the


determination of cp,N for post-installed anchors is determined
by tests in accordance with ACI 355.2. Default values are
given in ACI 318-05 as follows:
Undercut anchors:

cac = 2.5 h ef

Torque-controlled
and displacement-controlled
expansion anchors:

Note that stand-off installations of post-installed mechanical


anchors require a nut and bearing washer at the concrete
surface as shown below in order to ensure proper anchor
function and to properly resist compression loads.

cac = 4 h ef

4.1.9.8 Bolt Bending


Strength Design (LRFD)
Hilti recommends that an additional check of bolt bending be
performed for so-called stand-off installations as follows:
Vrec

Nominal shear strength corresponding


to bolt bending
Determination of bolt bending strength design

whereby:
Vsa,bending

M MuM,5%

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 141

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 142

Anchoring Systems

4.1 Anchor Principles & Design


4.1.10 Torquing and
Pretensioning
of Anchors
Application of torque to anchor bolts is intended to induce a
tension force in the anchor bolt. It is therefore important that
the torque-tension relationship associated with the anchor nut,
washer and threaded anchor element be maintained as close
to factory conditions as possible during anchor installation.
This is best accomplished by keeping the anchor assembly in
its packaging to prevent undue contamination with dust, oil,
etc. prior to anchor installation. Note that damage to anchor
threads as caused by attempts to re-straightening an anchor
after installation, hammer impacts, etc., can significantly alter
the torque-tension relationship and result in improper anchor
function under load. Likewise, application of lubricants to the
threads may generate excessive pretension loads in the
anchor during torquing.
There are three possible reasons to apply torque to an anchor
bolt in concrete or masonry:
1. To produce a clamping force, therefore eliminating gaps
and play in the connected parts. Note that this clamping
force is not assumed to be sufficient to permit the shear
resistance of the anchorage to be determined on the
basis of baseplate friction (i.e., as a slip-critical condition)
owing to the relaxation of clamping forces over time.
2. To produce a pretension force in the anchor bolt which is
resisted by a corresponding pre-compression in the base
material (concrete or masonry). Pretension force serves
to reduce anchor displacements under service load and
may also serve to reduce the fatigue effects of cyclic
loading.
3. To properly set the anchor. This applies to most postinstalled mechanical anchors (expansion anchors) but
may or may not apply to undercut anchors.
Where given, the installation torque Tinst should be
differentiated from the maximum tightening torque Tmax .
The former is the torque required to properly set the anchor
and to produce a residual clamping force that is roughly
equivalent to the anchor working tension load ( N ult /4). The
second term, Tmax, refers to the maximum torque that may be
applied to the anchor and is intended to prevent premature
damage to the anchor rod (in the form of steel yielding).
Anchor pretensioning forces dissipate over time due to
relaxation in the concrete and, to a lesser degree, in the bolt
threads. Re-torquing anchors can result in a higher level of
residual prestress.
Anchor pretensioning should not be counted on for cases
where cracking of the concrete may occur such as
earthquake loading.

4.1.11 Design of Anchors


for Fatigue
The design of structural elements to resist fatigue loading can
be a significant aspect of the connection design. The reader is
referred to standard texts for additional information on this
subject. Design of anchors for fatigue should consider the
following points:
1. The use of preload to prevent stress fluctuations in the
anchor rod element may be complicated by gradual loss
of preload over time, particularly in cases where cracking
in the base material may occur, and the fact that many
anchor designs do not provide sufficient gauge length to
permit the development of a meaningful degree of preload strain.
2. Design of anchor groups for fatigue is often far more critical than the design of a single anchor due to the unequal
distribution of loads. Load distribution is affected by
anchor slip as well as by the degree of annular gap
between the anchor and the baseplate and the specific
location of the anchor with respect to the hole in the
baseplate. It is therefore recommended that where
anchor groups are to be subjected to significant fatigue
loading, the annular gap between the anchors and the
baseplate be eliminated through the use of weld washers, grout, or other means.
3. Secondary flexural stresses as generated by eccentricities or gaps in the connection may be critical to the
fatigue behavior of the anchor.
Hilti has conducted extensive testing of a variety of anchor
types under fatigue conditions and can provide specific design
recommendations for many situations. For specific cases,
please contact Hilti Technical Support at 1-800-879-6000
ext. 6337.

4.1.12 Design of Anchors


for Fire
Building codes in the U.S. are generally silent on the need to
design anchors specifically for fire conditions. It may be
assumed, however, that structural connections to concrete or
masonry involving sustained dead and live loads should be
protected for fire exposure in the same manner as other
structural steel elements, i.e., through the use of appropriate
fireproofing materials, concrete cover, etc.
In some cases, it may be necessary to ascertain the length of
time over which unprotected anchorages will survive fire
exposure. The design of anchors for fire conditions is
predicated on the availability of test data for the performance
of anchors subjected to a standardized time-temperature
curve (e.g., ASTM E 119, ISO 834) while under load. Hilti can
provide such data for specific cases, as well as specific
information for the design of reinforcing dowels embedded in
Hilti HIT HY or RE bonding materials. Please contact Hilti
Technical Support at 1-800-879-6000 ext. 6337.

142 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 143

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Principles & Design 4.1


4.1.13 Design of Post-Installed
Reinforcing Bar
Connections

ccritical

scritical

Polymer bonding materials such as Hilti HIT HY and RE are


increasingly used to execute the installation of reinforcing bars
in hardened concrete, either to serve as dowels for structural
extensions (slabs, footings), or to provide shear connection for
seismic retrofitting elements such as infill shear walls.

Reinforcing dowels designed using anchor theory

post-installed
reinforcing bars
transverse
reinforcement
limits width of
splitting cracks

Dowels placed in preparation for a new structural topping slab


A

A
CIP
reinforcing
bars

forces
transferred
directly to CIP
reinforcing bars
via bond

Post-installed reinforcing for widening of a bridge deck


A distinction must be made between cases where the
reinforcing bar is designed in the same manner as a postinstalled adhesive anchor, i.e. using the principles of anchor
design as described in this document, and those instances
where the bar embedment length is established using the
principles of reinforcing, e.g. in accordance with ACI 318
Chapter 12. This distinction is generally made on the basis of
the specific geometry of the connection and whether the
anticipated concrete failure mode corresponds to one of those
considered in anchor design, e.g., concrete breakout, pryout
etc. as opposed to the splitting failure mode associated with
reinforcing bar design.

Section A-A
Post-installed reinforcement designed as a lap splice
For specific cases, please contact Hilti Technical Support
at 1-800-879-6000 ext. 6337.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 143

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 144

Anchoring Systems

4.1.14 Anchor Selection Guide


Applications Grid

Key:

Very Suitable

HVA Adhesive
Anchor
Products

Application Criteria 2

Installation 2

Fastening Base Material 1

Design
Criteria
Non-cracked Concrete
Cracked Concrete
Lightweight Concrete
Hollow Core Concrete
Grout Filled Concrete Block
Hollow Concrete Block
Solid Brick
Hollow Brick
Hard Natural Stone
Soft Natural Stone
Oversized Holes
Cored Holes
Water Saturated Concrete
Water-Filled Holes
Submerged
In-place (through) Fastening
Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish
Removable to Flush Surface
Seismic
High Cycle Fatigue
Shock / Impact Load

HIT HY 150 MAX

HVU Capsule with


HAS threaded rod
R

May be Suitable Per Application

with HAS
threaded rod

with HIT-TZ rod

HIT ICE8/HIT HY 150 Adhesive


with HAS
threaded rod

with HIT-TZ rod

w/ HIS Insert
w/ HIS Insert

w/ HIS or HIT-I
w/ HIS or HIT-I

w/ HIS or HIT-I
w/ HIS or HIT-I

Miscellaneous Corrosion 3

High Temperature Resistance


Electro or Mechanically Zinc Plated

Sherardized Carbon Steel


Hot-dipped Galvanized
Stainless Steel (AISI Series)
Anchor Rod Diameters
Available (in.)4
Anchor Versions Available
Anchor Working Principles5

7/8" Diameter
304 & 316
3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4,
7/8, 1, 1-1/4
Stud, Rebar, Insert
Anchor is bonded
to base material

7/8" Diameter
304 & 316
316
3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4,
3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4
7/8, 1, 1-1/4
Stud, Rebar, Insert
Stud
Anchor is bonded Expansion against and
to base material bonding to base material

7/8" Diameter
304 & 316
304 & 316
3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4,
3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4
7/8, 1, 1-1/4
Stud, Rebar, Insert
Stud
Anchor is bonded Expansion against and
to base material
Bonding to base material

1 Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required.
2 Most testing is performed in normal weight concrete. For specific base materials tested, see selected anchor.
3 Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance.
4 Listed diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information.
5 Refer to Section 4.1.2.1 for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.

144 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 145

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Selection Guide 4.1.14


Applications Grid
Anchor
Products

Key:

Very Suitable

May be Suitable Per Application

HIT HY 20 Adhesive
HIT-RE 500-SD
HIT-RE 500
Masonry
Hollow CMU, Epoxy Anchoring Epoxy Anchoring
Construction Tile & Brick
System
System
with Voids
with Holes

HDA
Undercut
Anchor

HSL-3
Heavy-Duty
Expansion
Anchor

Application Criteria 2

Installation 2

Non-cracked Concrete
Cracked Concrete
Lightweight Concrete
Hollow Core Concrete
Grout Filled Concrete Block
Hollow Concrete Block
Solid Brick
Hollow Brick
Hard Natural Stone
Soft Natural Stone
Oversized Holes
Cored Holes

Fastening Base Material 1

Design
Criteria

Water Saturated Concrete (per ICC)

Water-filled holes (per ICC)


Submerged
In-place (through) Fastening
Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish
Removable to Flush Surface
Seismic
High Cycle Fatigue
Shock / Impact Load

w/ HIT-I
w/ HIT-I

w/ HIS Insert
w/ HIS Insert

w/ HIS Insert
w/ HIS Insert

7/8" Diameter
304 & 316

7/8" Diameter
304 & 316

3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4,

3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4,

7/8, 1, 1-1/4

7/8, 1, 1-1/4

Bolt

Miscellaneous

Corrosion 3

High Temperature Resistance


Electro or Mechanically Zinc Plated

Sherardized Carbon Steel


Hot-dipped Galvanized
Stainless Steel (AISI Series)
Anchor Diameters
Available (in.)4

7/8" Diameter
304 & 316
3/8, 1/2,
5/8, 3/4

304 & 316


5/16,
3/8, 1/2

Anchor Versions Available

Stud, Rebar

Stud, Insert

Anchor Working Principles5

Anchor is attached to base


material by adhesive keying

316

M10, M12,
M16, M20

Rebar, Stud, Insert Rebar, Stud, Insert

Stud

M8, M10, M12


M16, M20, M24
Stud, Bolt,
Torque Cap

Anchor is bonded

Anchor is bonded

Metal Undercut

Metal Circumferential

to base material

to base material

Keying

Expander Sleeve

1 Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required.
2 Most testing is performed in normal weight concrete. For specific base materials tested, see selected anchor.
3 Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance.
4 Listed Diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information.
5 Refer to Section 4.1.2.1 for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 145

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 146

Anchoring Systems

4.1.14 Anchor Selection Guide


Applications Grid
Anchor
Products

Key:

Very Suitable

May be Suitable Per Application

HSL Heavy-Duty
Expansion Anchor

Kwik Bolt TZ
Expansion
Anchor

Kwik Bolt 3
Expansion
Anchor

see offering

bolt

both

A4 (316)

304

M12, M16, M20

3/8, 1/2, 5/8, 3/4

304 & 316


1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8,
3/4, 1

Stud, Insert

Stud

Stud, Long Thread,


Counter Sunk, Tie Wire,
Rod coupling

Single metal expansion

Single metal expansion

HUS-H Concrete
Screw Anchor

HCA
Coil Anchor

3/8, 1/2, 5/8

1/4, 3/8, 1/2, 5/8,


3/4

Bolt

Bolt

Undercutting Screw
Threads

Metal Expansion
Coil

Installation 2

Non-cracked Concrete
Cracked Concrete
Lightweight Concrete
Hollow Core Concrete
Grout Filled Concrete Block
Hollow Concrete Block
Solid Brick
Hollow Brick
Hard Natural Stone
Soft Natural Stone
Oversized Holes
Cored Holes
1

Fastening Base Material1

Design
Criteria

Water Saturated Concrete (per ICC)

Water-filled holes (per ICC)


Submerged

Application Criteria 2

No Hole Cleaning Procedures

In-place (through) Fastening


Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish
Removable to Flush Surface
Seismic
High Cycle Fatigue
Shock / Impact Load

Miscellaneous

Corrosion 3

High Temperature Resistance

1
2
3
4
5

Electrodeposited or Mechanically

Zinc Plated
Sherardized Carbon Steel
Hot-dipped Galvanized
Stainless Steel (AISI Series)
Anchor Diameters
Available (in. except as noted) 4

Anchor Versions Available


Anchor Working Principles 5

HSL-I M12 65/80

Metal Circumfrential
Expander Sleeve

piece three section wedge. piece three section wedge.

Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required.
Most testing is performed in normal weight concrete. For specific base materials tested, see selected anchor.
Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance.
Listed Diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information.
Refer to Section 4.1.2.1 for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.

146 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 147

Anchoring Systems

Anchor Selection Guide 4.1.14


Applications Grid
Anchor
Products

Key:
HDI / HDI-L
Drop-In
Anchors

Very Suitable
HDI-P
Drop-In
Anchors

May be Suitable Per Application


HCI-WF/MD
Cast-in
Anchors

HLC
Sleeve
Anchor

Kwik Con II+


Screw
Anchor

304
1/4, 3/8, 5/16,
1/2, 5/8, 3/4

410

Installation 2

Fastening Base Material 1

Design
Criteria
Non-cracked Concrete
Cracked Concrete
Lightweight Concrete
Hollow Core Concrete
Grout Filled Concrete Block
Hollow Concrete Block
Solid Brick
Hollow Brick
Hard Natural Stone
Soft Natural Stone
Oversized Holes
Cored Holes

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

Water Saturated Concrete (per ICC)

Water-filled holes (per ICC)


Submerged

Application Criteria 2

No Hole Cleaning Procedures

In-place (through) Fastening


Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish
Removable to Flush Surface
Seismic
High Cycle Fatigue
Shock / Impact Load

Miscellaneous

Corrosion 3

High Temperature Resistance

1
2
3
4
5

Electrodeposited or Mechanically

Zinc Plated
Sherardized Carbon Steel
Hot-dipped Galvanized
Stainless Steel (AISI Series)
Anchor Diameters
Available (in.)

303
1/4, 3/8, 1/2,
5/8, 3/4

3/8

1/4, 3/8, 1/2,


5/8, 3/4

Anchor Versions Available

Insert

Insert

Insert

Anchor Working Principles5

Impact Expansion
Sleeve

Impact Expansion
Sleeve

Cast-in Head

3/16, 1/4, 3/8

Bolt, rod coupling,


hex nut, wire tie

Torx HWH, Torx Flat


Head, Phillips Flat Head

Metal Circumferential

Thread Undercut

Expander Sleeve

Keying

Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required.
Most testing is performed in normal weight concrete. For specific base materials tested, see selected anchor.
Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance.
Listed Diameters are those with published load data. Larger diameter anchor rods may be used. Contact Hilti for more information.
Refer to Section 4.1.2.1 for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 147

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 148

Anchoring Systems

4.1.14 Anchor Selection Guide


Applications Grid
Anchor
Products

Key:

Very Suitable

Metal HIT
Anchor

HPS-1
Impact
Anchor

(Drive Pin)

May be Suitable Per Application


HTB
TOGGLER
Bolt

HLD
Kwik-Tog

HSP/HFP
Drywall
Anchor

#8, #10

IDP
Insulation
Anchor

(Drive Screw)

3/16, 1/4, 3/8

Installation

Fastening Base Material1

Design
Criteria
Non-cracked Concrete
Light Weight Concrete
Hollow Core Concrete
Grout Filled Concrete Block

Hollow Concrete Block


Solid Brick
Hollow Brick
Hard Natural Stone
Soft Natural Stone
Gypsum Drywall
Oversized Holes
Cored Holes
Water Saturated Concrete (per ICC)

Water-filled holes (per ICC)


Submerged
No Hole Cleaning Procedures

Application Criteria

In-place (through) Fastening

Immediate Loading
Bolt Head or Flush Finish
Removable to Flush Surface

Seismic
High Cycle Fatigue
Shock / Impact Load

Corrosion2

High Temperature Resistance

Electrodeposited or
Mechanically Zinc Plated
Zinc Aluminum Alloy

(Body)
Plastic
Stainless Steel (AISI Series)

Miscellaneous

Anchor Diameters Available (in.)

Anchor Versions Available


Anchor Working Principles(3)

304 (Drive Pin)


3/16, 1/4

(Body)
304 (Drive Screw)
3/16, 1/4, 5/16 3/16, 1/4, 3/8, 1/2

Nail

Drive-screw

Impact Expansion

Impact Expansion

Anchor holds

Anchor

Anchor

by keying

Round Head
Plastic

Round Head, Phillips, Flat


Head, Machine Screw
Keying in hollow
base materials. Friction
in solid base materials.

Self-drilling

Anchor holds by

Self-tapping

friction

1 Base materials may vary widely. Site specific anchor testing may be required.
2 Refer to Section 2.3 for a more detailed discussion on corrosion and corrosion resistance.
3 Refer to Section 4.1.2.1 for a more detailed discussion on anchor working principles.

148 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 149

Anchoring Systems

Notes

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 149

03_4.1_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:55 AM

Page 150

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2 Adhesive Anchoring Systems


4.2.0.1 Hilti leads the way with
products and education

4.2.0.3 Frequently Asked


Questions

Hilti leads the way in sharing knowledge and experience by


educating users on various aspects of Adhesive Anchoring
Systems. We know the importance of selecting the right
adhesive anchor system for a specific application.

What is creep?

When comparing two adhesive anchor systems, users should


give special consideration to the following key parameters:

Cure time

Installation procedure

Bond Strength

Temperature sensitivity

Creep resistance

Inspection requirements

4.2.0.2 Hilti Accredited


Installer Program
The Hilti Difference
Beginning in 2008, Hilti will introduce the Hilti Accredited
Installer Program. Participants in this program will enhance
their Adhesive Anchoring System knowledge and sharpen their
installation skills.

Creep is the slow and continuous deformation of a material


over time, generally due to a sustained load. All materials
experience some sort of creep - concrete, steel, stone and
adhesive anchor systems.
All current Hilti Adhesive Anchor Systems passed the
creep test requirements of ICC-ES AC58.
Does temperature have an effect on adhesive
anchor performance?
Yes - Temperature affects an adhesive anchor system
throughout its lifetime - from storage to installation and
throughout the life cycle of an anchor.
Temperature is an important factor which influences an
adhesive anchor systems strength, cure time, ease of
installation and creep performance. Some Adhesive
Anchoring Systems are engineered for colder climates
and others
for warmer climates.
How does installation affect adhesive anchors?

Accredited Installer Program


Hilti Accredited Installers will take pride in applying their new
skills after completing this 4-hour course.
Advanced skills include challenging applications such as
deep embedment and water-filled holes
All participants will gain hands on experience and take a
written exam to test their knowledge
Participants will understand how various jobsite
conditions may influence the performance of adhesive
anchor systems
Hilti Accredited Installers will become knowledgeable and
efficient installers of Hilti Adhesive Anchoring Systems
On-Site Training Program
Participants receive application specific training to improve
speed and efficiency.
Course conducted on-site at no cost
1-hour course on Hilti Adhesive Anchoring Systems
includes basic hands-on and theory concluded by a
written test
Upon completion of either program, students will receive a
pocket card and/or certificate to document their achievement.
Contact your Hilti representative for details.

Proper installation is the single most influential factor when it


comes to an adhesive anchor systems bond strength and
ultimately, creep performance.
Hilti is the only manufacturer that provides the entire
solution from drilling and cleaning the hole to injecting
adhesive into boreholes as deep as 125.
What are ICC-ES AC58 and ICC-ES AC308?
ICC-ES AC58 is an acceptance criteria used for evaluating
adhesive anchor systems published in 1995. ICC-ES AC308 is
the latest acceptance criteria for evaluating Adhesive
Anchoring Systems published in 2005. How do they differ?
ICC-ES AC308 only requires periodic special inspection
for the highest performing products. ICC-ES AC58
requires continuous special inspection for all products.
ICC-ES AC308 includes provisions for evaluating adhesive anchor systems in cracked concrete. ICC-ES AC58
based reports did not qualify products for use in cracked
concrete.
ICC-ES AC308 more thoroughly examines the sensitivity
of adhesive anchor systems to improperly cleaned holes.

150 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 151

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1


4.2.1.1 Product Description

The Hilti HVA system is a heavy duty,


two component adhesive anchor
consisting of a self-contained adhesive
capsule and either a threaded rod with
nut and washer or an internally threaded
insert.
Product Features
High loading capacity
Small edge distance and anchor
spacing allowance

Technical Data

4.2.1.4

Installation Instructions

4.2.1.5

HAS Anchor Rod Assembly


with nut and washer

Material Specifications

4.2.1.3

HIS Internally Threaded Insert

Product Description

4.2.1.2

HVU Adhesive Capsule

4.2.1.1

Ordering Information

Rebar (Not supplied by Hilti)

Anchor Rod Shall be provided with 45


degree chisel or cut point to provide
proper mixing of the adhesive
components. Anchor rod shall be
manufactured to meet the following
requirements: 1. ISO 898 Class 5.8
2. ASTM A 193 Grade B7 3. AISI 304 or
AISI 316 stainless steel meeting the
mechanical requirements of ASTM F
593 (Condition CW). 4. Rebar with chisel
or cut point.

Listings/Approvals
City of Los Angeles
Research Report #25363
NSF/ANSI Std 61
certification for use in potable water
European Technical approval
ETA-05/0255
ETA-05/0256
ETA-05/0257

Excellent dynamic load resistance


Wide range of installation
temperatures

Special order HAS Rod materials may


vary from standard steel rod product.

Excellent performance in holes


cored using Hilti
DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits

Nuts and Washers Shall be furnished


to meet the requirements of the above
anchor rod specifications.

Excellent elevated temperature


performance
Excellent performance in freezing
and thawing conditions
No hole brushing requiredjust
blow out hole with compressed
airmakes installation fast
and easy
Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC
2000 and UBC 1997 (ICC-ES
AC58) Please refer to ER-5369
Guide Specifications

Adhesive Capsule Shall consist of a


dual chamber foil capsule. The resin
material shall be vinyl urethane
methacrylate.
Steel Insert The internally threaded
insert shall have a 45 degree (from
central axis) chisel pointed end. The
insert shall be carbon steel or stainless
steel material which meets minimum
ultimate tensile strengths of 66.7 and
101.5 ksi, respectively.

Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC58)
UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58)
LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
Materials

The Leadership in Energy and


Environmental Design ( LEED ) Green
Building Rating systemTM is the nationally accepted benchmark for the design,
construction and operation of high performance green buildings.

Master Format Section:


03250 (Concrete accessories)
Related Sections:
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing
Accessories)
05050 (Metal Fabrication)
05120 (Structural Steel)
Adhesive anchors shall consist of an allthread anchor rod, nut, washer and
adhesive capsule. Alternatively,
adhesive anchors shall consist of a
steel insert and an adhesive capsule.

The adhesive anchoring system shall be


the Hilti HVA anchoring system,
consisting of the Hilti HVU adhesive
capsule and the Hilti HAS anchor rod or
HIS internally threaded insert.
Installation Adhesive anchors to be
installed in holes drilled using the
specified diameter of Hilti carbide tipped
drill bit or matched tolerance Hilti DD-B
or DD-C diamond core bit. Anchors shall
be installed in strict accordance to
section 4.2.1.4. Do not disturb until cure
time has elapsed.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 151

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 152

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System


Mechanical Properties
min. fu
fy
ksi (MPa)
ksi (MPa)

4.2.1.2 Material Specifications


Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8

58 (400)

72.5 (500)

105 (724)

125 (862)

Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/8" to 5/8"

65 (448)

100 (689)

Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/4" to 1-1/4"

45 (310)

85 (586)

High Strength or Super HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7

HIS Insert 11SMnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3

54.4 (375)

66.7 (460)

HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3

50.8 (350)

101.5 (700)

HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH
HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594
HAS Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436
All HAS-E & HAS Super Rods (except 7/8") & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, nuts & washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
7/8" Standard HAS-E & HAS Super rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
HVU AdhesiveVinyl Urethane Methacrylate Resin with a Dibenzoyl Peroxide hardener
Note: Special Order steel rod material may vary from standard steel rod materials.

4.2.1.3 Technical Data


HAS Rod Specification Table
3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

7/8
(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1-1/4
(31.8)

in.

15/32

9/16

11/16

7/8

1-1/8

1-3/8

hef = hnom: std. depth of


embed.3 = capsule length

in.
(mm)

3-1/2
(90)

4-1/4
(110)

5
(125)

6-5/8
(170)

6-5/8
(170)

8-1/4
(210)

12
(305)

t : max. thickness fastened4

in.
(mm)

1
(25.4)

1-1/2
(38.1)

1-3/4
(44.5)

2
(50.8)

2-1/4
(57.2)

2-1/2
(63.5)

2-3/4
(69.9)

tmax : Max. tightening


torque

All Hilti
Rods

ft-lb
(Nm)

18
(24)

30
(41)

75
(102)

150
(203)

175
(237)

235
(319)

400
(540)

hef = hnom

in.
(mm)

5-1/2
(140)

6-1/4
(160)

7
(180)

8-1/2
(220)

8-1/2
(220)

10-1/2
(270)

15
(380)

Details

HAS Rod Size in.


(mm)

dbit : nominal bit diameter1, 2

h:
minimum base
material
thickness5

hef hnom

in.
(mm)

Recommended
Hilti Rotary Hammer Drill

dbit

Tmax
hef

1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+
2
2
2
2
2
2-1/4
3
(51)
(51)
(51)
( 51)
( 51)
(57)
(76)
TE 6, 16

TE 16, 25, 35, 46

TE 46, 56, 76

TE 76

1 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped bits or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or DD-C diamond core bit.
2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits
3 Data available for varying embedments; see Load Tables.
4 When using standard length rods at standard embedment (hnom)
5 Minimum base material thickness given to avoid backside blowout from drilling. Ability of base material
to withstand loads applied (e.g. bending of concrete slab) should be determined by design engineer.

152 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 153

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1

HIS Insert Specification Table


HIS Insert

in.
(mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

1/2 x 4-1/4

5/8 x 5

7/8 x 6-5/8

1 x 8-1/4

in.

Details

11/16

7/8

1-1/8

1-1/4

HVU capsule required


diameter1

dbit

bit

hnom

std. depth of embed.


= capsule length

in.
(mm)

4-1/4
(110)

5
(125)

6-5/8
(170)

8-1/4
(210)

th

useable thread
length

in.
(mm)

1
(25)

1-3/16
(30)

1-1/2
(40)

Max. tightening
torque

ft lb
(Nm)

18
(24)

30
(41)

75
(102)

150
(203)

min. base material


thickness

in.
(mm)

6-3/8
(162)

7-1/2
(191)

10
(254)

12-3/8
(314)

TE 6, 16,
25, 35

TE 16, 25,
35, 46

Tmax

2
(50)

Tmax

dbit

Recommended Hilti
Rotary Hammer Drill

hef
h

TE 46, 56, 76

2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

Rebar Specification Table


Rebar Size:
dbit

bit

hnom

std. depth of embed.


= capsule length

#4

#5

in.

diameter1, 2

#6

#7

#8

5/8

13/16

1-1/8

1-1/4

in.
(mm)

4-1/4
(110)

5
(125)

6-5/8
(170)

6-5/8
(170)

8-1/4
(210)

1 Rebar diameters may vary; the witnessed test was performed using the above mentioned drill bit diameters.
Rebar must have a minimum length 4" greater than embedment to accommodate the setting equipment.
2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

Metric Rebar Specification Table


(Canada Only)
Rebar Size :
bit diameter1

hnom

std. depth of embed.


= capsule length

15M

in. or mm

dbit

10M

20M

25M

9/16

mm
(in.)

90
(3-1/2)

13/16

32 mm

125
(5)

170
(6-5/8)

210
(8-1/4)

2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

Combined Shear and Tension Loading


5/3

5/3

N
(N ) + ( V )
V
d

rec

rec

1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 153

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System


HVA Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal Weight Concrete1, 2
HVU Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile
Shear
Rod
Diameter
in. (mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

7/8
(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1- 1/4
(31.8)

Embedment
Depth3
in. (mm)

Adhesive
Capsule(s)
Required

3-1/2
(90)
5-1/4
(133)
7
(178)
4-1/4
(110)
6-3/8
(162)
8-1/2
(216)
5
(125)
7-1/2
(184)
10
(254)
6-5/8
(170)
10
(254)
13-1/4
(337)
6-5/8
(170)
10
(254)
13-1/4
(337)
8 1/4
(210)
12-3/8
(314)
16-1/2
(419)
12
(305)
15
(381)
18
(457)

(1) 3/8 X 3-1/2


(2) 3/8 X 3-1/2
(2) 3/8 X 3-1/2
(1) 1/2 X 4-1/4
(1) 1/2 X 4-1/4 &
(1) 3/8 X 3-1/2
(2) 1/2 X 4-1/4
(1) 5/8 X 5
(1) 5/8 X 5 &
(1) 1/2 X 4-1/4
(2) 5/8 X 5
(1) 3/4 X 6-5/8
(1) 3/4 X 6-5/8 &
(1) 1/2 X 4-1/4
(2) 3/4 X 6-5/8
(1) 7/8 X 6-5/8
(2) 3/4 X 6-5/8
(2) 7/8 X 6 5/8
(1) 1 X 8-1/4
(2) 7/8 X 6-5/8
(2) 1 X 8-1/4
(1) 1-1/4 X 12
(1) 1-1/4 X 12 &
(1) 1 X 8 1/4
(1) 1-1/4 X 12 &
(2) 1 X 8 1/4

HVU Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity


Tensile
Shear

f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi f'c =2000 psi f'c =4000 psi
(13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (13.8 MPa) (27.6 MPa)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

2085
(9.3)
2325
(10.3)
4405
(19.6)
3250
(14.5)
4890
(21.8)
6700
(29.8)
3970
(17.7)
5770
(25.7)
11700
(52.0)
6080
(27.0)
9110
(40.5)
15220
(67.7)
7145
(31.8)
10475
(46.6)
16475
(73.3)
8640
(38.4)
14665
(65.2)
26645
(118.5)
19175
(85.3)
24750
(110.1)
29535
(131.4)

2595
(11.5)
4185
(18.6)
4895
(21.8)
4735
(21.1)
5455
(24.3)
7545
(33.6)
5245
(23.3)
10465
(46.6)
12835
(57.1)
8615
(38.3)
14835
(66.0)
15310
(68.1)
9130
(40.6)
18970
(84.4)
23055
(102.6)
13425
(59.7)
23450
(104.3)
30805
(137.0)
23920
(106.4)
26855
(119.5)
37920
(168.7)

3335
(14.8)
6120
(27.2)
9420
(41.9)
5450
(24.2)
9455
(42.1)
14560
(64.8)
7350
(32.7)
13495
(60.0)
20775
(92.4)
12270
(54.6)
22755
(101.2)
34700
(154.4)
13110
(58.3)
24575
(109.3)
34780
(154.7)
19690
(87.6)
36170
(160.9)
55690
(247.7)
38615
(171.8)
53960
(240.0)
70935
(315.5)

4710
(21.0)
8655
(38.5)
13330
(59.3)
7280
(32.4)
13375
(59.5)
20590
(91.6)
10390
(46.2)
19080
(84.9)
29375
(130.7)
17355
(77.2)
32180
(143.1)
49080
(218.3)
18535
(82.4)
34755
(154.6)
53010
(235.8)
27840
(123.8)
51150
(227.5)
78750
(350.3)
54610
(242.9)
76315
(339.5)
100320
(446.2)

8345
(37.1)
9295
(41.3)
17630
(78.4)
12990
(57.8)
19565
(87.0)
26810
(119.3)
15890
(70.7)
23080
(102.7)
46795
(208.2)
24330
(108.2)
36445
(162.1)
60875
(270.8)
28580
(127.1)
41905
(186.4)
65895
(293.1)
34560
(153.7)
58665
(261.0)
106580
(474.1)
76740
(341.4)
99000
(440.4)
118140
(525.5)

10380
(46.2)
16730
(74.4)
19590
(87.1)
18940
(84.2)
21815
(97.0)
30190
(134.3)
20970
(93.3)
41865
(186.2)
51340
(228.4)
34470
(153.3)
59350
(264.0)
61230
(272.4)
36525
(162.5)
75870
(337.5)
92220
(410.2)
53695
(238.8)
93800
(417.2)
123220
(548.1)
95680
(425.6)
107420
(477.8)
151680
(674.7)

10000
(44.5)
18360
(81.7)
28260
(125.7)
15440
(68.7)
28360
(126.2)
43680
(194.3)
22040
(98.0)
40480
(180.1)
62320
(277.2)
36800
(163.7)
68260
(303.6)
104100
(463.1)
39320
(174.9)
73720
(327.9)
112440
(500.2)
59060
(262.7)
108500
(482.6)
167060
(743.1)
115840
(515.3)
161880
(720.1)
212800
(946.6)

14120
(62.8)
25960
(115.5)
39980
(177.8)
21840
(97.1)
40120
(178.5)
61760
(274.7)
31160
(138.6)
57240
(254.6)
88120
(392.0)
52060
(231.6)
96540
(429.4)
147240
(655.0)
55600
(247.3)
104260
(463.8)
159020
(707.4)
83520
(371.5)
153440
(682.5)
236240
(1050.8)
163820
(728.7)
228940
(1018.4)
300960
(1338.7)

1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.
2 Average ultimate concrete shear capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method.
3 Hilti does not recommend the use of alternate embedment other than those tested and listed above.

154 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 155

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1


Allowable Steel Strength for HAS Rods1
Rod
Diameter
in.
(mm)

HAS-E Standard
ISO 898 Class 5.8
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

HAS Super
ASTM A 193 B7
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

HAS SS
AISI 304/316 SS
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)
7/8
(22.2)
1
(25.4)
1-1/4

2640
(11.7)
4700
(20.9)
7340
(32.7)
10570
(47.0)
14385
(64.0)
18790
(83.6)
29360

1360
(6.0)
2420
(10.8)
3780
(16.8)
5445
(24.2)
7410
(33.0)
9680
(43.0)
15125

4555
(20.3)
8100
(36.0)
12655
(56.3)
18225
(81.1)
24805
(110.3)
32400
(144.1)
50620

2345
(10.4)
4170
(18.5)
6520
(29.0)
9390
(41.8)
12780
(56.9)
16690
(74.2)
26080

3645
(16.2)
6480
(28.8)
10125
(45.0)
12390
(55.1)
16865
(75.0)
22030
(98.0)
34425

1875
(8.3)
3335
(14.8)
5215
(23.2)
6385
(28.4)
8690
(38.6)
11350
(50.5)
17735

(31.8)

(130.6)

(67.3)

(225.2)

(116.0)

(153.1)

(78.9)

1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD):


Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area

Ultimate Steel Strength for HAS Rods1


Rod
Diameter
in.
(mm)

3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)
7/8
(22.2)
1
(25.4)
1-1/4
(31.8)

Yield
lb (kN)

HAS-E Standard
ISO 898 Class 5.8
Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

4495
(20.0)
8230
(36.6)
13110
(58.3)
19400
(86.3)
26780
(119.1)
35130
(156.3)
56210
(250.0)

6005
(26.7)
10675
(47.5)
16680
(74.2)
24020
(106.9)
32695
(145.4)
42705
(190.0)
66730
(296.8)

3605
(16.0)
6405
(28.5)
10010
(44.5)
14415
(64.1)
19620
(87.3)
25625
(114.0)
40035
(178.1)

Yield
lb (kN)

HAS Super
ASTM A 193 B7
Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

8135
(36.2)
14900
(66.3)
23730
(105.6)
35120
(156.2)
48480
(215.7)
63600
(282.9)
101755
(452.6)

10350
(43.4)
18405
(79.0)
28760
(125.7)
41420
(185.7)
56370
(256.9)
73630
(337.0)
115050
(511.8)

6210
(27.6)
11040
(49.1)
17260
(76.8)
24850
(110.5)
33825
(150.5)
44180
(196.5)
69030
(307.1)

Yield
lb (kN)

HAS SS
AISI 304/316 SS
Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

5035
(22.4)
9225
(41.0)
14690
(65.3)
15050
(66.9)
20775
(92.4)
27255
(121.2)
43610
(194.0)

8280
(36.8)
14720
(65.5)
23010
(102.4)
28165
(125.3)
38335
(170.5)
50070
(222.7)
78235
(348.0)

4970
(22.1)
8835
(39.3)
13805
(61.4)
16800
(75.2)
23000
(102.3)
30040
(133.6)
46940
(208.8)

1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction 2nd Ed. (LRFD):
Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area
Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 155

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 156

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System


HVA Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel
and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

Adhesive
Capsule(s)
Required

3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)

4-1/4
(108)
5
(127)
6-5/8
(168)
8-1/4
(210)

HVU Allowable
Bond/Concrete Capacity2
Tensile
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

(1) 1/2 x 4-1/4

3180
(14.1)
4570
(20.3)
7460
(33.2)
9165
(40.8)

(1) 5/8 x 5
(1) 7/8 x 6-5/8
(1) 1 x 8-1/4

Steel Bolt Strength1, 2


ASTM A 325
Carbon Steel
Tensile1
Shear1
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
4370
(19.4)
7775
(34.6)
12150
(54.0)
17495
(77.8)

2250
(10.0)
4005
(17.8)
6260
(27.8)
9010
(40.1)

ASTM F 593
Stainless Steel
Tensile1
Shear1
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
3645
(16.2)
6480
(28.8)
10125
(45.0)
12395
(55.1)

1875
(8.3)
3335
(14.8)
5215
(23.2)
6385
(28.4)

HVA Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel
and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

Adhesive
Capsule(s)
Required

3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)

4-1/4
(108)
5
(127)
6-5/8
(168)
8-1/4
(210)

HVU Ultimate
Bond/Concrete Capacity 2
Tensile
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

(1) 1/2 x 4-1/4


(1) 5/8 x 5
(1) 7/8 x 6-5/8
(1) 1 x 8-1/4

12715
(56.6)
18275
(81.3)
29840
(132.7)
36660
(163.1)

Ultimate Bolt Strength1, 2


ASTM A 325
Carbon Steel
Tensile 1
Shear 1
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

ASTM F 593
Stainless Steel
Tensile 1
Shear 1
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

9935
(44.2)
17665
(78.6)
27610
(122.8)
39760
(176.9)

8280
(36.8)
14720
(65.5)
23010
(102.4)
28165
(125.3)

5960
(26.5)
10600
(47.2)
16565
(73.7)
23855
(106.1)

4970
(22.1)
8835
(39.3)
13805
(61.4)
16900
(75.1)

1 Steel values in accordance with AISC


ASTM A 325 bolts:
Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi
ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316):
Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8"
Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4"
Allowable Load Values

Ultimate Load Values

Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom

Tension = 0.75 x Fu x Anom

Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom

Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Anom

2 Use lower value of either bond/concrete capacity or steel strength.

156 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 157

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1


HVA Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete

Rebar
Size

#4

#5

#6

#7

#8

HVU Ultimate Bond Strength1


Embedment
Adhesive
f'c=2000 psi f'c=3000 psi f'c=4000 psi f'c=6000 psi
Depth
Capsule(s)
(13.8 MPa) (20.7 MPa) (27.6 MPa) (41.4 MPa)
in. (mm)
Required
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
4-1/4
(1) 1/2 x 4-1/4
9680
10980
12270
14850
(108)
(43.1)
(48.8)
(54.6)
(66.1)
6-3/8
(1) 1/2 x 4-1/4 &
14520
16460
18400
22280
(162)
(1) 3/8 x 3-1/2
(64.6)
(73.2)
(81.9)
(99.1)
8-1/2
(2) 1/2 x 4-1/4
19360
21950
24530
29710
(216)
(86.1)
(97.6)
(109.1)
(132.2)
5
(1) 5/8 x 5
15000
16920
18830
22650
(127)
(66.7)
(75.3)
(83.8)
(100.8)
7-1/2
(1) 5/8 x 5 &
22490
25370
28240
33980
(184)
(1) 1/2 x 4-1/4
(100.4)
(112.9)
(125.6)
(151.1)
10
(2) 5/8 x 5
29990
33820
37650
45310
(254)
(133.4)
(150.4)
(167.5)
(201.5)
6-5/8
(1) 7/8 x 6-5/8
21020
24250
27470
33930
(168)
(93.5)
(107.9)
(122.2)
(150.9)
10
(2) 3/4 x 6-5/8
31530
36370
41210
50890
(254)
(140.3)
(161.8)
(183.3)
(226.4)
13-1/4
(2) 7/8 x 6-5/8
42040
48500
54950
67850
(337)
(187.0)
(215.7)
(244.4)
(301.8)
6-5/8
(1) 1 x 8-1/4
23650
27280
30910
38170
(168)
(105.2)
(121.3)
(137.5)
(169.8)
10
(2) 3/4 x 6-5/8
35470
40920
46360
57250
(254)
(157.8)
(182.0)
(206.2)
(254.7)
13-1/4
(2) 1 x 8-1/4
47300
54560
61810
76330
(337)
(210.4)
(242.7)
(274.9)
(339.5)
8-1/4
(1) 1 x 8-1/4 &
35640
40500
45360
55080
(210)
(1) 5/8 x 5
(158.5)
(180.2)
(201.8)
(245.0)
12-3/8
(1) 7/8 x 6-5/8 &
53460
60750
68040
82610
(314)
(1) 1 x 8-1/4
(237.8)
(270.2)
(302.7)
(367.5)
16-1/2
(2) 1 x 8-1/4 &
71270
80990
90710
110150
(419)
(1) 3/4 x 6-5/8
(317.0)
(360.3)
(403.5)
(490.0)

Grade 60 Rebar1
Yield
Tensile
Strength
Strength
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

12000
(53.4)

18000
(80.1)

18600
(82.7)

27900
(124.1)

26400
(117.4)

39600
(176.1)

36000
(160.1)

54000
(240.2)

47400
(210.8)

71100
(316.3)

1 Use lower of either bond/concrete or steel strength.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 157

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 158

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System


HVA Allowable Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)1,2,3

HVU Allowable Tensile Concrete/Bond Strength

Rebar
Size

15M

20M

25M

Embedment
Depth
mm (in.)
125
(5)
185
(7-1/2)
255
(10)
170
(6-5/8)
255
(10)
340
(13-1/4)
210
(8-1/4)
315
(12-3/8)
420
(16-1/2)

Adhesive
Capsule(s)
Required
(1) M16
(1) M16 &
(1) M12
(2) M16
(1) M20
(2) 3/4 x 6-5/8
(2) M20
(1) M24
(1) M24 &
(1) 3/4 x 6-5/8
(2) M24

14 MPa
(2000 psi)
kN (lb)
16.7
(3750)
25.1
(5620)
33.4
(7495)
23.4
(5255)
35.1
(7880)
46.8
(10510)
39.6
(8910)
59.4
(13365)
79.2
(17815)

20 MPa
(3000 psi)
kN (lb)
18.8
(4230)
28.2
(6340)
37.6
(8455)
27.0
(6060)
40.5
(9090)
53.9
(12125)
45.0
(10125)
67.6
(15185)
90.1
(20245)

28 MPa
(4000 psi)
kN (lb)
21.0
(4705)
31.4
(7060)
41.9
(9410)
30.6
(6865)
45.8
(10300)
61.1
(13735)
50.4
(11340)
75.7
(17010)
100.9
(22675)

40 MPa
(6000 psi)
kN (lb)
25.2
(5660)
37.8
(8495)
50.4
(11325)
37.7
(8480)
56.6
(12720)
75.4
(16960)
61.3
(13770)
91.9
(20650)
122.5
(27535)

Strength Properties of
Metric Rebar
fy = 400 MPa
Yield
Tensile
Strength
Strength
kN (lb)
kN (lb)

80
(17985)

120
(26975)

120
(26975)

180
(40465)

200
(44960)

300
(67440)

1 Allowable bond/concrete strength based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2 Actual tensile bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes.
3 For anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, refer to page 160 of the HVA Adhesive Anchor System.

158 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 159

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1


HVA Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)1,2

HVU Ultimate Tensile Concrete/Bond Strength

Rebar
Size

15M

20M

25M

Embedment
Adhesive
Depth
Capsule(s)
mm (in.)
Required
125
(1) M16
(5)
185
(1) M16 &
(7-1/2)
(1) M12
255
(2) M16
(10)
170
(1) M20
(6-5/8)
255
(2) 3/4 x 6-5/8
(10)
340
(2) M20
(13-1/4)
210
(1) M24
(8-1/4)
315
(1) M24
(12-3/8) & (1) 3/4 x 6-5/8
420
(2) M24
(16-1/2)

14 MPa
(2000 psi)
kN (lb)
66.7
(15000)
100.4
(22490)
133.4
(29990)
93.5
(21020)
140.3
(31530)
187.0
(42040)
158.5
(35640)
237.8
(53460)
317.0
(71270)

20 MPa
(3000 psi)
kN (lb)
75.3
(16920)
112.9
(25370)
150.4
(33820)
107.9
(24250)
161.8
(36370)
215.7
(48500)
180.2
(40500)
270.2
(60750)
360.3
(80990)

28 MPa
(4000 psi)
kN (lb)
83.3
(18830)
125.6
(28240)
167.5
(37650)
122.2
(27470)
183.3
(41210)
244.4
(54950)
201.8
(45360)
302.7
(68040)
403.5
(90710)

40 MPa
(6000 psi)
kN (lb)
100.8
(22650)
151.1
(33980)
201.5
(45310)
150.9
(33930)
226.4
(50890)
301.8
(67850)
245.0
(55080)
367.5
(82610)
490.0
(110150)

Strength Properties of
Metric Rebar
fy = 400 MPa
Yield
Tensile
Strength
Strength
kN (lb)
kN (lb)

80
(17985)

120
(26975)

120
(26975)

180
(40465)

200
(44960)

300
(67440)

1 Actual tensile bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes.
2 For anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, refer to page 160 of the HVA Adhesive Anchor System.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 159

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 160

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete
Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors
N

s
hef
smin
scr

s
V

=
=
=
=

Edge Distance Adjustment Factors

Actual spacing
Actual embedment
0.5 hef
1.5 hef

c
hef
cmin
ccr

=
=
=
=
=
=
ll =

c
h
scr

1.5

Actual edge distance


Actual embedment
0.5 hef Tension and shear
1.5 hef Tension
2.0 hef Shear
Perpendicular to edge
Parallel to edge

ccr

2.0

Shear &
Tension

ccr

1.5

smin

c
hef

s
hef

fA = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.55
for scr>s>smin

0.5

Sh e

cmin
.6
.2
.4
.8
1.0
Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor
(fA)

Edge Distance Tension

0
0

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef

.2

Edge Distance Shear


( toward edge)
fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) 0.09
for ccr>c>cmin

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge)

.4

.6

.8

1.0

Edge Spacing Adjustment Factor


(fRV, fRN)

fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40


for ccr>c>cmin

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef

Ten

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef

(II)

1.0

Spacing Tension/Shear

ar

0.5

sio
n

1.0

Sh
ea
r(

Note:Tables apply for listed


embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment
depths must be calculated
using equations below.

Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" Diameter Anchor


Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor
Embedment
Depth, in.

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28


for ccr>c>cmin

1-3/4
2
2-5/8
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5-1/4
6
7
7-7/8
8-1/2
9
10
10-1/2
12
13
14

3/8" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
fA
3-1/2 5-1/4

0.70
0.72
0.78
0.81
0.85
0.89
0.94
1.00

0.70
0.72
0.75
0.78
0.81
0.85
0.89
0.95
1.00

0.70
0.72
0.74
0.78
0.81
0.85
0.89
0.89
0.91
0.94
0.96
0.98
1.00

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN
3-1/2 5-1/4

0.60
0.63
0.70
0.74
0.80
0.86
0.91
1.00

0.60
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.74
0.80
0.86
0.93
1.00

0.60
0.63
0.66
0.70
0.74
0.80
0.85
0.86
0.89
0.91
0.94
0.97
1.00

Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance Shear

( toward edge),

(II to or away from edge),

fRV1
3-1/2 5-1/4

0.18
0.22
0.32
0.37
0.45
0.53
0.60
0.72
0.84
1.00

0.18
0.22
0.27
0.32
0.37
0.45
0.53
0.63
0.72
0.78
0.84
0.94
1.00

fRV2
7

0.18
0.22
0.26
0.32
0.37
0.45
0.52
0.57
0.60
0.68
0.72
0.84
0.91
1.00

3-1/2 5-1/4

0.46
0.49
0.55
0.59
0.64
0.69
0.74
0.82
0.90
1.00

0.46
0.49
0.52
0.55
0.59
0.64
0.69
0.76
0.82
0.86
0.90
0.97
1.00

0.46
0.49
0.51
0.55
0.59
0.64
0.69
0.72
0.74
0.79
0.82
0.90
0.95
1.00

160 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 161

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1


Note:Tables apply for listed
embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment
depths must be calculated
using equations below.

Load Adjustment Factors for 1/2" Diameter Anchor


Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embedment
Depth, in.

2-1/8
3
3-3/16
3-1/2
4
4-1/4
5
5-1/2
6
6-3/8
7
8
8-1/2
9
9-9/16
10
10-1/2
12
12-3/4
14
16
17

1/2" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
fA

Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance Shear

( toward edge),

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

(II to or away from edge),

fRV1

fRV2

Spacing Tension/Shear

4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2 4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2 4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2 4-1/4 6-3/8 8-1/2

0.70
0.76
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.90
0.94
0.97
1.00

0.70
0.71
0.74
0.75
0.79
0.81
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.93
0.95
0.97
1.00

0.70
0.73
0.74
0.76
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.87
0.89
0.90
0.92
0.97
1.00

0.60
0.68
0.70
0.73
0.78
0.80
0.87
0.92
0.96
1.00

0.60
0.62
0.65
0.67
0.71
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.84
0.90
0.93
0.96
1.00

0.60
0.64
0.66
0.68
0.70
0.73
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.87
0.89
0.96
1.00

0.18
0.29
0.32
0.35
0.42
0.45
0.55
0.61
0.67
0.72
0.80
0.93
1.00

0.18
0.21
0.25
0.27
0.33
0.38
0.42
0.45
0.50
0.59
0.63
0.67
0.72
0.76
0.80
0.93
1.00

0.18
0.23
0.26
0.29
0.32
0.35
0.42
0.45
0.48
0.52
0.55
0.58
0.67
0.72
0.80
0.93
1.00

0.46
0.53
0.55
0.58
0.62
0.64
0.70
0.75
0.79
0.82
0.87
0.96
1.00

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef

0.46
0.48
0.51
0.52
0.56
0.59
0.62
0.64
0.68
0.73
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.84
0.87
0.96
1.00

fA = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.55
for scr>s>smin

Edge Distance Tension


0.46
0.49
0.51
0.53
0.55
0.58
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.69
0.70
0.72
0.79
0.82
0.87
0.96
1.00

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef


fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40
for ccr>c>cmin

Edge Distance Shear


( toward edge)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) 0.09
for ccr>c>cmin

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28
for ccr>c>cmin

Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors


Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

5/8" diameter
Edge Distance

Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance Shear

Spacing

Edge Distance

Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance Shear

Tension/Shear,

Tension,

( toward edge),

(II to or away from edge),

Tension/Shear,

Tension,

( toward edge),

(II to or away from edge),

fA

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embedment
Depth, in.

2-1/2
3-5/16
3-3/4
4
4-1/2
5
5-1/2
6
6-5/8
7
7-1/2
8
9
9-15/16
10
11-1/4
12
13
13-1/4
15
18
20
22
24
26-1/2

3/4" diameter

Spacing

0.70
0.75
0.78
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.95
0.97
1.00

7-1/2

0.70
0.71
0.73
0.75
0.77
0.79
0.82
0.83
0.85
0.87
0.91
0.95
0.95
1.00

fRN
10

0.70
0.72
0.73
0.75
0.76
0.78
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.85
0.89
0.91
0.94
0.95
1.00

0.60
0.67
0.70
0.72
0.76
0.80
0.84
0.88
0.93
0.96
1.00

7-1/2

0.60
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.69
0.72
0.75
0.77
0.80
0.83
0.88
0.93
0.93
1.00

fRV1
10

0.60
0.62
0.64
0.67
0.68
0.70
0.72
0.76
0.80
0.80
0.85
0.88
0.92
0.93
1.00

0.18
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.56
0.63
0.67
0.72
0.77
0.88
0.98
1.00

7-1/2

0.18
0.20
0.23
0.27
0.31
0.34
0.39
0.41
0.45
0.49
0.56
0.63
0.63
0.72
0.77
0.85
0.86
1.00

fRV2
10

0.18
0.21
0.23
0.27
0.29
0.32
0.34
0.40
0.45
0.45
0.52
0.56
0.61
0.63
0.72
0.88
1.00

0.46
0.52
0.55
0.57
0.60
0.64
0.68
0.71
0.76
0.78
0.82
0.86
0.93
1.00

7-1/2

0.46
0.47
0.50
0.52
0.54
0.57
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.71
0.76
0.76
0.82
0.86
0.90
0.92
1.00

fA
10

0.46
0.48
0.50
0.52
0.53
0.55
0.57
0.60
0.64
0.64
0.69
0.71
0.75
0.76
0.82
0.93
1.00

6-5/8

0.70
0.72
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.87
0.89
0.91
0.96
1.00

10

0.70
0.72
0.73
0.75
0.76
0.78
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.85
0.89
0.91
0.94
0.95
1.00

fRN
13-1/4 6-5/8

0.70
0.71
0.72
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.85
0.89
0.96
1.00

0.60
0.63
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.76
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.94
1.00

10

0.60
0.62
0.64
0.67
0.68
0.70
0.72
0.76
0.80
0.80
0.85
0.88
0.92
0.93
1.00

fRV1
13-1/4 6-5/8

0.60
0.61
0.63
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.70
0.74
0.76
0.79
0.80
0.85
0.94
1.00

0.18
0.22
0.24
0.28
0.32
0.36
0.40
0.45
0.48
0.52
0.56
0.64
0.72
0.73
0.83
0.89
0.97
1.00

10

0.18
0.21
0.23
0.27
0.29
0.32
0.34
0.40
0.45
0.45
0.52
0.56
0.61
0.63
0.72
0.88
1.00

fRV2
13-1/4 6-5/8

0.18
0.20
0.22
0.24
0.28
0.32
0.32
0.37
0.40
0.44
0.45
0.52
0.64
0.73
0.81
0.89
1.00

0.46
0.48
0.50
0.52
0.55
0.58
0.61
0.64
0.66
0.69
0.71
0.77
0.82
0.82
0.89
0.93
0.99
1.00

10

0.46
0.48
0.50
0.52
0.53
0.55
0.57
0.60
0.64
0.64
0.69
0.71
0.75
0.76
0.82
0.93
1.00

13-1/4

0.46
0.47
0.48
0.50
0.52
0.55
0.55
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.64
0.69
0.77
0.82
0.88
0.93
1.00

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 161

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 162

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System


Note:Tables apply for listed
embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment
depths must be calculated
using equations below.

Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchor


Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

Spacing Tension/Shear

Embedment
Depth, in.

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef


fA = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.55
for scr>s>smin

Edge Distance Tension


cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40


for ccr>c>cmin

Edge Distance Shear


( toward edge)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) 0.09
for ccr>c>cmin

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28
for ccr>c>cmin

3-5/16
4
4-1/2
5
6
6-5/8
7
8
9
9-15/16
10
11
12
13
13-1/4
14
15
16
18
20
22
24
26-1/2

7/8" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
fA
6-5/8

0.70
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.82
0.85
0.87
0.91
0.96
1.00

10

13-1/4 6-5/8

0.70
0.73
0.75
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.94
0.95
0.97
1.00

Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

0.60
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.76
0.80
0.82
0.88
0.94
1.00

0.70
0.71
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.85
0.87
0.89
0.91
0.96
1.00

10

( toward edge),

fRV1

13 1/4 6-5/8

0.60
0.64
0.67
0.68
0.72
0.76
0.80
0.80
0.84
0.88
0.92
0.93
0.96
1.00

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge),

0.18
0.24
0.28
0.32
0.40
0.45
0.48
0.56
0.64
0.72
0.73
0.81
0.89
0.97
1.00

0.60
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.70
0.73
0.76
0.79
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.94
1.00

10

0.18
0.23
0.27
0.29
0.34
0.40
0.45
0.45
0.50
0.56
0.61
0.63
0.67
0.72
0.77
0.88
1.00

fRV2
13-1/4 6-5/8

0.18
0.20
0.24
0.28
0.32
0.32
0.36
0.40
0.44
0.45
0.48
0.52
0.56
0.64
0.73
0.81
0.89
1.00

0.46
0.50
0.52
0.55
0.61
0.64
0.66
0.71
0.77
0.82
0.82
0.88
0.93
0.99
1.00

10

13-1/4

0.46
0.50
0.52
0.53
0.57
0.60
0.64
0.64
0.68
0.71
0.75
0.76
0.78
0.82
0.86
0.93
1.00

0.46
0.47
0.50
0.52
0.55
0.55
0.58
0.61
0.63
0.64
0.66
0.69
0.71
0.77
0.82
0.88
0.93
1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1-1/4" Diameter Anchors


Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

1" diameter

1-1/4" diameter

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

4-1/8
4-1/2
5
6
6-3/16
7
7-1/2
8-1/4
9
10
11
12-3/8
13
14
16
16-1/2
18
18-9/16
22-1/2
24
24-3/4
27
30
33
36

Edge Distance

Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance Shear

Spacing

Edge Distance

Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance Shear

Tension/Shear,

Tension,

( toward edge),

(II to or away from edge),

Tension/Shear,

Tension,

( toward edge),

(II to or away from edge),

fA
Embedment
Depth, in.

Spacing

fRN

fRV1

fRV2

fA

8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2 8-1/4 12-3/8 16-1/2

0.70
0.71
0.73
0.77
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.95
1.00

0.70
0.72
0.73
0.75
0.77
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.87
0.89
0.94
0.95
0.99
1.00

0.70
0.71
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.79
0.80
0.84
0.85
0.88
0.89
0.96
0.99
1.00

0.60
0.62
0.64
0.69
0.70
0.74
0.76
0.80
0.84
0.88
0.93
1.00

0.60
0.63
0.64
0.67
0.69
0.72
0.76
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.92
0.93
0.98
1.00

0.60
0.62
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.72
0.74
0.79
0.80
0.84
0.85
0.95
0.98
1.00

0.18
0.20
0.24
0.30
0.32
0.37
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.56
0.63
0.72
0.76
0.83
0.96
1.00

0.18
0.22
0.24
0.27
0.30
0.35
0.39
0.45
0.48
0.52
0.61
0.63
0.70
0.72
0.89
0.96
1.00

0.18
0.20
0.24
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.37
0.43
0.45
0.50
0.52
0.65
0.70
0.72
0.79
0.89
1.00

0.46
0.48
0.50
0.54
0.55
0.59
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.72
0.76
0.82
0.85
0.89
0.98
1.00

0.46
0.48
0.50
0.52
0.54
0.57
0.60
0.64
0.66
0.69
0.75
0.76
0.80
0.82
0.93
0.98
1.00

0.46
0.48
0.50
0.52
0.55
0.56
0.59
0.63
0.64
0.67
0.69
0.77
0.80
0.82
0.87
0.93
1.00

12

0.70
0.70
0.73
0.74
0.76
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.86
0.88
0.90
0.95
0.96
1.00

15

0.70
0.72
0.73
0.75
0.77
0.80
0.81
0.83
0.87
0.88
0.91
0.92
1.00

fRN
18

0.70
0.72
0.73
0.76
0.77
0.78
0.82
0.83
0.85
0.86
0.93
0.95
0.96
1.00

12

0.60
0.61
0.63
0.65
0.68
0.70
0.73
0.77
0.81
0.83
0.87
0.93
0.95
1.00

15

0.60
0.62
0.64
0.67
0.69
0.73
0.75
0.77
0.83
0.84
0.88
0.90
1.00

fRV1
18

0.60
0.62
0.64
0.68
0.69
0.71
0.76
0.77
0.80
0.81
0.90
0.93
0.95
1.00

12

0.18
0.19
0.23
0.25
0.28
0.32
0.36
0.41
0.47
0.50
0.54
0.63
0.65
0.72
0.75
0.92
1.00

15

0.18
0.21
0.23
0.27
0.31
0.36
0.38
0.41
0.49
0.50
0.56
0.58
0.72
0.77
0.80
0.88
1.00

fRV2
18

0.18
0.21
0.24
0.28
0.30
0.33
0.39
0.41
0.45
0.47
0.59
0.63
0.65
0.72
0.81
0.90
1.00

12

0.46
0.47
0.49
0.51
0.53
0.55
0.58
0.61
0.65
0.67
0.70
0.76
0.78
0.82
0.84
0.96
1.00

15

0.46
0.48
0.50
0.52
0.54
0.58
0.59
0.62
0.66
0.68
0.71
0.73
0.82
0.86
0.87
0.93
1.00

18

0.46
0.48
0.50
0.53
0.54
0.56
0.60
0.61
0.64
0.65
0.73
0.76
0.78
0.82
0.88
0.94
1.00

162 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 163

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1


Chemical Resistance Table

Ammonium nitrate
Ammonium sulphate
Carbolic acid solution
(Phenol)
Carbon tetrachloride
Caustic soda
Sodium hydroxide
Chlorinated lime solution
Citric acid
Common salt solution
Communal waste water
Diesel oil
Ethanol
Ethylene glycol
Formic acid
Hydrochloric acid
Hydrogen peroxide
Lactic acid
Machine oil
Methanol
Methyl isobutyl kentone
Mixture of amines
Mixture of aromatic
hydrocarbons
Nitric acid
Petrol/Gasoline
Phosphoric acid
2-Propanol
Propylene glycol
Sodium carbonate
Sodium silicate (pH=14)
Sulphuric acid
Xylene

conc.
10%

25%
5%
10%
10%
10%

HVU IN-SERVICE TEMPERATURE

120

96%
conc.
10%
20%
30%
5%
50%
10%

100

80
60
40
20
0
20

60

100

140

180

220

Base Material Temperature (F)


Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the
temperature for 24 hours then removing it from the
controlled environment and testing to failure.
Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is
available; please contact Hilti Technical Services.

Vol%2
40%
20%

Influence of Temperature on Bond Strength

conc.
40%
20%
conc.
10%
10%

conc.
conc.
Vol%1

Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the


concrete, leaving very little surface area exposed. In some cases,
this would allow the HVA system to be used where it would be
exposed to the Partially Resistant chemical compounds.

(53% @ 212F)

Acetone
Ammonia

Not
Partially
Resistant Resistant Resistant

(100% @ 70F)

Acetic acid

% By
Weight

Allowable Bond Strength


(% of Load @ 70F)

Chemical/Liquid

1 35 Vol% Triethanolamine, 30 Vol% n-Butylamine and 35 Vol% N,N-Dimethylaniline


2 60 Vol% Toluene, 30 Vol% Xylene and 10 Vol% Methylnaphthalene

Samples of the HVU Resin were immersed in the various chemical compounds
for up to one year. At the end of the test period, the samples were analyzed.
Any samples showing no visible damage and having less than a 25% reduction
in bending (flexural) strength were classified as Resistant. Samples that had
slight damage, such as small cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending
strength of 25% or more, were classified as Partially Resistant. Samples that
were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as Not Resistant.

Curing Time Table


(Approximate)

Vol (in3)

Size
HVU 3/8" (M10)

40%
20%
conc.
conc.
10%
50%
40%
20%
conc.

HVU Capsule Volume


0.37

HVU 1/2" (M12)

Base
Material
Temperature
F
C

0.61

HVU 5/8" (M16)

1.04

HVU 3/4"

2.07

HVU 7/8" (M20)

2.62

HVU 1" (M24)

4.21

HVU 1-1/4" (M32)

Approx.
Full Cure
Time

9.46

23
32
50
above 68

5
0
10
20

5 hr
1 hr
30 min
20 min

Influence of High Energy Radiation


Radiation
Exposure

Detrimental
Effect

Recommendation
for Use

< 10 Mrad

Insignificant

Full Use

10 100 Mrad

Moderate

> 100 Mrad

Medium to strong

Restricted Use
Frec. = 0.5 Fperm.
No recommendation
for use

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 163

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 164

h1

h1

h1
h1

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System


4.2.1.4 Installation Instructions
1a

1b

1b

HAS
1b
HIS
4x

!
!

1a. Drilling the hole - Rotary


hammer h1 Set the depth
drill:
gauge to the correct drilling
depth. h1

4 4x

4x

1b. Drilling the hole - Diamond


coring: Mark the correct
drilling depth on the height
adjustment mechanism.

5
4x 2 4x

5
5

HAS
HIS 6
Rebar

4. Caution! Check that the hole


is drilled to the correct depth
before setting the anchor.
Hole depth is correct
when the anchor rod
5
5 contacts the base of the hole
and the setting depth mark
coincides with the concrete
surface.

HVU

HVU
5

5. Push the anchor capsule into


the drilled hole.

HVU

6. Use the setting tool at a


speed of 2501000 r.p.m. to
drive the anchor rod into the
hole, applying moderate
pressure and with the
7
7
hammering action switched on.

h1

9
8

tcure
tcure

HVU
tcure

9
10

9
9

tcure
Tinst.

Tinst.
tcure

h1

HIS
Rebar

HAS
HIS
Rebar

6
7
6

7
4

7
7

trel

11
Tinst.
C
Tinst.

trel

7. Switch off the rotary hammer


drill immediately when the
specified setting depth is
reached ( refer to mark on the
7anchor rod). After setting,
adhesive mortar must fill the
annular gap completely, right
up to the concrete surface.
Caution! Prolonged rotary
rel
rel rel
action may cause mortar to
7
9
be forced out of the hole,
+
+
+
resulting in reduced anchor +
9loading capacity.

min.-5...0

tcure tcure

9. After reaching the end of the


working time t rel, do not
manipulate or disturb the
anchor rod in any way until
the curing time t cure
has elapsed.
9

10. A load may be applied to the


anchor only after the curing
time t cure has elapsed.

tTinst.
rel

tcure

Tinst.

Tinst.Tinst.
9

C
min.-5...0

F Ctrel inst. Ctrel tcure trel tc


F
T tcure C F t C
F
rel t
5h
5h
min.23...32 60'
min.-5...0 min.23...32 60'
30'
32...50 0...10

11. The working time t rel


and curing time t cure,
which depend on base
material temperature, must
be observed!

0...10

t
F Ctrel Ccure Frel tcure tcure
tF
t + rel
min.-5...0 min.23...32
5h
min.23...32 60'
0...10
32...50
30'
132...50 30'
h
32...50 0...10

min.23...32 60'
min.-5...0

min.23...32 60'
min.-5...0

164 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

trel
trel

min.-5...0 min.23...32
1 32...50 0...10
h
30'
132...50
h
0...10
32...50
20'
30'
10...20
50...68 10...20
20'
30'
50...68 10...20
50...68
10...20
50...68
8'
20...max.40 68...max.104
20' 20...max.40 68...max.104
8'
20...max.40 68...max.104
20'
20...max.40 68...max.104
0...10

8. The working time t rel, which


depends on base material
temperature, must be observed
(see fig. 10). The screwed-on
setting tool may be removed
only after the time t rel has
8
8elapsed.

t
8
8

4
HAS
4

! !

6
8

HVU

trel
trel tcure

HVU
HVU

3. Ensure that the specified


setting depth is marked on1
h
the anchor rod. If not, add an
embedment mark, for
example with tape or marker.

HVU
HAS
HIS
Rebar

HVU
4x

HAS
HAS
HIS
HIS
Rebar
h1 Rebar

2. Clean the hole immediately


before setting the anchor.
Remove drilling dust and
standing water from the base
of the hole by blowing out well
with at least 4 strokes of the
blow-out pump, or using
compressed air or an
4
4
industrial vacuum cleaner. The
anchor holes must be free of
5
dust,
HAS HAS water, ice, oil, bitumen,
HIS
HIS 6 chemicals or 6 other foreign
any
6
Rebar
Rebar 3 matter or contaminants. Poorlycleaned holes = poor hold.

HVU

4
3
3

4x
HAS
HIS
Rebar

Rebar
4x

4x
4x

3
3

1a

2
3

1b
HAS Rod, Rebar and Insert Installation Instructions
3
2
2
2
1a
1b
2
2
1a

1a

60'
5h
30'
1h

5h

1h

60' min.-5
30'
30'
0
20'
20'
10
8'
8' 20...ma

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 165

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.1


4.2.1.5 Ordering Information

HVU Adhesive Capsules, Carbon Steel HAS Rods/Stainless Steel HAS Rods
HVU
HVU
Adhesive Capsules
Qty
Description
Item No. Per Box
3/8" x 3-1/2" (M10) 256692
10
3/8" x 3-1/2" (M10)
1/2" x 4-1/4" (M12) 256693
10
1/2" x 4-1/4" (M12)
1/2" x 4-1/4" (M12)
5/8" x 5" (M16)
256694
10
5/8" x 5" (M16)
5/8" x 5" (M16)
3/4" x 6-5/8"
256702
5
3/4" x 6-5/8"
3/4" x 6-5/8"
3/4" x 6-5/8"
7/8" x 6-5/8" (M20) 256695
5
7/8" x 6-5/8" (M20)
7/8" x 6-5/8" (M20)
1" x 8-1/4" (M24)
256696
5
1" x 8-1/4" (M24)
1" x 8-1/4" (M24)
1" x 8-1/4" (M24)
1-1/4" x 12" (M33) 256699
4
1-1/4" x 12" (M33)

HAS
Rods 5.8
Description
Item No.
3/8" x 5-1/8"
385419

HAS Super
A193 B71
Description
Item No.
3/8" x 5-1/8"
68657

1/2" x 6-1/2"
1/2" x 8"
1/2" x 10"
5/8" x 8"
5/8" x 9"
5/8" x 12"
3/4" x 10"
3/4" x 11"
3/4" x 12"
3/4" x 14"
7/8" x 10"2
7/8" x 13"2

385424
385425
385426
385428
385429
385430
385432
385433
385434
385435
385440
385441

1/2" x 6-1/2"

68658

5/8" x 7-5/8"

333783

3/4" x 9-5/8"

68660

1" x 12"
1" x 14"
1" x 16"
1" x 20"
1-1/4" x 16"
1-1/4" x 22"

385442
385443
385444
385445
385446
385447

3/4" x 14"
7/8" x 10" hdg1
7/8" x 12 hdg1
7/8" x 16" hdg1
1" x 12"
1" x 14"
1" x 16"
1" x 21"
1-1/4" x 16"
1-1/4" x 23"

3006083
68661
3006077
45259
68662
3006079
3006080
3006081
333779
3006082

HAS Rods
304 SS
Description
Item No.
3/8" x 5-1/8"
385462
3/8" x 8"
385463
1/2" x 6-1/2"
385464
1/2" x 8"
385465
1/2" x 10"
385466
5/8 x 7-5/8
385467
5/8 x 10
385468
3/4" x 9-5/8"

385469

3/4" x 12"
3/4" x 14"
7/8" x 10"

385474

1/2" x 6-1/2"

3024336

1/2" x 11"
5/8" x 7-5/8"
5/8" x 9"
5/8" x 12"
3/4" x 9-5/8"

3024337
333781
3024338
3024339
3024340

1" x 12"

3024341

385470
385471
885473

1" x 12"

HAS Rods
316 SS
Description
Item No.
3/8" x 5-1/8" 3024335

HAS/
HAS Qty
Per Box
20/10
20/10
10
10
20/10
10
10
10/5
10
10
10
10/5
10
5
4/5
2
2
2
4/4
2/4

1 Hot-Dip Galvanized (7/8" rod only). Coating thickness 2 mils (50.8 m).
2 Requires setting nuts when using 1-7/16" x 3/4" drive socket.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 165

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:57 AM

Page 166

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.1 HVA Capsule Adhesive Anchoring System

HVU Adhesive Capsules, HIS Internally Threaded Carbon Steel Inserts/HIS-R Stainless Steel Inserts
HIS Insert
Carbon Steel
Product
Item No.
3/8" x 4-1/4"
258020
1/2" x 5"
258021
5/8" x 6-5/8"
258022
3/4" x 8-1/4"
258023

HIS-R Insert
316 SS
Product
Item No.
3/8" x 4-1/4"
258029
1/2" x 5"
258030
5/8" x 6-5/8"
258031
3/4" x 8-1/4"
258032

HVU Adhesive Capsule


used with HIS Inserts
Product
Item No.
1/2" x 4-1/4"
256693
5/8" x 5"
256694
7/8" x 6-5/8"
256695
1" x 8-1/4"
256696

HIS Setting Tool1


Drive Socket
Setting Tool
Required
Item No.
9/16"
45969
3/4"
45970
15/16"
45971
1-1/8"
45972

Quantity
per Box
HIS HVU
10
10
5
10
5
5
5
5

1 Select square drive shaft and drive socket from Setting Products below.

Square Drive Shaft


HAS Threaded Rod w/Setting Nut

HIS Internally Threaded


Sleeve Insert

Black Finished
Setting Nuts 2,3

Drive Socket

HIS Setting Tool


Rebar Adaptor

Rebar

Setting Products
HAS Rod,
HIS/
Rebar
Diameter
3/8" / #3
1/2" / #4
5/8" / #5
3/4" / #6
7/8" / #7
1" / # 8
1-1/4"

Square Drive Shaft


Item No. 00032220
TE-C + SD-1/2"

Item No.
65277
65278
65280

Drive Socket
9/16" x 1/2"
3/4" x 1/2"
15/16" x 1/2"

Item No. 0032221 TE-Y-SD-3/4"


Item No. 00332169 TE-T-SD-3/4"

Item No.

Drive Socket

65279
65281
65282
65283
65284

Setting Nuts2,3
Item No. 00220693
TE-Y-SD-1"

Item No.

3/4" x 3/4"
15/16" x 3/4"
1-1/8" x 3/4"
1-7/16" x 3/4"
1-1/2" x 3/4"
65285

Drive Socket

1-7/8" x 1"

Item No.
45138
45140
45139
45141
45142
45143
45144

Qty/Pkg.
10
10
5
5
5
5
5

HIS Setting Tools1


Setting
Drive
Tool
Socket
Item No. Required
45969
9/16"
45970
3/4"
45971
15/16"
45972
1-1/8"

Rebar Setting Tools


Item No.

TE-Y
Adaptor

220695
220696
220697
220698
220699

#4
#5/15M
#6/20M
#7
#8/25M

1 To be used with appropriate drive socket and drive shaft from selector chart above. Setting nuts not required with HIS setting tools.
2 Nuts furnished with HAS-E and the HAS Super are oversized and will not fit the drive sockets listed above.
Use the black setting nuts with Hilti drive sockets for anchor installation.
3 Setting nuts have a black finished coating, except 7/8 which are hot-dip galvanized.

Accessories
Item No.

Description

Use

381215
38251
38252

Blowout Tool
HIT-DL 10/0.8 Extension Hose
HIT-DL 16/0.8 Extension Hose

For holes up to 11" deep


For holes up to 30" deep
For holes up to 30" deep

166 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:58 AM

Page 167

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

The Hilti HIT System 4.2.2


4.2.2.1 Hilti Adhesive Anchor Systems

HIT Portfolio

To address the various conditions found on todays construction projects, Hilti offers
the most complete selection of products. We call it the HIT Portfolio.

Products for Specified Applications


HIT-HY 20
HIT-HY 150

No matter what application you have on the jobsite, Hilti has a product for you.

HIT-HY 150 MAX

Every product in the HIT Portfolio was developed using the

HIT-RE 500
same stringent standards and is backed by the experience of the company that
brought cartridge adhesive anchor systems to the world...Hilti.

HIT-RE 500-SD
Products for Non-Specified Applications
HIT-HY 10
HFX

HIT-HY 20

HIT-HY 150 MAX

HIT RE 500-SD

Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesive


Structural anchors into brick/block
Retrofit/Strengthening of historic structures
Facade rehabilitation

Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesive


Anchor and dowel applications where time is key
Seismic retrofit of concrete structures
Holes may be up to 1/4 larger than rods

Slow Cure Epoxy Adhesive


Deep anchors and dowels
Installation in diamond cored, wet or oversized holes
Seismic retrofit of concrete structures
SD = Strength Design

NonSpecified

Specified

Hollow Base

Solid Base

(Brick & Hollow block)

(Concrete & Aerated block)

Fast Cure
HY 150 MAX

HY 10

RE 500-SD

HY 150

HY 20

Slow Cure

RE 500

HY 10

HFX

HFX

Specified applications are those involving a project engineer/architect having provided guidance on proper anchor selection. To help ensure a product approved for
the current building code in your area, contact Hilti. Technical data for HIT-HT 10 and HFX are not included in this manual.

HIT-HY 10 and HFX

HIT-HY 10

Fast Cure Hybrid Adhesives


Ornamental iron, gates and fencing
Dowels for curbs and sidewalks
Non-specified fastening and doweling
HIT-HY 10:
Great for volume jobs - 2-part foil pack that
uses the same MD 2000, MD 2500 or ED 3500
dispensers as all other Hilti foil pack adhesives
HFX:
Great for smaller jobs - Single, self-opening
cartridge fits standard caulk gun and cartridge
dispensers

HFX

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 167

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:58 AM

Page 168

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.2 The Hilti HIT System


HIT HY and RE Refill Packs
The HIT adhesives are supplied in the
revolutionary refill packs*

Hilti HIT HY 150 MAX, HIT-RE


500, HIT-RE 500-SD and HIT
HY 20 are also available in
medium (16.9 oz.) cartridges
and in large (47.3 oz.) cartridges for high-volume applications.

Integrated piercing device in refill


packs for self-opening
convenience no
cutting required
The refill pack
reduces waste up to
70% when compared
to conventional hard
cartridges
HIT-ICE allows easy handling even
with heavy winter gloves by using
co-axial hard cartridges and
large twist off caps
* excluding HIT-ICE

Refill Pack Holder


The refill pack holder is a reusable,
hard cartridge
The refill pack is easily inserted in
the holder and the holder in the
dispenser, for quick easy use
The holder can be used to store and
transport partially used refill packs
HIT HY or RE Dispensers
Fast, trouble free injections with
a minimum of effort
Designed and built to last
ED 3500 Battery Dispenser for
effortless dispensing

168 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:58 AM

Page 169

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE 4.2.3


4.2.3.1 Product Description

4.2.3.1 Product Description


4.2.3.2 Material Specifications

Please refer to Section 4.2.4 for HIT-HY


150 MAX or Section 4.2.5 for HIT-ICE
Adhesive product specific information.
The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative
threaded rod installed with HIT-HY 150
MAX hybrid adhesive or HIT-ICE. With
the combination of HIT HY 150 MAX or
HIT-ICE and the innovative design of the
HIT-TZ rod, anchoring into uncleaned
holes, wet holes (including standing
water) and/or Hilti matched tolerance
diamond-cored holes does not
adversely affect tensile capacity. Use
HIT-ICE in base material temperatures
40 F (5 C).
How It Works

expansion forces

When an axial
load is applied,
Axial Load
the innovative
HIT-TZ creates
expansion
expansion forces
forces which
supplement the bonding power of HITHY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE and the
concrete. This compensates for
unfavorable hole conditions.
No more:
removing water or drying holes
roughening diamond cored holes.

Product Features of HIT-TZ


Threaded Rods
Full tensile capacity with installation
in drilled holes without any hole
cleaning procedures

4.2.3.3 Technical Data


4.2.3.4 Installation Instructions
4.2.3.5 Ordering Information

Develops the tensile strength of


HAS-E (ISO898, Class 5.8) threaded rods and HAS-SS (F 593 and A
193, B8, Class 1 for stainless steel
in Canada only) at 20% shallower
embedment
Full tensile capacity in Hilti matched
tolerance diamond-cored holes
Develops full tensile capacity when
installed in wet holes (with standing
water) per ICC-ES AC 58
Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC
2003, IBC/IRC 2000 and UBC
1997 (ICC-ES AC58). Please refer
to ESR-1967

Listings/Approvals
City of Los Angeles
(pending)
NSF/ANSI Std 61
Certification for use of HIT-HY 150 MAX
in potable water

Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2003 (ICC-ES AC58)
IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC58)
UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58)
LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
Materials

The Leadership in Energy and


Environmental Design (LEED ) Green
Building Rating systemTM is the nationally
accepted benchmark for the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 169

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:58 AM

Page 170

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.3 HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE


Guide Specifications
Master Format Section:
03250 (Concrete accessories)
Related Sections:
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing
Accessories)
05050 (Metal Fabrication)
05120 (Structural Steel)
Injectable adhesive shall be used for
installation of all threaded anchor rods
into new or existing concrete. Adhesive
shall be furnished in containers which
keep component A and component B
separate. Containers shall be designed
to accept static mixing nozzle which
thoroughly blends component A and
component B and allows injection
directly into drilled hole. Only injection
tools and static mixing nozzles as
supplied by manufacturer shall be used.
Manufacturers instructions shall be
followed. Injection adhesive shall be
formulated to include resin and hardener
to provide optimal curing speed as well
as high strength and stiffness. Typical
curing time at 68F shall be 30 minutes
for HIT-HY 150 MAX and 1 hour for HITICE. Injection adhesive shall be HIT-HY
150 MAX or HIT-ICE, as furnished
by Hilti.

Anchor Rods Shall be furnished with a


helical cone shaped thread on the
embedded end and standard threads on
the exposed end. Anchor rods shall be
manufactured to meet the following
requirements:
1. ASTM A 510 with chemical
composition of AISI 1038; 2. AISI 316
stainless steel, meeting the
requirements of ASTM A 493.
Nuts and Washers Shall be furnished
to meet the requirements of the above
anchor rod specifications.

4.2.3.2 Material Specifications


Material

Mechanical Properties
min. fu
fy
ksi (MPa)
ksi (MPa)

Carbon steel HIT-TZ Rod meets requirements of ASTM A 510 with


chemical composition of AISI 1038

70 (480)

87 (600)

Stainless Steel HIT-TZ Rod meets requirements of AISI 316

70 (480)

87 (600)

HIT-TZ Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade A
HIT-TZ Carbon Steel Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 844
HIT-RTZ Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240

170 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:58 AM

Page 171

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE 4.2.3


4.2.3.3 Technical Data
HIT-HY 150 MAX/HIT-ICE Installation Specification
Table for HIT-TZ Rods
HIT-TZ Rod Size in.
(mm)

Details

dc

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

do

Tinst

dbit

bit diameter1

in.

7/16

9/16

11/16

13/16

hnom

std. depth of
embedment2

in.
(mm)

2-7/8
(73)

3-1/2
(89)

4
(102)

5-1/4
(133)

length of anchor

in.
(mm)

4-1/2
(114)

Tmax

max tightening torque

ft lb
(Nm)

18
(24)

30
(40)

75
(100)

150
(200)

min. base material


thickness

in.
(mm)

3-3/4
(95)

5-1/4
(133)

6
(153)

7-7/8
(200)

Combined Shear and Tension Loading

tfix

maximum thickness
fastened

in.
(mm)

1
(25)

1-1/2
(37)

2-1/4
(56)

2-1/4
(56)

(N ) + ( V )
V
N

5-11/16 7-1/16
(144)
(180)

hnom
h

10-1/2
(267)

5/3

rec

5/3

rec

tfix

1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

1 For Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits. For Hilti diamond core bits, refer to the Hilti
Full Line Catalog.
2 For uncleaned holes in floor applications, add 3/8" (10 mm) to drilled hole depth.

Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity of HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods in Normal
Weight Concrete with HIT HY 150 MAX/HIT-ICE1
Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile
Shear
Anchor Embedment
Diameter
Depth

Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity


Tensile
Shear

f'c = 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
lb (kN)

in (mm)

in (mm)

f'c = 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

3/8
(9.5)

2-7/8
(73)

1800
(8.0)

2255
(10.0)

1710
(7.6)

2415
(10.7)

7200
(32.0)

9020
(40.1)

6840
(30.4)

9660
(43.0)

1/2
(12.7)

3-1/2
(12.1)

2720
(12.1)

3020
(13.4)

2600
(11.6)

3680
(16.4)

10880
(48.4)

12080
(53.7)

10400
(46.3)

14720
(65.5)

5/8
(15.9)

4
(102)

3850
(17.1)

5750
(25.6)

3490
(15.5)

4935
(22.0)

15400
(68.5)

23000
(102.3)

13960
(62.1)

19740
(87.8)

3/4
(19.1)

5-1/4
(133)

5405
(24.0)

7275
(32.4)

5850
(26.0)

8275
(36.8)

21620
(96.2)

29100
(129.4)

23400
(104.1)

33100
(147.2)

1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance shown on page 172 are applied to the allowable concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel
values below. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.

Allowable1 & Ultimate2 Steel Strengths for


HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) & HIT-RTZ Rods
Rod
Diameter
in. (mm)
3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)

Allowable
Steel Strength1
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
3170
(14.1)
5636
(25.0)
8805
(39.1)
12685
(56.4)

1635
(7.3)
2900
(12.9)
4535
(20.1)
6535
(29.1)

Ultimate
Steel Strength2
Yield
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
5690
(25.3)
10105
(44.9)
15795
(70.2)
22750
(101.2)

7210
(32.1)
12810
(56.9)
20020
(89.0)
28825
(128.2)

4325
(19.2)
7685
(34.2)
12010
(53.4)
17295
(76.9)

1 Allowable Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD):


Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area ; Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area
2 Ultimate Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (LRFD):
Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area ; Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 171

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:58 AM

Page 172

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.3 HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Threaded Rods
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors
Anchor Diameter

3/8" diameter
Edge Distance

Spacing
Adjustment
Factor

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embedment
Depth, in.

2
2-7/16
3
3-3/8
4
4-3/8
5
5-1/4
5-7/16
6
6-11/16
7
7-3/16
8-1/2
8-3/4

Tension or Shear,
fA

Tension,
fRN

Shear
(toward edge),
fRV1

1/2" diameter
Edge Distance

Spacing
Shear

Shear

Shear

Tension,
fRN

( toward edge),

(II to or away from edge),

fRV2

Tension or Shear,
fA

fRV1

fRV2

3-1/2

3-1/2

3-1/2

3-1/2

0.77
0.79
0.80
0.83
0.84
0.86
0.87
0.88
0.90
0.92
0.94
0.94
0.99
1.00

0.63
0.68
0.71
0.77
0.80
0.85
0.88
0.89
0.94
1.00

0.25
0.35
0.42
0.53
0.59
0.71
0.75
0.79
0.88
1.00

0.53
0.59
0.63
0.70
0.75
0.82
0.84
0.87
0.93
1.00

(II to or away from edge),

2-7/8

2-7/8

2-7/8

2-7/8

0.77
0.79
0.81
0.83
0.86
0.87
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.95
0.98
0.99
1.00

0.63
0.68
0.74
0.78
0.84
0.88
0.95
1.98
1.00

0.25
0.35
0.46
0.55
0.68
0.76
0.90
0.95
1.00

0.53
0.59
0.67
0.72
0.80
0.85
0.94
0.97
1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors


Anchor Diameter

5/8" diameter
Edge Distance

Spacing
Adjustment
Factor

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embedment
Depth, in.

2-13/16
3
3-11/16
4-5/16
4-1/2
4-3/4
5
5-3/4
6-3/4
7-3/16
7-5/8
8
8-7/16
9
10
11-1/4
12
13-1/8

Tension or Shear,
fA

Tension,
fRN

Shear
(toward edge),
fRV1

3/4" diameter
Edge Distance

Spacing
Shear

Shear

Shear

Tension,
fRN

( toward edge),

(II to or away from edge),

fRV2

Tension or Shear,
fA

fRV1

fRV2

5-1/4

5-1/4

5-1/4

5-1/4

0.77
0.79
0.79
0.80
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.86
0.87
0.88
0.89
0.90
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

0.63
0.67
0.68
0.69
0.71
0.75
0.81
0.84
0.86
0.88
0.91
0.94
1.00

0.25
0.33
0.35
0.38
0.42
0.50
0.62
0.67
0.72
0.76
0.82
0.88
1.00

0.53
0.58
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.69
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.89
0.93
1.00

(II to or away from edge),

0.77
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.82
0.83
0.84
0.86
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.94
0.95
0.97
1.00

0.63
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.76
0.78
0.80
0.86
0.93
0.97
1.00

0.25
0.36
0.44
0.52
0.60
0.68
0.76
0.83
0.91
1.00
1.00

0.53
0.55
0.62
0.68
0.70
0.72
0.75
0.82
0.92
0.96
1.00

NOTE: Tables apply for listed embedments. Reduction factors for other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.
Spacing Tension/Shear
smin = 0.7 hef, scr = 2.5 hef
fA = 0.128(s/hef) + 0.68
for scr>s>smin

Edge Distance Tension


cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef
fRN = 0.308(c/hef) + 0.414
for ccr>c>cmin

Edge Distance Shear


( toward edge)
cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef
fRV1 = 0.625(c/hef) 0.1875
for ccr>c>cmin

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge)
cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef
fRV2 = 0.392(c/hef) + 0.256
for ccr>c>cmin

172 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:58 AM

Page 173

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-TZ with HIT-HY 150 MAX or HIT-ICE 4.2.3


4.2.3.4 Installation Instructions
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Installation Instructions

PUSH

Do Not
Twist.

HIT-HY
150 MAX /
HIT-ICE

Drill hole using a rotoPush the HIT-TZ in the hole to verify sufficient hole
hammer or Hilti diamond depth (only threads visible). For floor applications
coring machine.
pushing the rod compacts the drill dust.

Inject adhesive starting


from the bottom of the
hole.

HIT-HY
150 MAX /
HIT-ICE

HIT-HY
150 MAX /
HIT-ICE

HIT-HY
150 MAX /
HIT-ICE

Fill the hole 1/2 to 2/3 full. If the hole is full of water, Do not adjust the HIT-TZ
it is suggested to start injecting from the bottom of rod between the gel and
the hole and fill entirely with adhesive.
cure times. Apply a load
only after the appropriate cure time has
elapsed.

4.2.3.5 Ordering Information


Description

Threaded Rod
Diameter
(in.)

Drill Bit
Diameter
(in.)

Depth of
Embedment
(in.)

Maximum
Fastening
Thickness (in.)

Overall Length
(in.)

Item No.
HIT-TZ
Carbon Steel

Item No.
HIT-RTZ 316
Stainless Steel

HIT-TZ
HIT-TZ
HIT-TZ
HIT-TZ

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

7/16
9/16
11/16
13/16

2-7/8
3-1/2
4
5-1/4

1
1-1/2
2-1/4
2-1/4

4-1/2
5-11/16
7-1/16
8-9/16

337484
337485
337486
337487

337498
337499
337500
337501

3/8x2-7/8/1
1/2x3-1/2/1-1/2
5/8x4/2-1/4
3/4x5-1/4/2-1/4

Quantity
per Box

40
24
16
8

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 173

04_4.2_Anchor.QXD:H440.04_04a Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

12:58 AM

Page 174

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


4.2.4.1

Product Description

4.2.4.2

Material Specifications

4.2.4.3

Technical Data

4.2.4.4

Installation Instructions

4.2.4.5

Ordering Information

HY 150 MAX
Foil Pack

Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
ESR-1967
City of Los Angeles
(pending)
NSF/ANSI Standard 61
Certification for use of HIT HY 150 MAX
in potable water
Metro-Dade County
(pending)

Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2003 (ICC-ES AC58)
IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC58)
UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58)
LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
Materials

4.2.4.1 Product Description


Hilti HIT HY 150 MAX is a hybrid adhesive
mortar combining urethane methacrylate
resin, hardener, cement and water. The
components are kept separate from the
hardener and water by means of a dualcylinder foil cartridge attached to a
manifold. It is formulated for fast curing
and installation in a wide range of solid
and hollow base material temperatures
from 14F (-10C) up to 104F (40C).
The system consists of adhesive
cartridges, a mixing nozzle, a HIT
dispenser and either a threaded rod, rebar,
HIS internally threaded inserts or other
fastening element. HIT-HY 150 MAX is
designed for fastenings into solid base
materials such as concrete, stone, and
grout-filled block and is also suitable for
fastening into base materials containing
voids and holes such as hollow block,
lightweight hollow block, brick with holes,
and clay tile (with use of screen tubes).

Product Features of HIT HY 150 MAX

Average 20% higher load


capacities than HIT HY 150

May be used for oversized holes


up to 1/4" larger than rod size

May be used in solid and hollow


base materials

Quick cure saves time

Complete system available,


including HAS-E, HIS, HIT-TZ

Contains no styrene, virtually


odorless

Extended temperature range

Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC


2003, IBC/IRC 2003, IBC/IRC
2000 and UBC 1997 (ICC-ES
AC58). Please refer to ESR-1967

The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative


threaded rod installed with HIT HY 150
MAX hybrid adhesive. With the
combination of HIT HY 150 MAX and
the innovative design of the HIT-TZ rod,
anchoring into uncleaned holes, wet
holes (including standing water) and/or
Hilti matched tolerance diamond-cored
holes does not adversely affect
tensile capacity.

The Leadership in Energy and


Environmental Design ( LEED ) Green
Building Rating systemTM is the nationally accepted benchmark for the design,
construction and operation of high performance green buildings.

174 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 175

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

Guide Specifications
Master Format Section:
03250 (Concrete accessories)
Related Sections:
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing)
05050 (Metal Fabrication)
05120 (Structural Steel)
Injectable adhesive: Shall be used for
installation of all reinforcing steel dowels
or threaded rods and inserts into new or
existing solid concrete or masonry. For
hollow base materials an injectable
adhesive shall be used with a cylindrical
mesh screen tube per the adhesive
manufacturers specifications.

Adhesive: Shall be furnished in


containers which keep component A and
component B separate. Containers shall
be designed to accept static mixing
nozzle which thoroughly blends
component A and component B and
allows injection directly into drilled hole.
Only injection tools and static mixing
nozzles supplied by manufacturer shall
be used. Manufacturers installation
instructions shall be followed. Injection
adhesives shall be formulated to include
resin and hardener to provide optimal
curing speed as well as high strength and
stiffness. Typical curing time at 68F shall
be 30 minutes. Injection adhesive shall be
HIT-HY 150 MAX, as furnished by Hilti.

Mesh Screen Tube: Shall be formed into


a cylindrical shape, with one end closed
to prevent extrusion of adhesive through
that end. Screen tube shall be
manufactured with a mesh size, length
and diameter as specified by the adhesive
manufacturer. Mesh shall be
manufactured from:
1. Low carbon steel with zinc electroplating or
2. AISI 304 stainless steel or
3. plastic. Anchor rods and screens
shall be the Hilti HIT system as manufactured by Hilti (refer to page 197).
Nuts and Washers: Shall be furnished to
meet the requirements of the above
anchor rod specifications.

Anchor Rods: Shall be furnished with


chamfered ends so that either end will
accept a nut and washer. Alternatively,
anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45
degree chisel point on one end to allow
for easy installation into the adhesive-filled
hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured
to meet the following requirements:
1. ISO 898 Class 5.8;
2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high
strength carbon steel anchor);
3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel,
meeting the requirements of ASTM F
593 (condition CW). Special order of
HAS or HIT rods may vary from standard product.

ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser

Fastener Components

MD 2000
Dispenser
HAS Threaded Rod

HIS Internally
Threaded Inserts

HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods

Rebar
(supplied by contractor)

HIT-RE Mixer

HIT-HY 150 MAX


Foil Pack

HIT Foil
Pack Holder
P 3500
Dispenser

P 8000
Dispenser

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 175

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 176

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


4.2.4.2 Material Specifications
Material Properties for Cured Adhesive
Compressive Strength ASTM C 579

> 50 MPa

>7252 psi

Flexural Strength ASTM C 580

> 20 MPa

> 2900 psi

Modulus of Elasticity ASTM C 307

> 3500 MPa

> 5.07 x 105 psi

Water Absorption ASTM D 570

< 2%

< 2%

Electrical Resistance DIN/VDE 0303T3

~ 2 x 1011 OHM/cm

~ 5.1 x 1011 OHM/in.

Material

Mechanical Properties
min. f
f
ksi (MPa) ksi (MPa)

Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8

58

(400)

High Strength or Super HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7

105

(724)

HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3

50.8

(350)

101.5 (700)

HIS & HIT-I Insert 11SMnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3

54.4

(375)

66.7

(460)

65

(448)

100

(689)

Stainless HAS Rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/8" to 5/8"

72.5

(500)

125

(862)

Stainless HAS Rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/4" to 1-1/4"

45

(310)

85

(586)

HIT-A Rod material ASTM A 36, 9SMNPB36K &/or 9SMN36K conforming to DIN 1651.
Mechanical properties meet or exceed values for ASTM A 36

36

(248)

58

(400)

hef

HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH
HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594
HAS & HIT Standard and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
HAS Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 304 or AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436
All HAS Super Rods (except 7/8), HIT & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, Nuts & Washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
7/8 HAS Super Rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
HIT and HAS-E Nut material meets dimensional requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade A
Note: Special Order threaded rods may vary from standard materials.

4.2.4.3 Technical Data


HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HAS Rods
HAS Rod Size
Details
dbit

bit diameter1

in.
(mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

7/8
(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1-1/4
(31.8)

in.

7/16

9/16

3/4

7/8

1-1/8

in.
(mm)

3-3/8
(86)

4-1/2
(114)

5-5/8
(143)

6-3/4
(172)

7-7/8
(200)

9
(229)

11-1/4
(286)

Tmax
All
hef > hnom
max.
Hilti
tightening Threaded hef < hnom
torque
Rods

ft lb
(Nm)

18
(24)

30
(41)

75
(102)

150
(203)

175
(237)

235
(319)

400
(540)

ft lb
(Nm)

15
(20)

20
(27)

50
(68)

105
(142)

125
(169)

165
(224)

280
(375)

hef = hnom

minimum
base material
thickness3

in.
(mm)

5-3/8
(136)

6-1/2
(165)

7-5/8
(195)

8-3/4
(222)

9-7/8
(250)

11-1/4
(286)

14-1/4
(362)

hef = hnom

in.
(mm)

1.0 hef+
2
(51)

1.0 hef+
2
(51)

1.0 hef+
2
(51)

1.0 hef+
2
(51)

1.0 hef+
2
(51)

1.0 hef+
2-1/4
(57)

Tmax

1-3/8

hef = hnom
standard embedment2

dbit

1.0 hef+
3
(76)

1 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.


2 Data available for varying embedment depths, see load tables.
3 Minimum base material thickness given to avoid back side blowout during drilling process. Ability of base material to
withstand loads applied (e.g. bending of concrete slab) should be determined by design engineer.
176 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 177

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4


HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HIT-TZ Rods
HIT-TZ Rod

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

in.

Details

in.
(mm)

7/16

9/16

11/16

13/16

3-1/2
(89)

4
(102)

dc

5-1/4
(133)

dbit

bit diameter

hnom

standard depth
of embedment1

in.
(mm)

2-7/8
(73)

length of anchor

in.
(mm)

4-1/2 5-11/16 7-1/16


(114.3) (144.5) (179.4)

Tmax

max. tightening
torque

ft lb
(Nm)

18
(24)

30
(40)

75
(100)

min. base material


thickness

in.
(mm)

3-3/4
(95)

5-1/4
(133)

6
(152)

7-7/8
(200)

hfix

max. thickness
fastened

in.
(mm)

1
(25.4)

1-1/2
(38.1)

2-1/4
(57.2)

Tinst

150
(200)

do

2-1/4
(57.2)

hnom
h

10-1/2
(267)

tfix

1 For uncleaned holes in floor applications, add 3/8 (10 mm) to drilled hole depth.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for HIS Inserts


HIS Insert

in.
(mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

in.

Details

11/16

7/8

1-1/8

1-1/4

dbit

bit diameter

hnom

standard depth
of embedment

in.
(mm)

4 1/4
(110)

5
(127)

6-5/8
(168)

usable thread
length

in.
(mm)

1
(25)

1-3/16
(30)

1-1/2
(38)

2
(51)

Tmax

max. tightening
torque

ft lb
(Nm)

18
(24)

35
(47)

80
(108)

160
(217)

min. base material


thickness

in.
(mm)

6-3/8
(162)

7-1/2
(191)

10
(254)

Tmax

8-1/4
(210)

dbit

12-3/8
(314)

th

Recommended Hilti
Rotary Hammer Drill

TE 6, 16, TE 16, 25,


25, 35
35, 46

hnom
ef
h

TE 46, 56, 76

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for Rebar in Concrete


Rebar Size:

No. 3

No. 4

No. 5

No. 6

No. 7

No. 8

No. 9

No. 10

1/2

5/8

3/4

7/8

1-1/8

1-3/8

1-1/2

Details
dbit

bit diameter1, 2

in.

1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
2 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification Table for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)
Rebar Size:

10M

15M

20M

25M

30M

35M

14 mm

3/4"

24mm

1-1/8"

37mm

1-9/16"

Details
dbit

bit diameter1, 2

1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
2 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.

Combined Shear and Tension Loading


5/3

5/3

( ) ( )
Nd

N rec

Vd

< 1.0

(Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

Vrec

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 177

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 178

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification for HIT-A Rods in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Tile

Anchor Size
in.
(mm)

Details
dbit
h1
hmin

bit diameter
min. depth
of hole
min. base material
thickness

1/4 x 2-1/2
(6.4 x 64)

Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile

Hollow and Lightweight Block


5/16 x 2-1/2
(7.9 x 64)

3/8 x 3
(9.5 x 75)

1/2 x 3-1/8
(12.7 x 80)

5/16 x 4
(7.9 x 100)

3/8 x 4-3/8
(9.5 x 110)

1/2 x 4-1/2
(12.7 x 115)

in.

1/2

5/8

5/8

5/8

5/8

5/8

5/8

in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)

2-3/81

2-3/81

2-3/81

2-3/81

(60)
3-1/2
(89)

(60)
3-1/2
(89)

(60)
3-1/2
(89)

(60)
3-1/2
(89)

3-3/4
(95)
5
(127)

3-3/4
(95)
5
(127)

3-3/4
(95)
5
(127)

required screen tube

HIT S - 12A

HIT S - 16/2

HIT S - 16

max. thickness
fastened

in.
(mm)

1/4
(6)

1/4
(6)

5/8
(16)

3/4
(19)

5/8
(16)

3/4
(19)

3/4
(19)

Tmax

max. tightening
torque

ft-lb
(Nm)

Finger
Tight

3
(4)

5
(7)

7
(9)

3
(4)

5
(7)

7
(9)

1 Bore hole should be through face of base material.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Installation Specification for HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Tile

Anchor Size
Details

in.
(mm)

#14 Screw

Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile

Hollow and Lightweight Block


5/16 x 2
(7.9 x 50)

3/8 x 2
(9.5 x 50)

1/2 x 2
(12.7 x 50)

5/16 x 3-3/16 3/8 x 3-3/16


(7.9 x 80)
(9.5 x 80)

1/2 x 3-3/16
(12.7 x 80)

dbit

bit diameter

in.

1/2

5/8

27/32

27/32

5/8

27/32

27/32

h1

min. depth
of hole

in.
(mm)

2-3/81
(60)

2-3/81
(60)

2-3/81
(60)

2-3/81
(60)

3-3/4
(95)

3-3/4
(95)

3-3/4
(95)

hmin

min. base material


thickness

in.
(mm)

3-1/2
(89)

3-1/2
(89)

3-1/2
(89)

3-1/2
(89)

5
(127)

5
(127)

5
(127)

HIT S - 12I

HIT S - 16/2

required screen tube


hs

max. usable
thread length

in.
(mm)

min 1-1/4 - 1-1/2


(min 30-40)

Tmax

max. tightening
torque

ft-lb
(Nm)

Finger
Tight

HIT S - 22/2

HIT S - 16/2

min 1/2 1-1/2


(min 12-35)
3
(4)

5
(7)

HIT S - 22/2
min 1/2 3
(min 12-75)

7
(9)

3
(4)

5
(7)

7
(9)

1 Bore hole should be through face of base material.

178 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4


HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal Weight Concrete 1, 2, 3
HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile

HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity

Shear

Tensile

Shear

Anchor Embedment fc = 2000 psi fc = 4000 psi fc = 2000 psi fc = 4000 psi fc = 2000 psi fc = 4000 psi fc = 2000 psi fc = 4000 psi
Diameter
Depth
(27.6 MPa)
(13.8 MPa)
(13.8 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(13.8 MPa)
(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
in (mm)
in (mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

7/8
(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1 1/4
(31.8)

1 3/4
(44)
3 3/8
(86)
4 1/2
(114)
2 1/4
(57)
4 1/2
(114)
6
(152)
2 7/8
(73)
5 5/8
(143)
7 1/2
(190)
3 3/8
(86)
6 3/4
(172)
9
(229)
4
(101)
7 7/8
(200)
10 1/2
(267)
4 1/2
(114)
9
(229)
12
(305)
5 5/8
(143)
11 1/4
(286)
15
(381)

725
(3.2)
2110
(9.4)
2150
(9.6)
1385
(6.2)
4000
(17.8)
4705
(20.9)
1940
(8.6)
5955
(26.5)
7320
(32.6)
2625
(11.7)
6460
(28.7)
11175
(49.7)
3375
(15.0)
9910
(44.1)
14385
(64.0)
5210
(23.2)
11595
(51.6)
17340
(77.1)
6985
(31.1)
18345
(81.6)
25575
(113.8)

1155
(5.1)
3055
(13.6)
3055
(13.6)
2090
(9.3)
4980
(22.2)
4980
(22.2)
2730
(12.1)
8410
(37.4)
8410
(37.4)
4295
(19.1)
9985
(44.4)
11175
(49.7)
5300
(23.6)
14815
(65.9)
15345
(68.3)
6570
(29.2)
17475
(77.7)
18685
(83.1)
9935
(44.2)
30085
(133.8)
30085
(133.8)

1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance


are applied to concrete/bond values above, and
then compared to the steel value. The lesser of
the values is to be used for the design.

1675
(7.5)
3155
(14.0)
4855
(21.6)
2750
(12.2)
5610
(25.0)
8635
(38.4)
4095
(18.2)
8760
(39.0)
13495
(60.0)
6110
(27.2)
12615
(56.1)
19430
(86.4)
7670
(34.1)
17175
(76.4)
26440
(117.6)
9990
(44.4)
22435
(99.8)
34535
(153.6)
13180
(58.6)
35050
(155.9)
53960
(240.0)

2360
(10.5)
4460
(19.8)
6860
(30.5)
3890
(17.3)
7935
(35.3)
12210
(54.3)
5790
(25.8)
12395
(55.1)
19080
(84.9)
8635
(38.4)
17840
(79.4)
27470
(122.2)
10840
(48.2)
24290
(108.0)
37390
(166.3)
14120
(62.8)
31720
(141.1)
48830
(217.2)
18640
(82.9)
49570
(220.5)
76300
(339.4)

2900
(12.9)
8440
(37.5)
8600
(38.3)
5540
(24.6)
16000
(71.2)
18820
(83.7)
7760
(34.5)
23820
(106.0)
29280
(130.2)
10500
(46.7)
25840
(114.9)
44700
(198.8)
13500
(60.1)
39640
(176.3)
57540
(255.9)
20840
(92.7)
46380
(206.3)
69360
(308.5)
27940
(124.3)
73380
(326.4)
102300
(455.1)

2 For hef > hnom average ultimate concrete shear


capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design
(CCD) method. For hef < hnom average ultimate
concrete shear values based on testing.

4620
(20.6)
12220
(54.4)
12220
(54.4)
8360
(37.2)
19920
(88.6)
19920
(88.6)
10920
(48.6)
33640
(149.6)
33640
(149.6)
17180
(76.4)
39940
(177.7)
44700
(198.8)
21200
(94.3)
59260
(263.6)
61380
(273.0)
26280
(116.9)
69900
(310.9)
74740
(332.5)
39740
(176.8)
120340
(535.3)
120340
(535.3)

5020
(22.3)
9460
(42.1)
14560
(64.8)
8240
(36.7)
16820
(74.8)
25900
(115.2)
12280
(54.6)
26280
(116.9)
40480
(180.1)
18320
(81.5)
37840
(168.3)
58280
(259.2)
23000
(102.3)
51520
(229.2)
79320
(352.8)
29960
(133.3)
67300
(299.4)
103600
(460.8)
39540
(175.9)
105140
(467.7)
161880
(720.1)

7080
(31.5)
13380
(59.5)
20580
(91.5)
11660
(51.9)
23800
(105.9)
36620
(162.9)
17360
(77.2)
37180
(165.4)
57240
(254.6)
25900
(115.2)
53520
(238.1)
82400
(366.5)
32520
(144.7)
72860
(324.1)
112160
(498.9)
42360
(188.4)
95160
(423.3)
146480
(651.6)
55920
(248.7)
148700
(661.4)
228900
(1018.2)

3 All values based on holes drilled with carbide


bit and cleaned with compressed air and
wire brush per manufacturers instructions.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 179

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 180

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


Allowable Steel Strength for HAS Rods, HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) and HIT-RTZ Rods1
HAS-E Standard
ISO 898 Class 5.8

HAS Super
ASTM A 193 B7

HAS SS
AISI 304/316 SS

HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510)


& HIT-RTZ Rods

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

3/8
(9.5)

2640
(11.7)

1360
(6.0)

4555
(20.3)

2345
(10.4)

3645
(16.2)

1875
(8.3)

3170
(14.1)

1635
(7.3)

1/2
(12.7)

4700
(20.9)

2420
(10.8)

8100
(36.0)

4170
(18.5)

6480
(28.8)

3335
(14.8)

5636
(25.1)

2900
(12.9)

5/8
(15.9)

7340
(32.6)

3780
(16.8)

12655
(56.3)

6520
(29.0)

10125
(45.0)

5215
(23.2)

8805
(39.2)

4535
(20.2)

3/4
(19.1)

10570
(47.0)

5445
(24.2)

18225
(81.1)

9390
(41.8)

12390
(55.1)

6385
(28.4)

12685
(56.4)

6535
(29.1)

7/8
(22.2)

14385
(64.0)

7410
(33.0)

24805
(110.3)

12780
(56.9)

16865
(75.0)

8690
(38.7)

1
(25.4)

18790
(83.6)

9680
(43.1)

32400
(144.1)

16690
(74.2)

22030
(98.0)

11350
(50.5)

1-1/4
(31.8)

29360
(130.6)

15125
(67.3)

50620
(225.2)

26080
(116.0)

34425
(153.1)

17735
(78.9)

1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD):


Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area

Ultimate Steel Strength for HAS Rods, HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510) and HIT-RTZ Rods1
HAS-E Standard
ISO 898 Class 5.8

HAS Super
ASTM A 193 B7

HAS SS
AISI 304/316 SS

HIT-TZ (ASTM A 510)


& HIT-RTZ Rods

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Yield
lb (kN)

Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

Yield
lb (kN)

Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

Yield
lb (kN)

Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

Yield
lb (kN)

Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

3/8
(9.5)

4495
(20.0)

6005
(26.7)

3605
(16.0)

8135
(36.2)

10350
(46.0)

6210
(27.6)

5035
(22.4)

8280
(36.8)

4970
(22.1)

5690
(25.3)

7210
(32.1)

4325
(19.2)

1/2
(12.7)

8230
(36.6)

10675
(47.5)

6405
(28.5)

14900
(66.3)

18405
(81.9)

11040
(49.1)

9225
(41.0)

14720
(65.5)

8835
(39.3)

10105
(44.9)

12810
(57.0)

7685
(34.2)

5/8
(15.9)

13110
(58.3)

16680
(75.1)

10010
(44.5)

23730
(105.6)

28760
(127.9)

17260
(76.8)

14690
(65.3)

23010
(102.4)

13805
(61.4)

15795
(70.3)

20020
(89.1)

12010
(53.4)

3/4
(19.1)

19400
(86.3)

24020
(106.8)

14415
(64.1)

35120
(156.2)

41420
(184.2)

24850
(110.5)

15050
(66.9)

28165
(125.3)

16800
(74.7)

22750
(101.2)

28825
(128.2)

17295
(76.9)

7/8
(22.2)

26780
(119.1)

32695
(145.4)

19620
(87.3)

48480
(215.6)

56370
(250.7)

33825
(150.5)

20775
(92.3)

38335
(170.5)

23000
(102.3)

1
(25.4)

35130
(156.3)

42705
(190.0)

25625
(114.0)

63600
(282.9)

73630
(327.5)

44180
(196.5)

27255
(121.2)

50070
(222.7)

30040
(133.6)

1-1/4
(31.8)

56210
(250.0)

66730
(296.8)

40035
(178.1)

101755 115050
(452.6) (511.8)

69030
(307.1)

43610
(194.0)

78235
(348.0)

46940
(208.8)

1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction 2nd Ed. (LRFD):
Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area
Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area

180 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 181

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4


HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for
HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods in Normal Weight Concrete1

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)
3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile
Shear
Tensile
Shear
Embedment fc= 2000 psi fc= 4000 psi fc= 2000 psi fc= 4000 psi fc= 2000 psi fc= 4000 psi fc= 2000 psi fc= 4000 psi
Depth
(13.8 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(13.8 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(13.8 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
(13.8 MPa)
(27.6 MPa)
in. (mm)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
2-7/8
(73)
3-1/2
(89)
4
(102)
5-1/4
(133)

1800
(8.0)
2720
(12.1)
3850
(17.1)
5405
(24.0)

2255
(10.0)
3020
(13.4)
5750
(25.6)
7275
(32.4)

1710
(7.6)
2600
(11.6)
3490
(15.5)
5850
(26.0)

2415
(10.7)
3680
(16.4)
4935
(22.0)
8275
(36.8)

7200
(32.0)
10880
(48.4)
15400
(68.5)
21620
(96.2)

9020
(40.1)
12080
(53.7)
23000
(102.3)
29100
(129.4)

6840
(30.4)
10400
(46.3)
13960
(62.1)
23400
(104.1)

9660
(43.0)
14720
(65.5)
19740
(87.8)
33100
(147.2)

1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value.
The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength


for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)

4-1/4
(108)
5
(127)
6-5/8
(168)
8-1/4
(210)

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable


Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile
Shear
fc > 2000 psi
_
fc > 2000 psi
_
(13.8 MPa)
(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
2875
(12.8)
4890
(21.8)
7430
(33.1)
9920
(44.1)

Allowable Bolt Strength1,2


ASTM F 593
Stainless Steel
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

4370
(19.4)
7775
(34.6)
12150
(54.0)
17495
(77.8)

1605
(7.1)
3040
(13.5)
4575
(20.4)
6305
(28.0)

ASTM A 325
Carbon Steel
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

3645
(16.2)
6480
(28.8)
10125
(45.0)
12395
(55.1)

2250
(10.0)
4005
(17.8)
6260
(27.8)
9010
(40.1)

1875
(8.3)
3335
(14.8)
5215
(23.2)
6385
(28.4)

HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength


for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)

4-1/4
(108)
5
(127)
6-5/8
(168)
8-1/4
(210)

HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate


Bond/Concrete Capacity2
Tensile
Shear
fc > 2000 psi
_
fc > 2000 psi
_
(13.8 MPa)
(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
11495
(51.1)
19570
(87.1)
29720
(132.2)
39675
(176.5)

6425
(28.6)
12170
(54.1)
18310
(81.4)
25215
(112.2)

1 Steel values in accordance with AISC


ASTM A 325 bolts: Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi
ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316): Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8"
Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4"

Ultimate Bolt Strength1,2


ASTM A 325
Carbon Steel
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

ASTM F 593
Stainless Steel
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

9935
(44.2)
17665
(78.6)
27610
(122.8)
39760
(176.9)

8280
(36.8)
14720
(65.5)
23010
(102.4)
28165
(125.3)

Ultimate Load Values


Tension = 0.75 x Fu x Anom
Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Anom

5960
(26.5)
10600
(47.2)
16565
(73.7)
23855
(106.1)

4970
(22.1)
8835
(39.3)
13805
(61.4)
16900
(75.2)

Allowable Load Values


Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom
Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom

2 Use lower value of either bond/concrete capacity or steel strength.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 181

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 182

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods installed in
Lightweight Concrete > 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) 1, 2
_
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)
3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)
1-3/4
(44)
3-3/8
(86)
2-1/4
(57)
4-1/2
(114)
2-7/8
(73)
5-5/8
(143)
3-3/8
(86)
6-3/4
(172)

Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity


lb (kN)
Tensile
Shear
855
1510
(3.8)
(6.7)
2210
1590
(9.8)
(7.1)
1515
2405
(6.7)
(10.7)
3815
2440
(17.0)
(10.9)
2110
4755
(9.4)
(21.2)
4655
4755
(20.7)
(21.2)
2560
6160
(1.4)
(27.4)
6765
6160
(30.1)
(27.4)

Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity


lb (kN)
Tensile
Shear
3420
6040
(15.2)
(26.9)
8840
6360
(39.3)
(28.3)
6060
9620
(27.1)
(42.8)
15260
9760
(67.9)
(43.4)
8440
19020
(37.5)
(84.6)
18620
19020
(82.8)
(84.6)
10240
24640
(45.5)
(109.6)
27060
24640
(120.4)
(109.6)

1 Influence factors for spacing and edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel value. The lesser of these
values is to be used for design.
2 All values based on holes drilled with carbide tipped bit and cleaned with a wire brush.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity for Sill Plate Applications
Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to fc= 2000 psi Normal Weight Concrete with HIT-HY 150 MAX
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)
1/2 (12.7)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)
4-1/2 (114)
5-5/8 (143)

5/8 (15.9)
10 (254)

Edge
Distance
in. (mm)

Tension
lb (kN)

1-3/4 (44.5)
2-3/4 (69.9)

1790 (8.0)
2240 (10.0)

1555 (6.9)
1815 (8.1)

555 (2.5)
940 (4.2)

1-3/4
2-3/4
1-3/4
2-3/4

2275
2525
4410
5045

2550
2670
2550
2670

555
940
855
975

(44.5)
(69.9)
(44.5)
(69.9)

Shear lb (kN)

(10.1)
(11.2)
(19.6)
(22.4)

Load II to Edge

Load to Edge

(11.3)
(11.9)
(11.3)
(11.9)

(2.5)
(4.2)
(3.8)
(4.3)

6-3/4 (172)

1-3/4 (44.5)
2-3/4 (69.9)

2660 (11.8)
3150 (14.0)

2620 (11.7)
3375 (15.0)

910 (4.0)
1105 (4.9)

7-7/8 (200)

1-3/4 (44.5)
2-3/4 (69.9)

3420 (15.2)
4320 (19.2)

3980 (17.7)
4320 (19.2)

1070 (4.8)
1300 (5.8)

15 (381)

3/4 (19.1)

1-3/4 (44.5)
2-3/4 (69.9)

7980 (35.5)
8085 (36.0)

3980 (17.7)
4320 (19.2)

1070 (4.8)
1300 (5.8)

7/8 (22.2)

Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to Top of Grout Filled Block Wall with HIT-HY 150 MAX1
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)
4-1/2 (114)
5-5/8 (143)

Edge
Distance
in. (mm)
1-3/4 (44.5)
1-3/4 (44.5)

Shear lb (kN)
Tension
lb (kN)
1095 (6.1)
1240 (6.9)

Load II to Edge
815 (4.5)
965 (5.4)

Load to Edge
295 (2.5)
400 (2.2)

1 Loads are based on concrete or masonry failure. Steel strength must be checked separately. Values based on safety factor of 4.0.

182 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 183

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4


HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Threaded Rods in
Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units (ASTM C 90 Block) 1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

3/8 (9.5)

3-3/8 (86)

1/2 (12.7)

Distance
from Edge
in. (mm)
4 (101.6)
> 20 (508)
_
4 (101.6)

4-1/2 (114)

5/8 (15.9)

> 20 (508)
_
4 (101.6)
> 20 (508)
_
4 (101.6)
> 20 (508)
_

5-5/8 (143)

3/4 (19.1)

6-3/4 (172)

Tension5
lb (kN)
1100 (4.9)

Shear5
lb (kN)
1419 (6.3)

1188 (5.3)
1319 (5.9)

1419 (6.3)
2181 (9.7)

1581 (7.0)
1713 (7.6)

2338 (10.4)
2650 (11.8)

2313 (10.3)
1975 (8.8)
3050 (13.6)

3238 (14.4)
2756 (12.3)
3481 (15.5)

HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Loads for Threaded Rods in


Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units (ASTM C 90 Block) 1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

Distance
from Edge
in. (mm)

Tension5
lb (kN)

3/8 (9.5)

3-3/8 (86)

4 (101.6)
> 20 (508)
_

4400 (19.6)
4750 (21.1)

5675 (25.2)
5675 (25.2)

1/2 (12.7)

4-1/2 (114)

4 (101.6)
> 20 (508)
_

5275 (23.5)
6325 (28.1)

8725 (38.8)
9350 (41.6)

5/8 (15.9)

5-5/8 (143)

4 (101.6)
> 20 (508)
_

6850 (30.5)
9250 (41.1)

10600 (47.2)
12950 (57.6)

3/4 (19.1)

6-3/4 (172)

4 (101.6)
> 20 (508)
_

7900 (35.1)
12200 (54.3)

11025 (49.0)
13925 (61.9)

Shear5
lb (kN)

1 Values are for lightweight, medium weight or normal weight concrete masonry units conforming to ASTM C 90 with 1500 psi grout
conforming to ASTM C 476.
2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
3 Values are for anchors located in the grouted cell, head joint, bed joint, "T" joint, cross web or any combination of the above.
4 Values for edge distance between 4 inches and 20 inches can be calculated by linear interpolation.
5 Loads are based on the lesser of bond strength, steel strength or base material strength.

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines for Grout-Filled Block


Influence of Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance
Anchor
Size

in.
(mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.8)

hnom

in.
(mm)

3-3/8
(86)

4-1/2
(114)

5-5/8
(143)

6-3/4
(172)

3/4
(19.1)

s
V

hnom = standard embedment depth

c
Edge Distance for Shear and Tension:
Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block
ccr
cmin

= 20 in. (508 mm) minimum from free edge


= 4 in. (102 mm) minimum from free edge

Anchor Spacing for Shear and Tension:


Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block
scr

= smin = One (1) anchor per cell (max), and 8 in. (203mm) (min)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 183

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 184

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT-A Rods in Hollow Concrete Block,
Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile 1, 2
HIT-A Short 2" (51mm) Embedment
Anchor
Type

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

HIT-A Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment

L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block

Tension
lb (kN)

Clay Tile

Brick with Holes

Shear
lb (kN)

Tension
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

Tension
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

1/4 3
(6.4)

340
(1.5)

365
(1.6)

305
(1.4)

130
(0.6)

100
(0.4)

5/16
(7.9)

275
(1.2)

505
(2.2)

565
(2.5)

530
(2.4)

150
(0.7)

220
(1.0)

3/8
(9.5)

395
(1.8)

790
(3.5)

775
(3.4)

930
(4.1)

150
(0.7)

220
(2.2)

1/2
(12.7)

HIT-A
Rod
Anchor

190
(0.8)

395
(1.8)

1230
(5.5)

775
(3.4)

1375
(6.1)

150
(0.7)

500
(2.2)

1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear.


2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values.
3 1/4" anchor diameter installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Allowable Loads for Internally Threaded HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Concrete Block,
Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile 1, 2
HIT-I Short 2" (51mm) Embedment
Anchor
Type

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

HIT-I Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment

L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block

Clay Tile

Brick with Holes

Tension
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

Tension
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

Tension
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

(6.4)

180
(0.8)

510
(2.3)

300
(1.3)

530
(2.4)

85
(0.4)

150
(0.7)

HIT-I
Insert

5/16
(7.9)

300
(1.3)

780
(3.5)

585
(2.6)

750
(3.3)

175
(0.8)

220
(1.0)

Anchor

3/8
(9.5)

300
(1.3)

1425
(6.3)

1160
(5.2)

1380
(6.1)

185
(0.8)

435
(1.9)

1/2
(12.7)

300
(1.3)

1800
(8.0)

1160
(5.2)

1635
(7.3)

185
(0.8)

500
(2.2)

No 14 screw
w/ insert3

1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear.


2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values.
3 1/4" anchor diameter installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines


Brick with Holes & Multi-Wythe Brick Walls

Clay Tile

Spacing:

Spacing:

scr = smin = Two (2) complete bricks


in any direction

scr = smin = One (1) anchor per tile cell


Edge Distance:

Edge Distance:
ccr = cmin = Two (2) complete bricks (max), and
16" (406 mm) in any direction (min)
(whichever is less.)

ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) from free edge

Hollow, Normal Weight & Lightweight


Concrete Block
Spacing:
scr = smin = One (1) anchor per block cell
Edge Distance:
ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) min. from free edge

Wall Elevation

184 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 185

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4


HIT-HY 150 MAX Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete
Concrete Compressive Strength
Nominal
Rebar
Size

Embed.
Depth
in. (mm)

Grade 60 Rebar

fc = 4000 psi

fc = 2000 psi
Ultimate
Bond
Strength
lb (kN)

Embed. to
Develop Yield
Strength1
in. (mm)

Embed. to
Develop
Tensile
Strength1
in. (mm)

Ultimate
Bond
Strength
lb (kN)

Embed. to
Develop Yield
Strength1
in. (mm)

Embed. to
Develop
Tensile
Strength1
in. (mm)

Yield
Strength
lb (kN)

Tensile
Strength
lb (kN)

#3

3-3/8
(86)
4-1/2
(114)

8100
(36.0)
8700
(38.7)

3-3/8
(86)

5
(127)

8240
(36.7)
11380
(50.6)

3-3/8
86)

4
(102)

6600
(29.4)

9900
(44.0)

#4

4-1/2
(114)
6
(152)

13840
(61.6)
18800
(83.6)

4-1/2
(114)

5-7/8
(149)

14840
(66.0)
20620
(91.7)

4-1/2
(114)

5 3/8
(137)

12000
(53.4)

18000
(80.1)

#5

5-5/8
(143)
7-1/2
(190)

20200
(89.9)
28600
(127.2)

5-5/8
(143)

7-3/8
(187)

25060
(111.5)
29900
(133.0)

5-5/8
(143)

6 3/4
(172)

18600
(82.7)

27900
(124.1)

#6

6-3/4
(172)
9
(229)

27080
(120.5)
36680
(163.2)

6-3/4
(172)

10
(254)

27080
(120.5)
43820
(194.9)

6-3/4
(172)

8 1/2
(216)

26400
(117.4)

39600
(176.2)

#7

7-7/8
(200)
10-1/2
(267)

36200
(161.0)
49940
(222.1)

7-7/8
(200)

11-5/8
(295)

40360
(179.5)
57760
(256.9)

7-7/8
(200)

10
(254)

36000
(160.1)

54000
(240.2)

#8

9
(229)
12
(305)

45860
(204.0)
66680
(296.6)

9-3/8
(238)

13-3/8
(340)

58860
(261.8)
73800
(328.3)

9
(229)

11 1/2
(292)

47450
(211.1)

71100
(316.3)

#9

10-1/8
(257)
13-1/2
(343)

54660
(243.1)
88000
(391.4)

10-3/4
(273)

15
(381)

68580
(305.1)
88000
(391.4)

10-1/8
(257)

14 3/8
(365)

60000
(266.9)

90000
(400.3)

#10

11-1/4
(286)
15
(381)

68200
(303.4)
101720
(452.5)

12-1/4
(311)

16-7/8
(429)

80520
(358.2)
115160
(512.3)

11-1/4
(286)

15
(381)

76200
(339.0)

114300
(508.4)

1 Based on comparison of average ultimate adhesive bond test values or ultimate bond stress calculated strength values versus ultimate tensile strength of rebar.
For more information, contact Hilti.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 185

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 186

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


HIT-HY 150 MAX Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete 1, 4, 5
Concrete Compressive Strength 2, 3, 4

Strength Properties of Metric Rebar 2, 3

fy = 400 MPa

fc = 28 MPa

fc = 14 MPa
Rebar
Size

Embedment
Depth
mm

Ultimate
Bond
kN

Allowable
Bond
kN

Ultimate
Bond
kN

Allowable
Bond
kN

Yield
Strength
kN

Tensile
Strength
kN

10M

85
115

36.0
38.7

9
9.7

36.7
50.6

9.2
12.7

40

60

15M

145
190

89.9
127.2

22.5
31.8

111.5
133

27.9
33.3

80

120

20M

170
230

120.5
163.2

30.1
40.8

120.5
194.9

30.1
48.7

120

180

25M

230
305

204.0
296.6

51
74.2

261.8
328.3

65.5
82.1

200

300

30M

260
345

243.1
391.4

60.8
97.9

305.1
391.4

76.3
97.9

280

420

1 For anchoring to grout filled block or bond beams, please refer to table for loads in grout filled concrete masonry units for HIT-HY 150 MAX.
2 Use lesser values of bond strength or rebars steel strength for tensile capacity.
3 Actual bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes.
4 Test data developed for hammer drilled holes. For diamond cored holes, contact Hilti Engineering.
5 For HIT-HY 150 MAX anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to section 4.2.4.

186 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 187

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-HY 150 MAX
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors
Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embedment
Depth, in.
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-11/16
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-5/8
3
3-3/8
4
4-3/8
5
5-1/16
5-1/4
5-5/8
6
6-3/4
7
8
8-1/2
9
10
11
12

3/8" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
fA

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

1/2" diameter

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2

( toward edge)

(II to or away from edge)

Spacing
Tension/Shear
fA

1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4 3-3/8 4-1/2 2-1/4 4-1/2
0.75
0.76
0.78
0.83
0.86
0.88
0.91
0.92
0.95
1.00

0.60
0.63
0.66
0.75
0.79
0.77
0.86
0.78 0.75 0.91
0.79 0.76 0.97
0.80 0.77 1.00
0.82 0.78
0.84 0.79
0.87 0.82
0.88 0.83
0.91 0.85
0.92 0.86
0.93 0.86
0.95 0.88
0.96 0.89
1.00 0.92
0.93
0.96
0.98
1.00

0.60
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.71
0.76
0.80
0.87
0.92
0.99
1.00

0.60
0.62
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.76
0.79
0.84
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.93
1.00

0.17
0.20
0.23
0.36
0.44
0.50
0.56
0.59
0.67
0.76
0.91
1.00

0.17
0.22
0.26
0.30
0.32
0.39
0.45
0.55
0.61
0.71
0.72
0.75
0.82
0.88
1.00

0.17
0.20
0.22
0.26
0.31
0.39
0.43
0.51
0.52
0.54
0.59
0.63
0.72
0.75
0.88
0.94
1.00

0.45
0.47
0.49
0.58
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.72
0.78
0.84
0.94
1.00

0.45
0.48
0.51
0.54
0.55
0.59
0.63
0.70
0.74
0.81
0.82
0.84
0.88
0.92
1.00

0.45
0.47
0.48
0.51
0.54
0.59
0.62
0.67
0.68
0.69
0.72
0.76
0.82
0.84
0.92
0.96
1.00

0.75
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.86
0.87
0.90
0.92
0.97
1.00

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN
2-1/4 4-1/2

0.60
0.70
0.76
0.75
0.80
0.76
0.84
0.77
0.87
0.78 0.75 0.93
0.79 0.76 1.00
0.82 0.78
0.83 0.79
0.85 0.81
0.86 0.81
0.86 0.81
0.88 0.82
0.89 0.84
0.92 0.86
0.93 0.86
0.96 0.89
0.98 0.90
1.00 0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

0.60
0.62
0.63
0.67
0.70
0.76
0.79
0.84
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.93
1.00

0.60
0.63
0.67
0.69
0.73
0.74
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.85
0.87
0.93
0.97
1.00

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2

( toward edge)

(II to or away from edge)

2-1/4 4-1/2

0.17
0.27
0.33
0.38
0.42
0.45
0.52
0.59
0.70
0.77
0.88
0.90
0.93
1.00

0.17
0.20
0.22
0.26
0.31
0.39
0.43
0.51
0.52
0.54
0.59
0.63
0.72
0.75
0.88
0.94
1.00

0.17
0.20
0.26
0.30
0.35
0.36
0.38
0.41
0.45
0.52
0.54
0.63
0.68
0.72
0.82
0.91
1.00

2-1/4 4-1/2

0.45
0.52
0.56
0.59
0.62
0.63
0.68
0.72
0.80
0.85
0.92
0.93
0.95
1.00

0.45
0.47
0.48
0.51
0.54
0.59
0.62
0.67
0.68
0.69
0.72
0.76
0.82
0.84
0.92
0.96
1.00

0.45
0.47
0.51
0.53
0.57
0.58
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.68
0.69
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.88
0.94
1.00

Note:
Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.
Spacing

Edge Distance

for scr > s > smin

for ccr > c > cmin

Tension and Shear

Tension

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 2.0 hef

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef

fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67

fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4


Shear, where hef < 9.0 x d1
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.5 hef
toward edge

II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) 0.0375

fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312

Shear, where hef 9.0 x d1


cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
toward edge

II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) 0.107

fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267

1 d = nominal bolt diameter

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 187

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 188

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-HY 150 MAX
Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors
Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embedment
Depth, in.
1-7/16
1-11/16
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-13/16
3
3-3/8
3-3/4
4-5/16
4-1/2
4-3/4
5-1/16
5-3/4
6-3/4
7-3/16
7-1/2
8
8-7/16
9
10-1/8
11-1/4
12
13
13-1/2
14
15
16
18

5/8" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
fA

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

3/4" diameter

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2

( toward edge)

Spacing
Tension/Shear
fA

(II to or away from edge)

2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8 5-5/8 7-1/2 3-3/8 6-3/4
0.75
0.77
0.78
0.80
0.81
0.83
0.84
0.86
0.89
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.96
1.00

0.60
0.63
0.68
0.71
0.75
0.75
0.79
0.76
0.82
0.77
0.87
0.78 0.75 0.92
0.80 0.76 1.00
0.80 0.77
0.81 0.77
0.82 0.78
0.84 0.80
0.87 0.82
0.88 0.83
0.89 0.84
0.90 0.85
0.92 0.86
0.93 0.87
0.97 0.89
1.00 0.92
0.93
0.96
0.97
0.98
1.00

0.60
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.71
0.72
0.74
0.76
0.81
0.88
0.91
0.93
0.97
1.00

0.60
0.63
0.64
0.65
0.67
0.71
0.76
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.94
1.00

0.17
0.21
0.25
0.29
0.32
0.37
0.40
0.45
0.50
0.59
0.61
0.65
0.69
0.79
0.94
1.00

0.17
0.19
0.23
0.26
0.32
0.34
0.36
0.39
0.46
0.56
0.60
0.63
0.68
0.72
0.78
0.89
1.00

0.17
0.21
0.23
0.24
0.27
0.32
0.39
0.42
0.45
0.48
0.52
0.56
0.64
0.72
0.78
0.85
0.89
0.93
1.00

0.45
0.47
0.50
0.53
0.55
0.58
0.60
0.63
0.67
0.72
0.74
0.77
0.80
0.86
0.96
1.00

0.45
0.46
0.49
0.51
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.64
0.71
0.73
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.93
1.00

0.45
0.48
0.49
0.50
0.51
0.55
0.60
0.62
0.63
0.66
0.68
0.71
0.76
0.82
0.85
0.90
0.93
0.95
1.00

0.75
0.77
0.79
0.80
0.81
0.82
0.84
0.86
0.89
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.96
1.00

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN
3-3/8 6-3/4

0.60
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.76
0.75
0.80
0.76
0.84
0.78
0.91
0.78 0.75 0.93
0.79 0.76 0.96
0.79 0.76 1.00
0.81 0.78
0.84 0.79
0.85 0.80
0.85 0.81
0.87 0.82
0.88 0.82
0.89 0.84
0.92 0.86
0.95 0.88
0.96 0.89
0.99 0.91
1.00 0.92
0.93
0.95
0.96
1.00

0.60
0.62
0.66
0.67
0.68
0.70
0.74
0.80
0.83
0.84
0.87
0.90
0.93
1.00

0.60
0.61
0.63
0.66
0.70
0.72
0.73
0.76
0.78
0.80
0.85
0.90
0.93
0.98
1.00

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)

3-3/8 6-3/4
0.17
0.21
0.24
0.27
0.31
0.33
0.38
0.42
0.49
0.52
0.55
0.59
0.67
0.79
0.85
0.88
0.95
1.00

0.17
0.20
0.25
0.26
0.28
0.31
0.36
0.45
0.48
0.51
0.55
0.59
0.63
0.72
0.82
0.88
0.96
1.00

0.17
0.19
0.20
0.25
0.31
0.34
0.35
0.39
0.41
0.45
0.52
0.59
0.63
0.69
0.72
0.75
0.82
0.88
1.00

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2
(II to or away from edge)

3-3/8 6-3/4
0.45
0.47
0.50
0.52
0.54
0.56
0.59
0.62
0.66
0.68
0.70
0.72
0.78
0.86
0.90
0.92
0.96
1.00

0.45
0.47
0.50
0.51
0.52
0.54
0.58
0.63
0.66
0.67
0.70
0.72
0.76
0.82
0.88
0.92
0.97
1.00

0.45
0.46
0.47
0.50
0.54
0.56
0.57
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.68
0.72
0.72
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.88
0.92
1.00

Note:
Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.
Spacing

Edge Distance

for scr > s > smin

for ccr > c > cmin

Tension and Shear

Tension

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 2.0 hef

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef

fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67

fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4


Shear, where hef < 9.0 x d1
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.5 hef
toward edge

II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) 0.0375

fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312

Shear, where hef 9.0 x d1


cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
toward edge

II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) 0.107

fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267

1 d = nominal bolt diameter

188 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 189

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-HY 150 MAX
Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchors
Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

7/8" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
fA

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embedment
Depth, in.
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
3-15/16
4-1/2
4-3/4
5
5-1/4
6
6-3/4
7-1/2
8
8-1/2
9
10
11
11-1/2
11-13/16
12
13
14
15
15-3/4
18
20
21

7-7/8 10-1/2

4
0.75
0.76
0.77
0.79
0.81
0.83
0.86
0.87
0.88
0.89
0.92
0.95
0.98
1.00

0.75
0.76
0.77
0.77
0.78
0.80
0.81
0.83
0.84
0.85
0.86
0.88
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.92
0.94
0.96
0.98
1.00

0.75
0.76
0.78
0.79
0.80
0.80
0.81
0.83
0.84
0.85
0.86
0.86
0.87
0.89
0.91
0.92
0.95
0.98
1.00

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2

( toward edge)

(II to or away from edge)

0.60
0.63
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.79
0.85
0.88
0.90
0.93
1.00

7-7/8 10-1/2

0.60
0.63
0.64
0.65
0.67
0.70
0.74
0.78
0.81
0.83
0.86
0.91
0.96
0.98
1.00

0.60
0.63
0.66
0.69
0.70
0.72
0.74
0.78
0.82
0.84
0.85
0.86
0.90
0.93
0.97
1.00

0.17
0.20
0.22
0.27
0.33
0.37
0.43
0.46
0.48
0.51
0.59
0.66
0.74
0.79
0.84
0.90
1.00

7-7/8 10-1/2

0.17
0.21
0.23
0.24
0.26
0.32
0.37
0.42
0.46
0.49
0.53
0.60
0.67
0.70
0.72
0.74
0.81
0.88
0.95
1.00

0.17
0.21
0.25
0.29
0.32
0.34
0.37
0.42
0.47
0.50
0.52
0.53
0.58
0.63
0.68
0.72
0.84
0.95
1.00

7-7/8 10-1/2

0.45
0.47
0.48
0.52
0.55
0.58
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.67
0.72
0.78
0.83
0.86
0.90
0.93
1.00

0.45
0.48
0.49
0.50
0.51
0.55
0.58
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.69
0.73
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.82
0.87
0.92
0.96
1.00

0.45
0.48
0.50
0.53
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.62
0.65
0.67
0.68
0.69
0.72
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.89
0.96
1.00

Note:
Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.
Spacing

Edge Distance

for scr > s > smin

for ccr > c > cmin

Tension and Shear

Tension

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 2.0 hef

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef

fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67

fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4


Shear, where hef < 9.0 x d1
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.5 hef
toward edge

II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) 0.0375

fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312

Shear, where hef 9.0 x d1


cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
toward edge

II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) 0.107

fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267

1 d = nominal bolt diameter

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 189

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 190

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-HY 150 MAX
Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1-1/4" Diameter Anchors
Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embedment
Depth, in.
2-1/4
2-1/2
2-13/16
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5
5-5/8
6
6-3/4
7-1/2
8
8-7/16
9
10
11-1/4
12
13
13-1/2
14-1/16
16
16-7/8
18
20
22
22-1/2
24
26
28
30

1" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
fA
4-1/2
0.75
0.76
0.77
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.85
0.88
0.89
0.92
0.95
0.96
0.98
1.00

12

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN
4-1/2

0.60
0.62
0.65
0.67
0.71
0.76
0.75
0.80
0.76
0.84
0.77
0.90
0.78 0.75 0.93
0.79 0.76 1.00
0.81 0.77
0.82 0.78
0.82 0.79
0.84 0.79
0.85 0.81
0.88 0.82
0.89 0.84
0.91 0.85
0.92 0.86
0.93 0.86
0.96 0.89
0.98 0.90
1.00 0.92
0.95
0.97
0.98
1.00

0.60
0.62
0.65
0.67
0.70
0.73
0.76
0.78
0.80
0.84
0.90
0.93
0.98
1.00

12

0.60
0.63
0.65
0.67
0.68
0.70
0.73
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.87
0.93
0.96
1.00

1-1/4" diameter

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2

( toward edge)

(II to or away from edge)

4-1/2
0.17
0.19
0.22
0.24
0.29
0.33
0.38
0.42
0.48
0.52
0.59
0.65
0.70
0.74
0.79
0.88
1.00

0.17
0.20
0.24
0.26
0.31
0.35
0.39
0.41
0.45
0.51
0.59
0.63
0.69
0.72
0.76
0.88
0.93
1.00

12

0.17
0.20
0.24
0.26
0.28
0.31
0.35
0.41
0.45
0.49
0.52
0.54
0.63
0.67
0.72
0.82
0.91
0.93
1.00

4-1/2
0.45
0.46
0.48
0.50
0.53
0.56
0.59
0.62
0.66
0.68
0.72
0.77
0.80
0.83
0.86
0.92
1.00

12

0.45
0.47
0.50
0.51
0.54
0.57
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.67
0.72
0.76
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.92
0.95
1.00

0.45
0.47
0.50
0.51
0.52
0.54
0.57
0.61
0.63
0.66
0.68
0.70
0.76
0.78
0.82
0.88
0.94
0.95
1.00

Spacing
Tension/Shear
fA
5-5/8 11-1/4

0.75
0.76
0.78
0.79
0.81
0.82
0.84
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.94
0.97
1.00

15

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN
5-5/8 11-1/4

0.60
0.61
0.65
0.68
0.72
0.76
0.75
0.80
0.76
0.83
0.77
0.88
0.78 0.75 0.93
0.79 0.76 0.97
0.79 0.76 1.00
0.80 0.77
0.82 0.78
0.84 0.79
0.85 0.80
0.86 0.81
0.87 0.82
0.88 0.82
0.90 0.85
0.92 0.86
0.93 0.87
0.96 0.89
0.99 0.91
1.00 0.92
0.93
0.96
0.98
1.00

0.60
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.68
0.70
0.72
0.76
0.80
0.83
0.86
0.88
0.90
0.97
1.00

15

0.60
0.61
0.63
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.72
0.75
0.76
0.78
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.93
0.99
1.00

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2

( toward edge)

(II to or away from edge)

5-5/8 11-1/4 15

5-5/8 11-1/4

0.17
0.18
0.22
0.26
0.29
0.33
0.38
0.41
0.46
0.52
0.55
0.59
0.63
0.70
0.79
0.85
0.92
0.96
1.00

0.45
0.46
0.48
0.51
0.53
0.56
0.59
0.61
0.64
0.68
0.70
0.72
0.75
0.80
0.86
0.90
0.95
0.97
1.00

0.17
0.19
0.23
0.26
0.29
0.31
0.34
0.39
0.45
0.48
0.53
0.56
0.59
0.68
0.72
0.78
0.88
0.98
1.00

0.17
0.19
0.20
0.23
0.26
0.31
0.34
0.37
0.39
0.41
0.48
0.52
0.56
0.63
0.71
0.72
0.78
0.85
0.93
1.00

0.45
0.46
0.49
0.51
0.53
0.54
0.56
0.59
0.63
0.66
0.69
0.71
0.72
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.92
0.98
1.00

15

0.45
0.46
0.47
0.49
0.51
0.54
0.56
0.58
0.60
0.61
0.66
0.68
0.71
0.76
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00

Note:
Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.
Spacing

Edge Distance

for scr > s > smin

for ccr > c > cmin

Tension and Shear

Tension

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 2.0 hef

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef

fAN = 0.165 (s/hef) + 0.67

fRN = 0.40 (c/hef) + 0.4


Shear, where hef < 9.0 x d1
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.5 hef
toward edge

II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.415 (c/h ef ) 0.0375

fRV2 = 0.275 (c/h ef ) + 0.312

Shear, where hef 9.0 x d1


cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
toward edge

II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.554 (c/h ef ) 0.107

fRV2 = 0.366 (c/h ef ) + 0.267

1 d = nominal bolt diameter

190 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 191

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Threaded Rods
Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors
Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embedment
Depth, in.
2
2-7/16
3
3-3/8
4
4-3/8
5
5-1/4
5-7/16
6
6-11/16
7
7-3/16
8-1/2
8-3/4

3/8" diameter

1/2" diameter

Spacing
Tension/Shear,
fA

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2
(II to or away from edge)

Spacing
Tension,
fAN

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

( toward edge)

2-7/8

2-7/8

0.77
0.79
0.81
0.83
0.86
0.87
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.95
0.98
0.99
1.00

0.63
0.68
0.74
0.78
0.84
0.88
0.95
0.98
1.00

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2

( toward edge)

(II to or away from edge)

2-7/8

2-7/8

3-1/2

3-1/2

3-1/2

3-1/2

0.25
0.35
0.46
0.55
0.68
0.76
0.90
0.95
1.00

0.53
0.59
0.67
0.72
0.80
0.85
0.94
0.97
1.00

0.77
0.79
0.80
0.83
0.84
0.86
0.87
0.88
0.90
0.92
0.94
0.94
0.99
1.00

0.63
0.68
0.71
0.77
0.80
0.85
0.88
0.89
0.94
1.00

0.25
0.35
0.42
0.53
0.59
0.71
0.75
0.79
0.88
1.00

0.53
0.59
0.63
0.70
0.75
0.82
0.84
0.87
0.93
1.00

Note:
Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.
Spacing

Edge Distance

for scr>s>smin

for ccr>c>cmin

Tension and Shear

Tension

smin = 0.7 hef, scr = 2.5 hef

cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef

fA = 0.128 (s/hef) + 0.68

fRN = 0.308 (c/hef) + 0.414


Shear
cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef
toward edge

II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.625 (c/hef) 0.1875

fRV2 = 0.392 (c/hef) + 0.256

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 191

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 192

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Threaded Rods
Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors
Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embedment
Depth, in
2-13/16
3
3-11/16
4-5/16
4-1/2
4-3/4
5
5-3/4
6-3/4
7-3/16
7-5/8
8
8-7/16
9
10
11-1/4
12
13-1/8

5/8" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
fA

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

3/4" diameter

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2
(II to or away from edge)

Spacing
Tension,
fAN

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

( toward edge)

5-1/4

5-1/4

5-1/4

5-1/4

0.77
0.79
0.79
0.80
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.86
0.87
0.88
0.89
0.90
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

0.63
0.67
0.68
0.69
0.71
0.75
0.81
0.84
0.86
0.88
0.91
0.94
1.00

0.25
0.33
0.35
0.38
0.42
0.50
0.62
0.67
0.72
0.76
0.82
0.88
1.00

0.53
0.58
0.59
0.61
0.63
0.69
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.89
0.93
1.00

0.77
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.82
0.83
0.84
0.86
0.90
0.91
0.92
0.94
0.95
0.97
1.00

0.63
0.65
0.70
0.75
0.76
0.78
0.80
0.86
0.93
0.97
1.00

0.25
0.28
0.39
0.49
0.52
0.55
0.60
0.71
0.87
0.94
1.00

0.53
0.55
0.62
0.68
0.70
0.72
0.75
0.82
0.92
0.96
1.00

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2

( toward edge)

(II to or away from edge)

Note:
Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.
Spacing

Edge Distance

for scr>s>smin

for ccr>c>cmin

Tension and Shear

Tension

smin = 0.7 hef, scr = 2.5 hef

cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef

fA = 0.128 (s/hef) + 0.68

fRN = 0.308 (c/hef) + 0.414


Shear
cmin = 0.7 hef, ccr = 1.9 hef
toward edge

II or away from edge

fRV1 = 0.625 (c/hef) 0.1875

fRV2 = 0.392 (c/hef) + 0.256

192 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 193

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4


Resistance of HIT-HY 150 MAX to Chemicals
Chemical
Sulphuric acid

Hydrochloric acid
Nitric acid
Phosphoric acid
Acetic acid
Formic acid
Lactic acid
Citric acid
Sodium Hydroxide
(Caustic soda)
Ammonia
Soda solution
Common salt solution
Chlorinated lime solution
Sodium hypochlorite
Hydrogen peroxide
Carbolic acid solution
Ethanol
Sea water
Glycol
Acetone
Carbon tetrachloride
Toluene
Petrol/Gasoline
Machine oil
Diesel oil

Samples of the HIT-HY 150 MAX resin were immersed in the


various chemical compounds for up to one year. At the time
of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Any samples
showing no visible damage and having less than a 25%
reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified as
Resistant. Samples that had slight damage, such as small
cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending strength of 25%
or more, were classified as Partially Resistant. Samples
that were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as
Not Resistant.

Behavior

+
+

+
+
+

+
+

+
+
+
+
+
+

+
+

conc.
30%
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
10%
40%
20%
5%
conc.
5%
10%
10%
10%
2%
10%
10%

Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the


base material, leaving very little surface area exposed. In
some cases, this would allow the HIT-HY 150 MAX to be
used where it would be exposed to the Partially Resistant
chemical compounds.

Open Gel Time (Approximate)1, 2


Base Material Temperature

Approximate

Gel Time

14
23
32
50
68
86
104

-10
-5
0
10
20
30
40

100 min
40 min
20 min
8 min
6 min
3 min
2 min

Final Cure Time (Approximate)1, 2


Base Material Temperature

Approximate

non-resistant

+ resistant

limited resistance

140
120
100
80

Cure Time

14
23
32
50
68
86
104

Key:

-10
-5
0
10
20
30
40

12 hrs
4 hrs
2 hrs
1 hr
30 min
30 min
30 min

1 The temperature of the HIT-HY 150 MAX adhesive must be


between 32F (0C) and 104F (40C) at the time of installation.

60
40

2 Use of HIT-HY 150 MAX with HIT-TZ rods must be installed in


base material temperatures 40F (5C).

20
0
0

50

100

150

200

Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the


elevated temperature for 24 hours, then removing it from the
controlled environment and testing to failure.
Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available;
please contact Hilti Technical Services.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 193

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 194
2x

2x

SI at
CFM

2x

2x

2x

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


4.2.4.4 Installation Instructions
HAS Rod, Rebar and Insert Installation Instructions
2x

3X

90 PSI at
3.5 CFM

9080psi
PSI at
6 bar
3.5 CFM

1. Drill anchor hole with a


carbide bit.

2. Insert air nozzle to bottom of


hole and blow out all dust
and debris from the hole usin
compressed air.*

3. Clean hole with wire brush.


Proper hole cleaning is
essential.

90 PSI at
3.5 CFM

3
3

2
12

1
1

1
5. Put foil pack into foil pack
holder. Remove cap covering
threaded projection.

9. Inject adhesive into hole


without forming air pockets
starting at the bottom until 1/2
to 2/3 full. Use mixer filler tube
extensions when needed to
reach the hole bottom.

4. Insert air nozzle to bottom of


hole and blow out all dust
and debris from the hole
using compressed air.

2
5

80psi
90
90 PSI atPSI at
6 CFM
3.5
3.5 bar CFM

90 PSI at
3.5 CFM

330ml = 2X
500ml = 3x*

1
1

6. Screw on static mixer.

7. Put holder/ foil pack into


appropriate dispenser.

8. Discard first trigger pulls


of adhesive from each foil
pack. *Below 41F (5C)
discard four trigger pulls.

10

11

12

10. After injecting adhesive


depressurize the dispenser
by pressing the release
button.

11. Insert rod, insert or rebar.


Twist during installation.
Fastener may be adjusted
during specified gel time.

12. Do not disturb anchor


between specified gel
time and cure time.

13

13. Apply specified torque as


required to secure items to be
fastened. Do not exceed
maximum torque specified.

* For holes with standing water, holes must be flushed clean with water, brushed with a wire brush and again
flushed clean with water or other means removing any debris or slurry in the hole. Standing water must be
removed prior to performing the remainder of anchor installation.
194 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

90 PSI at
3.5 CFM

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 195

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

HIT-I Inserts and HIT-A Rods into Hollow Brick, Hollow Block or Tile

1. Select the proper bit. Set the


depth gauge, drill the hole,
rotation only. Hilti URM bits
are recommended for drilling
into masonry.

2. Proper hole cleaning is


essential. Use a nylon brush
to remove loose material. Do
not use brushes with metal
bristles.

3. Use compressed air to blow


out the hole from the bottom.
The Hilti air nozzle is designed
for hole cleaning.

4. Insert specified HIT-S type


screen tube into hole.

330ml = 2X
500ml = 3x*
5. Insert refill pack into holder.

6. Screw on mixing nozzle with


extension.

7. Put holder into dispenser.

10

8. Discard first two trigger pulls of


adhesive from each foil pack.
*Below 41F (5C) discard four
trigger pulls.
The minimum number
of trigger pulls to fill each
screen is as follows:
S12

HIT-I INSERT

9. Fill HIT-S type screen tube


completely from back to front
edge of screen using the
minimum number of trigger
pulls listed in table.

11

11. Insert HIT-I Insert, or HIT-A


Rod into adhesive-filled
screen, twisting slightly.

OR

HIT-A ROD

15

12. Fastener may be adjusted


during specified gel time.

16

13. Do not disturb fastener


between specified gel and
cure time.

17

14

4 pumps

S22

13

6 pumps

S22/2

12

4 pumps

S16

10. Unlock dispenser

1 pump

S16/2

6 pumps

Tmax

14. Apply torque to anchor.


Do not exceed maximum
recommended torque.

18

Tmax

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 195

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 196

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Installation Instructions
1

PUSH
Do Not
Twist.

HIT-HY
150 MAX

Drill hole using a


roto-hammer or
Hilti diamond
coring machine.

Push the HT-TZ in the hole to verify


sufficient hole depth (only threads
visible). For floor applications pushing
the rod compacts the drill dust.

Inject adhesive
starting from the
bottom of the hole.

HIT-HY
150 MAX

HIT-HY
150 MAX

HIT-HY
150 MAX

Fill the hole 1/2 to 2/3 full. If the hole


is full of water, it is suggested to start
injecting from the bottom of the hole
and fill entirely with adhesive.

Do not adjust the


HIT-TZ rod between
the gel and cure
times. Apply a load
only after the
appropriate cure
time has elapsed.

HIT-HY 150 MAX Volume Charts


Threaded Rod and HIT-TZ Rod
Installation
Rod
Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume
Diameter Diameter Required per Inch
(in.)
(in.)
of embedment (in 3)
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

5/16
7/16
9/16
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 3/8

0.055
0.095
0.133
0.261
0.326
0.391
0.478
0.626

Metric Rebar Installation


(Canada Only)

Rebar Installation
Rod
Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume
Diameter Diameter Required per Inch
(in.)
(in.)
of embedment (in3)
#3 or 3/8
#4 or 1/2
#5 or 5/8
#6 or 3/4
#7 or 7/8
#8 or 1
#9 or 1 1/8
#10 or 1 1/4

1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-3/8
1-1/2

0.110
0.146
0.176
0.218
0.252
0.299
0.601
0.659

Bar
Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume
Diameter Diameter Required per Inch
(in.)
(in.)
embedment (in3)
10M
15M
20M
25M
30M

5/8
3/4
1
1-1/8
1-3/8

0.186
0.170
0.388
0.289
0.481

1 Rebar diameter may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.

Example: Determine approximate


fastenings for 5/8" rod embedded 10" deep.

Note: Estimated useable volume of:


HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 oz cartridge is

10 x 0.261 = 2.61 in3 of adhesive per anchor


HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 oz:
16.5 2.61= 6 fastenings
HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 oz:
26.9 2.61= 10 fastenings

16.5 in3 (270 ml)


HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 oz cartridge is
26.9 in3 (440 ml)
HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo cartridges are
81.8 in3

HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo:


81.8 2.61= 31 fastenings

196 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 197

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4


Technical data
Product:

Hybrid/urethane
methacrylate
Gel time (68F/20C): 5 min*
Cure time (68F/20C): 30 min*
Base material temp: 14F (-10C) to
104F (40C)
Diameter range:
3/8 to 1 1/4
* approximately

HIT-HY 150 MAX


Foil Pack

HIT Adhesives
Item No.

Description

Contents

283548
3412766
283549
283550

HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 fl oz (330 ml)


HIT-HY 150 MAX 11.1 fl oz (330 ml) MC
HIT-HY 150 MAX 16.9 fl oz (500 ml) MC
HIT-HY 150 MAX Jumbo 47.3 fl oz (1400 ml) MC

1 Foil Pack, 1 Mixer with Filler Tube


25 Foil Packs, 25 Mixers, 25 Filler Tubes
20 Foil Packs, 20 Mixers, 20 Filler Tubes
4 Foil Packs, 4 Mixers

HIT Dispensers
Battery Powered Dispenser
Item No.

ED 3500
Battery Dispenser

Description

3245363

ED 3500 2.0 Ah Kit

MD 2000
Dispenser

Manual Dispensers

MD 2500
Dispenser

Item No.

Description

229154
338853
229170
339477

MD 2000 Manual Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs
MD 2500 Manual Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs
Foil Pack Holder Replacement for MD 2000 or BD 2000 dispensers
Foil Pack Holder for 16.9 fl oz (500 ml) (MD 2500, P 3500)

P 3500
Dispenser

Pneumatic Dispensers

P 8000
Dispenser

Item No.

Description

354180
373959
373960

HIT P 3500 Pneumatic Dispenser + 1 foil pack holder for HIT HY foil packs
HIT P 8000-D Pneumatic Dispenser (for Jumbo cartridges)
Jumbo Foil Pack Holder Replacement for HIT P 8000 dispenser

HIT-RE-M

HIT Filler Tube

Mixers and Filler Tubes


Item No:

Description

337111

HIT-RE Mixer

Qty/Pkg

Notes

For use with any cartridge size

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 197

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 198

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.4 HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System


4.2.4.5 Ordering Information
HAS-E, HAS-R & HAS Super Rods, HIS Inserts and HIT-TZ & HIT-RTZ Rods
HAS Super A193,
B7 High Strength Rods

HAS Rod 5.8


Item No.
(Box)

Master
Carton
(MC)

Qty
Description Box/MC

385417
385418
385419
385420
385421
385422
385423
385424
385425
385426

3432178
3432179
3432180
3432181
3432182
3432183
3432184
3432185
3432239
3432186

3/8x3
3/8x4-3/8
3/8x5-1/8
3/8x8
3/8x12
1/2x3-1/8
1/2x4-1/2
1/2x6-1/2
1/2x8
1/2x10

10/360
10/240
20/240
10/160
10/90
10/240
10/160
20/160
10/120
10/120

385427
385428

3432187
3432188

1/2x12
5/8x8

10/80
20/80

385429
385430
385431
385432
385433
385434
385435

3432189
3432190
3432191
3432052
3432163
3432164
3432165

5/8x9
5/8x12
5/8x17
3/4x10
3/4x11
3/4x12
3/4x14

10/60
10/60
10/40
10/40
10/30
10/30
10/30

385436
385437
385438
385439
385440

3432166
3432167
3432168
3432169
3432170

3/4x17
3/4x19
3/4x21
3/4x25
7/8x10

10/20
10/20
10/20
10/20
10/20

385441
385442
385443
385444
385445
385446
385447

3432171
3432172
3432173
3432174
3432175
3432176
3432177

7/8x13
1x12
1x14
1x16
1x20
1-1/4x16
1-1/4x22

10/20
4/16
2/16
2/12
2/12
4/8
4/8

HAS-R 304 Stainless Steel

Item No.

Description

Qty
Box

68657

3/8x5-1/8

68658

1/2x6-1/2

HAS-R Rods 316 Stainless Steel

Description

Qty
Box

10

385462
385463

3/8x5-1/8
3/8x8

10

385464
385465
385466

1/2x6-1/2
1/2x8
1/2x10

10

385467
385468

5/8x7-5/8
5/8x10

Qty
Description Box

20
10

3024335

3/8x5-1/8

10

20
10
10

3024336

1/2x6-1/2

10

1/2x11

10

333781

5/8x7-5/8

10

3024338
3024339

5/8x7-5/8

Item No.

3024337
333783

Item No.

5/8x9
5/8x12

10
10

3024340

3/4x9-5/8

3024341

1x12

20
10

68660

3/4x9-5/8

385469

3/4x9-5/8

10

3006083

3/4x14

385470
385471
385472

3/4x12
3/4x14
3/4x16

10
10
10

68661
3006077
45259
68662
3006079
3006080
3006081
333779

7/8x10(HDG)
7/8x12(HDG)
7/8x16(HDG)
1x12
1x14
1x16
1x21
1 1/4x16

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4

385473

7/8x10

10

385474

1x12

3006082

1 1/4x23

HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R 316 Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIS
Item No.

HIS-R
Item No.

Description

Usable Thread
Length (in.)

Qty
Box

258020
258021
258022
258023

258029
258030
258031
258032

3/8x4-1/4
1/2x5
5/8x6-5/8
3/4x8-1/4

1
1-3/16
1-1/2
2

10
5
5
5

HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods


Threaded Rod
Diameter (in.)

Drill Bit
Diameter (in.)

Maximum
Depth of
Embedment (in.)

Fastening
Thickness (in.)

Overall
Length (in.)

Qty
Box

Item No.
HIT-TZ ISO 5.8
Carbon Steel

Item No.
HIT-RTZ 316
Stainless Steel

Description

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

7/16
9/16
11/16
13/16

2-7/8
3-1/2
4
5-1/4

1
1-1/2
2-1/4
2-1/4

4-1/2
5-11/16
7-1/16
8-9/16

40
24
16
8

337484
337485
337486
337487

337498
337499
337500
337501

HIT-TZ 3/8x2-7/8/1
HIT-TZ 1/2x3-1/2/1-1/2
HIT-TZ 5/8x4/2-1/4
HIT-TZ 3/4x5-1/4/2-1/4

198 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 199

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 150 MAX Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.4

HIT-A and HIT-I Inserts and Screen Tubes


Anchor
System

Base
Material

HIT Rod-A/Insert-1
Item No. (10 pcs/pkg)

HIT-S Screen Tube


Item No. (10 pcs/pkg)

HIT-A Rod 1/4 x 2-1/2 HIT Combi-S12/A


78739
49765 2 long
HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 4
HIT-S-16
Brick with
88977
68613 3-3/8 long
Holes
HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 4-3/8 HIT-S-16
88978
68613 3-3/8 long
HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 4-1/2 HIT-S-16
88979
68613 3-3/8 long
HIT-A Rod 1/4 x 2-1/2 HIT Combi-S12/A
HIT-A
78739
49765 2 long
Standard Hollow Block HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 2-1/2 HIT-S-16/2
and HIT-A Lightweight 88392
77810 2 long
or Normal
Short
HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 3
HIT-S-16/2
Weight
88393
77810 2 long
Anchor
HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 3-1/8 HIT-S-16/2
Rods
88394
77810 2 long
HIT-A Rod 1/4 x 2-1/2 HIT Combi-S12/A
78739
49765 2 long
HIT-A Rod 5/16 x 2-1/2 HIT-S-16/2
88392
77810 2 long
Clay Tile
HIT-A Rod 3/8 x 3
HIT-S-16/2
88393
77810 2 long
HIT-A Rod 1/2 x 3-1/8 HIT-S-16/2
88394
77810 2 long
Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I
(for #14 screw) 49766 2long
HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 3-3/16 HIT-S-16
Brick with
88996
68613 3-3/8 long
Holes
HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 3-3/16
HIT-S-22
88997
68615 3-3/8 long
HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 3-3/16
HIT-S-22
88998
68615 3-3/8 long
Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I
HIT-I
(for #14 screw) 49766 2long
Standard
Hollow Block HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 2
HIT-S-16/2
and HIT-I
Lightweight 88397
77810 2 long
Short
or Normal
HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 2
HIT-S-22/2
Internally
Weight
88398
77811 2 long
Threaded
HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 2
HIT-S-22/2
Inserts
88399
77811 2 long
Screen Tube with Insert Combi-S12/I
(for #14 screw) 49766 2long
HIT-I Insert 5/16 x 2
HIT-S-16/2
88397
77810 2 long
Clay Tile
HIT-I Insert 3/8 x 2
HIT-S-22/2
88398
77811 2 long
HIT-I Insert 1/2 x 2
HIT-S-22/2
88399
77811 2 long

Approximate1
Recommended
Hilti Bit

TE-CX 1/2 - 6
205352
TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
28043
TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
28043
TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
28043
TE-CX 1/2 - 6
205352
TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
28043
TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
28043
TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
28043
TE-CX 1/2 - 6
205352
TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
28043
TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
28043
TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
28043
TE-CX 1/2 - 6
28043
TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
28043
TE-C-S 27/32-12
28623
TE-C-S 27/32-12
28623
TE-CX 1/2 - 6
205352
TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
28043
TE-C-S 27/32-12
28623
TE-C-S 27/32-12
28623
TE-CX 1/2 - 6
205352
TE-C+ 5/8 - 8
28043
TE-C-S 27/32-12
28623
TE-C-S 27/32-12
28623

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 199

05_4.2.4_HY150MAX.QXD:H440.04_04b HY 150 MAX.QXD

12/30/07

1:00 AM

Page 200

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System


4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150

4.2.5.1 Product Description

4.2.5.1

Product Description

4.2.5.2

Material Specifications

4.2.5.3

Technical Data

4.2.5.4

Installation Instructions

4.2.5.5

Ordering Information

Hilti HIT-HY 150 is a hybrid adhesive


consisting of a methacrylate resin,
hardener, cement and water. It is
formulated for fast curing and
installation in a wide range of solid base
material temperatures from 104F (40C)
down to 23F (5C). For colder
environmental installations, HIT-ICE
adhesive is a winter formulation of for
base material temperatures down to
10F (23C). HIT-ICE consists of an
epoxy acrylate and hardener.

Product Features of HIT-ICE/HY 150

HIT-HY 150 Refill Pack

Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
ER-5193 (HIT-HY 150 only)
City of Los Angeles
Research Report # 25257
(HIT-HY 150 only)
NSF/ANSI Standard 61
Certification for use of HIT-HY 150
in potable water
Metro-Dade County
Approval 06-1127.06
(HIT-HY 150 only)
Europan Technical Approval
(HIT-HY 150 only)
ETA-05/0049
ETA-05/0050
ETA-05/0051

Code Compliance

The systems consist of adhesive refill


packs, a mixing nozzle, a HIT dispenser
and either a threaded rod, rebar, HIS
internally threaded insert or eyebolts.
HIT-ICE/HY 150 is specifically designed
for fastening into solid base materials
such as concrete, grout, stone or grout
filled block.

Small edge distance and anchor


spacing allowance

Mixing tube provides proper


mixing and accurate dispensing
of mixed resin

Contains no styrene; virtually


odorless

Cures quickly over a large range of


base material temperatures

Excellent weathering resistance;


high temperature resistance

HIT-ICE Cartridge

High load capacities

HIT-ICE has equivalent load performance to HIT-HY 150

Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC


2000 and UBC 1997 (ICC-ES
AC58). HIT-HY 150 only.
Please refer to ER-5193

The Hilti HIT-TZ is an innovative


threaded rod installed with HIT-HY 150
hybrid adhesive or HIT-ICE. Please refer
to section 4.2.3 for details on HIT-TZ.
With the combination of HIT-ICE/HY 150
and the innovative design of the HIT-TZ
rod, anchoring into uncleaned holes, wet
holes (including standing water) and/or
Hilti matched tolerance diamond-cored
holes does not adversely affect tensile
capacity. Use HIT-ICE in base material
temperatures below 40 F (5 C).

IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC58,


HIT-HY 150 only)
UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58,
HIT-HY 150 only)
LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
Materials

The Leadership in Energy and


Environmental Design (LEED ) Green
Building Rating systemTM is the nationally
accepted benchmark for the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings.

200 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 201

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5

Guide Specifications
Master Format Section:
03250 (Concrete accessories)
Related Sections:
03200 (Concrete Reinforcing)
05050 (Metal Fabrication)
05120 (Structural Steel; Masonry
Accessories)
Injectable adhesive shall be used for
installation of all reinforcing steel dowels
or threaded anchor rods and inserts into
new or existing concrete. Adhesive shall
be furnished in containers which keep
component A and component B

separate. Containers shall be designed


to accept static mixing nozzle which
thoroughly blends component A and
component B and allows injection
directly into drilled hole. Only injection
tools and static mixing nozzles as
recommended by manufacturer shall be
used. Manufacturers instructions shall
be followed. Injection adhesive shall be
formulated to include resin and hardener
to provide optimal curing speed as well
as high strength and stiffness. Typical
curing time at 68F shall be 50 minutes
for HIT-HY 150 and 1 hour for HIT-ICE.
Injection adhesive shall be HIT-HY 150
or HIT-ICE, as furnished by Hilti.

Anchor Rods shall be furnished with


chamfered ends so that either end will
accept a nut and washer. Alternatively,
anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45
degree chisel point on one end to allow
for easy insertion into the adhesive-filled
hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured
to meet the following requirements: 1.
ISO 898 Class 5.8 2. ASTM A 193,
Grade B7 (high strength carbon steel
anchor); 3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless
steel, meeting the requirements of
ASTM F 593 (condition CW).
Special order length HAS Rods may
vary from standard product.
Nuts and Washers shall be furnished to
meet the requirements of the above
anchor rod specifications.

Fastener Components
HIT-ICE Mixer

HIT-ICE Cartridge

HIT-ICE Dispenser
ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser

Mixing Nozzle

HIT-HY 150 Refill Pack

HIT Refill Pack Holder


MD 2000
Dispenser

P 3500
Dispenser

P 8000
Dispenser

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 201

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 202

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System


4.2.5.2 Material Specifications
Material Properties for Cured Adhesive

HIT-HY 150

Compressive Strength ASTM C 579 (HIT-HY 150) DIN 53454 (HIT-ICE)

71.8 MPa

Tensile Strength ASTM C 307 (HY 150) DIN/EN 527-1 (HIT-ICE)


Flexural Strength ASTM C 580
Modulus of Elasticity ASTM C 307

HIT-ICE

10,420 psi

72 MPa

10,440 psi

15.9 MPa

2310 psi

12 MPa

1740 psi

29.3 MPa

4250 psi

7032 MPa

1.02 x 106 psi

0.12%

0.12%

2.4%

2.4%

2x1011 OHM/cm

5.1x1011 OHM/in.

2x1011OHM/in.

5.1x1011OHM/in.

Water Absorption ASTM D 570 (HIT-HY 150) DIN 53495 (HIT-ICE)


Electrical Resistance DIN/VDE 0303T3 (HIT-HY 150) DIN/VDE 0303T3 (HIT-ICE)

Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8

Mechanical Properties
min. fu
fy
ksi (MPa)
ksi (MPa)
58 (400)
72.5 (500)

High Strength or Super HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7

105 (724)

125 (862)

65 (448)

100 (689)

Material

Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/8" to 5/8"
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316) Condition CW 3/4" to 1-1/4"

45 (310)

85 (586)

HIS Insert 11MnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3

54.4 (375)

66.7 (460)

HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3

50.8 (350)

101.5 (700)

HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH
HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594
HAS Standard and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
HAS Stainless Steel Washers meet the requirements of AISI 304 or AISI 316 conforming to ASTM A 240
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436
All HAS Super Rods (except 7/8") & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, nuts & washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
7/8" HAS Super rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
Note: Special Order threaded rods may vary from standard materials.

4.2.5.3 Technical Data


HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for HAS Rods
HAS Rod Size in.
(mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

7/8
(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1-1/4
(31.8)

in.

7/16

9/16

11/16

13/16

15/16

1-1/16

1-1/2

hef = hnom
std. depth of embed.2

in.
(mm)

3-1/2
(90)

4-1/4
(110)

5
(125)

6-5/8
(170)

7-1/2
(190)

8-1/4
(210)

12
(305)

Tmax
max.

ft lb
(Nm)

18
(24)

30
(41)

75
(102)

150
(203)

175
(237)

235
(319)

400
(540)

ft lb
(Nm)

15
(20)

20
(27)

50
(68)

105
(142)

125
(169)

165
(224)

280
(375)

in.
(mm)

5-1/2
(140)

6-1/4
(160)

7
(180)

8-5/8
(220)

9-1/2
(240)

10-1/2
(270)

15
(380)

Details
dbit

bit

diameter1

hef hnom
All
HILTI
tighening Threaded hef < hnom
Rods
torque

hef = hnom

minimum
base material
thickness3

hef hnom

in.
(mm)

1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+ 1.0 hef+
2
2
2
2
2
2-1/4
3
(51)
(51)
(51)
(51)
(51)
(57)
(76)

Approximate number of fastenings at standard embedment


HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Small Refill Pack
HIT-HY 150 Jumbo Cartridge

45/50

28/31

16/18

9/10

7/8

5/6

2/2

236

145

85

45

38

29

dbit

Tmax
t

hef

1 Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide


tipped bits.
2 Data available for varying embedments;
see Load Tables.
3 Minimum base material thickness given
to avoid backside blowout during drilling
process. Ability of base material to
withstand loads applied (e.g. bending of
concrete slab) should be determined by
design engineer.

202 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 203

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for HIS Inserts


HIS Insert

in.
(mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

in.

Details

11/16

7/8

1-1/8

1-1/4

dbit

bit diameter1

hnom

std. depth
of embed.

in.
(mm)

4-1/4
(110)

5
(125)

6-5/8
(170)

useable thread
length

in.
(mm)

1
(25)

1-3/16
(30)

1-1/2
(40)

2
(50)

Tmax

Max. tightening
torque

ft-lb
(Nm)

18
(24)

35
(47)

80
(108)

160
(217)

min. base material


thickness

in.
(mm)

6-3/8
(162)

7-1/2
(191)

10
(254)

Tmax

8-1/4
(210)

th

dbit

12-3/8
(314)

Recommended Hilti
Rotary Hammer Drill

TE 6, 16, TE 16, 25,


25, 35
35, 46,

hnom
ef
h

TE 46, 56
76

1 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for Rebar in Concrete


Rebar Size:

No. 3

No. 4

No. 5

No. 6

No. 7

No. 8

No. 9

No. 10

No. 11

1/2

5/8

3/4

7/8

1-1/8

1-3/8

1-1/2

1-5/8

Details
dbit:

bit diameter1, 2

in.

1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Installation Specification Table for


Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)
Rebar Number :

15M

20M

25M

30M

35M

14 mm

dbit : bit diameter1, 2

10M

3/4"

24mm

1-1/8"

37mm

1-9/16"

1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
2 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

Combined Shear and Tension Loading


5/3

5/3

(N ) + ( V )
N
V
d

rec

rec

1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 203

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System


HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal-Weight Concrete1,2,3
HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile
Shear
Anchor Embedment f'c = 2000 psi
Diameter
Depth
(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)
in (mm)
in (mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

7/8
(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1-1/4
(31.8)

1-3/4
(44)
3-1/2
(89)
5-1/4
(133)
2-1/8
(54)
4-1/4
(108)
6-3/8
(162)
2-1/2
(64)
5
(127)
7-1/2
(191)
3-3/8
(86)
6-5/8
(168)
10
(254)
3-3/4
(95)
7-1/2
(191)
11-1/4
(286)
4-1/8
(105)
8-1/4
(210)
12-3/8
(314)
6
(152)
12
(305)
15
(381)

720
(3.2)
1895
(8.4)
2635
(11.7)
1220
(5.4)
2725
(12.1)
4300
(19.1)
1620
(7.2)
4395
(19.5)
6025
(26.8)
2365
(10.5)
4655
(20.7)
9515
(42.3)
3080
(13.7)
7845
(34.9)
13330
(59.3)
3445
(15.3)
8330
(37.1)
15540
(69.1)
4645
(20.7)
15490
(68.9)
19210
(85.5)

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity


Tensile
Shear

f'c = 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
lb (kN)

1265
(5.6)
2705
(12.0)
2800
(12.5)
1575
(7.0)
3935
(17.5)
5295
(23.6)
1985
(8.8)
5250
(23.4)
8225
(36.6)
3925
(17.5)
8885
(39.5)
12140
(54.0)
4800
(21.4)
11020
(49.0)
16645
(74.0)
4865
(21.6)
11635
(51.8)
19525
(86.85)
7000
(31.1)
20770
(92.4)
26815
(119.3)

1395
(6.2)
3335
(14.8)
6120
(27.2)
1980
(8.8)
5150
(22.9)
9455
(42.1)
2460
(10.9)
7350
(32.7)
13495
(60.0)
5435
(24.2)
12270
(54.6)
22755
(101.2)
6705
(29.8)
15960
(71.0)
29330
(130.5)
8265
(36.8)
19690
(87.6)
36170
(160.9)
14760
(65.7)
38615
(171.8)
53960
(240.0)

1970
(8.8)
4715
(21.0)
8655
(38.5)
2800
(12.5)
7280
(32.4)
13375
(59.5)
3480
(15.5)
10390
(46.2)
19080
(84.9)
7680
(34.2)
17355
(77.2)
32180
(143.1)
9480
(42.4)
22575
(100.4)
41475
(184.5)
11685
(52.0)
27840
(123.8)
51150
(227.5)
20870
(92.8)
54610
(242.9)
76315
(339.5)

2710
(12.1)
7120
(31.7)
9880
(44.0)
4580
(20.4)
10220
(44.5)
16140
(71.8)
6090
(27.1)
16480
(73.3)
22595
(100.5)
8870
(39.5)
17460
(77.7)
35695
(158.8)
11555
(51.4)
29430
(130.9)
49990
(222.4)
12920
(57.5)
31250
(139.0)
58280
(259.3)
17430
(77.5)
58085
(258.4)
72040
(320.5)

4750
(21.1)
10160
(45.2)
10510
(46.8)
5910
(26.3)
14760
(65.7)
19860
(88.3)
7460
(33.2)
19690
(87.6)
30850
(137.2)
14720
(65.5)
33330
(148.3)
45530
(202.5)
18000
(80.1)
41000
(182.3)
62425
(277.7)
18250
(81.2)
43640
(194.1)
73220
(325.7)
26265
(116.8)
77900
(346.5)
100560
(447.3)

4175
(18.6)
10000
(44.5)
18360
(81.7)
5940
(26.4)
15440
(68.7)
28360
(126.2)
7380
(32.8)
22040
(98.0)
40480
(180.0)
16295
(72.5)
36800
(163.7)
68260
(303.6)
20105
(89.4)
47880
(213.0)
87980
(391.4)
24790
(110.3)
59060
(262.7)
108500
(482.6)
44280
(197.0)
115840
(515.3)
161880
(720.1)

5900
(26.2)
14140
(62.9)
25960
(115.5)
8400
(37.4)
21840
(97.1)
40120
(178.5)
10440
(46.4)
31160
(138.6)
57240
(254.6)
23040
(102.5)
52060
(231.6)
96540
(429.4)
28430
(126.5)
67720
(301.2)
124420
(553.4)
35050
(155.9)
83520
(371.5)
153440
(682.5)
62610
(278.5)
163820
(728.7)
228940
(1018.4)

1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance


are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then
compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for the design.

2 For hef hnom average ultimate concrete shear


capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD)
method. For hef < hnom average ultimate concrete
shear values based on testing.

3 All values based on holes drilled with carbide bit and


cleaned with compressed air and a wire brush per
manufacturers instructions.

204 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 205

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5


Allowable Steel Strength for HAS Rods1
Rod
Diameter
in.
(mm)

HAS-E Standard
ISO 898 Class 5.8
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

HAS Super
ASTM A 193 B7
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

HAS SS
AISI 304/316 SS
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)
7/8
(22.2)
1
(25.4)
1-1/4

2640
(11.7)
4700
(20.9)
7340
(32.7)
10570
(47.0)
14385
(64.0)
18790
(83.6)
29360

1360
(6.0)
2420
(10.8)
3780
(16.8)
5445
(24.2)
7410
(33.0)
9680
(43.0)
15125

4555
(20.3)
8100
(36.0)
12655
(56.3)
18225
(81.1)
24805
(110.3)
32400
(144.1)
50620

2345
(10.4)
4170
(18.5)
6520
(29.0)
9390
(41.8)
12780
(56.9)
16690
(74.2)
26080

3645
(16.2)
6480
(28.8)
10125
(45.0)
12390
(55.1)
16865
(75.0)
22030
(98.0)
34425

1875
(8.3)
3335
(14.8)
5215
(23.2)
6385
(28.4)
8690
(38.6)
11350
(50.5)
17735

(31.8)

(130.6)

(67.3)

(225.2)

(116.0)

(153.1)

(78.9)

1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD):


Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area

Ultimate Steel Strength for HAS Rods1


Rod
Diameter
in.
(mm)

3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)
7/8
(22.2)
1
(25.4)
1-1/4
(31.8)

Yield
lb (kN)

HAS-E Standard
ISO 898 Class 5.8
Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

4495
(20.0)
8230
(36.6)
13110
(58.3)
19400
(86.3)
26780
(119.1)
35130
(156.3)
56210
(250.0)

6005
(26.7)
10675
(47.5)
16680
(74.2)
24020
(106.9)
32695
(145.4)
42705
(190.0)
66730
(296.8)

3605
(16.0)
6405
(28.5)
10010
(44.5)
14415
(64.1)
19620
(87.3)
25625
(114.0)
40035
(178.1)

Yield
lb (kN)

HAS Super
ASTM A 193 B7
Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

8135
(36.2)
14900
(66.3)
23730
(105.6)
35120
(156.2)
48480
(215.7)
63600
(282.9)
101755
(452.6)

10350
(43.4)
18405
(79.0)
28760
(125.7)
41420
(185.7)
56370
(256.9)
73630
(337.0)
115050
(511.8)

6210
(27.6)
11040
(49.1)
17260
(76.8)
24850
(110.5)
33825
(150.5)
44180
(196.5)
69030
(307.1)

Yield
lb (kN)

HAS SS
AISI 304/316 SS
Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

5035
(22.4)
9225
(41.0)
14690
(65.3)
15050
(66.9)
20775
(92.4)
27255
(121.2)
43610
(194.0)

8280
(36.8)
14720
(65.5)
23010
(102.4)
28165
(125.3)
38335
(170.5)
50070
(222.7)
78235
(348.0)

4970
(22.1)
8835
(39.3)
13805
(61.4)
16800
(75.2)
23000
(102.3)
30040
(133.6)
46940
(208.8)

1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction 2nd Ed. (LRFD):
Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area
Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 205

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 206

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System


HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength
for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable


Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile
Shear
f'c 2000 psi
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa)
(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

4-1/4
(108)
5
(127)
6-5/8
(168)
8-1/4
(210)

2750
(12.2)
4195
(18.7)
6700
(29.8)
7855
(34.9)

1605
(7.1)
3040
(13.5)
4575
(20.4)
6305
(28.0)

Allowable Bolt Strength1,2


ASTM A 325
Carbon Steel
Tensile1
Shear1
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

ASTM F 593
Stainless Steel
Tensile1
Shear1
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

4370
(19.4)
7775
(34.6)
12150
(54.0)
17495
(77.8)

3645
(16.2)
6480
(28.8)
10125
(45.0)
12395
(55.1)

2250
(10.0)
4005
(17.8)
6260
(27.8)
9010
(40.1)

1875
(8.3)
3335
(14.8)
5215
(23.2)
6385
(28.4)

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength


for HIS Carbon Steel and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate


Bond/Concrete Capacity2
Tensile
Shear
f'c 2000 psi
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa)
(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

4-1/4
(108)
5
(127)
6-5/8
(168)
8-1/4
(210)

11000
(48.9)
16790
(74.7)
26795
(119.2)
31430
(139.8)

6425
(28.6)
12170
(54.1)
18310
(81.5)
25215
(112.2)

Ultimate Bolt Strength1,2


ASTM A 325
Carbon Steel
Tensile1
Shear1
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

ASTM F 593
Stainless Steel
Tensile1
Shear1
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

9935
(44.2)
17665
(78.6)
27610
(122.8)
39760
(176.9)

8280
(36.8)
14720
(65.5)
23010
(102.4)
28165
(125.3)

5960
(26.5)
10600
(47.2)
16565
(73.7)
23855
(106.1)

4970
(22.1)
8835
(39.3)
13805
(61.4)
16900
(75.1)

1 Steel values in accordance with AISC


ASTM A 325 bolts: Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi
ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316): Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8"
Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4"
Allowable Load Values
Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom
Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom

Ultimate Load Values


Tension = 0.75 x Fu x Anom
Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Anom

2 Use lower value of either bond/concrete capacity or steel strength.

206 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 207

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5


HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods
Installed in Lightweight Concrete 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)2
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)
3/8 (9.5)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)
3/4 (19.1)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)
1-3/4 (44)
3-1/2 (89)
2-1/8 (54)
4-1/4 (108)
2-1/2 (63)
3-3/8 (86)

Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity1


lb (kN)
Tensile
Shear
745 (3.3)
1285 (5.7)
1220 (5.4)
1580 (7.0)
975 (4.3)
2130 (9.5)
1210 (5.4)
2910 (12.9)
1200 (5.3)
2480 (11.0)
1760 (7.8)
4000 (17.8)

1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance are applied to allowable
concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the allowable steel value (See
page 210). The lesser of these values is to be used for design.

Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity


lb (kN)
Tensile
Shear
2980 (13.3)
5150 (22.9)
4920 (21.9)
6320 (28.1)
3900 (17.3)
8520 (37.9)
4840 (21.5)
11640 (51.8)
4800 (21.4)
9920 (44.1)
7040 (31.3)
15985 (71.1)

2 All values based on holes drilled with matched tolerance carbide tipped bit and
cleaned with a wire brush per manufacturers instructions..

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity for Sill Plate Applications


Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to f'c = 2000 PSI Normal Weight Concrete
with HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 1501
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

1/2 (12.7)

4-1/4 (108.0)

5/8 (15.9)

5 (127.0)

Edge
Distance
in. (mm)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-3/4 (69.9)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-3/4 (69.9)

Shear lb (kN)
Tension
lb (kN)
1280 (5.3)
1800 (8.1)
1700 (7.6)
2725 (12.1)

Load II to Edge
1445 (6.4)
2100 (9.5)
1445 (6.4)
2455 (10.9)

Load to Edge
400 (1.8)
845 (3.8)
400 (1.8)
960 (4.3)

Allowable Loads for Attachment of Sill Plates to top of grout filled block wall with HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 1501
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

1/2 (12.7)

4-1/4 (108.0)

5/8 (15.9)

5 (127.0)

Edge
Distance
in. (mm)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-3/4 (69.9)
1-3/4 (44.5)
2-3/4 (69.9)

Shear lb (kN)
Tension
lb (kN)
1395 (6.2)
1795 (8.0)
1840 (8.2)
1965 (8.7)

Load II to Edge
1425 (6.3)
2085 (9.3)
1800 (8.0)
3070 (13.7)

Load to Edge
560 (2.5)
1110 (4.9)
680 (3.0)
1110 (4.9)

1 Loads are based on concrete or masonry failure. Steel strength must be checked separately. Values based on safety factor of 4.0

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 207

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 208

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System


HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Allowable Loads for Threaded Rods in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units
(ASTM C 90 Block)1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Diameter
in.
(mm)

Embedment Depth
in. (mm)

3/8

( 9.5 )

3-1/2 ( 88.9 )

1/2

(12.7)

4-1/4 ( 108 )

5/8

(15.9)

3/4

(19.1)

( 127 )

6-5/8 (168.3)

4
_ 12
>
4
_ 12
>
4
>
_ 12
4
_ 12
>

Shear lb (kN)5

Tension5
lb
(kN)

Distance from Edge


in.
(mm)
(101.6)
(304.8)
(101.6)
(304.8)
(101.6)
(304.8)
(101.6)
(304.8)

HAS-E

HAS Super

HAS SS

1550

( 6.9 )

1360

( 6.0)

2020

(9.0)

1875

( 8.3)

1785

( 7.9 )

2020
2420

( 9.0)
(10.8)

2020
4170

( 9.0)
(18.5)

2020
3335

( 9.0)
(14.8)

2265

(10.1)

3740

(16.6)

2020
3780
2020
5445

( 9.0)
(16.8)
( 9.0)
(24.2)

2020
5625
2020
5625

( 9.0)
(25.0)
( 9.0)
(25.0)

2020
5215
2020
5625

( 9.0)
(23.2)
( 9.0)
(25.0)

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Loads for Threaded Rods in Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Units
(ASTM C 90 Block)1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor Diameter
in.
(mm)

Embedment Depth
in. (mm)

Tension lb (kN)5

Distance from Edge


in.
(mm)

HAS-E

HAS Super

HAS SS (304SS)

Shear lb (kN)5
HAS-E

HAS Super

HAS SS

3/8

(9.5)

3-1/2

(88.9)

4
_ 12
>

(101.6)
(304.8)

6005 (26.7) 6200 (27.6) 6200 (27.6) 3605 (16.0) 6210

(27.6) 4970

(22.1)
(35.9)

4-1/4

(108)

(101.6)
(304.8)

(35.9) 8075

(12.7)

4
_ 12
>

8075

1/2

7140 (31.8) 7140 (31.8) 7140 (31.8) 6405 (28.5)

(127)

4
_ 12
>

(101.6)
(304.8)

9060 (40.3) 9060 (40.3) 9060 (40.3)

4
_ 12
>

(101.6)
(304.8)

14970 (66.6) 14970 (66.6) 14970 (66.6)

5/8
3/4

(15.9)
(19.1)

6-5/8 (168.3)

conforming to ASTM C 90 with 2000 psi grout conforming to ASTM C 476.


2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.

(35.9) 8075

(39.3)
(35.9)

10010 (44.2) 17260 (76.8) 13805 (61.4)


8075 (44.2) 8075

1 Values are for lightweight, medium weight or normal weight concrete masonry units

3 Values are for anchors located in the grouted cell, head joint, bed joint, T joint,
cross web or any combination of the above.

11040 (49.1) 8835

8075 (35.9) 8075

(35.9) 8075

(35.9)

14415 (64.1) 22500 (100.1) 16800 (75.2)

4 Values for edge distances between 4 inches and 12 inches can be calculated by
linear interpolation.
5 Loads are based on the lesser of bond strength, steel strength or base material
strength.

208 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 209

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines for Grout-Filled Block
Influence of Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance
Anchor
Size

in.
(mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.8)

hnom

in.
(mm)

3-1/2
(90)

4-1/4
(110)

5
(125)

6-5/8
(170)

3/4
(19.1)

hnom = standard embedment depth

s
V
c

Edge Distance for Shear and Tension:


Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block
ccr

= 12 in. (305 mm) minimum from free edge

cmin = 4 in. (102 mm) minimum from free edge


Anchor Spacing for Shear and Tension:
Grout Filled, Normal Weight and Lightweight Block
scr

= smin = One (1) anchor per cell (max), and 8 in. (203mm) (min)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 209

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 210

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System


HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete
Concrete Compressive Strength
f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)

Nominal
Rebar
Size

Embed.
Depth
in. (mm)

#3

1-1/2
(38)
3-1/2
(89)
7
(178)

2500
(11.1)
6300
(28.0)
12600
(56.0)

#4

2
(51)
4
(102)
8
(203)

4200
(18.7)
9000
(40.0)
18000
(80.1)

#5

2-1/2
(64)
5
(127)
10
(254)

5600
(24.9)
13500
(60.1)
27000
(120.1)

#6

3-1/2
(90)
7
(178)
14
(356)

10200
(45.4)
22100
(98.3)
44200
(196.6)

#7

3-3/4
(95)
7-1/2
(190)
15
(380)

10700
(47.6)
27100
(120.6)
54200
(241.1)

#8

4
(102)
8
(204)
16
(408)

14100
(62.7)
32500
(144.6)
65000
(289.1)

#9

5
(127)
10
(254)
18
(457)

16700
(74.3)
47400
(210.9)
85300
(379.4)

#10

6
(152)
12
(304)
20
(508)

23300
(103.6)
59600
(265.1)
99300
(441.7)

#11

7
(178)
14
(356)
20
(508)

32000
(142.3)
75800
(337.2)
108400
(482.2)

Ultimate
Bond
Strength
lb (kN)

Embed. to
Embed. to
Develop Yield Develop Tensile
Strength1
Strength1
in. (mm)
in. (mm)

3-3/4
(95.3)

5-1/2
(139.7)

7
(177.8)

8-1/2
(215.9)

10
(254.0)

11-3/4
(298.5)

12-3/4
(323.9)

15-1/2
(393.7)

17-1/4
(438.2)

Grade 60 Rebar

f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa)


Ultimate
Bond
Strength
lb (kN)

Embed. to
Embed. to
Yield
Develop Yield Develop Tensile Strength
Strength1
Strength1
lb (kN)
in. (mm)
in. (mm)

Tensile
Strength
lb (kN)

5-1/2
(139.7)

3800
(16.9)
8200
(36.5)
16500
(73.4)

2-3/4
(69.9)

4-1/4
(108.0)

6600
(29.4)

9900
(44.0)

8
(203.2)

6000
(26.7)
11800
(52.5)
23600
(105.0)

4-1/4
(108.0)

6-1/4
(158.8)

12000
(53.4)

18000
(80.1)

10-1/4
(260.4)

6900
(30.7)
17700
(78.7)
35300
(157.0)

5-1/4
(133.4)

8
(203.2)

18600
(82.7)

27900
(124.1)

12-3/4
(323.9)

12800
(56.9)
28900
(128.6)
57700
(256.7)

6-1/2
(165.1)

9-3/4
(247.7)

26400
(117.4)

39600
(176.2)

15
(381)

15800
(70.3)
35300
(157.0)
70700
(314.5)

7-3/4
(196.9)

11-1/2
(292.1)

36000
(160.1)

54000
(240.2)

17-1/2
(444.5)

18100
(80.5)
42400
(188.6)
84800
(377.2)

9
(228.6)

13-1/2
(342.9)

47450
(211.1)

71100
(316.3)

19
(482.6)

21800
(97.0)
61800
(274.9)
111300
(495.1)

10
(254.0)

15-3/4
(400.1)

60000
(266.9)

90000
(400.4)

23
(584.2)

32400
(144.1)
77700
(345.6)
129600
(576.5)

12
(304.8)

17-3/4
(450.9)

76200
(339.0)

114300
(508.5)

26
(660.4)

41300
(183.7)
99000
(440.4)
141400
(629.0)

13-1/2
(342.9)

20
(508.0)

93600
(416.4)

140400
(624.6)

1 Based on comparison of average ultimate adhesive bond test values versus minimum yield and ultimate tensile strength of rebar; for more information, contact Hilti.
210 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 211

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5


HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only) 3,4
HIT-ICE Tensile Bond Strength 2, 3, 4
f'c = 14 MPa

Strength Properties of Metric Rebar 2, 3


f y = 400 MPa

f'c = 28 MPa

Rebar
Size

Embedment
Depth
(mm)

Ultimate
Bond
(kN)

Allowable
Bond
(kN)

Ultimate
Bond
(kN)

Allowable
Bond
(kN)

Yield
Strength
(kN)

Tensile
Strength
(kN)

10M
(#3)

40
90
180

11.1
28.0
56.0

2.8
7.0
14.0

16.9
36.5
73.4

4.2
9.1
18.3

40

60

15M
(#5)

65
130
250

24.9
60.1
120

6.2
15.0
30.0

30.7
78.7
157

7.7
19.7
39.2

80

120

20M
(#6)

90
180
355

45.4
98.3
197

11.3
24.6
49.2

56.9
129
257

14.2
32.2
64.2

120

180

25M
(#8)

100
200
405

62.7
145
289

15.7
36.2
72.2

80.5
189
377

20.1
47.2
94.2

200

300

30M
(#9)

125
250
455

74.3
211
379

18.6
52.8
94.8

97.0
275
495

24.2
68.8
124

280

420

35M
(#11)

180
355
510

142
337
482

35.5
84.2
120

184
440
629

46.0
110
157

400

600

1 Use lesser value of bond strength or rebars steel strength for tensile capacity.
2 Actual tensile bond test data developed for imperial-sized rebar. Yield and ultimate rebar strengths are for metric sizes.
3 Test data developed for hammer-drilled holes. For diamond cored holes, contact Hilti Engineering.
4 For anchoring spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to page 212 of this HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Injection Adhesive Anchor section.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 211

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 212

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete for HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150

Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors


s
s min
s cr
h ef

s
V
c

=
=
=
=

Edge Distance Adjustment Factors

Actual spacing
0.5 h ef
1.5 h ef
Actual embedment

c = Actual edge distance


cmin = 0.5 h ef
c cr = 1.5 h ef Tension
= 2.0 h ef for Shear
h ef = Actual embedment

ccr

scr

1.5

2.0
Shear ( to Edge)

Note: Tables apply for listed


embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment
depths must be calculated
using equations below.

1.5

1.0

Shear (II to Edge)

s
hef

smin

0.5

1.0

Spacing Tension/Shear

c
hef

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef


fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55
for scr>s>smin

ccr

Shear & Tension

Tension

cmin

0.5

0
0

.2

Edge Distance Tension

.4

.6

.8

1.0

Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor


(fA)

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef

0
0

fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40


for ccr>c>cmin

.6
.2
.4
.8
1.0
Edge Distance Adjustment Factor
(fRV, fRN)

Edge Distance Shear


( toward edge)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) 0.09
for ccr>c>cmin

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef

Embedment
Depth, in.

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28


for ccr>c>cmin

Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" Diameter Anchor


Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

7/8
1-1/4
1-3/4
2
2-5/8
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5-1/4
6-1/2
7
7-7/8
9
10-1/2

3/8" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
fA

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

Edge Distance Shear


( toward edge),

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge),

fRV1

1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 1-3/4 3-1/2 5-1/4 1-3/4

0.70
0.76
0.85 0.70
0.89 0.72
1.00 0.78 0.70
0.81 0.72
0.85 0.75
0.89 0.78
0.94 0.81
1.00 0.85
0.92
0.95
1.00

0.60
0.69
0.80 0.60
0.86 0.63
1.00 0.70 0.60
0.74 0.63
0.80 0.67
0.86 0.70
0.91 0.74
1.00 0.80
0.90
0.93
1.00

0.18
0.30
0.45
0.53
0.72
0.84
1.00

0.46
0.54
0.18
0.64
0.22
0.69
0.32 0.18 0.82
0.37 0.22 0.90
0.45 0.27 1.00
0.53 0.32
0.60 0.37
0.72 0.45
0.91 0.58
1.00 0.63
0.72
0.84
1.00

fRV2
3-1/2 5-1/4

0.46
0.49
0.55
0.59
0.64
0.69
0.74
0.82
0.95
1.00

0.46
0.49
0.52
0.55
0.59
0.64
0.73
0.76
0.82
0.90
1.00

212 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 213

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5


Note: Tables apply for listed
embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment
depths must be calculated
using equations below.

Load Adjustment Factors for 1/2" Diameter Anchor


Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embedment
Depth, in.

1-1/16
1-1/2
2
2-1/8
2-3/4
3
3-3/16
4
4-1/4
5
6
6-3/8
7
7-1/2
8-1/2
9
9-9/16
10
11
12-3/4

1/2" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
fA

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

Edge Distance Shear


( toward edge),

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge),

fRV1

0.70
0.76
0.83
0.85
0.94
0.97
1.00

0.70
0.74
0.76
0.78
0.83
0.85
0.90
0.97
1.00

0.60
0.68
0.78
0.80
0.92
0.96
0.70 1.00
0.74
0.75
0.79
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.90
0.95
0.97
1.00

0.18
0.29
0.42
0.60
0.45
0.66
0.61
0.68
0.67
0.70 0.60 0.72
0.78 0.65 0.93
0.80 0.67 1.00
0.87 0.71
0.96 0.78
1.00 0.80
0.84
0.87
0.93
0.96
1.00

Spacing Tension/Shear

fRV2

2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 2-1/8 4-1/4 6-3/8 2-1/8

0.46
0.53
0.62
0.18
0.64
0.26
0.75
0.29
0.79
0.32 0.18 0.82
0.42 0.25 0.96
0.45 0.27 1.00
0.55 0.33
0.67 0.42
0.72 0.45
0.80 0.50
0.86 0.55
1.00 0.63
0.67
0.72
0.76
0.84
1.00

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef

4-1/4 6-3/8

fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55


for scr>s>smin

0.46
0.51
0.53
0.55
0.62
0.64
0.70
0.79
0.82
0.87
0.92
1.00

Edge Distance Tension


cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40
for ccr>c>cmin

0.46
0.51
0.52
0.56
0.62
0.64
0.68
0.70
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.84
0.90
1.00

Edge Distance Shear


( toward edge)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) 0.09
for ccr>c>cmin

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28
for ccr>c>cmin

Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors


Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

5/8" diameter
Spacing

Edge Distance

Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance Shear

Spacing

Edge Distance

Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance Shear

Tension/Shear,

Tension,

( toward edge),

(II to or away from edge),

Tension/Shear,

Tension,

( toward edge),

(II to or away from edge),

fA

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embedment
Depth, in.

1-1/4
1-11/16
2
2-1/2
3
3-5/16
3-3/4
4
4-1/2
5
5-1/16
5-1/2
6
6-3/4
7-1/2
8
8-1/2
9
9-15/16
10
11-1/4
12
13-1/4
14
15
16
18
20

3/4" diameter

2-1/2

0.70
0.75
0.79
0.85
0.91
0.95
1.00

0.70
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.96
1.00

fRN
7-1/2 2-1/2

0.60
0.67
0.72
0.80
0.88
0.93
0.70 1.00
0.71
0.73
0.75
0.75
0.77
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.87
0.89
0.91
0.95
0.95
1.00

0.60
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.72
0.76
0.80
0.81
0.84
0.88
0.94
1.00

fRV1
7-1/2 2-1/2

0.60
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.67
0.69
0.72
0.76
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.93
0.93
1.00

0.18
0.27
0.34
0.45
0.56
0.63
0.72
0.77
0.88
1.00

0.18
0.23
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.40
0.45
0.46
0.50
0.56
0.64
0.72
0.77
0.83
0.88
0.98
1.00

fRV2
7-1/2 2-1/2

0.18
0.20
0.23
0.27
0.27
0.31
0.34
0.40
0.45
0.49
0.52
0.56
0.63
0.63
0.72
0.77
0.86
0.92
1.00

0.46
0.52
0.57
0.64
0.71
0.76
0.82
0.86
0.93
1.00

0.46
0.50
0.52
0.55
0.57
0.60
0.64
0.64
0.68
0.71
0.77
0.82
0.86
0.89
0.93
1.00

fA
7-1/2 3-3/8 6-5/8

0.46
0.47
0.50
0.52
0.52
0.54
0.57
0.60
0.64
0.66
0.69
0.71
0.76
0.76
0.82
0.86
0.92
0.95
1.00

0.70
0.73
0.77
0.82
0.84
0.88
0.91
0.95
0.99
1.00

fRN
10

3-3/8 6-5/8

0.60
0.64
0.70
0.76
0.70
0.79
0.72
0.84
0.73
0.87
0.75
0.93
0.78 0.70 0.99
0.78 0.70 1.00
0.80 0.72
0.82 0.73
0.86 0.75
0.89 0.78
0.91 0.79
0.93 0.81
0.96 0.82
1.00 0.85
0.85
0.89
0.91
0.95
0.97
1.00

0.60
0.63
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.71
0.73
0.76
0.81
0.85
0.88
0.91
0.94
1.00

fRV1
10

0.60
0.60
0.62
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.72
0.74
0.76
0.80
0.80
0.85
0.88
0.93
0.96
1.00

3-3/8 6-5/8

0.18
0.23
0.31
0.39
0.44
0.51
0.55
0.63
0.71
0.72
0.79
0.87
1.00

0.18
0.22
0.24
0.28
0.32
0.32
0.36
0.40
0.46
0.52
0.56
0.60
0.64
0.72
0.73
0.83
0.89
1.00

fRV2
10

0.18
0.18
0.21
0.23
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.37
0.40
0.45
0.45
0.52
0.56
0.63
0.67
0.72
0.77
0.88
1.00

3-3/8 6-5/8

0.46
0.49
0.55
0.60
0.63
0.68
0.71
0.76
0.81
0.82
0.87
0.92
1.00

0.46
0.48
0.50
0.52
0.55
0.56
0.58
0.61
0.65
0.69
0.71
0.74
0.77
0.82
0.82
0.89
0.93
1.00

10

0.46
0.46
0.48
0.50
0.52
0.55
0.57
0.59
0.60
0.64
0.64
0.69
0.71
0.76
0.78
0.82
0.86
0.93
1.00

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 213

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 214

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System


Note: Tables apply for listed
embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment
depths must be calculated
using equations below.

Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchor


Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embedment
Depth, in.

1-7/8
2-1/2
3
3-3/4
4
4-1/2
5
5-5/8
6
6-1/2
7
7-1/2
8
8-1/2
9
9-15/16
10
11-1/4
12
14
15
16-7/8
18
20
22-1/2

7/8" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear,
fA

Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

( toward edge),

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge),

fRV1

0.70
0.75
0.79
0.85
0.87
0.91
0.95
1.00

0.60
0.67
0.72
0.80
0.83
0.88
0.93
0.70 1.00
0.71
0.72
0.74
0.75
0.76
0.78
0.79
0.82
0.82
0.85
0.87
0.92
0.95
1.00

0.70
0.71
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.79
0.81
0.83
0.85
0.87
0.89
0.91
0.95
0.95
1.00

0.60
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.70
0.72
0.75
0.77
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.93
0.93
1.00

0.60
0.61
0.63
0.65
0.67
0.68
0.70
0.72
0.75
0.76
0.80
0.83
0.90
0.93
1.00

0.18
0.27
0.34
0.45
0.49
0.56
0.63
0.72
0.77
0.85
0.92
1.00

0.18
0.20
0.23
0.27
0.32
0.34
0.38
0.41
0.45
0.49
0.52
0.56
0.63
0.63
0.72
0.77
0.92
1.00

Spacing Tension/Shear

fRV2

3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 3-3/4 7-1/2 11-1/4 3-3/4

0.18
0.20
0.22
0.25
0.27
0.29
0.32
0.34
0.39
0.39
0.45
0.49
0.58
0.63
0.72
0.77
0.87
1.00

0.46
0.52
0.57
0.64
0.66
0.71
0.76
0.82
0.86
0.90
0.95
1.00

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef

7-1/2 11-1/4

fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55


for scr>s>smin

0.46
0.47
0.50
0.52
0.55
0.57
0.59
0.62
0.64
0.66
0.69
0.71
0.76
0.76
0.82
0.86
0.95
1.00

Edge Distance Tension


cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef
fRN = 0.4(c/hef) + 0.40
for ccr>c>cmin

0.46
0.47
0.49
0.50
0.52
0.54
0.55
0.57
0.60
0.60
0.64
0.66
0.73
0.76
0.82
0.86
0.92
1.00

Edge Distance Shear


( toward edge)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) 0.09
for ccr>c>cmin

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge)
cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef
fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28
for ccr>c>cmin

Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1 1/4" Diameter Anchors


Anchor
Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

1" diameter

1 1/4" diameter

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

2-1/16
3
3-1/2
4-1/8
5
5-1/2
6
6-3/16
7-1/2
8-1/4
9
9-1/2
10
10-1/2
12
12-3/8
14
16-1/2
18
18-9/16
20
22-1/2
24
24-3/4
26
28
30

Edge Distance
Tension,

( toward edge),

(II to or away from edge),

fA
Embedment
Depth, in.

Spacing
Tension/Shear,

Edge Distance Shear Edge Distance Shear

fRN

fRV1

fRV2

0.70
0.73
0.75
0.77
0.78
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.90
0.91
0.93
0.99
1.00

0.60
0.69
0.74
0.80
0.88
0.93
0.98
0.70 1.00
0.73
0.75
0.77
0.78
0.79
0.80
0.84
0.85
0.89
0.95
0.99
1.00

0.18
0.30
0.37
0.60
0.45
0.64
0.56
0.67
0.63
0.69
0.70
0.70 0.60 0.72
0.76 0.64 0.89
0.80 0.67 1.00
0.84 0.69
0.86 0.71
0.88 0.72
0.91 0.74
0.98 0.79
1.00 0.80
0.85
0.93
0.98
1.00

0.46
0.54
0.59
0.18
0.64
0.24
0.72
0.27
0.76
0.30
0.80
0.32 0.18 0.82
0.40 0.24 0.93
0.45 0.27 1.00
0.50 0.30
0.53 0.32
0.56 0.35
0.60 0.37
0.70 0.43
0.72 0.45
0.83 0.52
1.00 0.63
0.70
0.72
0.78
0.89
0.96
1.00

0.46
0.50
0.52
0.54
0.55
0.61
0.64
0.67
0.69
0.72
0.74
0.80
0.82
0.89
1.00

Edge Distance

Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance Shear

Tension,

( toward edge),

(II to or away from edge),

fA

4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8 4-1/8 8-1/4 12-3/8

0.70
0.77
0.80
0.85
0.91
0.95
0.99
1.00

Spacing
Tension/Shear,

0.46
0.50
0.52
0.54
0.56
0.57
0.59
0.63
0.64
0.69
0.76
0.80
0.82
0.86
0.93
0.98
1.00

0.70
0.73
0.76
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.86
0.93
0.96
1.00

12

fRN
15

0.60
0.63
0.68
0.73
0.77
0.70
0.80
0.70
0.81
0.74 0.70 0.90
0.76 0.72 0.95
0.78 0.73 1.00
0.79 0.74
0.80 0.75
0.81 0.76
0.85 0.79
0.86 0.80
0.90 0.83
0.96 0.88
1.00 0.91
0.92
0.95
1.00

12

0.60
0.61
0.65
0.68
0.70
0.72
0.73
0.75
0.80
0.81
0.87
0.95
1.00

fRV1
15

0.60
0.62
0.64
0.65
0.67
0.68
0.72
0.73
0.77
0.84
0.88
0.90
0.93
1.00

0.18
0.23
0.28
0.36
0.41
0.45
0.47
0.59
0.65
0.72
0.77
0.81
0.86
1.00

12

0.18
0.19
0.25
0.28
0.32
0.34
0.36
0.38
0.45
0.47
0.54
0.65
0.72
0.75
0.81
0.92
1.00

fRV2
15

0.18
0.21
0.23
0.25
0.27
0.29
0.34
0.36
0.41
0.50
0.56
0.58
0.63
0.72
0.77
0.80
0.85
0.92
1.00

0.46
0.49
0.53
0.58
0.61
0.64
0.65
0.73
0.78
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.91
1.00

12

0.46
0.47
0.51
0.53
0.55
0.57
0.58
0.60
0.64
0.65
0.70
0.78
0.82
0.84
0.88
0.96
1.00

15

0.46
0.48
0.50
0.51
0.52
0.53
0.57
0.58
0.62
0.68
0.71
0.73
0.76
0.82
0.86
0.87
0.90
0.95
1.00

214 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 215

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5


Resistance of HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 to Chemicals
Chemical
Sulphuric acid

Hydrochloric acid
Nitric acid
Phosphoric acid
Acetic acid
Formic acid
Lactic acid
Citric acid
Sodium Hydroxide
(Caustic soda)
Ammonia
Soda solution
Common salt solution
Chlorinated lime solution
Sodium hypochlorite
Hydrogen peroxide
Carbolic acid solution
Ethanol
Sea water
Glycol
Acetone
Carbon tetrachloride
Toluene
Petrol/Gasoline
Machine oil
Diesel oil
Key: non-resistant

Behavior
conc.
30%
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
10%
40%
20%
5%
conc.
5%
10%
10%
10%
2%
10%
10%

+ resistant

+
+

+
+
+

+
+

+
+
+
+
+
+

+
+

limited resistance

Influence of Temperature on Bond Strength

Samples of the HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 resin were immersed in


the various chemical compounds for up to one year. At the
end of the test period, the samples were analyzed. Any
samples showing no visible damage and having less than a
25% reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified
as Resistant. Samples that had slight damage, such as
small cracks, chips, etc. or reduction in bending strength of
25% or more, were classified as Partially Resistant.
Samples that were heavily damaged or destroyed were
classified as Not Resistant.
Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the
base material, leaving very little surface area exposed. In
some cases, this would allow the HIT-ICE, HIT-HY 150 to be
used where it would be exposed to the Partially Resistant
chemical compounds.
Open Gel Time Table (Approximate)1
Base Material Temperature
F

HIT-HY 1502

HIT-ICE

10
0
23
32
41
68
86
104

23
18
5
0
5
20
30
40

25 min
18 min
13 min
5 min
4 min
2 min

1.5 hrs
1.5 hrs
40 min
26 min
11 min
4 min
1.5 min

Final Cure Time Table (Approximate)1


Base Material Temperature
F

HIT-HY 1502

HIT-ICE

10
0
23
32
41
68
86
104

23
18
5
0
5
20
30
40

6 hrs
3 hrs
90 min
50 min
40 min
30 min

36 hrs
24 hrs
6 hrs
4 hrs
2 hrs
1 hrs
30 min

Allowable Bond Strength


(% of load at 70F)

1 Product temperatures must be maintained above 41F (5C), with the


exception of HIT-ICE which must be above 0F (18C).
2 Use of HIT-HY 150 and HIT-TZ rods must be installed in base material
temperatures 40 F (5 C).

Influence of High Energy Radiation on HIT-HY 1501


Radiation
Exposure2, 3
< 10 Mrad

Detrimental
Effect

Recommendation
for Use

Insignificant

Full Use

10 100 Mrad

Moderate

Base Material Temperature (F)

Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the elevated temperature for
24 hours them removing it from the controlled environment and testing to failure.
Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available; please contact Hilti
Technical Services.

> 100 Mrad

Medium to strong

Restricted Use
Frec. = 0.5 Fperm.
No recommendation
for use

1 HIT-ICE information is unavailable.


2 Mrad = Megarad
3 Dosage over a life span.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 215

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 216

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System


4.2.5.4 Installation Instructions
HAS, Rebar and Insert Installation Instructions
1

3X

3X

1. Drill anchor hole with a carbide bit. Contact Hilti for use
of Diamond Core bits.

7
2
1

2
1

3X

2 . Insert air nozzle to bottom of


hole and blow out hole using
a pump, or compressed air.

6. Screw on static mixer.

2
1

2 1
1

3. Clean hole with wire brush.


Proper hole cleaning is
essential.

8
2

3
2 2

4. Insert air nozzle to bottom of


hole and blow out hole using
a pump, or compressed air.

5. HIT-HY 150 only: Put refill


pack into holder. Remove cap
covering threaded projection.

10

1
7. Put holder/cartridge1into
1
appropriate dispenser.

3X

1
8. Discard first three trigger
pulls of adhesive from each
refill pack or cartridge.

9. Inject adhesive into hole starting at the bottom until 1/2 to


2/3 full. Use mixer filler tube
extensions when needed to
reach the hole bottom.

10. Unlock dispenser.

Rod

12

10

11

10. Fastener may be adjusted during specified gel time.

11. Do not disturb anchor between


specified gel time and cure
time.

12. Apply specified torque as


required to secure items to be
fastened. Do not exceed maximum torque specified.

10

11

12

9. Insert threaded insert.


Twist during installation.

10. Fastener may be adjusted during specified gel time.

11. Do not disturb anchor between


specified gel time and cure
time.

12. Apply specified torque as


required to secure items to be
fastened. Do not exceed maximum torque specified.

10

11

12

10. Fastener may be adjusted during specified gel time.

11. Do not disturb anchor between


specified gel time and cure
time.

9. Insert rod. Twist during installation.

T
Tmax
max

Insert

Rebar

9. Insert rebar. Twist during installation.

T
Tmax
max

12. Apply specified torque as


required to secure items to be
fastened. Do not exceed maximum torque specified.

216 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 217

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5


HIT HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Volume Charts
Threaded Rod & HIT-TZ Rod
Installation

Metric Rebar Installation


(Canada Only)

Rebar Installation

Rod
Diameter
(in.)

Drill Bit1
Diameter
(in.)

Adhesive Volume
Required per Inch
of embedment (in 3)

Rod
Diameter
(in.)

1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

5/16
7/16
9/16
11/16
13/16
24mm
1-1/16
1-1/2

0.055
0.095
0.133
0.184
0.232
0.272
0.366
0.918

#3 or 3/8
#4 or 1/2
#5 or 5/8
#6 or 3/4
#7 or 7/8
#8 or 1
#9 or 1-1/8
#10 or 1-1/4
#11 or 1-3/8

Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume


Diameter Required per Inch
(in.)
of embedment (in3)

1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-9/16

0.110
0.146
0.176
0.218
0.252
0.299
0.601
0.659
0.547

Example: Determine approximate fastenings for


5/8" rod embedded 10" deep.

Drill Bit1
Diameter

Adhesive Volume
Required per Inch
of embedment (in3)

10M
15M
20M
25M
30M
35M

14 mm
3/4"
24 mm
1-1/8"
37 mm
1-9/16"

0.101
0.176
0.268
0.309
0.644
0.480

Note: Useable volume of:

10 x 0.184 = 1.84 in3 of adhesive per anchor

Bar
Diameter

HIT-HY 150 refill pack is 16.5 in3 (270ml).

HIT-HY 150 small cartridge:


16.5 1.84 9 fastenings
HIT-HY 150 medium cartridge:
26.9 1.84 15 fastenings

HIT-HY 150 medium cartridges is 26.9 in3 (440ml).


HIT-HY 150 jumbo cartridges is 81.8 in3 (1340 ml).
HIT-ICE is 18 in3 (297 ml)

HIT-HY 150 jumbo cartridge:


81.8 1.84 45 fastenings
HIT-ICE cartridge:
18.0 1.84 10 fastenings
1 Rebar diameter may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar. Use Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 217

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 218

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System


4.2.5.5 Ordering Information
HIT Adhesives
Item No.

Description

Contents

372705
332230
285594
305713

HIT-ICE (10 oz) 297 ml


HIT-HY 150 (11.1 oz) 330 ml
HIT-HY 150 Medium (16.9 oz) 500 ml
HIT-HY 150 Jumbo (47.3 oz) 1400 ml

24 Cartridges, 24 Mixers
1 Refill Pack, 1 Mixer w/ filler tube
25 Cartridges, 25 Mixers
4 Cartridges, 4 Mixers

HIT Dispensers
Battery Powered Dispenser
Item No.

ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser

HIT-HY 150 Refill Pack


HIT-HY 150 Medium Cartridge
HIT-HY 150 Jumbo Cartridge

Description

3245363

HIT-ICE Cartridge

ED 3500 2.0 Ah Kit

MD1000
Dispenser

MD2000
Dispenser

MD2500
Dispenser

Manual Dispensers
Item No.

Description

371291
229154
338853
229170
339477

MD1000 Dispenser for HIT-ICE Cartridges


MD2000 Dispenser + 1 refill holder for HIT HY refill packs
MD2500 Manual Dispenser
Refill Holder Replacement for MD2000
Refill Holder Replacement for MD2500 or ED3500

P-3500
Pneumatic
Dispenser

P-8000D
Pneumatic
Dispenser

Pneumatic Dispensers
Item No.

Description

354180
373959
373960

HIT P-3500 Pneumatic Dispenser, + 1 refill holder for HIT HY refill packs
HIT P-8000 Pneumatic Dispenser (for Jumbo cartridges)
Jumbo pack holder replacement fo HIT P-8000D Dispenser

218 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 219

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.5

HIT Filler Tube

HIT-HY Mixer (Large)

HIT-ICE Mixer

HIT-M Mixer (Small)

Mixers & Filler Tubes


Item No.

Description

68156
337111
371290

HIT-M, Mixer for HIT-HY 150


HIT-RE-M Static Mixer, Large HIT-HY 150
HIT-M2 for HIT-ICE

Qty/Pkg

1
1
1

Notes

For use with small HIT-HY 150 refill packs


For use with Jumbo cartridges
For use with HIT-ICE cartridges

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 219

06_4.2.5_HIT-ICE_HY.QXD:H440.04_04c HIT-ICE.QXD

12/30/07

1:02 AM

Page 220

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.5 HIT-ICE/HIT-HY 150 Adhesive Anchoring System


HAS-E Threaded Rods
HAS
Description
3/8" x 3"
3/8" x 4-3/8"
3/8" x 5-1/8"
3/8" x 8"
3/8" x 12"
1/2" x 3-1/8"
1/2" x 4-1/2"
1/2" x 6-1/2"
1/2" x 8"
1/2" x 10"
1/2" x 12"
5/8" x 8"
5/8" x 9"
5/8" x 12"
5/8" x 17"

HAS ISO
898 Class 5.8
Item No.
385417
385418
385419
385420
385421
385422
385423
385424
385425
385426
385427
385428
385429
385430
385431

HAS
Description
3/4" x 10"
3/4" x 11"
3/4" x 12"
3/4" x 14"
3/4" x 17"
3/4" x 19"
3/4" x 21"
3/4" x 25"
7/8" x 10"
7/8" x 13"
1" x 12"
1" x 14"
1" x 16"
1" x 20"
1-1/4" x 16"
1-1/4" x 22"

Qty/Pkg
10
10
20
10
10
10
10
20
10
10
10
20
10
10
10

HAS ISO
898 Class 5.8
Item No.
385432
385433
385434
385435
385436
385437
385438
385439
385440
385441
385442
385443
385444
385445
385446
385447

Qty/Pkg
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
4
2
2
2
4
4

HAS Super, HAS Stainless Steel Rods, HIS and HIS-R Stainless Steel Inserts3

Description

HAS Super 3
Item No.

3/8" x 5-1/8"
1/2" x 6-1/2"

68657
68658

5/8" x 7-5/8"
3/4" x 9-5/8"
7/8" x 10"

HAS-R 304 SS2,3


Item No.

Qty/Box

HIS
Description

HIS Insert
Item No.

HIS-R 316 SS Insert


Item No.

Qty/Box

385462
385464

10
10

3/8" x 4-1/4"
1/2" x 5"

258020
258021

258029
258030

10
5

333783

385467

10

5/8" x 6-5/8"

258022

258031

68660

385469

3/4" x 8-1/4"

258023

258032

686611

385473

1" x 12"

68662

385474

1-1/4" x 16"

333779

1 Hot Dipped Galvanized (3/8" rod only). Coating thickness 2 mils (50.8m)

2 316 Stainless Steel HAS Rods are also available.


3 More HAS rod lengths are available, refer to Hilti Full Line Catalog or contact a Customer Service Representative.
4. Available by the individual piece.

HIT-TZ and HIT-RTZ Rods


HIT-TZ & HIT-RTZ Description
3/8" x 2-7/8" / 1"
1/2" x 3-1/2" / 1-1/2"
5/8" x 4" / 2-1/4"
3/4" x 5-1/4" / 4-1/16"

Item No. HIT-TZ


337484
337485
337486
337487

Item No. HIT-RTZ


337498
337499
337500
337501

Qty/Box
40
24
16
8

220 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 221

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


4.2.6.1 Product Description

4.2.6.1
4.2.6.2

Refill Pack Holder

HIT RE Mixer

4.2.6.4

Technical Data

4.2.6.5

Installation Instructions
Ordering Information

4.2.6.7

HIT-RE 500-SD
Refill Pack

Strength Design

4.2.6.6

ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser

Material Specifications

4.2.6.3

Fastener Components

Product Description

Sample Calculations

P3500
Dispenser

Listings/Approvals
MD2500
Dispenser

HIT-RE 500-SD
Medium Cartridge

Refill Pack Holder


HIT-RE 500-SD
Jumbo Cartridge

Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD Adhesive Anchoring


System is an injectable two-component
epoxy adhesive. The two components
are kept separate by means of a dualcylinder foil pack attached to a
manifold. The two components
combine and react when dispensed
through a static mixing nozzle attached
to the manifold.
Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD Adhesive Anchoring
System may be used with continuously
threaded rod, Hilti HIS-N and HIS-RN
internally-threaded inserts or deformed
reinforcing bar installed in cracked or
uncracked concrete. The primary
components of the Hilti Adhesive
Anchoring System are:

Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD adhesive packaged in foil packs


Adhesive mixing and dispensing
equipment
Equipment for hole cleaning and
adhesive injection

P8000D
Dispenser

Product Features

ICC-ES (International Code Council)


ESR-2322
NSF/ANSI Std 61
certification for use in potable water
European Technical Approval
ETA-07/0260

Superior bond performance


Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC
2006, IBC/IRC 2003, IBC/IRC
2000 and UBC 1997 (ICC-ES
AC308). Please refer to ESR-2322
(ICC-ES AC308) for Seismic Design
Category A through F
Use in diamond cored or pneumatic drilled holes and under water up
to 165 feet (50 m)
Meets requirements of ASTM C
881-90, Type IV, Grade 2 and 3,
Class A, B, C except gel times
Meets requirements of AASHTO
specification M235, Type IV, Grade
3, Class A, B, C except gel times
Mixing tube provides proper mixing, eliminates measuring errors
and minimizes waste
Contains no styrene; virtually
odorless
Extended temperature range from
41F to 104F (5C to 40C)
Excellent weathering resistance;
Resistance against elevated
temperatures

Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2006 (ICC-ES AC308)
IBC/IRC 2003 (ICC-ES AC308)
IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC308)
UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC308)
LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
Materials

The Leadership in Energy and


Environmental Design (LEED ) Green
Building Rating systemTM is the nationally
accepted benchmark for the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings.

Components

HAS Threaded Rods

HIS Internally Threaded Inserts

Rebar (supplied by contractor)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 221

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 222

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Guide Specifications
Master Format Section:
03250

(Concrete accessories)

Related Sections:
03200
05050
05120

(Concrete ReinforcingReinforcing Accessories)


(Metal Fabrication)
(Structural Steel; Masonry
Accessories)

Injectable adhesive shall be used for


installation of all reinforcing steel dowels
or threaded anchor rods and inserts into
new or existing concrete. Adhesive shall
be furnished in side-by-side refill packs
which keep component A and
component B separate. Side-by-side
packs shall be designed to compress
during use to minimize waste volume.
Side-by-side packs shall also be
designed to accept static mixing nozzle

which thoroughly blends component A


and component B and allows injection
directly into drilled hole. Only injection
tools and static mixing nozzles as
recommended by manufacturer shall be
used. Manufacturers instructions shall
be followed. Injection adhesive shall be
formulated to include resin and hardener
to provide optimal curing speed as well
as high strength and stiffness. Typical
curing time at 68F (20C) shall be
approximately 12 hours.
Injection adhesive shall be
HIT-RE 500-SD, as furnished by Hilti.
Anchor Rods shall be furnished with
chamfered ends so that either end will
accept a nut and washer. Alternatively,
anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45
degree chisel point on one end to allow
for easy insertion into the adhesive-filled
hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured
to meet the following requirements:

1. ISO 898 Class 5.8


2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high strength
carbon steel anchor);
3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel,
meeting the requirements of ASTM F
593 (condition CW).
Special order length HAS Rods may
vary from standard product.
Nuts and Washers of other grades and
styles having specified proof load
stresses greater than the specified
grade and style are also suitable. Nuts
must have specified proof load stresses
equal to or greater than the minimum
tensile strength of the specified
threaded rod.

4.2.6.2 Material Specifications


Bond Strength ASTM C882-911
2 day cure
7 day cure
Compressive Strength ASTM D-695-961
Compressive Modulus ASTM D-695-961
Tensile Strength 7 day ASTM D-638-97
Elongation at break ASTM D-638-97
Heat Deflection Temperature ASTM D-648-95
Absorption ASTM D-570-95
Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage on Cure ASTM D-2566-86
Electrical resistance DIN IEC 93 (12.93)

12.4 MPa
12.4 MPa
82.7 MPa
1493 MPa
43.5 MPa
2.0%
63C
0.06%
0.004
6.6 x 1013 /m

1800 psi
1800 psi
12,000 psi
0.22 x 106 psi
6310 psi
2.0%
146F
0.06%
0.004
1.7 x 1012/in.

1 Minimum values obtained as a result of three cure temperatures (23, 40, 60F)

222 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 223

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


4.2.6.3 Strength Design
STRENGTH DESIGN
Design strengths are determined in
accordance with ACI 318-05 Appendix D
(ACI 318) and this report1. Design
parameters are provided in Table 7
through Table 34. Strength reduction
factors as given in ACI 318 D.4.4 shall
be used for load combinations calculated
in accordance with Section 1612.2 of the
UBC or Section 1605.2 of the 2000, 2003
or 2006 IBC. Strength reduction factors
as given in ACI 318 D.4.5 shall be used
for load combinations calculated in
accordance with Section 1909.2 of
the UBC.
This section provides amendments to
ACI 318-05 Appendix D (ACI 318) as
required for the strength design of
adhesive anchors. In conformance with
ACI 318-05, all equations are expressed
in inch-pound units.
D.4.1.2 In Eq. (D-1) and (D-2), Nn and
Vn are the lowest design strengths
determined from all appropriate failure
modes. Nn is the lowest design strength
in tension of an anchor or group of
anchors as determined from
consideration of Nsa, either Na or Nag and
either Ncb or Ncbg. Vn is the lowest design
strength in shear of an anchor or a group
of anchors as determined from
consideration of: Vsa, either Vcb or Vcbg, and
either Vcp or Vcpg.
D.4.1.4 For adhesive anchors
installed overhead and subjected to
tension resulting from sustained loading,
Eq. (D-1) shall also be satisfied taking Nn
= 0.75 Na for single anchors and Nn =
0.75 Nag for groups of anchors, whereby
Nua is determined from the sustained
load alone, e.g., the dead load and that
portion of the live load acting that may
be considered as sustained. Where
shear loads act concurrently with the
sustained tension load, interaction of
tension and shear shall be checked in
accordance with Section D.4.1.3.

D.5.2.8 The limiting concrete strength


of adhesive anchors in tension shall be
calculated in accordance with D.5.2.1 to
D.5.2.7 where the value of kc to be used
in Eq. (D-7) shall be:

D.5.3.8 The critical spacing and


critical edge distance shall be calculated
as follows:
k,uncr
scr,Na = 20 . d . 3 . hef (D-14h)
1,450

kc,cr

scr,Na
ccr,Na =
2

where analysis indicates cracking


at service load levels in the
anchor vicinity (cracked concrete)

kc,uncr

where analysis indicates no


cracking at service load levels in
the anchor vicinity (un-cracked
concrete)

D.5.3.7 The nominal bond strength of


an adhesive anchor Na or group of
adhesive anchors Nag in tension shall
not exceed
(a)
for a single anchor
ANa
Na = . p,Na . Na0
Aa0
(b)

D.5.3.10 The modification factor for


the influence of the failure surface of a
group of adhesive anchors is

[( )
S

(D-14k)
. (1 g,NaO) 1.0

0.5

Scr,Na

(D-14a)

(D-14b)
ANa
Nag = . ed,Na . g,Na . ec,Na . p,Na . Na0
Aa0
where
Ana is the projected area of the failure
surface for the anchor or group of
anchors that shall be approximated as
the base of the rectilinear geometrical
figure that results from projecting the
failure surface outward a distance from
the centerlines of the anchor, or in the
case of a group of anchors, from a line
through a row of adjacent anchors. Ana
shall not exceed nAna0 where n is the
number of anchors in tension in the
group. (Refer to ACI 318 Figures
RD.5.2.1a and RD.5.2.1b and replace
the terms 1.5hef and 3.0hef with ccr,Na and
scr,Na, respectively.)
ANa0 is the projected area of the failure
surface of a single anchor without the
influence of proximate edges in
accordance with Eq. (D-14c):
2

( )

D.5.3.9 The basic strength of a single


adhesive anchor in tension in cracked
concrete shall not exceed
NaO = kcr . . d . hef
(D-14j)

g,Na = g,NaO +

for a group of anchors

ANa0 = scr,Na

(D-14i)

(D-14c)

with
scr,Na = as given by Eq. (D-14h)

where

g,Nao = n

n 1)

k,cr

( ) ]

k,max,cr

1.5

(D-14l)
1.0

With n as the number of tension-loaded


adhesive anchors in a group.
kc,cr
k,max,cr = hef . fc
(D-14m)
.d
D.5.3.11 The modification factor for
eccentrically loaded adhesive anchor
groups is
1
ec,Na = 1.0
2e'n
1 +
Scr,Na

(D-14n)

s
Eq. (D-14n) is valid for e'N
2
If the loading on an anchor group is
such that only some anchors are in
tension, only those anchors that are in
tension shall be considered when
determining the eccentricity e'N for use in
Eq. (D-14n).
In the case where eccentric loading
exists about two orthogonal axes, the
modification factor ec,Na shall be
computed for each axis individually and
the product of these factors used as
ec,Na in Eq. (D-14b).
D.5.3.12 The modification factor for
the edge effects for single adhesive

1 ACI 318-02 may also be used. The section references and terminology are different from those given in this section.
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 223

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 224

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


anchors or anchor groups loaded on
tension is:
ed,Na = 1.0 when ca,min ccr,Na

(D-14o)

for Ca,min < C cr,Na

ed,Na = 0.7 + 3.1 ca,min 1.0


(D-14p)

ccr,Na
D.5.3.13 When an adhesive anchor or
a group of adhesive anchors is located in
a region of a concrete member where
analysis indicates no cracking at service
load levels, the nominal strength Na or Nag
of a single adhesive anchor or a group of
adhesive anchors shall be calculated
according to Eq. (D-14a) and Eq. (D-14b)
with k,uncr substituted for k,cr in the
calculation of the basic strength in
accordance with Eq. (D-14j). k,uncr shall be
established based on tests in accordance
with AC308. The factor g,Na0 shall be
calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-14l)
whereby the value of k,max,uncr shall be
calculated in accordance with Eq. (D-14q)
and substituted for k,max,cr in Eq. (D-14l).
kc,uncr
k,max,uncr = hef . fc
(D-14q)
.d
D.5.3.14 When an adhesive anchor or
a group of adhesive anchors is located
in a region of a concrete member where
analysis indicates no cracking at service
load levels, the modification factor shall
be taken as
p,Na = 1.0

(D-14r)
when ca,min cac

(D-14s)
max | ca,min ; ccr,Na |
p,Na = when ca,min < cac
cac
For all other cases, p,Na = 1.0.
D.6.3.2 The nominal pryout strength
of an adhesive anchor or group of
adhesive anchors shall not exceed
(a)

for a single adhesive anchor

Vcp = min | kcp . Na ; kcp . Ncb |


(b)

(D-28a)

for a group of adhesive anchors

Vcpg = min | kcp . Nag ; kcp . Ncbg |

(D-28b)

where
kcp = 1.0 for hef < 2.5 in. (64 mm)
kcp = 2.0 for hef 2.5 in. (64 mm)
Na is calculated in accordance with Eq.
(D-14a)

Section D.8.5, minimum member


thicknesses hmin as given in this section
are applicable.
Critical edge distance cac:
In lieu of ACI 318 Section D.8.6, cac may
be taken as follows:

Nag is calculated in accordance with Eq.


(D-14b)

for h = hmin : cac = 3(hef) + 1.63hef

32d

Ncb, Ncbg are determined in accordance


with D.5.2.8

for h hef + 5 (ca,min)3/4

D.8.7 For adhesive anchors that will


remain untorqued, the minimum edge
distance shall be based on minimum
cover requirements for reinforcement in
7.7. For adhesive anchors that will be
torqued, the minimum edge distance
and spacing shall be taken as 6do and
5do, respectively, unless otherwise
determined in accordance with AC308.
Bond strength determination:
Bond strength values are a function of
concrete condition (cracked, uncracked), drilling method (hammer drill,
core drill) and installation conditions
(dry, water-saturated, etc.). Bond
strength values shall be modified with
the factor nn for cases where holes are
drilled in water-saturated concrete
( w s ), where the holes are water-filled
at the time of anchor installation ( w f ),
or where the application is carried out
underwater ( uw ).

where
hef 8d : cac = 1.5hef
(hef)2
hef > 8d : cac = + 1.33hef
48d
for all other h hmin : cac = 2.5hef
Design strength in SDC C, D, E and F:
Where anchors are designed to resist
earthquake forces in structures assigned
to Seismic Design Categories C, D, E or
F, the anchor strength shall be adjusted
in accordance with 2006 IBC Section
1908.1.16. The nominal steel shear
strength, Vsa, shall be adjusted by V,seis.
The nominal bond strength kcr shall be
adjusted by N,seis.

Where applicable, the modified bond


strength values shall be used in lieu of
k,cr and k,uncr in Equations (D-14d),
(D-14f), (D-14j), (D-14m), and (D-14o).
The resulting nominal bond strength
shall be multiplied by the associated
strength reduction factor nn.
Minimum member thickness hmin,
anchor spacing smin and edge
distance cmin:
In lieu of ACI 318 Section D.8.3, values
of cmin and smin as given in this section are
applicable. Likewise, in lieu of ACI 318

224 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 225

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


4.2.6.4 Technical Data
Table 1 DESIGN TABLE INDEX
Threaded rod
Design

strength1
fractional

metric

Hilti HIS internally


threaded insert

Deformed reinforcement

fractional

US

metric

EU

Canadian

Steel

N sa, Vsa

Table 7

Table 11 Table 15 Table 19 Table 23 Table 27 Table 31

Concrete

Npn, Nsb, Nsbg, Ncb, Ncbg, Vcb, Vcbg, Vcp, Vcpg

Table 8

Table 12 Table 16 Table 20 Table 24 Table 28 Table 32

Bond2

hammer-drilled holes

Table 9

Table 13 Table 17 Table 21 Table 25 Table 29 Table 33

Na a , Nag

diamond cored holes

Table 10 Table 14 Table 18 Table 22 Table 26 Table 30 Table 34

1 Ref. ACI 318 Section D.4.1.2


2 See Section 4.1

Bond strength design flowchart

Cracked Concrete

Un-cracked Concrete

Hammer Drilled

Installation
Condition
(borehole)

Hammer Drilled

Diamond Cored

Dry
(D)

Water
Saturated
(WS)

Dry
(D)

Water
Saturated
(WS)

Water
Filled
(WF)

Under
Water
(UW)

Dry
(D)

Water
Saturated
(WS)

WS

WS

WF

UW

WS

k,cr

k,uncr

k,uncr

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 225

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 226

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 2 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON CARBON STEEL THREADED ROD MATERIALS1

THREADED ROD SPECIFICATION

Minimum
Minimum
specified specified yield
ultimate strength 0.2%
strength futa
offset fya

futa /fya

Elongation,
min. %5

Reduction
of Area,
min. %

Specification for nuts6

ASTM A 1932 Grade B7


2-1/2 in. ( 64 mm)

psi
(MPa)

125,000
(862)

105,000
(724)

1.19

16

50

ASTM A 563 Grade DH

ASTM F 568M3 Class 5.8


M5 (1/4 in.) to M24 (1 in.)
(equivalent to ISO 898-1)

psi
(MPa)

72,500
(500)

58,000
(400)

1.25

10

35

DIN 934 (8-A2K)


ASTM A 563 Grade DH7

ISO 898-14 Class 8.8

MPa
(psi)

800
(116,000)

640
(92,800)

1.25

12

52

DIN 934 (8-A2K)

1 Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD may be used in conjunction with all grades of continuously threaded carbon steel rod (all-thread) that conform to the code and that have thread
characteristics comparable with ANSI B1.1 UNC Coarse Thread Series or ANSI B1.13M M Profile Metric Thread Series. Values for threaded rod types and associated nuts
supplied by Hilti are provided here.
2 Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service
3 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Externally Threaded Metric Fasteners
4 Mechanical properties of fasteners made of carbon steel and alloy steel Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs
5 Based on 2-in. (50 mm) gauge length except for A193 and A449, which are based on a gauge length of 4D and ISO 898 which is based on 5D.
6 Nuts of other grades and styles having specified proof load stresses greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. Nuts must have specified proof load
stresses equal to or greater than the minimum tensile strength of the specified threaded rod.
7 Nuts for fractional rods.

Table 3 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON STAINLESS STEEL THREADED ROD MATERIALS1

THREADED ROD SPECIFICATION

Minimum
Minimum
specified specified yield
ultimate strength 0.2%
strength futa
offset fya

futa /fya

Elongation,
min. %

Reduction of
Area, min. %

Specification for nuts4

ASTM F 5932 CW1 (316)


1/4 to 5/8 in.

psi
(MPa)

100,000
(689)

65,000
(448)

1.54

20

F 594

ASTM F 5932 CW2 (316)


3/4 to 1-1/2 in.(MPa)

psi
(MPa)

85,000
(586)

45,000
(310)

1.89

25

F 594

ISO 3506-13 A4-70


M8 M24

MPa
(psi)

700
(101,500)

450
(65,250)

1.56

40

ISO 4032

ISO 3506-13 A4-50


M27 M30

MPa
(psi)

500
(72,500)

210
(30,450)

2.00

40

ISO 4032

1 Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD may be used in conjunction with all grades of continuously threaded stainless steel rod (all-thread) that conform to the code and that have thread
characteristics comparable with ANSI B1.1 UNC Coarse Thread Series or ANSI B1.13M M Profile Metric Thread Series. Values for threaded rod types and associated
nuts supplied by Hilti are provided here.
2 Standard Steel Specification for Stainless Steel Bolts, Hex Cap Screws, and Studs
3 Mechanical properties of corrosion-resistant stainless steel fasteners Part 1: Bolts, screws and studs
4 Nuts of other grades and styles having specified proof load stresses greater than the specified grade and style are also suitable. Nuts must have specified proof load
stresses equal to or greater than the minimum tensile strength of the specified threaded rod. Differing grades of steel may affect corrosion resistance.

226 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 227

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 4 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF FRACTIONAL AND METRIC HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS
Minimum specified
ultimate strength futa

HILTI HIS AND HIS-R INSERTS

Minimum specified yield


strength fya

DIN 1651 9SMNPB28K


Carbon Steel
3/8 and M8 to M10

MPa
(psi)

490
(71,050)

410
(59,450)

DIN 1651 9SMNPB28K


Carbon Steel
1/2 to 3/4 and M12 to M20

MPa
(psi)

460
(66,700)

375
(54,375)

DIN 17440 X5CrNiMo17122


Stainless Steel

MPa
(psi)

700
(101,500)

350
(50,750)

Table 5 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON BOLTS, CAP SCREWS AND STUDS FOR USE WITH HIS-N
AND HIS-RN INSERTS1,2
Minimum
Minimum
specified specified yield
ultimate strength 0.2%
strength futa
offset fya

BOLT, CAP SCREW OR STUD


SPECIFICATION

futa /fya

Elongation,
min.

Reduction
of Area,
min.

Specification for nuts6

SAE J4293 Grade 5

psi
(MPa)

120,000
(828)

92,000
(634)

1.30

14

35

SAE J995

ASTM A 3254 1/2 to 1-in.

psi
(MPa)

120,000
(828)

92,000
(634)

1.30

14

35

A 563 C, C3, D, DH,


DH3 Heavy Hex

ASTM F A1935 Grade B8M


psi
(AISI 316) for use with
(MPa)
HIS-RN

110,000
(759)

95,000
(655)

1.16

15

45

F 5947

ASTM F A1935 Grade B8M


psi
(AISI 316) for use with
(MPa)
HIS-RN

125,000
(862)

100,000
(690)

1.25

12

35

F 5947

1 Minimum Grade 5 bolts, cap screws or studs should be used in conjunction with carbon steel HIS inserts.
2 Use only stainless steel bolts, cap screws or studs with HIS-R inserts.
3 Mechanical and Material Requirements for Externally Threaded Fasteners
4 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts, Steel, Heat Treated, 120/105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength
5 Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Materials for High-Temperature Service
6 Nuts must have specified minimum proof load stress equal to or greater than the specified minimum full-size tensile strength of the specified stud.
7 Nuts for stainless steel studs must be of the same alloy group as the specified stud.

Table 6 TENSILE PROPERTIES OF COMMON REINFORCING BARS

REINFORCING BAR SPECIFICATION

Minimum
specified ultimate
strength futa

Minimum
specified yield
strength fya

ASTM A 6151 Gr. 60

psi
(MPa)

90,000
(620)

60,000
(414)

ASTM A 6151 Gr. 40

psi
(MPa)

60,000
(414)

40,000
(276)

DIN 4882 BSt 500

MPa
(psi)

550
(79,750)

500
(72,500)

CAN/CSA-G30.183 Gr. 400

MPa
(psi)

540
(78,300)

400
(58,000)

1 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
2 Reinforcing steel; reinforcing steel bars; dimensions and masses
3 Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 227

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 228

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 7 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal rod diameter (in.)

Units
3/8

1/2

5/8

3/4

7/8

1-1/4

in.
(mm)

0.375
(9.5)

0.5
(12.7)

0.625
(15.9)

0.75
(19.1)

0.875
(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1.25
(31.8)

Rod effective cross-sectional area

Ase

in.2
(mm2)

0.0775
(50)

0.1419
(92)

0.2260
(146)

0.3345
(216)

0.4617
(298)

0.6057
(391)

0.9691
(625)

Nsa

lb
(kN)

5,619
(25.0)

10,288
(45.8)

16,385
(72.9)

24,251
(107.9)

33,472
(148.9)

43,912
(195.3)

70,258
(312.5)

Vsa

lb
(kN)

2,809
(12.5)

6,173
(27.5)

9,831
(43.7)

14,550
(64.7)

20,083
(89.3)

26,347
(117.2)

42,155
(187.5)

V,seis

0.70

Strength reduction factor for tension2

0.65

Strength reduction factor for shear2

0.60

Nsa

lb
(kN)

9,687
(43.1)

17,737
(78.9)

28,249
(125.7)

41,812
(186.0)

57,711
(256.7)

75,711
(336.8)

121,135
(538.8)

Vsa

lb
(kN)

4,844
(21.5)

10,642
(47.3)

16,950
(75.4)

25,087
(111.6)

34,627
(154.0)

45,426
(202.1)

72,681
(323.3)

ASTM A 193 B72

ISO 898-1 Class 5.82

Rod O.D.

Nominal strength as governed


by steel strength
Reduction for seismic shear

Nominal strength as governed


by steel strength

0.70

Strength reduction factor for

0.75

Strength reduction factor for


ASTM F593, CW Stainless2

V,seis
tension2
shear2

0.65

Nsa

lb
(kN)

7,750
(34.5)

14,190
(63.1)

22,600
(100.5)

28,432
(126.5)

39,244
(174.6)

51,483
(229.0)

82,372
(366.4)

Vsa

lb
(kN)

3,875
(17.2)

8,514
(.37.9)

13,560
(60.3)

17,059
(75.9)

23,546
(104.7)

30,890
(137.4)

49,423
(219.8)

V,seis

0.70

Strength reduction factor for tension2

0.75

Strength reduction factor for shear2

0.65

Reduction for seismic shear

Nominal strength as governed


by steel strength
Reduction for seismic shear

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength. Differing grades of steel may affect corrosion resistance.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.

228 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 229

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 8 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal rod diameter (in.)

Units
3/8

1/2

5/8

3/4

7/8

1-1/4

Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete

kc,cr

in-lb
(SI)

17
(7.1)

Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete

kc,uncr

in-lb
(SI)

24
(10)

Min. anchor spacing

smin

in.
(mm)

1-7/8
(48)

2-1/2
(64)

3-1/8
(79)

3-3/4
(95)

4-3/8
(111)

5
(127)

6-1/4
(159)

Min. edge distance

cmin

in.
(mm)

1-7/8
(48)

2-1/2
(64)

3-1/8
(79)

3-3/4
(95)

4-3/8
(111)

5
(127)

6-1/4
(159)

Minimum member thickness

hmin

in.
(mm)

Critical edge distance splitting


(for un-cracked concrete)

cac

Strength reduction factor for tension,


concrete failure modes, Condition B2

0.65

Strength reduction factor for shear,


concrete failure modes, Condition B2

0.70

hef + 1-1/4
(hef + 30)

hef + 2d o

See Strength Design provisions above

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 229

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 230

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 9 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED
WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal rod diameter (in.)

Units

Temperature range A3

3/8

Temperature range B3

5/8

3/4

7/8

1-1/4

k,cr

psi
(N/mm2)

1,092
(7.5)

1,073
(7.4)

1,044
(7.2)

999
(6.9)

917
(6.3)

852
(5.9)

732
(5.0)

in.
(mm)

2.43
(62)

2.81
(71)

3.14
(80)

3.44
(87)

3.71
(94)

4.0
(102)

5.0
(127)

k,uncr

psi
(N/mm2)

2,283
(15.7)

2,236
(15.4)

2,142
(14.8)

2,067
(14.3)

2,002
(13.8)

1,946
(13.4)

1,862
(12.8)

in.
(mm)

2.43
(62)

2.81
(71)

3.14
(80)

3.44
(87)

3.71
(94)

4.0
(102)

5.0
(127)

k,cr

psi
(N/mm2)

444
(3.1)

431
(3.0)

379
(2.6)

345
(2.4)

316
(2.2)

294
(2.0)

260
(1.8)

ef,min

in.
(mm)

1.73
(44)

2.20
(56)

3.61
(66)

3.01
(76)

3.50
(89)

4.0
(102)

5.0
(127)

k,uncr

psi
(N/mm2)

788
(5.4)

772
(5.3)

739
(5.1)

714
(4.9)

691
(4.8)

672
(4.6)

643
(4.4)

in.
(mm)

1.73
(44)

2.20
(56)

3.61
(66)

3.01
(76)

3.50
(89)

4.0
(102)

5.0
(127)

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.55

0.55

0.55

ws

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

0.99

0.94

wf

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

wf

Characteristic bond strength and


minimum anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete

ef,min

Characteristic bond strength and


minimum anchor embedment in
cracked concrete

1.00

1.00

0.96

0.91

0.87

0.84

0.79

uw

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

uw

0.95

0.94

0.94

0.93

0.92

0.92

0.91

ef,min

Characteristic bond strength and


minimum anchor embedment
in cracked concrete2

Characteristic bond strength and


minimum anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete2

ef,min

Permissible installation conditions

1/2

Dry concrete
Water-saturated concrete

Water-filled hole

Underwater application

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic
bond strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Bond strength values are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased
40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly
constant over significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by N,seis = 0.65.

230 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 231

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 10 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED
WITH A CORE DRILL1,4

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal rod diameter (in.)

Units

Temperature
range A3

Characteristic bond strength and


minimum anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete

Temperature
range B3

Characteristic bond strength and


minimum anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete2

Permissible
installation
conditions

3/8

Dry concrete
Water-saturated concrete

1/2

5/8

3/4

7/8

1-1/4

k,uncr

psi
(N/mm2)

1,740
(12.0)

1,703
(11.7)

1,553
(10.7)

1,441
(9.9)

1,356
(9.4)

1,282
(8.8)

1,169
(8.1)

hef,min

in.
(mm)

2.43
(62)

2.81
(71)

3.14
(80)

3.44
(87)

3.71
(94)

4.0
(102)

5.0
(127)

k,uncr

psi
(N/mm2)

601
(4.1)

588
(4.1)

536
(3.7)

497
(3.4)

468
(3.2)

442
(3.1)

404
(2.8)

hef,min

in.
(mm)

1.57
(40)

2.0
(51)

2.5
(64)

3.0
(76)

3.5
(89)

4.0
(102)

5.0
(127)

0.65

0.65

0.55

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

ws

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

0.95

0.88

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond
strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be
increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly
constant over significant periods of time.
4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 231

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 232

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 11 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal rod diameter (mm)

Units
8

10

12

16

20

24

27

30

mm
(in.)

8
(0.31)

10
(0.39)

12
(0.47)

16
(0.63)

20
(0.79)

24
(0.94)

27
(1.06)

30
(1.18)

Ase

mm2
(in.2)

36.6
(0.057)

58
(0.090)

84.3
(0.131)

157
(0.243)

245
(0.380)

353
(0.547)

459
(0.711)

561
(0.870)

Nsa

kN
(lb)

18.3
(4,114)

29.0
(6,519)

42.2
(9,476)

78.5
122.5
176.5
229.5
280.5
(17,647) (27,539) (39,679) (51,594) (63,059)

Vsa

kN
(lb)

9.2
(2,057)

14.5
(3,260)

25.3
(5,685)

47.1
73.5
105.9
137.7
168.3
(10,588) (16,523) (23,807) (30,956) (37,835)

V,seis

0.70

Strength reduction factor for tension2

0.65

Strength reduction factor for shear2

0.60

Nsa

kN
(lb)

29.3
(6,582)

46.4
67.4
125.6
196.0
282.4
367.2
448.8
(10,431) (15,161) (28,236) (44,063) (63,486) (82,550) (100,894)

Vsa

kN
(lb)

14.6
(3,291)

23.2
(5,216)

Rod O.D.

ISO 898-1 Class 8.8

ISO 898-1 Class 5.8

Rod effective cross-sectional area

Nominal strength as governed


by steel strength

Reduction for seismic shear

Nominal strength as governed


by steel strength

40.5
(9,097)

75.4
117.6
169.4
220.3
269.3
(16,942) (26,438) (38,092) (49,530) (60,537)

0.70

Strength reduction factor for

0.65

Strength reduction factor for


ISO 3506-1 Class A4 Stainless3

V,seis
tension2
shear2

0.60

Nsa

kN
(lb)

25.6
(5,760)

40.6
(9,127)

59.0
109.9
171.5
247.1
229.5
280.5
(13,266) (24,706) (38,555) (55,550) (51,594) (63,059)

Vsa

kN
(lb)

12.8
(2,880)

20.3
(4,564)

35.4
(7,960)

V,seis

0.70

Strength reduction factor for tension2

0.75

Strength reduction factor for shear2

0.65

Reduction for seismic shear

Nominal strength as governed


by steel strength

Reduction for seismic shear

65.9
102.9
148.3
137.7
168.3
(14,824) (23,133) (33,330) (30,956) (37,835)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.
3 A4-70 Stainless (M8- M24); A4-502 Stainless (M27- M30)

232 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 233

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 12 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH
A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal rod diameter (mm)

Units
8

10

12

16

20

24

27

30

Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete

kc,cr

SI
(in-lb)

7.1
(17)

Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete

kc,uncr

SI
(in-lb)

10
(24)

Min. anchor spacing

smin

mm
(in.)

40
(1.6)

50
(2.0)

60
(2.4)

80
(3.2)

100
(3.9)

120
(4.7)

135
(5.3)

150
(5.9)

Min. edge distance

cmin

mm
(in.)

40
(1.6)

50
(2.0)

60
(2.4)

80
(3.2)

100
(3.9)

120
(4.7)

135
(5.3)

150
(5.9)

Minimum member thickness

hmin

mm
(in.)

hef + 30
(hef + 1-1/4)

Critical edge distance splitting


(for un-cracked concrete)

cac

Strength reduction factor for tension,


concrete failure modes, Condition B2

0.65

Strength reduction factor for shear,


concrete failure modes, Condition B2

0.70

hef + 2d o
See Strength Design provisions above

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897 MPa
For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 233

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 234

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 13 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A
HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal rod diameter (mm)

Units
8

10

12

16

20

24

27

30

Temperature range A3
Temperature range B3

Characteristic bond strength and


minimum anchor embedment
in un-cracked concrete2

Permissible installation
conditions

Dry concrete
Water-saturated concrete

Water-filled hole

Underwater application

7.5
(1,092)

7.5
(1,092)

7.5
(1,092)

7.2
(1,044)

6.7
(972)

6.0
(877)

5.7
(831)

5.3
(768)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

57
(2.23)

63
(2.49)

69
(2.73)

80
(3.15)

89
(3.52)

98
(3.86)

108
(4.25)

120
(4.72)

k,uncr

N/mm2
(psi)

15.6
(2,264)

15.6
(2,264)

15.6
(2,264)

14.8
(2,142)

14.1
(2,039)

13.6
(1,974)

13.3
(1,927)

13.0
(1,880)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

57
(2.23)

63
(2.49)

69
(2.73)

80
(3.15)

89
(3.52)

98
(3.86)

108
(4.25)

120
(4.72)

k,cr

N/mm2
(psi)

3.1
(444)

3.1
(444)

3.1
(444)

2.6
(379)

2.3
(336)

2.1
(303)

2.0
(287)

1.9
(268)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

40
(1.57)

46
(1.80)

53
(2.10)

67
(2.62)

80
(3.15)

96
(3.78)

108
(4.25)

120
(4.72)

k,uncr

N/mm2
(psi)

5.4
(781)

5.4
(781)

5.4
(781)

5.1
(739)

4.9
(704)

4.7
(681)

4.6
(665)

4.5
(649)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

40
(1.57)

46
(1.80)

53
(2.10)

67
(2.62)

80
(3.15)

96
(3.78)

108
(4.25)

120
(4.72)

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.55

0.55

0.55

ws

0.55

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

0.98

0.95

wf

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

1.00

1.00

1.00

0.96

0.90

0.86

0.83

0.81

uw

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

uw

Characteristic bond strength and


minimum anchor embedment
in cracked concrete2

(psi)

wf

Characteristic bond strength and


minimum anchor embedment
in un-cracked concrete

k,cr

ws

Characteristic bond strength and


minimum anchor embedment
in cracked concrete

N/mm2

0.95

0.95

0.95

0.94

0.93

0.92

0.92

0.91

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant
over significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by N,seis = 0.65.

234 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 235

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 14 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC THREADED ROD IN HOLES DRILLED WITH A
CORE DRILL1,4

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal rod diameter (mm)

Units

Temperature
range A3

Characteristic bond strength and


minimum anchor embedment
in un-cracked concrete

Temperature
range B3

Characteristic bond strength and


minimum anchor embedment
in un-cracked concrete2

Permissible
installation
conditions

Dry concrete
Water-saturated concrete

10

12

16

20

24

27

30

k,uncr

N/mm2
(psi)

12.0
(1,740)

12.0
(1,740)

12.0
(1,740)

10.7
(1,553)

9.7
(1,413)

9.0
(1,310)

8.6
(1,254)

8.3
(1,197)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

56
(2.19)

63
(2.49)

69
(2.73)

80
(3.15)

89
(3.52)

98
(3.86)

108
(4.25)

120
(4.72)

k,uncr

N/mm2
(psi)

4.1
(601)

4.1
(601)

4.1
(601)

3.7
(536)

3.4
(488)

3.1
(452)

3.0
(433)

2.8
(413)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

40
(1.57)

41
(1.61)

48
(1.89)

64
(2.52)

80
(3.15)

96
(3.78)

108
(4.25)

120
(4.72)

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.55

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

ws

0.55

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

0.97

0.93

0.90

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant
over significant periods of time.
4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 235

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 236

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 15 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (in.)

Units
3/8

1/2

5/8

3/4

HIS insert O.D.

in.
(mm)

0.65
(16.5)

0.81
(20.5)

1
(25.4)

1.09
(27.6)

Bolt effective cross-sectional area

Ase

in.2
(mm2)

0.0775
(50)

0.1419
(92)

0.2260
(146)

0.3345
(216)

Ainsert

in.2
(mm2)

0.178
(115)

0.243
(157)

0.404
(260)

0.410
(265)

Nsa

lb
(kN)

9,296
(41.3)

17,020
(75.7)

27,108
(120.6)

40,122
(178.5)

Vsa

lb
(kN)

5,577
(24,8)

10,212
(45.4)

16,265
(72.3)

24,073
(107.1)

Nsa

lb
(kN)

12,648
(56.3)

16,195
(72.0)

26,926
(119.8)

27,362
(121.7)

ASTM A 193 B7

HIS insert effective cross-sectional area


Nominal strength as governed by
steel strength A 193 B7
bolt/cap screw
Nominal strength as governed by
steel strength HIS-N insert

0.7

Strength reduction factor for

0.75

Strength reduction factor for

shear2

0.65

Nominal strength as governed by steel


strength ASTM F A193 Grade
B8M SS bolt/cap screw

Nsa

lb
(kN)

7,750
(34.5)

14,190
(63.1)

22,599
(100.5)

28,432
(126.5)

Vsa

lb
(kN)

4,650
(20.7)

8,514
(37.9)

13,560
(60.3)

17,059
(75.9)

Nsa

lb
(kN)

18,068
(80.4)

24,645
(109.6)

40,974
(182.3)

41,638
(185.2)

V,seis

0.7

Strength reduction factor for tension2

0.65

Strength reduction factor for shear2

ASTM F A193 Grade B8M SS

V,seis
tension2

0.60

Reduction for seismic shear

Nominal strength as governed by steel


strength HIS-RN insert
Reduction for seismic shear

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. Values correspond to a ductile steel element.

236 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 237

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 16 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS 1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (in.)

Units
3/8

1/2

5/8

3/4

4-3/8
(110)

5
(125)

6-3/4
(170)

8-1/8
(205)

Effective embedment depth

hef

in.
(mm)

Effectiveness factor for cracked concrete

kc,cr

in-lb
(SI)

17
(7.1)

Effectiveness factor for un-cracked concrete

kc,uncr

in-lb
(SI)

24
(10)

Minimum anchor spacing

smin

in.
(mm)

3-1/4
(83)

4
(102)

5
(127)

5-1/2
(140)

Minimum edge distance

cmin

in.
(mm)

3-1/4
(83)

4
(102)

5
(127)

5-1/2
(140)

Minimum member thickness

hmin

in.
(mm)

5.9
(150)

6.7
(170)

9.1
(230)

10.6
(270)

Critical edge distance splitting


(for un-cracked concrete)

cac

See Strength Design provisions above

Strength reduction factor for tension,


concrete failure modes, Condition B2

0.65

Strength reduction factor for shear,


concrete failure modes, Condition B2

0.70

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 237

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 238

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 17 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT 1,4

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (in.)

Units

5/8

3/4

Effective embedment depth

hef

in.
(mm)

4-3/8
(110)

5
(125)

6-3/4
(170)

8-1/8
(205)

HIS insert O.D.

in.
(mm)

0.65
(16.5)

0.81
(20.5)

1
(25.4)

1.09
(27.6)

Temperature
range A3

1/2

Characteristic bond strength in


cracked concrete

k,cr

psi
(N/mm2)

1040
(7.2)

957
(6.6)

845
(5.8)

806
(5.6)

Characteristic bond strength in


un-cracked concrete

k,uncr

psi
(N/mm2)

2124
(14.6)

2030
(14.0)

1946
(13.4)

1908
(13.2)

Temperature
range B3

3/8

Characteristic bond strength in


cracked concrete2

k,cr

psi
(N/mm2)

374
(2.6)

330
(2.3)

292
(2.0)

278
(1.9)

Characteristic bond strength in


un-cracked concrete2

k,uncr

psi
(N/mm2)

733
(5.1)

701
(4.8)

672
(4.6)

659
(4.5)

0.65

0.65

0.55

0.55

ws

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

1.00

1.00

0.99

0.97

wf

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

wf

0.95

0.89

0.84

0.82

uw

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

uw

0.93

0.93

0.92

0.92

Permissible installation
conditions

Dry concrete
Water-saturated concrete

Water-filled hole

Underwater application

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over
significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by N,seis = 0.65.

238 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 239

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 18 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL1,4

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (in.)

Units
3/8

1/2

5/8

3/4

hef

in.
(mm)

4-3/8
(110)

5
(125)

6-3/4
(170)

8-1/8
(205)

HIS insert O.D.

in.
(mm)

0.65
(16.5)

0.81
(20.5)

1
(25.4)

1.09
(27.6)

psi
(N/mm2)

1534
(10.6)

1403
(9.7)

1282
(8.8)

1235
(8.5)

psi
(N/mm2)

530
(3.7)

484
(3.3)

442
(3.1)

426
(2.9)

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

ws

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

1.00

1.00

0.95

0.92

Permissible
installation
conditions

Temperature Temperature
range B3
range A3

Effective embedment depth

Characteristic bond strength in


un-cracked concrete

Characteristic bond strength in


un-cracked concrete2
Dry concrete
Water-saturated concrete

k,uncr

k,uncr

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over
significant periods of time.
4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 239

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 240

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 19 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (mm)

Units

10

12

16

20

HIS insert O.D.

mm
(in.)

12.5
(0.49)

16.5
(0.65)

20.5
(0.81)

25.4
(1.00)

27.6
(1.09)

Bolt effective cross-sectional area

Ase

mm2
(in.2)

36.6
(0.057)

58
(0.090)

84.3
(0.131)

157
(0.243)

245
(0.380)

Ainsert

mm2
(in.2)

51.5
(0.080)

108
(0.167)

169.1
(0.262)

256.1
(0.397)

237.6
(0.368)

Nsa

kN
(lb)

29.3
(6,582)

46.4
(10,431)

67.4
(15,161)

125.6
(28,236)

196.0
(44,063)

Vsa

kN
(lb)

17.6
(3,949)

27.8
(6,259)

40.5
(9,097)

75.4
(16,942)

117.6
(26,438)

Nsa

kN
(lb)

25.2
(5,669)

52.9
(11,894)

77.8
(17,488)

117.8
(26,483)

109.3
(24,573)

Reduction for seismic shear

V,seis

0.7

Strength reduction factor


for tension2

0.65

Strength reduction factor


for shear2

0.60

Nsa

kN
(lb)

25.6
(5,760)

40.6
(9,127)

59.0
(13,266)

109.9
(24,706)

171.5
(38,555)

Vsa

kN
(lb)

15.4
(3,456)

24.4
(5,476)

35.4
(7,960)

65.9
(14,824)

102.9
(23,133)

Nsa

kN
(lb)

36.0
(8,099)

75.6
(16,991)

118.4
(26,612)

179.3
(40,300)

166.3
(37,394)

V,seis

0.7

Strength reduction factor for


tension2

0.75

Strength reduction factor


for shear2

0.65

HIS insert effective cross-sectional area

ISO 3506-1 Class A4-70 Stainless

ISO 898-1 Class 8.8

Nominal strength as governed


by steel strength ISO 898-1
Class 8.8 bolt/cap screw
Nominal strength as governed
by steel strength HIS-N insert

Nominal strength as governed by


steel strength ISO 3506-1 Class
A4-70 Stainless bolt/cap screw
Nominal strength as governed
by steel strength HIS-RN insert
Reduction for seismic shear

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other
material specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4. Values correspond to a ductile steel element.

240 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 241

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 20 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS 1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Units

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (mm)


8

10

12

16

20

90
(3.5)

110
(4.3)

125
(4.9)

170
(6.7)

205
(8.1)

Effective embedment depth

hef

mm
(in.)

Effectiveness factor for


cracked concrete

kc,cr

SI
(in-lb)

7.1
(17)

Effectiveness factor for


un-cracked concrete

kc,uncr

SI
(in-lb)

10
(24)

Minimum anchor spacing

smin

mm
(in.)

40
(1.6)

50
(2.0)

60
(2.4)

80
(3.2)

100
(3.9)

Minimum edge distance

cmin

mm
(in.)

40
(1.6)

50
(2.0)

60
(2.4)

80
(3.2)

100
(3.9)

Minimum member thickness

hmin

mm
(in.)

120
(4.7)

150
(5.9)

170
(6.7)

230
(9.1)

270
(10.6)

Critical edge distance splitting


(for un-cracked concrete)

cac

See Strength Design provisions above

Strength reduction factor for tension,


concrete failure modes, Condition B2

0.65

Strength reduction factor for shear,


concrete failure modes, Condition B2

0.70

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 241

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 242

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 21 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN
HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT 1,4

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (mm)

Units

12

16

20

Effective embedment depth

hef

mm
(in.)

90
(3.5)

110
(4.3)

125
(4.9)

170
(6.7)

205
(8.1)

HIS insert O.D.

mm
(in.)

12.5
(0.49)

16.5
(0.65)

20.5
(0.81)

25.4
(1.00)

27.6
(1.09)

Temperature
range A3

10

Characteristic bond strength


in cracked concrete

k,cr

N/mm2
(psi)

7.4
(1,080)

7.2
(1,040)

6.6
(957)

5.8
(845)

5.6
(806)

Characteristic bond strength


in un-cracked concrete

k,uncr

N/mm2
(psi)

15.5
(2,245)

14.6
(2,124)

14.0
(2,030)

13.4
(1,946)

13.2
(1,908)

Temperature
range B3

Characteristic bond strength


in cracked concrete2

k,cr

N/mm2
(psi)

3.0
(433)

2.6
(374)

2.3
(330)

2.0
(292)

1.9
(278)

Characteristic bond strength


in un-cracked concrete2

k,uncr

N/mm2
(psi)

5.3
(775)

5.1
(733)

4.8
(701)

4.6
(672)

4.5
(659)

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.55

0.55

ws

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

1.00

1.00

1.00

0.99

0.97

wf

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

wf

1.00

0.95

0.89

0.84

0.82

uw

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

uw

0.94

0.93

0.93

0.92

0.92

Permissible installation
conditions

Dry concrete
Water-saturated concrete

Water-filled hole

Underwater application

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic
bond strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be
increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are
roughly constant over significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by N,seis = 0.65.

242 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 243

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 22 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR METRIC HILTI HIS-N AND HIS-RN INSERTS IN
HOLES DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL 1,4

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Nominal bolt/cap screw diameter (mm)

Units

10

12

16

20

hef

mm
(in.)

90
(3.5)

110
(4.3)

125
(4.9)

170
(6.7)

205
(8.1)

HIS insert O.D.

mm
(in.)

12.5
(0.49)

16.5
(0.65)

20.5
(0.81)

25.4
(1.00)

27.6
(1.09)

Characteristic bond strength


in un-cracked concrete

k,cr

N/mm2
(psi)

11.8
(1,712)

10.6
(1,534)

9.7
(1,403)

8.8
(1,282)

8.5
(1,235)

Characteristic bond strength


in un-cracked concrete2

k,cr

N/mm2
(psi)

4.1
(591)

3.7
(530)

3.3
(484)

3.1
(442)

2.9
(426)

Dry concrete

0.65

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

1.0

1.0

1.0

0.95

0.92

Permissible
installation
conditions

Temperature Temperature
range A3
range B3

Effective embedment depth

Water-saturated concrete

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic
bond strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be
increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly
constant over significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by N,seis = 0.65.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 243

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 244

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 23 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Bar size

Units
#3

#4

#5

#6

#7

#8

#9

#10

in.
(mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

7/8
(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1-1/8
(28.6)

1-1/4
(31.8)

Bar effective cross-sectional area

Ase

in.2
(mm2)

0.11
(71)

0.2
(129)

0.31
(200)

0.44
(284)

0.6
(387)

0.79
(510)

1.0
(645)

1.27
(819)

Nominal strength as
governed by steel
strength

Nsa

lb
(kN)

6,600
(29.4)

12,000
(53.4)

18,600
(82.7)

26,400
(117.4)

36,000
(160.1)

47,400
(210.9)

60,000
(266.9)

76,200
(339.0)

Vsa

lb
(kN)

3,960
(17.6)

7,200
(32.0)

11,160
(49.6)

15,840
(70.5)

21,600
(96.1)

28,440
(126.5)

36,000
(160.1)

45,720
(203.4)

V,seis

0.70

Strength reduction factor


for tension2

0.75

Strength reduction factor


for shear2

0.65

Nominal strength as
governed by steel
strength

Nsa

lb
(kN)

9,900
(44.0)

18,000
(80.1)

27,900
(124.1)

39,600
(176.2)

54,000
(240.2)

71,100
(316.3)

90,000
(400.4)

114,300
(508.5)

Vsa

lb
(kN)

5,940
(26.4)

10,800
(48.0)

16,740
(74.5)

23,760
(105.7)

32,400
(144.1)

42,660
(189.8)

54,000
(240.2)

68,580
(305.1)

V,seis

0.70

Strength reduction factor


for tension2

0.75

Strength reduction factor


for shear2

0.65

ASTM A 615 Gr. 60

ASTM A 615 Gr. 40

Nominal bar diameter

Reduction for seismic shear

Reduction for seismic shear

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.

244 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 245

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 24 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS IN
HOLES DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Bar size

Units
#3

#4

#5

#6

#7

#8

#9

#10

Effectiveness factor for


cracked concrete

kc,cr

in-lb
(SI)

17
(7.1)

Effectiveness factor for


un-cracked concrete

kc,uncr

in-lb
(SI)

24
(10)

Minimum bar spacing

smin

in.
(mm)

1-7/8
(48)

2-1/2
(64)

3-1/8
(79)

3-3/4
(95)

4-3/8
(111)

5
(127)

5-5/8
(143)

6-1/4
(159)

Minimum edge distance

cmin

in.
(mm)

1-7/8
(48)

2-1/2
(64)

3-1/8
(79)

3-3/4
(95)

4-3/8
(111)

5
(127)

5-5/8
(143)

6-1/4
(159)

Minimum member thickness

hmin

in.
(mm)

Critical edge distance splitting


(for un-cracked concrete)

cac

Strength reduction factor for


tension, concrete failure
modes, Condition B2

0.65

Strength reduction factor for


shear, concrete failure
modes, Condition B2

0.70

hef + 1-1/4
(hef + 30)

hef + 2d o
See Strength Design provisions above

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 245

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 246

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 25 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Bar size

Units
#3

#4

#5

#6

#7

#8

#9

#10

Temperature range A3

1,092
(7.5)

1,073
(7.4)

1,044
(7.2)

999
(6.9)

917
(6.3)

852
(5.9)

799
(5.5)

732
(5.0)

hef,min

in.
(mm)

2.43
(62)

2.81
(71)

3.14
(80)

3.44
(87)

3.71
(94)

4.00
(102)

4.50
(114)

5.00
(127)

k,uncr

psi
(N/mm2)

2,264
(15.6)

2,236
(15.4)

2,142
(14.8)

2,067
(14.3)

2,002
(13.8)

1,946
(13.4)

1,899
(13.1)

1,862
(12.8)

hef,min

in.
(mm)

2.43
(62)

2.81
(71)

3.14
(80)

3.44
(87)

3.71
(94)

4.00
(102)

4.50
(114)

5.00
(127)

k,cr

psi
(N/mm2)

444
(3.1)

431
(3.0)

379
(2.6)

345
(2.4)

316
(2.2)

294
(2.0)

276
(1.9)

260
(1.8)

hef,min

in.
(mm)

1.73
(44)

2.20
(56)

2.61
(66)

3.00
(76)

3.50
(89)

4.00
(102)

4.50
(114)

5.00
(127)

k,uncr

psi
(N/mm2)

781
(5.4)

772
(5.3)

739
(5.1)

714
(4.9)

691
(4.8)

672
(4.6)

656
(4.5)

643
(4.4)

hef,min

in.
(mm)

1.73
(44)

2.20
(56)

2.61
(66)

3.00
(76)

3.50
(89)

4.00
(102)

4.50
(114)

5.00
(127)

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.55

0.55

0.55

0.55

Water-saturated
concrete

ws

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

0.99

0.97

0.94

wf

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

wf

1.00

1.00

0.96

0.91

0.87

0.84

0.82

0.79

uw

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

uw

Temperature range B3

psi
(N/mm2)

Dry concrete
Permissible installation
conditions

k,cr

0.95

0.94

0.94

0.93

0.92

0.92

0.92

0.91

Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
cracked concrete
Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete
Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
cracked concrete2
Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete2

Water-filled hole

Underwater application

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic
bond strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be
increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly
constant over significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by N,seis = 0.65.

246 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 247

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 26 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL1,4

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Bar size

Units

#6

#7

#8

#9

#10

Temperature
range A3

#5

Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete

k,uncr

psi
(N/mm2)

1,740
(12.0)

1,703
(11.7)

1,553
(10.7)

1,441
(9.9)

1,356
(9.4)

1,282
(8.8)

1,226
(8.4)

1,169
(8.1)

hef,min

in.
(mm)

2.43
(62)

2.81
(71)

3.14
(80)

3.44
(87)

3.71
(94)

4.00
(102)

4.50
(114)

5.00
(127)

Temperature
range B3

#4

Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete2

k,uncr

psi
(N/mm2)

601
(4.1)

588
(4.1)

536
(3.7)

497
(3.4)

468
(3.2)

442
(3.1)

423
(2.9)

404
(2.8)

hef,min

in.
(mm)

1.57
(40)

2.00
(51)

2.50
(64)

3.00
(76)

3.50
(89)

4.00
(102)

4.50
(114)

5.00
(127)

Permissible
installation
conditions

#3

Dry concrete

0.65

0.65

0.55

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

Water-saturated
concrete

ws

0.65

0.55

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

0.95

0.91

0.88

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond
strength may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased
40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly
constant over significant periods of time.
4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 247

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 248

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 27 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Bar size

Units
8

10

12

14

16

20

25

28

32

mm
(in.)

8.0
(0.315)

10.0
(0.394)

12.0
(0.472)

14.0
(0.551)

16.0
(0.630)

20.0
(0.787)

25.0
(0.984)

28.0
(1.102)

32.0
(1.260)

Bar effective cross-sectional


area

Ase

mm2
(in.2)

50.3
(0.078)

78.5
(0.122)

113.1
(0.175)

153.9
(0.239)

201.1
(0.312)

314.2
(0.487)

490.9
(0.761)

615.8
(0.954)

804.2
(1.247)

Nsa

kN
(lb)

27.6
(6,215)

43.2
(9,711)

62.2
84.7
110.6
172.8
270.0
338.7
442.3
(13,984) (19,034) (24,860) (38,844) (60,694) (76,135) (99,441)

Vsa

kN
(lb)

16.6
(3,729)

25.9
(5,827)

37.3
(8,390)

V,seis

0.70

Strength reduction
factor for tension2

0.65

Strength reduction
factor for shear2

0.60

DIN 488 BSt 550/500

Nominal bar diameter

Nominal strength
as governed
by steel strength
Reduction for seismic shear

50.8
66.4
103.7
162.0
203.2
265.4
(11,420) (14,916) (23,307) (36,416) (45,681) (59,665)

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.

Table 28 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Bar size

Units
8

10

12

14

16

20

25

28

32

Effectiveness factor
for cracked concrete

kc,cr

SI
(in-lb)

7.1
(17)

Effectiveness factor
for un-cracked concrete

kc,uncr

SI
(in-lb)

10
(24)

Minimum bar spacing

smin

mm
(in.)

40
(1.6)

50
(2)

60
(2.4)

70
(2.8)

80
(3.1)

100
(3.9)

125
(4.9)

140
(5.5)

160
(6.3)

Minimum edge distance

cmin

mm
(in.)

40
(1.6)

50
(2)

60
(2.4)

70
(2.8)

80
(3.1)

100
(3.9)

125
(4.9)

140
(5.5)

160
(6.3)

Minimum member
thickness

hmin

mm
(in.)

Critical edge distance splitting


(for un-cracked concrete)

cac

Strength reduction factor for


tension, concrete failure
modes, Condition B2

0.65

Strength reduction factor for


shear, concrete failure modes,
Condition B2

0.70

hef+ 30
(hef + 1-1/4)

hef + 2d o

See Strength Design provisions above

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

248 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 249

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 29 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED
WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol
k,cr

N/mm2

Bar size

Units

Temperature range B3
Permissible installation
conditions

10

12

14

16

20

25

28

32

(psi)

7.5
(1,092)

7.5
(1,092)

7.5
(1,092)

7.4
(1,068)

7.2
(1,044)

6.7
(972)

5.9
(862)

5.6
(806)

5.0
(732)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

57
(2.23)

63
(2.49)

69
(2.73)

75
(2.95)

80
(3.15)

89
(3.52)

100
(3.94)

112
(4.41)

128
(5.04)

k,uncr

N/mm2
(psi)

15.6
(2,264)

15.6
(2,264)

15.6
(2,264)

15.2
(2,198)

14.8
(2,142)

14.1
(2,039)

13.5
(1,955)

13.2
(1,908)

12.8
(1,862)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

57
(2.23)

63
(2.49)

69
(2.73)

75
(2.95)

80
(3.15)

89
(3.52)

100
(3.94)

112
(4.41)

128
(5.04)

k,cr

N/mm2
(psi)

3.1
(444)

3.1
(444)

3.1
(444)

2.8
(410)

2.6
(379)

2.3
(336)

2.1
(298)

1.9
(278)

1.8
(260)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

40
(1.57)

46
(1.80)

53
(2.10)

60
(2.37)

67
(2.62)

80
(3.15)

100
(3.94)

112
(4.41)

128
(5.04)

k,uncr

N/mm2
(psi)

5.4
(781)

5.4
(781)

5.4
(781)

5.2
(759)

5.1
(739)

4.9
(704)

4.7
(675)

4.5
(659)

4.4
(643)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

40
(1.57)

46
(1.80)

53
(2.10)

60
(2.37)

67
(2.62)

80
(3.15)

100
(3.94)

112
(4.41)

128
(5.04)

Dry concrete

Temperature range A3

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.55

0.55

0.55

0.55

Water-saturated
concrete

ws

0.55

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

1.00

0.97

0.94

0.94

wf

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

wf

1.00

1.00

1.00

0.96

0.93

0.87

0.82

0.79

0.79

uw

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

uw

0.95

0.95

0.94

0.94

0.93

0.92

0.92

0.91

0.91

Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
cracked concrete
Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete
Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
cracked concrete2
Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete2

Water-filled hole
Underwater
application

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant
over significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by N,seis = 0.65.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 249

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 250

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 30 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EU METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES DRILLED
WITH A CORE DRILL1,4

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol
k,uncr

Bar size

Units
N/mm2

Temperature
range A3

Characteristic bond
k,uncr
strength and minimum
anchor embedment
in un-cracked concrete2 hef,min

Permissible
installation
conditions

Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete

Temperature
range B3

10

12

14

16

20

25

28

32

(psi)

12.0
(1,740)

12.0
(1,740)

12.0
(1,740)

11.3
(1,637)

10.7
(1,553)

9.7
(1,413)

8.9
(1,291)

8.5
(1,235)

8.1
(1,169)

mm
(in.)

56
(2.19)

63
(2.49)

69
(2.73)

75
(2.95)

80
(3.15)

89
(3.52)

100
(3.94)

112
(4.41)

128
(5.04)

N/mm2
(psi)

4.1
(601)

4.1
(601)

4.1
(601)

3.9
(565)

3.7
(536)

3.4
(488)

3.1
(446)

2.9
(426)

2.8
(404)

mm
(in.)

40
(1.57)

41
(1.61)

48
(1.89)

56
(2.20)

64
(2.52)

80
(3.15)

100
(3.94)

112
(4.41)

128
(5.04)

hef,min

Dry concrete

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.55

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

Water-saturated
concrete

ws

0.55

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

0.92

0.88

0.88

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant
over significant periods of time.
4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Table 31 STEEL DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Bar size

Units
10 M

15 M

20 M

25 M

30 M

Nominal bar diameter

mm
(in.)

11.3
(0.445)

16.0
(0.630)

19.5
(0.768)

25.2
(0.992)

29.9
(1.177)

Bar effective cross-sectional


area

Ase

mm2
(in.2)

100.3
(0.155)

201.1
(0.312)

298.6
(0.463)

498.8
(0.773)

702.2
(1.088)

Nsa

kN
(lb)

54.2
(12,175)

108.6
(24,408)

161.3
(36,255)

269.3
(60,548)

379.2
(85,239)

Vsa

kN
(lb)

32.5
(7,305)

65.1
(14,645)

96.8
(21,753)

161.6
(36,329)

227.5
(51,144)

Reduction for seismic


shear

V,seis

0.70

Strength reduction
factor for tension2

0.65

Strength reduction
factor for shear2

0.60

CSA G30

Nominal strength
as governed by
steel strength

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Values provided for common rod material types based on published strengths and calculated in accordance with ACI 318-05 Eq. (D-3) and Eq. (D-20). Other material
specifications are admissible. Use nuts and washers appropriate for the rod strength.
2 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.

250 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 251

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 32 CONCRETE BREAKOUT DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Bar size

Units
10 M

15 M

20 M

25 M

30 M

Effectiveness factor for


cracked concrete

kc,cr

SI
(in-lb)

7.1
(17)

Effectiveness factor for


un-cracked concrete

kc,uncr

SI
(in-lb)

10
(24)

Minimum bar spacing

smin

mm
(in.)

57
(2.2)

80
(3.1)

98
(3.8)

126
(5.0)

150
(5.9)

Minimum edge distance

cmin

mm
(in.)

57
(2.2)

80
(3.1)

98
(3.8)

126
(5.0)

150
(5.9)

Minimum member thickness

hmin

mm
(in.)

hef + 30
(hef + 1-1/4)

Critical edge distance


splitting (for un-cracked concrete)

cac

Strength reduction factor


for tension, concrete failure
modes, Condition B2

0.65

Strength reduction factor


for shear, concrete failure
modes, Condition B2

0.70

hef + 2d o
See Strength Design provisions above

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 For additional setting information, see installation instructions.
2 Values provided for post-installed anchors with category as determined from ACI 355.2 given for Condition B without supplementary reinforcement.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 251

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 252

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 33 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A HAMMER DRILL AND CARBIDE BIT1,4

DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol
k,cr

N/mm2

Bar size

Units

Temperature range B3

20 M

25 M

30 M

(psi)

7.5
(1,092)

7.2
(1,044)

6.8
(991)

5.9
(852)

5.4
(777)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

67
(2.65)

80
(3.15)

88
(3.48)

101
(3.97)

120
(4.71)

k,uncr

N/mm2
(psi)

15.6
(2,264)

14.8
(2,142)

14.2
(2,058)

13.5
(1,955)

13.0
(1,880)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

67
(2.65)

80
(3.15)

88
(3.48)

101
(3.97)

120
(4.71)

k,cr

N/mm2
(psi)

3.1
(444)

2.6
(379)

2.4
(342)

2.0
(294)

1.9
(271)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

51
(2.00)

67
(2.62)

78
(3.07)

101
(3.97)

120
(4.71)

k,uncr

N/mm2
(psi)

5.4
(781)

5.1
(739)

4.9
(710)

4.7
(675)

4.5
(649)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

51
(2.00)

67
(2.62)

78
(3.07)

101
(3.97)

120
(4.71)

0.65

0.65

0.65

0.55

0.55

Water-saturated
concrete

ws

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0

0.96

wf

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

wf

1.00

0.96

0.91

0.85

0.81

Underwater

uw

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

application

Permissible installation
conditions

15 M

Dry concrete

Temperature range A3

10 M

uw

0.95

0.94

0.93

0.92

0.91

Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
cracked concrete
Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete
Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
cracked concrete2
Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment in
un-cracked concrete2

Water-filled hole

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over
significant periods of time.
4 For structures assigned to SDC C, D, E or F, bond strength values shall be multiplied by N,seis = 0.65.

252 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 253

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 34 BOND STRENGTH DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CANADIAN METRIC REINFORCING BARS IN HOLES
DRILLED WITH A CORE DRILL1,4

10 M

15 M

20 M

25 M

30 M

Temperature
range A3

k,uncr

N/mm2

Bar size

Units

Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment
in un-cracked concrete

(psi)

12.0
(1,740)

10.7
(1,553)

9.9
(1,431)

8.9
(1,291)

8.3
(1,197)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

67
(2.65)

80
(3.15)

88
(3.48)

101
(3.97)

120
(4.71)

Temperature
range B3

Symbol

Characteristic bond
strength and minimum
anchor embedment
in un-cracked concrete

k,uncr

N/mm2
(psi)

4.1
(601)

3.7
(536)

3.4
(494)

3.1
(446)

2.8
(413)

hef,min

mm
(in.)

45
(1.78)

64
(2.52)

78
(3.07)

101
(3.97)

120
(4.71)

Permissible
installation
conditions

DESIGN INFORMATION

Dry concrete

0.65

0.55

0.55

0.45

0.45

Water-saturated
concrete

ws

0.55

0.45

0.45

0.45

0.45

ws

1.00

1.00

1.00

0.96

0.90

For SI: 1 inch = 25.4 mm, 1 lbf = 4.448 N, 1 psi = 0.006897MPa


For pound-inch units: 1 mm = 0.03937 inches, 1 N = 0.2248 lbf, 1 MPa = 145.0 psi
1 Bond strength values correspond to concrete compressive strength range 2,500 psi fc 4,500 psi. For 4,500 psi fc 6,500 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength
may be increased by 6%. For 6,500 psi fc 8,000 psi, tabulated characteristic bond strength may be increased by 10%.
2 Characteristic bond strengths are for sustained loads including dead and live loads. For short-term loads including wind and seismic, bond strengths may be increased 40%.
3 Temperature range A: Max. short term temperature = 110F (43C), max. long term temperature = 80F (26C).
Temperature range B: Max. short term temperature = 162F (72C), max. long term temperature = 110F (43C).
Short term elevated concrete temperatures are those that occur over brief intervals, e.g., as a result of diurnal cycling. Long term concrete temperatures are roughly constant over
significant periods of time.
4 Bond strength values applicable to SDC A and B only.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 253

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


4.2.6.5 Installation Instructions
Adhesive anchoring system for fastenings in normal
weight concrete
Prior to use of product follow instructions for use and
recommended safety precautions.
Check expiration date: See expiration date imprint on
foilpack manifold. (Month/Year). Do not use expired product.
Foil pack temperature: Must be between 41F and 104F
(5C - 40C) when in use.
Base material temperature at time of installation: Must be
between 41F and 110F (5C - 43C).
Instructions for transport and storage: Keep in a cool, dry
and dark place between 41F and 77F (5C - 25C).
Material Safety Data Sheet: Review the MSDS before use.

Method 2 for water filled boreholes, submerged concrete


or diamond cored boreholes:
Flush hole 2 times by inserting a water hose (water-line
pressure) to the back of the borehole until water runs clear.
Brush 2 times with the specified brush size (brush =
borehole ) by inserting the round steel brush to the back of
the borehole with a twisting motion and removing it. The
brush should resist insertion into the borehole if not, the
brush is too small and must be replaced with the proper brush
diameter.
Flush again 2 times until water runs clear.
Important! For diamond cored boreholes and if a dry
borehole is required for injection (e.g. water flows into
cleaned borehole), continue with borehole cleaning as
described by method 1. Remove all standing water
completely (i.e. vacuum, compressed air or other appropriate
procedure). To attain a dried borehole, a Hilti HIT-DL air nozzle
attachment is recommended for borehole depth up to 10 inch
(250 mm) and required for borehole depth > 10 inch (250 mm).

Installation Instructions: Follow the pictograms 1-14 for the


sequence of operations and refer to tables 1-3 for setting details. For
any application not covered by this document (e.g. h ef beyond
values specified in setting details), contact Hilti.

Installation flow Chart


Hammer Drilling
Check
borehole
conditions

Water
saturated

Dry

Diamond Coring
Dry

Water
saturated

The borehole must be free of dust, debris, ice, oil, grease


and other contaminants prior to adhesive injection.
Inadequate borehole cleaning = poor load values

Hammer Drilling
Water-filled

Submerged

Cleaning
method 1

Borehole
conditions
Installation
direction
Drilling
depth
Injection
instructions

1.

Cleaning
method 2+1

10 inch
(250 mm)

> 10 inch
(250 mm)

HIT-SZ/IP
HIT-SZ/IP
not required recommended

Insert foil pack in foil pack holder. Never use damaged foil
packs and/or damaged or unclean foil pack holders.

6.

Tightly attach Hilti HIT-RE-M mixer to foil pack manifold.


Attach new mixer prior to dispensing a new foil pack (snug fit).
Do not modify the mixer in any way. Make sure the mixing
element is in the mixer. Use only the mixer supplied with the
adhesive.
Insert foil pack holder with foil pack into HIT-dispenser.
Push release trigger, retract plunger and insert foil pack holder
into the appropriate Hilti dispenser.

8.

Discard initial adhesive. The foil pack opens automatically as


dispensing is initiated. Depending on the size of the foil pack an
initial amount of adhesive has to be discarded. See pictogram 8
for discard quantities. If a new mixer is installed onto a
previously-opened foil pack, the first trigger pulls must also be
discarded as described above. For each new foil pack a new
mixer must be used.

Clean and water-filled

Clean and dry

Horizontal
and vertical

Cleaning
method 2

5.

7.

Borehole
Cleaning
instructions

Overhead

All
directions

All drilling
depth

All drilling
depth

HIT-SZ/IP
required

HIT-SZ/IP
required

Drill hole normal to the surface with a hammer drill set in


rotation-hammer mode using an appropriately sized carbide
drill bit, or with a core rig and an appropriately sized diamond
core bit, to the required embedment depth. See tables
describing setting details. (Drill bits must conform to ANSI
B212-1994.)

2-4. Clean hole: Cleaning method has to be decided based on


drilling method and borehole conditions (see flow chart above).
Just before setting an anchor/rebar, the borehole must be free
of dust and debris by one of the following methods:
Method 1 for dry or water saturated concrete (refer to
pictograms):
Blow from the back of the borehole with oil-free compressed
air (min. 90psi at 3.5 CFM (6 bar at 6 m3/h)) fully retracting the
air extension 2 times until return air stream is free of
noticeable dust.
Brush 2 times with the specified brush size (brush =
borehole ) by inserting the round steel brush to the back of
the borehole in a twisting motion and removing it. The brush
should resist insertion into the borehole if not, the brush is
too small and must be replaced with the proper brush
diameter.
Blow again with compressed air 2 times until return air stream
is free of noticeable dust.

9-10. Inject adhesive from the back of the borehole without


forming air voids:
Verify if borehole conditions have changed (e.g. water in the
borehole) after cleaning. If yes, repeat cleaning according
points 2 - 4.
Inject the adhesive starting at the back of the borehole (use
the extension for deep boreholes), slowly withdraw the mixer
with each trigger pull. Fill holes approximately 2/3 full, or as
required to ensure that the annular gap between the anchor/
rebar and the concrete is completely filled with adhesive
along the embedment length. After injection is completed,
depressurize the dispenser by pressing the release trigger.
This will prevent further adhesive discharge from the mixer.
Piston plug injection HIT-SZ/IP recommended for
borehole depth > 10 inch/250 mm. For water filled
boreholes or submerged concrete, and overhead
installation the piston plugs are required. Assemble HITRE-M mixer, extension(s) and appropriately sized piston
plug HIT-SZ/IP. Insert piston plug to back of the borehole and

254 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 255

Installation Instructions

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


inject adhesive as described in the
injection method above. During
injection the piston plug will be
naturally extruded out of the borehole
by the adhesive pressure.
11.

or

Insert anchor/rebar into borehole.


Mark and set anchor/rebar to the
required embedment depth. Before
use, verify that the anchor/rebar is dry
and free of oil and other contaminants.
To ease installation, anchor/rebar may
be slowly twisted as they are inserted.
After installing an anchor/rebar, the
annular gap must be completely filled
with adhesive. If the borehole is not
completely filled along the embedment
depth the installation should be
rejected. Hilti should be contacted for
further information.
Attention! For overhead applications
take special care when inserting the
anchor/rebar. Excess adhesive will be
forced out of the borehole take
appropriate steps to prevent it from
falling onto the installer. Position the
anchor/rebar and secure it from
moving/falling during the curing time
(e.g. wedges). Observe the gel time t
gel, which varies according to
temperature of base material. Minor
adjustments to the anchor/rebar
position may be performed during the
gel time. See table.

12.

Do not disturb the anchor/rebar


once the gel time t gel has elapsed
until t cure, ini has passed.

13.

Preparation work may continue for


rebar applications. Between t cure,
ini and t cure, full the adhesive has
a limited load bearing capacity, do not
apply a torque or load on the
anchor/rebar during this time.

14.

or

Apply load/torque after t cure, full


has passed, and the fixture to be
attached has been positioned.

Partly used foil packs must be used up


within four weeks. Leave the mixer attached
to the foil pack manifold and store under the
recommended storage conditions. If reused,
attach a new mixer and discard the initial
quantity of anchor adhesive as described by
point 8.

*) Please refer to technical literature (approvals, setting instructions) for detail.

twork / tgel

tcure, ini

tcure, full

41

2.5 hrs

18 hrs

72 hrs

50

10

2 hrs

12 hrs

48 hrs

59

15

1.5 hrs

8 hrs

24 hrs

68

20

30 min

6 hrs

12 hrs

86

30

20 min

4 hrs

8 hrs

104 40

12 min

2 hrs

4 hrs

Time

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 255

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 256

Installation Instructions

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Table 1 Setting Details of Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with threaded rod
d

do

hef min-max

Tinst

[inch] [mm]

[inch]

[inch]

[mm]

[ft-lb]

df

hmin

[Nm]

[inch]

[inch]
hef + 1-1/4
(30 mm)

3/8

9.5

7/16

1-1/2 7 1/2

40 191

15

20

7/16

1/2

12.7

9/16

2 10

51 254

30

41

9/16

5/8

15.9

3/4

2-1/2 12-1/2 64 318

60

81

11/16

3/4

19.1

7/8

76 381

100

136

13/16

7/8

22.2

3-1/2 17-1/2 89 445

125

169

15/16

25.4

1-1/8

4 20

102 508

150

203

1-1/8

1-1/4

31.8

1-3/8

5 25

127 635

200

271

1-3/8

3 15

[mm]

[mm]

[Nm]

[Nm]

[mm]

M8

10

40 160

10

M10

12

41 200

20

12

M12

14

48 240

40

14

M16

18

64 320

80

18

M20

24

80 400

150

22

M24

28

96 480

200

26

M27

30

108 540

270

30

M30

35

120 600

300

hef + 2 d0

[mm]

33

hef + 30

hef + 2 d0

Table 2 Setting Details of Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with HIS-N and HIS-RN Inserts
d

do

hef

Tinst

[inch] [mm]

[inch]

[inch]

[mm]

df

hmin

[ft-lb] [Nm]

[inch]

[inch]

[mm]

3/8

9.5

11/16

4 3/8

110

15

20

7/16

5-3/4

150

1/2

12.7

7/8

125

30

41

9/16

6-3/4

170

5/8

15.9

1-1/8

6 3/4

170

60

81

11/16

230

3/4

19.1

1-1/4

8-1/8

205

100

136

13/16

10-3/4

270

[mm]

[mm]

[mm]

[Nm]

[mm]

[mm]

M8

14

90

10

120

M10

18

110

20

12

150

M12

22

125

40

14

170

M16

28

170

80

18

230

M20

32

205

150

22

270

256 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 257

Installation Instructions

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


Table 3 Setting Details of Hilti HIT-RE 500-SD with reinforcement bars
d

do

hef min-max

hmin

US rebar

[inch]

[inch]

[mm]

#3

1/2

1-1/2 7-1/2

40 191

#4

5/8

2 10

51 254

#5

3/4

2-1/2 12-1/2

64 318

#6

7/8

3 15

76 381

#7

3-1/2 17-1/2

89 445

#8

1-1/8

4 20

102 508

#9

1-3/8

4-1/2 22-1/2

114 572

# 10

1-1/2

5 25

127 635

Rebar [mm]

[mm]

[mm]

12

40 160

10

14

41 200

12

16

48 240

14

18

56 280

16

20

64 320

20

25

80 400

25

32

100 500

28

35

112 560

32

40

128 640

CA rebar

[inch]

[mm]

[inch]

10 M

9/16

45 226

hef + 1-1/4 (30 mm)

15 M

3/4

64 320

20 M

78 390

25 M

1-1/4

101 504

30 M

1-1/2

120 598

[inch]
h + 1-1/4 (30 mm)
ef

hef + 2 d0

[mm]
h + 30
ef

hef + 2 d0

h +2d
ef

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 257

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 258

Installation Instructions

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


4.2.6.6 Ordering Information
Technical Data

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchor System


First adhesive anchor to comply with the latest
building code offering designers a strength
design solution for anchors and rebar
Enables threaded rod and dowelling
applications in seismic design conditions
under the latest building codes

Epoxy Adhesive
Product
Base material temperature 41F to 120F (+5C to 49C)
3/8" to 1-1/4"
Diameter range
Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES
ESR 2322
NSF/ANSI standard 61
Certification for potable water
Package volume
Volume of HIT-RE 500-SD 11.1fl oz/330 ml foil pack is 20.1 in3
Volume of HIT-RE 500-SD 16.9fl oz/500 ml foil pack is 30.5 in3

Gel/Full Cure Time Table (Approximate)


Item No.

Base Material
Temperature
F
C
5
41
10
50
59
15
68
20
86
30
104
40

Description

241382

HIT-RE 500-SD (11.1 fl oz/330 ml) 1 pack


Includes 1 mixer and 3/8" filler tube per package

3425973

HIT-RE 500-SD (11.1 fl oz/330 ml) MC 25 packs


Includes 1 mixer and 3/8" filler tube per package

3428744

HIT-RE 500-SD (11.1 fl oz/330 ml)

tgel
2.5 hrs
2 hrs
1.5 hrs
30 min
20 min
12 min

tcure
72 hrs
48 hrs
24 hrs
12 hrs
8 hrs
4 hrs

Includes 1 MC and mixer and and choice of MD 2000 or MD 2500 dispenser

HIT-RE 500-SD (16.9 fl oz/500 ml) MC 20 packs

241383

Includes 1 mixer and 3/8" filler tube per package

3433546

HIT-RE 500-SD (16.9 fl oz/500 ml)


Includes 2 MC and MD 2500 dispenser

3426080

HIT-RE 500-SD (16.9 fl oz/500 ml)


Includes 5 MC and ED 3500 dispenser 2.0 Ah Kit

ED 3500 2.0 Ah Kit

Dispensers
Battery Powered
Item No.

Description

3425363

ED 3500 2.0 Ah NiCd Kit


Includes dispenser, (2) 2.0-Ah NiCd battery, C 7/24 standard charger and accessories in an
impact-resistant plastic tool box

273676

Foil Pack Holder

ED 3500 Dispenser
Includes dispenser only in cardboard box

340888

SFB 121 2.0-Ah NiCd Battery for ED 3500

378449

C 7/24 Standard Charger for ED 3500

Manual
Item No.

Description

MD 2500 Manual Dispenser

338853

MD 2500 Manual Dispenser with Foil Pack Holder

339477

Foil Pack Holder

For use with HIT 11.1 fl oz/330ml and 16.9oz/500ml foil packs
Replacement for MD 2500 and ED 3500

Hole Cleaning/Injection Accessories


Imperial
Hole
Dia. (d0)

Round Brush

Injection Piston

[inch] HIT-RB

Item no.

HIT-SZ
(IP)

7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-1/4
1-3/8
1-1/2
1-3/4

273203
273204
273205
273207
273209
273210
273211
273212
273214
273216
273217
273218
273219

1/2"
9/16"
5/8"
11/16"
3/4"
7/8"
1"
1-1/8"
1-1/4"
1-3/8"
1-1/2"
1-3/4"

7/16"
1/2"
9/16"
5/8"
11/16"
3/4"
7/8"
1"
1-1/8"
1-1/4"
1-3/8"
1-1/2"
1-3/4"

Metric
Air Nozzle

Item no.

HIT-DL

Item no.

274019
274020
274021
274022
274023
274024
274025
274026
274027
274028
274029
274030

1/2"
9/16"
9/16"
11/16"
3/4"
7/8"
1"
1"
1"
1-3/8"
1-3/8"
1-3/8"

38237
38238
38238
38239
38240
38241
38242
38242
38242
38243
38243
38243

Contact Hilti for


a complete listing of additional accessories and
extensions for air nozzles, brushes and injection
pistons to handle embedment.

Hole
Dia. (d0)

Round Brush

[inch] HIT-RB

10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
25
28
30
32
35
37
40
42
45
47
52
55

10
8/12
10/14
12/16
14/18
16/20
18/22
24
20/25
28
30
25/32
35
37
40
42
45
47
52
55

Injection Piston

Air Nozzle

Item no.

HIT-SZ
(IP)

Item no.

HIT-DL

Item no.

380917
336548
336549
336550
336551
336552
370774
380918
336553
380919
380920
336554
380921
382259
382260
382261
382262
382264
382265
382266

8/12
10/14
12/16
14/18
16/20
18/22
24
20/25
28
30
25/32
35
37
40
42
45
47
52
55

351989
351990
351991
351992
351993
269618
269619
351994
269620
269621
351995
269622
271499
269623
269624
269625
269626
271476
271477

8/12
10/14
12/16
14/18
16/20
16/20
16/20 3
20/25
20/25
20/25
25/32
25/32
25/32
25/32
25/32
25/32
25/32
25/32
25/32

371715
371716
371717
371718
371719
371719
71719
371720
371720
371720
371721
371721
371721
371721
371721
371721
371721
371721
371721

HIT-RB
(Round Brush)

HIT-SZ (IP)
(Injection Piston)

HIT-DL
(Air Nozzle)

Introdu
cing
Hilti Accredited
Adhesive Anchor
Installer Program
call Hilti for details

258 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 259

d
hef
h

dbit

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.6


4.2.6.7 Sample Calculations

ca,min
A

A
N

Given:

ANa

1/2-in. A193 B7
ALL-THREAD

2 1/2-in. HIT RE 500-SD adhesive


anchors subjected to a tension load as
shown.

Tmax
ANc

ccr,Na

s/2
N

hef

s
s/2

Design objective:

Calculate the design tension resistance


for this configuration.

dbit

ccr,Na

ccr,Na

ca,min

Dimensional parameters:

Specifications/assumptions:

h ef
s
c a,min
h
d

ASTM A193 B7 all-thread rods, UNC thread, A 563 Grade HD hex nuts.
Normal weight concrete, fc = 4,000 psi.
A
A
Seismic design category (SDC) B
c
No supplementary reinforcing per ACI 318-05 D.1.
Assume maximum short term (diurnal) base material temperature 100 0F.
s/2
N
Assume maximum long term base materialstemperature 80 0F.
s/2
Assume installation in dry concrete and hammer-drilled holes.
Assume concrete will remain uncracked for service life of anchorage.

=
=
=
=
=

9.0 in.
4.0 in.
2.5 in.
12.0 in.
1/2 in.

A-A

Na

Nc

cr,Na

Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report.


Step 1. Check minimum edge distance, anchor spacing and member thickness:
cmin = 2.5 in. ca,min therefore ok.
c
c
A-A
smin = 2.5 in. s therefore ok.
hmin = hef + 1.25 = 9 + 1.25 = 10.25 in. h therefore ok.
Step 2. Calculate steel strength: Nsa = n x A se x f uta
B7 rods are considered ductile per ACI 318-05. ... = 0.75
... Nsa = x n x A se x f uta = 0.75 x 2 x 0.1419 x 125,000 = 26,606 lb = 26.6 k
or, using Table 7, ... Nsa = 0.75 x 2 x 17,737 = 26.6 k
Step 3. Determine concrete breakout strength:
A Nc
N cbg =
(
) ( ed,N ) ( c,N ) ( cp,N ) ( N b )
A N c O ec,N
cr,Na

a,min

A Nc = (3hef + s) (1.5 hef + c a,min ) = (27 + 4) (13.5 + 2.5) = 496 in 2


A NcO = 9 hef 2 = 729 in 2

ec,N = no eccentricity of tension load with respect to tension-loaded anchors


c
ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 x a,min for c a,min 1.5 hef
1.5 hef
c a,min = 2.5 < 1.5 x 4.5.
2.5
... ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3 x
= 0.76
1.5 x 9
c,N = 1.0 uncracked concrete assumed (k c,uncr = 24)
Determine c ac :
hef + 5 (c a,min ) 0.75 = 9 + 5 (2.5) 0.75 = 18.9 in. > 12 in. therefore, c ac = 2.5 hef
c ac = 2.5 (9 in.) = 22.5 in.
max | c a,min ; 1.5 h ef | max | 2.5 ; 1.5 x 9
For c a,min < c ac cp,N =
=
= 0.60
cac
22.5
Nb = kc,uncr

f 'c x hef1.5 = 2.4

4000 x (9)1.5 = 40,983 lb

496
x 1.0 x 0.76 x 1.0 x 0.60 x 40,983 = 12715 lb
729
N cbg = 0.65 x 12,715 = 8,265 lb = 8.3k

Ncbg =

ccr,Na

ACI 318 Code Ref.

Table 8

Table 8

Table 8

D.5.1.2

D.1 & D.4.4a


D.5.1.2

Table 7

D.5.2.1 &
Eq. (D-5)

D.5.2.1 &
Eq. (D-5)
D.5.2.4
D.5.2.1 &
& Eq. (D-5)

D.5.2.6

Table 8

D.5.12.7

Section
4.1.3

D.5.2.7
& Eq. (D-13)
D.5.2.2
& Eq. (D-7)

D.4.4c

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 259

07_HIT RE 500-SD.qxd:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:04 AM

Page 260

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.6 HIT-RE 500-SD Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report.
Step 4. Determine bond strength:
A Na
N ag =
(
) ( g,Na ) ( ec,Na ) ( p,Na ) ( N aO )
A N aO ed,Na

Scr,Na = min 20 x d

k,uncr

2,236

; 3 hef = 20 x 0.5

1450
.. s
3 h ef = 27 in 12.4 . cr,Na = 12.4 in.

1450

ACI 318 Code Ref.


Section
4.2.6 3
Eq. (D-14b)

= 12.4 in

scr,Na
= 6.2 in.
2

c cr,Na =

A Na = (2ccr,Na + s) (ccr,Na + c a,min ) = 143.0 in 2

A NaO = ( scr,Na ) 2 = 154.2 in 2

For c a,min < ccr,Na : ed,Na =

ed,Na =

( 0.7 + 0.3

k,max,uncr =

g,NaO =

k k,uncr
xd

n -

2.5
6.2

( 0.7 + 0.3

) = 0.82

hef x f 'c =

[( n - 1 )(

24

k,uncr

0.5

[( s s )

9 x 4000 = 2,899 psi

x 0.5

k,max,uncr

g,Na = g,NaO +

c a,min
c cr,Na

1.5

) ]=

2-

x (1 - g,NaO ) = 1.13 +

cr,Na

1.5

[( 2 - 1 )( 2,236 )]
2,899
0.5

2.5
[(12.4 )

= 1.13

Section
4.2.6.3
Eq. (D-14j)

A Na
(
) ( g,Na ) ( ec,N ) ( p,Na ) ( N aO )
A N aO ed,Na

N ag =

NNaO = k,uncr d h ef = 2,236 0.5 9 = 31,610 lb


N ag =

143.0
(0.82) (1.06) (1.0) (0.28) (31,610) = 7,134 lb.
154.2

Section
4.2.6.3
Eq. (D-14b)

... = 0.65
N ag = 0.65 (7,134) = 4,637 lb = 4.6 k
Step 5. Determine controlling strength:
Steel strength
Concrete breakout strength
Bond strength

D.4.1.2

Nsa
Ncbg
Nag

Section
4.2.6.3
Eq. (D-14i)
Section
4.2.6.3
Eq. (D-14i)
Section
4.2.6 3
D.5.3.7
Section
4.2.6.3
Section
4.2.6.3
Section
4.2.6.3
Table 8
Section
4.2.6.3
Table 9
Section
4.2.6.3

x (1-1.13) = 1.06

ec,Na = 1.0 no eccentricity - loading is concentric


max | c a,min ; c cr,Na | max | 2.5 ; 6.2 |
p,Na =
=
= 0.28
cac
22.5

Section
4.2.6.3
Table 9

= 26.6 k
= 8.3 k
= 4.6 k

Step 6. Convert strength to ASD using average load factor:


N
Nn 4.6
N allow,ASD = d =
=
= 3.3 k

1.4

Table 9

controls
Section
4.2

260 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 261

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7


4.2.7.1 Product Description

4.2.7.1
4.2.7.2

ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser

Technical Data

4.2.7.4

Installation Instructions

4.2.7.5

Ordering Information

Listings/Approvals

HIT-RE 500 Refill Pack


Refill Pack Holder
HIT RE Mixer

HIT-RE 500 Medium Cartridge

HIT-RE 500 Jumbo Cartridge Refill Pack Holder

The Hilti HIT-RE 500 System is a high


strength, two part epoxy adhesive. The
system consists of a side-by-side
adhesive refill pack, a mixing nozzle, a
HIT dispenser with refill pack holder, and
either a threaded rod, rebar, HIS
internally threaded insert or smooth
epoxy coated bar. HIT-RE 500 is
specifically designed for fastening into
solid base materials such as concrete,
grout, stone or solid masonry. HIT-RE
500 may be used in underwater
fastenings and for oversized holes up to
2 times the rod diameter (2-1/2 rod and
3" max. hole diameter) and for diamondcored holes.

Material Specifications

4.2.7.3

Fastener Components

Product Description

P3500
Dispenser

MD2500
Dispenser

P8000D
Pneumatic Dispenser

Product Features
Superior bond performance
Use in diamond cored or
pneumatic drilled holes and under
water up to 165 feet (50 m)
Meets DOT requirements for
most states; contact the Hilti
Technical Staff
Meets requirements of ASTM C
881-90, Type IV, Grade 2 and 3,
Class A, B, C except gel times
Meets requirements of AASHTO
specification M235, Type IV, Grade
3, Class A, B, C except gel times
Mixing tube provides proper mixing, eliminates measuring errors
and minimizes waste
Contains no styrene; virtually
odorless
Extended temperature range from
23F to 104F (5C to 40C)
Excellent weathering resistance;
Resistance against elevated
temperatures
Suitable for oversized holes
Seismic qualified per IBC/IRC
2003, IBC/IRC 2000 and UBC
1997 (ICC-ES AC58). Please refer
to ESR-1682.

City of Los Angeles


Research Report #25514
NSF/ANSI Std 61
certification for use in potable water
Europan Technical Approval
ETA-04/0027
ETA-04/0028
ETA-04/0029

Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2003 (ICC-ES AC58)
IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC58)
UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC58)
LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
Materials

The Leadership in Energy and


Environmental Design (LEED ) Green
Building Rating systemTM is the nationally
accepted benchmark for the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings.
Components

HAS Threaded Rods

HIS Internally Threaded Inserts

Rebar (supplied by contractor)

Smooth, epoxy coated bar


(supplied by contractor)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 261

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 262

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System

Guide Specifications
Master Format Section:
03250

(Concrete accessories)

Related Sections:
03200
05050
05120

(Concrete ReinforcingReinforcing Accessories)


(Metal Fabrication)
(Structural Steel;
Masonry Accessories)

Injectable adhesive shall be used for


installation of all reinforcing steel dowels
or threaded anchor rods and inserts into
new or existing concrete. Adhesive
shall be furnished in side-by-side refill
packs which keep component A and
component B separate. Side-by-side
packs shall be designed to compress
during use to minimize waste volume.
Side-by-side packs shall also be
designed to accept static mixing nozzle

which thoroughly blends component A


and component B and allows injection
directly into drilled hole. Only injection
tools and static mixing nozzles as
supplied by manufacturer shall be used.
Manufacturers instructions shall be
followed. Injection adhesive shall be
formulated to include resin and hardener
to provide optimal curing speed as well
as high strength and stiffness. Typical
curing time at 68F (20C) shall be
approximately 12 hours.
Injection adhesive shall be HIT-RE 500,
as furnished by Hilti.

1. ISO 898 Class 5.8


2. ASTM A 193, Grade B7 (high strength
carbon steel anchor);
3. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel,
meeting the requirements of ASTM F
593 (condition CW).
Special order length HAS Rods may
vary from standard product.
Nuts and Washers Shall be furnished
to meet the requirements of the above
anchor rod specifications.

Anchor Rods Shall be furnished with


chamfered ends so that either end will
accept a nut and washer. Alternatively,
anchor rods shall be furnished with a 45
degree chisel point on one end to allow
for easy insertion into the adhesive-filled
hole. Anchor rods shall be manufactured
to meet the following requirements:

Fastener Components
ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser

HIT-RE 500 Refill Pack


Refill Pack Holder
HIT RE Mixer

HIT-RE 500 Medium Cartridge

HIT-RE 500 Jumbo Cartridge Refill Pack Holder

P3500
Dispenser

MD2500
Dispenser

P8000D
Pneumatic Dispenser

262 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 263

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7


4.2.7.2 Material Specifications
Material Properties for HIT-RE 500 Cured Adhesive
Bond Strength ASTM C882-911
2 day cure
7 day cure

12.4 MPa
12.4 MPa

1800 psi
1800 psi

Compressive Strength ASTM D-695-961

82.7 MPa

12,000 psi

Compressive Modulus ASTM D-695-961

1493 MPa

0.22 x 106 psi

Tensile Strength 7 day ASTM D-638-97

43.5 MPa

1 Minimum values obtained as the


result of tests at three cure
temperatures (23, 40, 60F).

6310 psi

Elongation at break ASTM D-638-97

2.0%

2.0%

Heat Deflection Temperature ASTM D-648-95

63C

146F

Absorption ASTM D-570-95

0.06%

0.06%

Linear Coefficient of Shrinkage on Cure ASTM D-2566-86

0.004

0.004

Electrical resistance DIN IEC 93 (12.93)

6.6 x

1013 /m

1.7 x 1012/in.

Mechanical Properties
min. fu
fy
ksi (MPa)
ksi (MPa)
58 (400)
72.5 (500)

Material Specifications
Standard HAS-E rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8
High Strength or Super HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM A 193, Grade B7

105 (724)

Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/4" -1 1/4"

125 (862)

65 (448)

Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (304/316) Condition CW 3/8" - 5/8"

100 (689)

45 (310)

85 (586)

HIS Insert 11MnPb30+C Carbon Steel conforming to DIN 10277-3

54.4 (375)

66.7 (460)

HIS-R Insert X5CrNiMo17122 K700 Stainless Steel conforming to DIN EN 10088-3

50.8 (350)

101.5 (700)

HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade DH
HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM F 594
HAS-E Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Washers meet dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
HAS Super & HAS-E Standard Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F 436
All HAS-E & HAS Super Rods (except 7/8") & HAS-E Standard, HIS inserts, nuts & washers are zinc plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1
7/8" Standard HAS-E & HAS Super rods hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A 153
Note: Special Order steel rod material may vary from standard steel rod materials.

4.2.7.3 Technical Data


HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for HAS Threaded Rods
HAS Rod Size in.
(mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

7/8
(22.2)

1
(25.4)

1-1/4
(31.8)

in.

7/16

9/16

3/4

7/8

1-1/8

1-3/8

in.
(mm)

3-3/8
(90)

4-1/2
(110)

5-5/8
(143)

6-3/4
(171)

7-7/8
(200)

9
(229)

11-1/4
(286)

Embed.
HAS-E Rods hnom
max.
tightening HAS SS Embed.
torque
HAS-Super < hnom

ft lb
(Nm)

18
(24)

30
(41)

75
(102)

150
(203)

175
(237)

235
(319)

400
(540)

ft lb
(Nm)

15
(20)

20
(27)

50
(68)

105
(142)

125
(169)

165
(224)

280
(375)

(in.)

Details
dbit

bit diameter1

hnom

std. depth of embed.

Tmax

min. base material


thickness

dbit

Tmax
hef

1 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped


bits or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or
DD-C diamond core bits.
2 Assumes no waste.

1.5 hef

Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment 2


Small Cartridge

52

28

11

Medium Cartridge

84

45

18

11

Jumbo Cartridge

255

137

56

37

27

19

12

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 263

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 264

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for HIS Inserts
HIS Insert

in.
(mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

in.

11/16

7/8

1-1/8

1-1/4

in.
(mm)

4-1/4
(110)

5
(125)

6-5/8
(170)

8-1/4
(210)

th useable thread
length

in.
(mm)

1
(25)

1-3/16
(30)

1-1/2
(40)

2
(50)

Tmax Max. tightening


torque

ft lb
(Nm)

18
(24)

35
(47)

80
(108)

160
(217)

h min. base material


thickness

in.
(mm)

6-3/8
(162)

7-1/2
(191)

10
(254)

12-3/8
(314)

Details
dbit bit diameter1, 2
hnom std. embed. depth

dbit

hef
h

Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment2


Small Cartridge

27

16

49

30

11

Jumbo Cartridge

168

105

38

1 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped bits


or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or DD-C
diamond core bits.

Medium Cartridge

Tmax

27

2 Assumes no waste.

HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for Rebar in Concrete


Rebar Size:

No. 3

No. 4

No. 5

No. 6

No. 7

No. 8

No. 9

No. 10

No. 11

Details
Bit diameter 1, 2, 3

in.

hnom std. embed. depth

1/2

5/8

3/4

7/8

1-1/8

1-3/8

1-1/2

1-3/4

in.
(mm)

3-3/8
(86)

4-1/2
(114)

5-5/8
(143)

6-3/4
(171)

7-7/8
(200)

9
(229)

10-1/8
(257)

11-1/4
(286)

12-3/8
(314)

Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment3


Small Cartridge

44

25

16

11

Medium Cartridge

72

41

27

18

13

10

Jumbo Cartridge

221

125

83

56

41

31

14

11

1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.
2 Use matched tolerance carbide tipped bits or Hilti matched tolerance DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits.
3 Assumes no waste.

HIT-RE 500 Installation Specification Table for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only)
Rebar Size:

10M

15M

20M

25M

30M

35M

in.

5/8

3/4

1-1/8

1-3/8

1-3/4

(mm)

115

145

200

230

260

315

Details
Bit diameter 1, 2
hnom std. embed. depth

Approx. number of fastenings per cartridge at standard embedment2


Small Cartridge

20

17

Medium Cartridge

32

28

10

Jumbo Cartridge

98

84

27

31

16

1 Rebar diameters may vary. Use smallest


bit which will accommodate rebar.

2 Assumes no waste.

Combined Shear and Tension Loading


5/3

5/3

(N ) + ( V )
V
N
d

rec

rec

1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

264 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7


HIT-RE 500 Allowable and Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity for HAS Rods in Normal Weight Concrete1,2,3,4
HIT-RE 500 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity
Tensile
Shear
Anchor Embedment f'c = 2000 psi
Diameter
Depth
(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)
in (mm)
in (mm)

HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity


Tensile
Shear

f'c = 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 2000 psi


(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

f'c = 4000 psi


(27.6 MPa)
lb (kN)

1-3/4
(44)

6405
(28.4)

3-3/8
(86)

2190
(9.7)

2585
(11.5)

3155
(14.0)

4460
(19.8)

8760
(39.0)

10345
(46.0)

9460
(42.1)

13380
(59.5)

2420
(10.8)

2585
(11.5)

4855
(21.6)

6860
(30.5)

9685
(43.1)

10335
(46.0)

14560
(64.8)

20580
(91.5)

1130
(5.0)

1965
(8.7)

2510
(11.2)

3550
(15.8)

4530
(20.2)

7860
(35.0)

7525
(33.5)

10640
(47.3)

4-1/2
(114)

4045
(18.0)

5275
(23.5)

5610
(25.0)

7935
(35.3)

16185
(72.0)

21095
(93.8)

16820
(74.8)

23800
(105.9)

4775
(21.2)

5380
(23.9)

8635
(38.4)

12210
(54.3)

19095
(84.9)

21520
(95.7)

25900
(115.2)

36620
(162.9)

1690
(7.5)

3045
(13.5)

5245
(23.3)

7420
(33.0)

6770
(30.1)

12175
(54.2)

15735
(70.0)

22250
(99.0)

5-5/8
(143)

6560
(29.2)

7355
(32.7)

8760
(39.0)

12395
(55.1)

26240
(116.7)

29420
(130.9)

26280
(116.9)

37180
(165.4)

7320
(32.6)

7515
(33.4)

13615
(60.6)

19080
(84.9)

29290
(130.3)

30060
(133.7)

40480
(180.1)

57240
(254.6)

2310
(10.3)

4515
(20.1)

7335
(32.6)

10370
(46.1)

9250
(41.1)

18065
(80.4)

22000
(97.9)

31108
(138.4)

6-3/4
(172 )

8670
(38.6)

10755
(47.8)

12615
(56.1)

17840
(79.4)

34685
(154.3)

43020
(191.4)

37840
(168.3)

53520
(238.1)

9
(229)

10385
(46.2)

12995
(57.8)

19430
(86.4)

27470
(122.2)

41535
(184.8)

51985
(231.2)

58280
(259.2)

82400
(366.5)

4
(101)

3005
(13.4)

5665
(25.2)

7795
(34.7)

11020
(49.0)

12030
(53.5)

22670
(100.8)

23375
(104.0)

33050
(147.0)

7-7/8
(200)

12495
(55.6)

15875
(70.6)

17175
(76.4)

24290
(108.0)

49975
(222.3)

63495
(282.4)

51520
(229.2)

72860
(324.1)

10-1/2
(267)

14705
(65.4)

16185
(72.0)

26440
(117.6)

37390
(166.3)

58820
(261.6)

64730
(287.9)

79320
(352.8)

112160
(498.9)

4-1/2
(114)

3945
(17.5)

8440
(37.5)

10035
(44.6)

14190
(63.1)

15790
(70.2)

33765
(150.2)

30104
(133.9)

42565
(189.3)

9
(229)

13845
(61.6)

17365
(77.2)

22435
(99.8)

31720
(141.1)

55380
(246.3)

69465
(309.0)

67300
(299.4)

95160
(423.3)

12
(305)

17935
(79.8)

17935
(79.8)

34535
(153.6)

48830
(217.2)

71740
(319.1)

71740
(319.1)

103600
(460.8)

146480
(651.6)

5-5/8
(143)

5760
(25.6)

12815
(57.0)

14760
(65.7)

20870
(92.8)

23045
(102.5)

51270
(228.1)

44280
(197.0)

62610
(278.5)

11-1/4
(286)

24610
(109.5)

31620
(140.7)

35050
(155.9)

49570
(220.5)

98430
(437.8)

126480
(562.6)

105140
(467.7)

148710
(661.5)

15
(381)

1-1/4
(31.8)

4530
(20.2)

3-3/8
(86)

1
(25.4)

4370
(19.4)

7-1/2
(190)

7/8
(22.2)

2580
(11.5)

2-7/8
(73)

3/4
(19.1)

2135
(9.5)

6
(152)

5/8
(15.9)

1510
(6.7)

2-1/4
(57)
1/2
(12.7)

1095
(4.9)

4-1/2
(114)

3/8
(9.5)

645
(2.9)

34130
(151.8)

35270
(156.9)

53960
(240.0)

76300
(339.4)

136525
(607.3)

141090
(627.6)

161880
(720.1)

228900
(1018.2)

1 Influence factors for spacing and/or edge distance are applied to concrete/bond values above, and then compared to the steel value. The lesser of the values is to be used for
the design.
2 Average ultimate concrete shear capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design (CCD) method for standard and deep embedment and based on testing for shallow embedment.
3 All values based on holes drilled with carbide bit and cleaned with brush per manufacturers instructions. Ultimate tensile concrete/bond loads represent the average values
obtained in testing.
4 For underwater applications up to 165 feet/50m depth reduce the tabulated concrete/bond values 30% to account for reduced mechanical properties of saturated concrete.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 265

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 266

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Allowable Steel Strength for Carbon Steel & Stainless Steel HAS Rods1
Rod
Diameter
in.
(mm)

HAS-E Standard
ISO 898 Class 5.8
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

HAS Super
ASTM A 193 B7
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

HAS SS
AISI 304/316 SS
Tensile
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)
7/8
(22.2)
1
(25.4)
1-1/4

2640
(11.7)
4700
(20.9)
7340
(32.7)
10570
(47.0)
14385
(64.0)
18790
(83.6)
29360

1360
(6.0)
2420
(10.8)
3780
(16.8)
5445
(24.2)
7410
(33.0)
9680
(43.0)
15125

4555
(20.3)
8100
(36.0)
12655
(56.3)
18225
(81.1)
24805
(110.3)
32400
(144.1)
50620

2345
(10.4)
4170
(18.5)
6520
(29.0)
9390
(41.8)
12780
(56.9)
16690
(74.2)
26080

3645
(16.2)
6480
(28.8)
10125
(45.0)
12390
(55.1)
16865
(75.0)
22030
(98.0)
34425

1875
(8.3)
3335
(14.8)
5215
(23.2)
6385
(28.4)
8690
(38.6)
11350
(50.5)
17735

(31.8)

(130.6)

(67.3)

(225.2)

(116.0)

(153.1)

(78.9)

1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction (ASD):


Tensile = 0.33 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Nominal Area

Ultimate Steel Strength for Carbon Steel & Stainless Steel HAS Rods1
Rod
Diameter
in.
(mm)

3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)
7/8
(22.2)
1
(25.4)
1-1/4
(31.8)

Yield
lb (kN)

HAS-E Standard
ISO 898 Class 5.8
Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

4495
(20.0)
8230
(36.6)
13110
(58.3)
19400
(86.3)
26780
(119.1)
35130
(156.3)
56210
(250.0)

6005
(26.7)
10675
(47.5)
16680
(74.2)
24020
(106.9)
32695
(145.4)
42705
(190.0)
66730
(296.8)

3605
(16.0)
6405
(28.5)
10010
(44.5)
14415
(64.1)
19620
(87.3)
25625
(114.0)
40035
(178.1)

Yield
lb (kN)

HAS Super
ASTM A 193 B7
Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

8135
(36.2)
14900
(66.3)
23730
(105.6)
35120
(156.2)
48480
(215.7)
63600
(282.9)
101755
(452.6)

10350
(43.4)
18405
(79.0)
28760
(125.7)
41420
(185.7)
56370
(256.9)
73630
(337.0)
115050
(511.8)

6210
(27.6)
11040
(49.1)
17260
(76.8)
24850
(110.5)
33825
(150.5)
44180
(196.5)
69030
(307.1)

Yield
lb (kN)

HAS SS
AISI 304/316 SS
Tensile
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

5035
(22.4)
9225
(41.0)
14690
(65.3)
15050
(66.9)
20775
(92.4)
27255
(121.2)
43610
(194.0)

8280
(36.8)
14720
(65.5)
23010
(102.4)
28165
(125.3)
38335
(170.5)
50070
(222.7)
78235
(348.0)

4970
(22.1)
8835
(39.3)
13805
(61.4)
16800
(75.2)
23000
(102.3)
30040
(133.6)
46940
(208.8)

1 Steel strength as defined in AISC Manual of Steel Construction 2nd Ed. (LRFD):
Yield = Fy x Tensile Stress Area
Tensile = 0.75 x Fu x Nominal Area
Shear = 0.45 x Fu x Nominal Area

266 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 267

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7


HIT-RE 500 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel
and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIT-RE 500 Allowable Bond/Concrete Capacity2
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

Tensile
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

Shear
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

3/8
(9.5)

4-1/4
(108)

2870
(12.8)

1/2
(12.7)

5
(127)

5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)

Steel Bolt Strength1,2


ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel

Tensile1
lb (kN)

Shear1
lb (kN)

Tensile1
lb (kN)

Shear1
lb (kN)

1565
(7.0)

4370
(19.4)

2250
(10.0)

3645
(16.2)

1875
(8.3)

4530
(20.1)

2890
(12.9)

7775
(34.6)

4005
(17.8)

6480
(28.8)

3335
(14.8)

6-5/8
(168)

8255
(36.7)

4635
(20.6)

12150
(54.0)

6260
(27.8)

10125
(45.0)

5215
(23.2)

8-1/4
(210)

9030
(40.1)

6695
(29.8)

17945
(77.8)

9010
(40.1)

12395
(55.1)

6385
(28.4)

HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity and Steel Strength for HIS Carbon Steel
and HIS-R Stainless Steel Internally Threaded Inserts
HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond/Concrete Capacity2
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

Tensile
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

Shear
f'c 2000 psi
(13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

3/8
(9.5)

4-1/4
(108)

11480
(51.0)

1/2
(12.7)

5
(127)

5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)

Ultimate Bolt Strength1,2


ASTM A 325 Carbon Steel ASTM F 593 Stainless Steel

Tensile1
lb (kN)

Shear1
lb (kN)

Tensile1
lb (kN)

Shear1
lb (kN)

6260
(27.8)

9935
(44.2)

5960
(26.5)

8280
(36.8)

4970
(22.1)

18115
(80.5)

11565
(51.4)

17665
(78.6)

10600
(47.2)

14720
(65.5)

8835
(39.3)

6-5/8
(168)

33025
(146.9)

18550
(82.5)

27610
(122.8)

16565
(73.7)

23010
(102.4)

13805
(61.4)

8-1/4
(210)

36125
(160.6)

26775
(119.1)

39760
(176.9)

23855
(106.1)

28165
(125.3)

16900
(75.1)

1 Steel values in accordance with AISC


ASTM A 325 bolts:
Fy = 92 ksi , Fu = 120 ksi
ASTM F 593 (AISI 304/316):
Fy = 65 ksi, Fu = 100 ksi for 3/8" thru 5/8"
Fy = 45 ksi, Fu = 85 ksi for 3/4"
Allowable Load Values

Ultimate Load Values

Tension = 0.33 x Fu x Anom

Tension = 0.75 x Fu x A nom

Shear = 0.17 x Fu x Anom

Shear = 0.45 x Fu x A nom

2 Use lower value of either bond/concrete capacity or steel strength.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 267

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 268

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Rebar in Concrete1
Concrete Compressive Strength

Grade 60 Rebar

f'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa)

f'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)

Nominal
Rebar
Size

Embed.
Depth
in. (mm)

#3

3-3/8
(86)
4-1/2
(114)

10105
(45.0)
10920
(48.6)

2-1/4
(57)

3-3/8
(86)

10810
(48.1)
10810
(48.1)

2-1/8
(54)

3-1/4
(84)

6600
(29.4)

9900
(44.0)

#4

4-1/2
(114)
6
(152)

15980
(71.1)
18830
(83.8)

3-3/8
(86)

5-5/8
(143)

18540
(82.5)
18655
(83.0)

3
(76)

4-3/8
(111)

12000
(53.4)

18000
(80.1)

#5

5-5/8
(143)
7-1/2
(191)

20630
(91.8)
24870
(110.6)

5-1/8
(130)

8-7/8
(225)

27790
(123.6)
31155
(138.6)

3-7/8
(98)

5-3/4
(146)

18600
(82.7)

27900
(124.1)

#6

6-3/4
(171)
9
(229)

33695
(149.9)
38960
(173.3)

5-3/8
(136)

9-3/8
(238)

44675
(198.7)
44870
(200.0)

4
(102)

6
(152)

26400
(117.4)

39600
(176.2)

#7

7-7/8
(200)
10-1/2
(267)

40525
(180.3)
48460
(215.6)

7
(178)

12-3/8
(314)

59340
(264.0)
61720
(274.6)

4-7/8
(124)

7-1/4
(184)

36000
(160.1)

54000
(240.2)

#8

9
(229)
12
(305)

63940
(284.4)
69610
(309.7)

8-1/4
(210)

12-7/8
(327)

72820
(323.9)
72950
(324.5)

5-7/8
(149)

8-7/8
(225)

47400
(210.9)

71100
(316.3)

#9

10-1/8
(257)
13-1/2
(343)

72245
(321.4)
94205
(419.1)

8-1/2
(216)

13
(330)

81235
(361.4)
104060
(462.9)

7-1/2
(191)

12
(305)

60000
(266.9)

90000
(400.4)

#10

11-1/4
(286)
15
(381)

92000
(409.3)
95850
(426.4)

9-3/8
(238)

17-7/8
(454)

96725
(430.3)
97070
(431.8)

8-7/8
(225)

14
(356)

76200
(339.0)

114300
(508.5)

#11

12-3/8
(314)
16-1/2
(419)

118615
(527.6)
123570
(549.7)

9-7/8
(251)

18-3/4
(476)

123120
(547.7)
161675
(719.2)

9-1/2
(241)

16-1/2
(419)

93600
(416.4)

140400
(624.6)

Ultimate
Bond
Strength
lb (kN)

Embed. to
Embed. to
Develop Yield Develop Tensile
Strength1
Strength1
in. (mm)
in. (mm)

Ultimate
Bond
Strength
lb (kN)

Embed. to
Embed. to
Yield
Develop Yield Develop Tensile Strength
1
1
Strength
Strength
lb (kN)
in. (mm)
in. (mm)

Tensile
Strength
lb (kN)

1 Based on comparison of average ultimate adhesive bond test values versus minimum yield and ultimate tensile strength of rebar. For more information, contact Hilti.

268 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 269

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7


HIT-RE 500 Bond Strength and Steel Strength for Metric Rebar in Concrete (Canada Only) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7
HIT-RE 500 Tensile Bond Strength
f'c = 14 MPa

f'c = 28 MPa

Strength Properties of Metric Rebar


f'c = 400 MPa

Rebar
Size

Embedment
Depth
mm
(in)

Ultimate
Bond
kN
(lb)

Allowable
Bond
kN
(lb)

Ultimate
Bond
kN
(lb)

Allowable
Bond
kN
(lb)

Yield
Strength
kN
(lb)

Tensile
Strength
kN
(lb)

10M

115
(4-1/2)
150
(6)

71.1
(15980)
83.8
(18830)

17.8
(3995)
20.9
(4705)

82.5
(18540)
83.0
(18655)

20.6
(4635)
20.7
(4665)

40
(8990)

60
(13490)

15M

145
(5-5/8)
190
(7-1/2)

91.8
(20630)
110.6
(24870)

22.9
(5155)
27.6
(6215)

123.7
(27810)
123.6
(27790)

30.9
(6950)
30.9
(6945)

80
(17985)

120
(26975)

20M

200
(7-7/8)
265
(10-1/2)

180.3
(40525)
215.6
(48460)

45.1
(10130)
53.9
(12115)

264
(59340)
274.6
(61720)

66
(14835)
68.6
(15430)

120
(26975)

180
(40465)

25M

230
(9)
305
(12)

284.4
(63940)
309.7
(69610)

71.0
(15985)
77.4
(17400)

323.9
(72820)
324.5
(72950)

81.0
(18205)
81.1
(18235)

200
(44960)

300
(67440)

30M

260
(10-1/8)
345
(13-1/2)

321.4
(72245)
419.1
(94205)

80.3
(18060)
104.8
(23550)

361.4
(81235)
373.7
(84015)

90.3
(20305)
93.4
(21000)

280
(62945)

420
(94415)

35M

315
(12-3/8)
420
(16-1/2)

527.6
(118615)
549.7
(123570)

131.9
(29650)
137.4
(30890)

547.7
(123120)
550.7
(123790)

136.9
(30780)
137.6
(30945)

400
(89920)

600
(134880)

1 Based on minimum steel strength and nominal cross-sectional area of rebar.

5 Allowable tension for adhesive bond based on a safety factor of 4.0.

2 Use lesser value of bond strength or steel strength.


3 Minimum concrete thickness must be equal to 1.5 times the anchor embedment.

6 For anchor spacing and edge distance guidelines, please refer to the following
pages.

4 Testing done with imperial rebar in same size holes.

7 Ultimate tensile concrete/bond loads represent the average values obtained in testing.

HIT-RE 500 Ultimate Tensile Strength for Smooth Epoxy


Coated Dowel Bars in Concrete 2410 psi (15.9 MPa)
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Drill Bit
Diameter
in. (mm)

1
(25.4)

1-1/8
(29)

1-1/4
(31.8)

1-3/8
(34.9)

1-1/2
(38.1)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

Ultimate
Tensile Load
lb (kN)

9
(229)

40385
(179.7)

1-5/8
(41)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 269

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 270

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete
Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors

s
h ef
s min
s cr

s
V
c

=
=
=
=

Edge Distance Adjustment Factors

Actual spacing
Actual embedment
0.5 h ef
1.5 h ef

c
h ef
cmin
ccr

=
=
=
=
=
=
ll =

Actual edge distance


Actual embedment
0.5 h ef Tension and shear
1.5 h ef Tension
2.0 h ef Shear
Perpendicular to edge
Parallel to edge

scr
1.5

ccr

2.0
Shear &
Tension

(I)
Sh
ea
r

1.0

smin = 0.5 hef, scr = 1.5 hef


fA = 0.3 (s/hef) + 0.55
for scr>s>smin

Edge Distance Tension


cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 1.5 hef

.2

.6

.4

.8

1.0

Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor


(fA)

0
0

fRN = 0.3(c/hef) + 0.55


for ccr>c>cmin

Edge Distance Shear


( toward edge)

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef


fRV2 = 0.36(c/hef) + 0.28
for ccr>c>cmin

Anchor Diameter:
Adjustment
Factor

3/8" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear,

Edge Distance
Tension,

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2

fRN

( toward edge)

(II to or away from edge)

fA

Embed. Depth (in.)


7/8
1
1 11/16
2
2 1/4
2 5/8
3
3 1/2
4
5 1/16
5 1/2
6
6 3/4
8
9
Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge)

.6
.2
.8
1.0
.4
Edge Distance Adjustment Factor
(fRV,fRN)

Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" Diameter Anchor

cmin = 0.5 hef, ccr = 2.0 hef


fRV1 = 0.54(c/hef) 0.09
for ccr>c>cmin

cmin

0.5

c
hef

sio

smin

0.5

Ten

s
hef

( I I)

Spacing Tension/Shear

ccr
1.5

1.0

Sh
ear

Note: Tables apply for listed


embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment
depths must be calculated
using equations below.

1-3/4
0.70
0.72
0.84
0.89
0.94
1.00

3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4


0.70
0.72
0.70
0.84
0.73
0.89
0.75 0.70 0.94
0.78 0.73 1.00
0.82 0.75
0.86 0.78
0.91 0.82
1.00 0.89
0.92
0.95
1.00

3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4


0.18
0.22
0.70
0.43
0.73
0.53
0.75 0.70 0.60
0.78 0.73 0.72
0.82 0.75 0.84
0.86 0.78 1.00
0.91 0.82
1.00 0.89
0.92
0.95
1.00

3-3/8 4-1/2 1-3/4


0.46
0.49
0.18
0.63
0.23
0.69
0.27 0.18 0.74
0.33 0.23 0.82
0.39 0.27 0.90
0.47 0.33 1.00
0.55 0.39
0.72 0.52
0.79 0.57
0.87 0.63
1.00 0.72
0.87
1.00

3-3/8 4-1/2

0.46
0.49
0.52
0.56
0.60
0.65
0.71
0.82
0.87
0.92
1.00

0.46
0.49
0.52
0.56
0.60
0.69
0.72
0.76
0.82
0.92
1.00

270 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 271

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete
Note: Tables apply for listed
embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment
depths must be calculated
using equations below.

Load Adjustment Factors for 1/2" Diameter Anchor


Anchor Diameter:

1/2" diameter

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embed. Depth (in.)


1
1-1/8
1-1/2
1-3/4
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3
3-3/8
4
4-1/2
5
6
6-3/4
7
8
9
10
11
12

Spacing
Tension/Shear,

Edge Distance
Tension,

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1

fRN

( toward edge)

Spacing Tension/Shear

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2

fA

Adjustment
Factor

(II to or away from edge)

2-1/4 4-1/2
0.70
0.75
0.78
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.95
1.00

2-1/4 4-1/2

0.70
0.75
0.78
0.82
0.70
0.85
0.72
0.88
0.75 0.70 0.95
0.78 0.72 1.00
0.82 0.75
0.85 0.78
0.88 0.80
0.95 0.85
1.00 0.89
0.90
0.95
1.00

0.70
0.72
0.75
0.78
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.95
1.00

0.70
0.72
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.85
0.89
0.90
0.95
1.00

2-1/4 4-1/2
0.18
0.27
0.33
0.39
0.45
0.51
0.63
0.72
0.87
1.00

0.18
0.21
0.27
0.32
0.39
0.45
0.51
0.63
0.72
0.75
0.87
1.00

0.18
0.21
0.27
0.32
0.36
0.45
0.52
0.54
0.63
0.72
0.81
0.90
1.00

2-1/4 4-1/2
0.46
0.52
0.56
0.60
0.64
0.68
0.76
0.82
0.92
1.00

s min = 0.5 h ef, s cr = 1.5 h ef


fA = 0.3 (s/h ef) + 0.55
for s cr>s>s min

Edge Distance Tension


c min = 0.5 h ef, ccr = 1.5 h ef
0.46
0.48
0.52
0.55
0.60
0.64
0.68
0.76
0.82
0.84
0.92
1.00

fRN = 0.3(c/h ef) + 0.55


for c cr>c>c min
0.46
0.48
0.52
0.55
0.58
0.64
0.69
0.70
0.76
0.82
0.88
0.94
1.00

Edge Distance Shear


( toward edge)
cmin = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef
fRV1 = 0.54(c/h ef) 0.09
for c cr>c>c min

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge)
c min = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef
fRV2 = 0.36(c/h ef) + 0.28
for c cr>c>c min

Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" and 3/4" Diameter Anchors


Anchor Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embed. Depth (in.)


1-7/16
1-11/16
2
2-13/16
3-3/8
3-3/4
4-5/16
4-1/2
5-1/16
5-5/8
5-3/4
6-3/4
8-7/16
10-1/8
11-1/4
12
13-1/2
15
16
18

5/8" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear
fA

2-7/8
0.70
0.73
0.76
0.84
0.90
0.94
1.00

Edge Distance
Tension

5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8


0.70
0.73
0.76
0.70
0.84
0.73
0.90
0.75 0.70 0.94
0.78 0.72 1.00
0.79 0.73
0.82 0.75
0.85 0.78
0.86 0.78
0.91 0.82
1.00 0.89
0.96
1.00

fRN

3/4" diameter

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)

5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8


0.18
0.23
0.29
0.70
0.44
0.73
0.54
0.75 0.70 0.61
0.78 0.72 0.72
0.79 0.73 0.76
0.82 0.75 0.86
0.85 0.78 0.97
0.86 0.78 1.00
0.91 0.82
1.00 0.89
0.96
1.00

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2
(II to or away from edge)

5-5/8 7-1/2 2-7/8


0.46
0.49
0.53
0.18
0.63
0.23
0.70
0.27 0.18 0.75
0.32 0.22 0.82
0.34 0.23 0.84
0.40 0.27 0.91
0.45 0.32 0.98
0.46 0.32 1.00
0.56 0.40
0.72 0.52
0.88 0.64
1.00 0.72
0.77
0.88
1.00

Spacing
Tension/Shear
fA

5-5/8 7-1/2 3-3/8 6-3/4

0.46
0.50
0.52
0.56
0.57
0.60
0.64
0.65
0.71
0.82
0.93
1.00

0.46
0.49
0.50
0.52
0.55
0.56
0.60
0.69
0.77
0.82
0.86
0.93
1.00

0.70
0.73
0.80
0.85
0.88
0.93
0.95
1.00

Edge Distance
Tension
fRN

3-3/8 6-3/4

0.70
0.73
0.80
0.70
0.85
0.72
0.88
0.74
0.93
0.75 0.70 0.95
0.78 0.72 1.00
0.80 0.74
0.81 0.74
0.85 0.78
0.93 0.83
1.00 0.89
0.93
0.95
1.00

0.70
0.72
0.74
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.81
0.85
0.93
1.00

0.70
0.72
0.74
0.74
0.78
0.83
0.89
0.93
0.95
1.00

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)

3-3/8 6-3/4
0.18
0.23
0.36
0.45
0.51
0.60
0.63
0.72
0.81
0.83
1.00

0.18
0.21
0.26
0.27
0.32
0.36
0.37
0.45
0.59
0.72
0.81
0.87
1.00

0.18
0.21
0.25
0.26
0.32
0.42
0.52
0.59
0.63
0.72
0.81
0.87
1.00

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2
(II to or away from edge)

3-3/8 6-3/4
0.46
0.49
0.58
0.64
0.68
0.74
0.76
0.82
0.88
0.89
1.00

0.46
0.48
0.51
0.52
0.55
0.58
0.59
0.64
0.73
0.82
0.88
0.92
1.00

0.46
0.48
0.51
0.51
0.55
0.62
0.69
0.73
0.76
0.82
0.88
0.92
1.00

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 271

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 272

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines in Concrete
Note: Tables apply for listed
embedment depths. Reduction
factors for other embedment
depths must be calculated
using equations below.

Load Adjustment Factors for 7/8" Diameter Anchor


Anchor Diameter:
Adjustment
Factor

7/8" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear,

Edge Distance
Tension,

fA

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embed. Depth (in.)

2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
3-15/16
4-1/2
5
5-1/4
6
6-1/2
7
8
10
11-13/16
12
14
15-3/4
18
20
21

( toward edge)

7-7/8 10-1/2

0.70
0.74
0.78
0.81
0.70
0.85
0.72
0.89
0.74
0.93
0.75 0.70 0.94
0.78 0.72 1.00
0.80 0.74
0.82 0.75
0.85 0.78
0.93 0.84
1.00 0.89
0.89
0.95
1.00

0.70
0.72
0.74
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.93
1.00

0.70
0.72
0.74
0.75
0.78
0.84
0.89
0.89
0.95
1.00

Spacing Tension/Shear

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2
(II to or away from edge)

fRN

7-7/8 10-1/2

0.70
0.74
0.78
0.81
0.85
0.89
0.93
0.94
1.00

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1

7-7/8 10-1/2

0.18
0.25
0.32
0.38
0.44
0.52
0.59
0.62
0.72
0.79
0.86
1.00

0.18
0.22
0.25
0.27
0.32
0.36
0.39
0.46
0.60
0.72
0.73
0.87
1.00

0.18
0.22
0.24
0.27
0.32
0.42
0.52
0.53
0.63
0.72
0.84
0.94
1.00

0.46
0.51
0.55
0.60
0.63
0.69
0.73
0.75
0.82
0.87
0.91
1.00

s min = 0.5 h ef, s cr = 1.5 h ef

7-7/8 10-1/2

fA = 0.3 (s/h ef) + 0.55


for s cr>s>s min

Edge Distance Tension


0.46
0.49
0.51
0.52
0.55
0.58
0.60
0.65
0.74
0.82
0.83
0.92
1.00

c min = 0.5 h ef, ccr = 1.5 h ef


fRN = 0.3(c/h ef) + 0.55
for c cr>c>c min

0.46
0.49
0.50
0.52
0.55
0.62
0.69
0.69
0.76
0.82
0.90
0.97
1.00

Edge Distance Shear


( toward edge)
cmin = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef
fRV1 = 0.54(c/h ef) 0.09
for c cr>c>c min

Edge Distance Shear


(II to or away from edge)
c min = 0.5 h ef, c cr = 2.0 h ef
fRV2 = 0.36(c/h ef) + 0.28
for c cr>c>c min

Load Adjustment Factors for 1" and 1-1/4" Diameter Anchors


Anchor Diameter
Adjustment
Factor

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

Embed. Depth (in.)

2-1/4
2-3/4
3
4
4-1/2
5
5-5/8
6
6-3/4
7-1/2
8-1/4
9
10
11
12
13-1/2
14
16-7/8
18
20
22-1/2
24
27
30

1" diameter
Spacing
Tension/Shear
fA

4-1/2

0.70
0.73
0.75
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.93
0.95
1.00

12

Edge Distance
Tension
fRN

4-1/2

0.70
0.73
0.75
0.82
0.70
0.85
0.72
0.88
0.74
0.93
0.75 0.70 0.95
0.78 0.72 1.00
0.80 0.74
0.83 0.76
0.85 0.78
0.88 0.80
0.92 0.83
0.95 0.85
1.00 0.89
0.90
0.97
1.00

0.70
0.72
0.74
0.75
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.92
0.95
1.00

12

0.70
0.72
0.74
0.76
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.89
0.90
0.97
1.00

1-1/4" diameter
Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)

4-1/2

0.18
0.24
0.27
0.39
0.45
0.51
0.59
0.63
0.72
0.81
0.90
1.00

0.18
0.21
0.25
0.27
0.32
0.36
0.41
0.45
0.51
0.57
0.63
0.72
0.75
0.92
1.00

12

0.18
0.21
0.25
0.28
0.32
0.36
0.41
0.45
0.52
0.54
0.67
0.72
0.81
0.92
1.00

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2
(II to or away from edge)

4-1/2

0.46
0.50
0.52
0.60
0.64
0.68
0.73
0.76
0.82
0.88
0.94
1.00

0.46
0.48
0.51
0.52
0.55
0.58
0.61
0.64
0.68
0.72
0.76
0.82
0.84
0.96
1.00

12

0.46
0.48
0.51
0.53
0.55
0.58
0.61
0.64
0.69
0.70
0.79
0.82
0.88
0.96
1.00

Spacing
Tension/Shear
fA

5-5/8 11-1/4 15

0.70
0.71
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.85
0.87
0.91
0.95
0.99

Edge Distance
Tension
fRN

5-5/8 11-1/4 15

0.70
0.71
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.70
0.85
0.71
0.87
0.73
0.91
0.75 0.70 0.95
0.77 0.72 0.99
0.79 0.73
0.82 0.75
0.84 0.77
0.87 0.79
0.91 0.82
0.92 0.83
1.00 0.89
0.91
0.95
1.00

0.70
0.71
0.73
0.75
0.77
0.79
0.82
0.84
0.87
0.91
0.92
1.00

0.70
0.72
0.73
0.75
0.77
0.79
0.82
0.83
0.89
0.91
0.95
1.00

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV1
( toward edge)

Edge Distance
Shear, fRV2
(II to or away from edge)

5-5/8 11-1/4 15

5-5/8 11-1/4 15

0.18
0.20
0.29
0.34
0.39
0.45
0.49
0.56
0.63
0.70
0.77
0.87
1.00

0.46
0.47
0.54
0.57
0.60
0.64
0.66
0.71
0.76
0.81
0.86
0.92
0.98

0.18
0.20
0.23
0.27
0.31
0.34
0.39
0.44
0.49
0.56
0.58
0.72
0.77
0.87
1.00

0.18
0.21
0.23
0.27
0.31
0.34
0.40
0.41
0.52
0.56
0.63
0.72
0.77
0.88
1.00

0.46
0.47
0.50
0.52
0.54
0.57
0.60
0.63
0.66
0.71
0.73
0.82
0.86
0.92
1.00

0.46
0.48
0.50
0.52
0.54
0.57
0.60
0.62
0.69
0.71
0.76
0.82
0.86
0.93
1.00

272 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 273

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7


Resistance of HIT-RE 500 to Chemicals

Chemical

Chemicals Tested

Alkalinize
(Base material
concrete)

Concrete drilling mud (10%) pH=12.6


Concrete drilling mud (10%) pH=13.2
Concrete potash solution (10%) pH=14.0
Acetic acid (10%)
concrete was
dissolved by acid
Nitric acid (10%)
Hydrochloric acid (10%) 3 month Sulfuric acid (10%)
Benzyl alcohol
Ethanol
Ethyl acetate
Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK)
Trichlorethylene
Xylene (mixture)
Concrete plasticizer
Diesel oil
Oil
Petrol
Oil for form work (forming oil)
Salt water
de-mineralized water
salt spraying test
SO2
Environment / Weather

Resistant

+
+
+
-

Acids

Solvents

Chemicals
used on job sites

Environmental
Chemicals

Not
Resistant

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

Samples of the HIT-RE 500 resin were immersed in the various chemical
compounds for up to one year. At the end of the test period, the samples were
analyzed. Any samples showing no visible damage and having less than a 25%
reduction in bending (flexural) strength were classified as Resistant. Samples
that were heavily damaged or destroyed were classified as Not Resistant.
Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the base
material, leaving very little surface area exposed.

Full Cure Time Table1 (100% of working load)


Base Material Temperature
F
C
23

72 hours

32

50 hours

50

10

24 hours

68
86
104

20
30
40

12 hours
8 hours
4 hours

Initial Cure Time Table1 (25% of working load)


Base Material Temperature
F
C

Influence of Temperature on Bond Strength

23
(37.5% at 212F)

(100% at 120F)

80

(100% at 23F)

Allowable Bond Strength


(% of Load at 70F)

120
100

60
40
20

60

100

Approx.
Initial Cure Time

36 hours

32

25 hours

50

10

12 hours

68
86
104

20
30
40

6 hours
4 hours
2 hours

Gel Time Table1 (Approximate)

0
20

Approx.
Full Curing Time

140

180

220

Base Material Temperature


F
C

Approx.
Gel Time

Base Material Temperature (F)


23
Note: Test procedure involves the concrete being held at the elevated temperature for
24 hours then removing it from the controlled environment and testing to failure.
Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available; please contact Hilti
Technical Services.

4 hours

32

3 hours

50

10

2 hours

68
86
104

20
30
40

30 minutes
20 minutes
12 minutes

1 Minimum product temperature must be maintained above 41F (5C)


prior/during installation.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 273

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 274

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


4.2.7.4 Installation Instructions
1

4A
4B

1. Drill anchor hole using carbide


or diamond core bits.

6
2

37

2. Insert air nozzle to bottom of


hole and blow out hole using a
pump, or compressed air. For
underwater applications and
diamond coring, flush until
water runs clear from hole.

6. Screw on static mixer.

2
1

103

5. Insert refill pack into holder.


Remove cap covering
threaded projection.

10

7. Put holder into dispenser.

8. Discard first three trigger pulls


of adhesive from each refill
pack or cartridge.

Rod

4. Insert air nozzle to bottom of


hole and blow out hole using a
pump, or compressed air. For
underwater applications and
diamond coring, flush until
water runs clear from hole.
Remove water (e.g. vacuum
or comp. air).

3 2

1
3

1
23

3. Clean hole with a nylon or wire


brush. Proper hole cleaning is
essential.

11

9. Inject adhesive into hole


starting at the bottom until
1/2 to 2/3 full. Use mixer filler
tube extensions when needed
to reach the hole bottom.

12

10. Unlock dispenser

Tmax
T

max

Insert

10

11

12

10

11

12

Tmax
Tmax

Rebar

9. Insert rod, threaded insert or rebar.


Twist during installation.

10. Fastener may be adjusted during


specified gel time.

11. Do not disturb anchor between


12. After full cure time, apply
specified gel time and initial cure time.
specified torque as required to
At the initial cure time the fastener has
secure items to be fastened.
25% of full working load. Work may
Do not exceed maximum
proceed (e.g. tying rebar, setting steel)
torque specified.
which will not exceed 25% of the full
working load. Do not torque anchor.

274 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 275

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7


HIT HIT-RE 500 Volume Charts
Threaded Rod Installation
Rod
Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume
Diameter Diameter Required per Inch
(in.)
of embedment (in 3)
(in.)
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/4

5/16
7/16
9/16
3/4
7/8
1
1-1/8
1-3/8

0.055
0.095
0.133
0.261
0.326
0.391
0.478
0.626

EXAMPLE:
Determine approximate fastenings for 5/8" rod
embedded 10" deep.
10 x 0.261 = 2.61 in3 of adhesive per anchor
16.5 2.61 6 fastenings per small cartridge
81.8 2.61 31 fastenings per jumbo cartridge

Metric Rebar Installation


(Canada Only)

Rebar Installation
Rod
Diameter
(in.)

Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume


Bar
Diameter Diameter Required per Inch
(in.)
of embedment (in3)

Drill Bit1 Adhesive Volume


Diameter Required per Inch
(in.)
of embedment (in3)

#3 or 3/8
1/2
0.110
#4 or 1/2
5/8
0.146
#5 or 5/8
3/4
0.176
#6 or 3/4
7/8
0.218
#7 or 7/8
1
0.252
#8 or 1
1-1/8
0.299
#9 or 1-1/8
1-3/8
0.601
#10 or 1-1/4 1-1/2
0.659
#11 or 1-3/8 1-3/4
1.037
NOTE: Useable volume of HIT-RE 500 refill cartridge
is 16.5 in3 (270 ml).
Useable volume of HIT-RE 500 medium refill
cartridge is 26.9 in3 (440 ml).
Useable volume of HIT-RE 500 jumbo refill
cartridge is 81.8 in3 (1340 ml).

10M
15M
20M
25M
30M
35M

5/8
3/4
1
1-1/8
1-3/8
1-3/4

0.186
0.170
0.388
0.289
0.481
0.996

1 Rebar diameter may vary. Use smallest drill bit which will accommodate rebar.

4.2.7.5 Ordering Information

HIT RE Mixer
HIT-RE 500 Refill Pack

HIT-RE 500 Medium Cartridge

HIT-RE 500 Jumbo Cartridge

HIT Adhesives
Item No.

340225

Description

HIT-RE 500 11.1 oz (330 ml)


Includes (1) Refill Pack and (1) Mixer with filler tube

369251

HIT-RE 500 MC 11.1 oz (330 ml)


Includes (25) Refill Packs and (25) Mixers with filler tube

369110

HIT-RE 500 Medium 16.9 oz (500 ml)


Includes (20) Refill Packs and (20) Mixers with filler tube

373958

HIT-RE 500 Jumbo 47.3 oz (1400 ml)


Includes (4) Jumbo Refill Packs and (4) Mixers

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 275

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 276

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.7 HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System


Dispensers
Battery Powered
Item No.

Ordering designation

3245363

ED3500 2.0 Ah kit

Manual
Item No.

Ordering designation

371291
229154
338853
229170

MD 1000 Manual Dispenser for HIT-ICE


MD 2000 dispenser includes foil pack holder
MD 2500 Manual Dispenser
Refill Holder Replacement for MD2000, ED 3500 or P-3000HY dispensers

Pneumatic Dispenser with 1/4" internally threaded compressed air coupling


Item No.

354180
373959
373960

P-3500 dispenser (for foil packs)


HIT-P8000D pneumatic dispenser (for jumbo cartridges)
Jumbo pack holder replacement for P8000D

Ordering designation

Mixers and Filler Tubes


Item No.

Ordering designation

337111

HIT-RE-M static mixer (suitable for foil pack and jumbo cartridges)

Qty/pkg

HIT-RE-M Mixer

276 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 277

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-RE 500 Epoxy Adhesive Anchoring System 4.2.7

Threaded Rods
HAS Rods 5.8

HAS Super A193, B7 High Strength Rods

Item No. (Box)

Master Carton
(MC)

Description (in.)

Qty
Box/MC

385417
385418
385419
385420
385421
385422
385423
385424
385425
385426

3432178
3432179
3432180
3432181
3432182
3432183
3432184
3432185
3432239
3432186

3/8 x 3
3/8 x 4-3/8
3/8 x 5-1/8
3/8-8
3/8 x 12
1/2 x 3-1/8
1/2 x 4-1/2
1/2 x 6-1/2
1/2 x 8
1/2 x 10

10/360
10/240
20/240
10/160
10/90
10/240
10/160
20/160
10/120
10/120

385427
385428

3432187
3432188

1/2 x 12
5/8 x 8

10/80
20/80

385429
385430
385431
385432
385433
385434
385435

3432189
3432190
3432191
3432052
3432163
3432164
3432165

5/8 x 9
5/8 x 12
5/8 x 17
3/4 x 10
3/4 x 11
3/4 x 12
3/4 x 14

10/60
10/60
10/40
10/40
10/30
10/30
10/30

385436
385437
385438
385439
385440

3432166
3432167
3432168
3432169
3432170

3/4 x 17
3/4 x 19
3/4 x 21
3/4 x 25
7/8 x 10

10/20
10/20
10/20
10/20
10/20

385441
385442
385443
385444
385445
385446
385447

3432171
3432172
3432173
3432174
3432175
3432176
3432177

7/8 x 13
1 x 12
1 x 14
1 x 16
1 x 20
1-1/4 x 16
1-1/4 x 22

10/20
4/16
2/16
2/12
2/12
4/8
4/8

Item No.

Description

Qty
Box

68657

3/8x5-1/8

68658

1/2x6-1/2

HAS-R Rods 304 Stainless Steel


Description

Qty
Box

10

385462
385463

3/8x5-1/8
3/8 x 8

10

385464
385465
385466

1/2x6-1/2
1/2x8
1/2x10

10

385467
385468

5/8x7-5/8
5/8x10

Description

Qty
Box

10
10

3024335

3/8x5-1/8

10
1
1

3024336

1/2x6-1/2

1/2x11

333781

5/8x7-5/8

10

3024338
3024339

5/8x7-5/8

Item No.

3024337
333783

Item No.

HAS-R Rods 316 Stainless Steel

5/8x9
5/8x12

1
1

3024340

3/4x9-5/8

3024341

1x12

4/16

10
1

68660

3/4x9-5/8

385469

3/4x9-5/8

3006083

3/4 x 14

385470
385471
385472

3/4x12
3/4x14
3/4x16

1
1
1

385473

7/8x10

385474

1x12

68661 7/8x10 (HDG)1


3006077 7/8x12 (HDG)1
45259 7/8x16 (HDG)1
68662
1x12
3006079
1x14
3006080
1x16
3006081
1x21
333779
1-1/4x16

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4

3006082

1-1/4x23

1 Hot dipped galvanized (7/8" rod only). Coating thickness 2 mils (50.8 m).

HIS Internally Threaded Inserts


HIS
Item No.

258020
258021
258022
258023

HIS-R
Item No.

Description

Useable
Thread
Length (in.)

Qty
Box

258029
258030
258031
258032

3/8x4-1/4
1/2x5
5/8x6-5/8
3/4x8-1/4

1
1-3/16
1-1/2
2

10
5
5
5

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 277

08_4.2.6_HIT RE 500.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:06 AM

Page 278

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Construction


4.2.8.1

Product Description

4.2.8.2

Material Specifications

4.2.8.3

Technical Data

4.2.8.4

Installation Instructions

4.2.8.5

Ordering Information

4.2.8.1 Product Description


The Hilti HIT HY 20 System is based on
a hybrid adhesive. The system consists
of a dual cylinder adhesive refill pack, a
mixing nozzle, a screen tube, a HIT
dispenser with refill pack holder, and
either a threaded rod, rebar or HIT
internally threaded insert. HIT HY 20 is
specifically designed for fastening into
material containing voids and holes
such as hollow block, lightweight hollow
block, brick with holes, multi-wythe
brick walls and clay tile.

Product Features

ICC-ES (International Code Council)


ER-4815 (URM only)
City of Los Angeles
Research Report No. 24564 (URM only)

Code Compliance
IBC/IRC 2000 (ICC-ES AC60)
UBC 1997 (ICC-ES AC60)
LEED : Credit 4.1-Low Emitting
Materials

Accurate dispensing of resin


and hardener into the wire mesh
screen tube

Mixing tube ensures proper mixing


and eliminates measuring errors

Contains no styrene; virtually


odorless

For use in hollow or multi-wythe


base materials

Excellent weathering resistance

Listings/Approvals

Enhanced load values in a variety


of base materials

Suitable for seismic retrofitting in


unreinforced masonry. Please refer
to ER-4815 (ICC-ES AC60)

The Leadership in Energy and


Environmental Design (LEED ) Green
Building Rating systemTM is the nationally
accepted benchmark for the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings.

Components

Std. HIT-A Anchor Rod with Nut & Washer

Std. HIT-I Internally Threaded Insert

Anchor Rod with Nut and Washer (URM) or


HAS-E Rod with 22.5 beveled square washer

HAS-E with Nut and Washer

Rebar for URM (supplied by contractor)

278 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

09_4.2.7_HIT HY 20.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:09 AM

Page 279

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8

Guide Specifications
Master Format Section:
03250

(Concrete accessories)

cartridges for high volume work. Only


injection tools and static mixing nozzles as
recommended by the manufacturer shall by
used. Manufacturers instructions shall be
followed.

Related Sections:
03200
05050
05120

(Concrete ReinforcingReinforcing Accessories)


(Metal Fabrication)
(Structural Steel)

Injection adhesive shall be formulated to


include resin, hardener, cement and water
to provide optimal curing speed as well as
high strength and stiffness. Typical curing
time at 68F shall be 60 minutes.

Mesh Screen Tube Shall be formed into a


cylindrical shape, with one end closed to
prevent extrusion of adhesive through that
end. Screen tube shall be manufactured
with a mesh size, length and diameter as
specified by the adhesive manufacturer.
Mesh shall be manufactured from: 1. Low
carbon steel with zinc electro-plating or 2.
AISI 304 stainless steel or 3. plastic.
Anchor rods and screens shall be the Hilti

threaded anchor rod, nut, and washer; a

Injection adhesive shall be HIT HY 20, as


manufactured by Hilti.

cylindrical mesh screen tube, and an

Anchor Rods Furnish with chamfered

injectable adhesive material.

ends so that either end will accept a nut

Injection adhesive shall be packaged in


side by side refill packs which keep
separate component A and component B.
Side by side packs shall be designed to
compress during use to minimize waste
volume. Side by side packs shall also be
designed to accept static mixing nozzle
which thoroughly blends component A and
component B and allows injection directly
into a mesh screen tube. Alternately,
product may be furnished in large rigid

and washer. Manufactured to meet the

Adhesive anchors shall consist of a

HIT system as manufactured by Hilti.

following requirements: 1. ISO 898 Class


5.8 2. AISI 304 or AISI 316 stainless steel,
meeting the requirements of ASTM F 593
(condition CW).
Special order length HAS or HIT Rods may
vary from standard product.
Furnish Nuts and Washers to meet the
requirements of the above anchor rod
specifications.

Fastener Components
ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser

HIT-HY 20 Refill Pack


Refill Pack Holder

Mixing Nozzle

MD2500
Dispenser

HIT-HY 20 Medium Cartridge

HIT-HY 20 Jumbo Cartridge

P3500
Dispenser

Refill Pack Holder

P8000D
Pneumatic Dispenser

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 279

09_4.2.7_HIT HY 20.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:09 AM

Page 280

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System


4.2.8.2 Material Specifications
Material Properties for HIT-HY 20Cured Adhesive
Compressive Strength

ASTM D 695/DIN 53454

7410 psi

51.1 MPa

Modulus of elasticity (Compression test)

ASTM D 790/DIN 53452

0.33 x 106 psi

2300 MPa

Water absorption

ASTM D 570/DIN 53495

2.5%

2.5%

VDE/DIN 0303T3

7.9 x 1010 ohm/in.

2 x 1011 ohm/cm

Electrical resistance

Material

Mechanical Properties
min. fu
fy
ksi (MPa)
ksi (MPa)

HIT-A Rod material ASTM A 36, 9SMNPB36K &/or 9SMN36K conforming to DIN 1651.
Mechanical properties meet or exceed values for ASTM A 36
HAS-E Rod material meets the requirements of ISO 898 Class 5.8.
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304) Condition CW 3/8"-5/8"
Stainless HAS rod material meets the requirements of ASTM F 593 (AISI 304) Condition CW 3/4"-1"
HIT-I Insert, 11SMnPb30+C steel conforming to 10277-3
HIT and HAS-E Standard Nut material meets the requirements of ASTM A 563, Grade A
HAS Stainless Steel Nut material meets dimensional requirements of ASTM F 594
HIT Standard and Stainless Steel Washer material meets the requirements of ANSI B18.22.1 Type A Plain
All standard HIT and HAS-E Rods, inserts, nuts & washers are plated to ASTM B 633 SC 1

36
58
65
45
54.4

(248)
(400)
(448)
(310)
(375)

58
72.5
100
85
66.7

(400)
(500)
(689)
(586)
(460)

Note: Special Order product may vary from standard materials.

4.2.8.3 Technical Data


HY 20 Installation Specification Table for HAS-E Threaded Rods in Masonry Construction

Anchor Rod Size


Details

in.
(mm)

3/8 x 8
(9.5 x 203)

3/8 x 12
(9.5 x 305)

1/2 x 8
(12.7 x 203)

1/2 x 12
(12.7 x 305)

5/8 x 8
5/8 x 12
3/4 x 10
3/4 x 17
(15.9 x 203) (15.9 x 305) (19.1 x 254) (19.1 x 432)

in.

1/2

1/2

11/16

11/16

27/32

27/32

6
(152)

10
(254)

6
(152)

10
(254)

8
(203)

13
(330)

dbit

Bit diameter1

hef

Actual depth of
embedment

in.
(mm)

6
(152)

10
(254)

Required
screen size

in.
(mm)

3/8 x 6
(9.5 x 152)

3/8 x 10
(9.5 x 254)

Max. tightening
torque

ft lb
(Nm)

10
(13)

10
(13)

30
(41)

30
(41)

45
(62)

45
(62)

60
(81)

60
(81)

Small
Medium
Jumbo

15
24
70

9
14
42

7
11
33

4
6
19

4
6
19

3
5
14

3
5
14

2
3
9.5

Tmax

Approximate fastenings
per Cartridge

1/2 x 6
1/2 x 10
5/8 x 6
5/8 x 10
3/4 x 8
3/4 x 13
(12.7 x 152) (12.7 x 254) (15.9 x 152) (15.9 x 254) (19.1 x 203) (19.1 x 330)

1 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

280 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

09_4.2.7_HIT HY 20.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:09 AM

Page 281

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8


HIT-HY 20 Installation Specifications for HIT-A Rods in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Anchor System
Application
Details
dbit

t
Tinst

Anchor Rod
Size

bit diameter1
minimum hole
depth
required screen
max. thickness
fastened
recommended
max. install. torque

Approximate fastenings
per cartridge

HIT Combi-Rod
Tile
in.
(mm)

1/4 x 2-1/2
(6.4 x 64)

in.
in.
(mm)

1/2
Through
Material
HIT S - 12A
1/2
(13)
Finger
Tight
38
60
180

in.
(mm)
ft lb
(Nm)
Small
Medium
Jumbo

HIT-A Short Rod


Hollow and Lightweight Block
5/16 x 2-1/2
(7.9 x 63.5)

3/8 x 3
(9.5 x 76.2)

HIT-A Standard Rod


Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile

1/2 x 3-1/8
(12.7 x 79.4)

5/16 x 4
(7.9 x 101.6)

3/8 x 4-3/8
(9.5 x 111.1)

1/2 x 4-1/2
(12.7 x 114.3)

1/2
(13)
3.7
(5)

3-1/2
(90)
HIT S - 16
3/4
(19)
5.9
(8)
10
16
47

3/4
(19)
7.4
(10)

5/8
Through
Face of Hollow Base Material
HIT S - 16/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
(13)
(19)
(19)
3.7
5.9
7.4
(5)
(8)
(10)
13
20
61

1 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

HIT-HY 20 Installation Specifications for HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Block, Tile & Brick with Holes
Anchor System
Application
Details
dbit

Tinst

Anchor Rod
Size

bit diameter1
minimum hole
depth
required screen
recommended
max install. torque

Approximate fastenings
per cartridge

HIT Combi-Insert
Tile
in.
(mm)

HIT-I Standard Insert


Brick w/Holes, Clay Tile

1/2

in.
(mm)

Through
Material
HIT S - 12/I
Finger
Tight
38
60
180

5/16 x 2
(7.9 x 51)

3/8 x 2
(9.5 x 51)

1/2 x 2
(12.7 x 51)

5/16 x 3-3/16
(7.9 x 30)

5/8

#14

in.

ft lb
(Nm)
Small
Medium
Jumbo

HIT-I Short Insert


Hollow and Lightweight Block

27/32

27/32

5/8

Through
Face of Hollow Base Material
HIT S - 16/2
HIT S - 22/2
HIT S - 22/2
3.7
5.9
7.4
(5)
(8)
(10)
13
20
61

HIT S - 16
3.7
(5)

3/8 x 3-3/16
(9.5 x 30)
27/32
3-1/2
(90)
HIT S - 22
5.9
(8)
10
16
47

1/2 x 3-3/16
(12.7 x 30)
27/32

HIT S - 22
7.4
(10)

1 Hilti matched tolerance carbide tipped drill bits

HIT-HY 20 Allowable Tension and Shear Strength for Threaded


HAS-E Rods in Multi-Wythe Brick Walls1, 2
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)
3/8
(9.5)
3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)
3/4
(19.1)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)
6
(152)
10
(254)
6
(152)
10
(254)
6
(152)
10
(254)
8
(203)
13
(330)

Allowable
Tension
lb (kN)
685
(3.1)
815
(3.6)
745
(3.3)
1270
(5.6)
815
(3.6)
1285
(5.7)
1400
(6.2)
2100
(9.3)

Allowable
Shear
lb (kN)
590
(2.6)
590
(2.6)
930
(4.1)
930
(4.1)
1355
(6.0)
1355
(6.0)
1800
(8.0)
1800
(8.0)

Combined Shear and Tension Loading


Nd
V
+ d 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)
Vrec
N rec

1 Values based on mortar shear strength of 45 psi or greater.


2 Based on using a safety factor of 5.
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 281

09_4.2.7_HIT HY 20.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:09 AM

Page 282

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System


HIT HY 20 Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT-A Rods in Hollow Concrete Block,
Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile1, 2

Anchor
Type

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

HIT-A
Rod
Anchor

1/4 3
(6.4) 3
5/16
(7.9)
3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)

HIT-A Short 2" (51mm) Embedment


L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block
Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
255
340
(1.1)
(1.5)
370
505
(1.6)
(2.2)
525
790
(2.3)
(3.5)
525
1230
(2.3)
(5.5)

HIT-A Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment


Brick with Holes
Shear
Tension
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
365
305
(1.6)
(1.4)
565
530
(2.5)
(2.4)
775
930
(3.4)
(4.1)
775
1375
(3.4)
(6.1)

Clay Tile
Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
130
100
(0.6)
(0.4)
150
220
(0.7)
(1.0)
150
220
(0.7)
(2.2)
150
500
(0.7)
(2.2)

1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear.


2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values.
3 1/4" anchor diameter installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.

HIT HY 20 Allowable Loads for Threaded HIT-I Inserts in Hollow Concrete Block,
Lightweight Concrete Block, Brick with Holes, Clay Tile1, 2

Anchor
Type

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)
No 14 screw
w/ insert3

HIT-I
Insert
Anchor

(6.4)
5/16
(7.9)
3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)

HIT Short 2" (51mm) Embedment


L/W or N/W Hollow Concrete Block
Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
240
510
(1.1)
(2.3)
400
780
(1.8)
(3.5)
400
1425
(1.8)
(6.3)
400
1800
(1.8)
(8.0)

HIT Standard 3-3/8" (86mm) Embedment


Brick with Holes
Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
300
530
(1.3)
(2.4)
585
750
(2.6)
(3.3)
1160
1380
(5.2)
(6.1)
1160
1635
(5.2)
(7.3)

Clay Tile
Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
85
150
(0.4)
(0.7)
175
220
(0.8)
(1.0)
185
435
(0.8)
(1.9)
185
500
(0.8)
(2.2)

1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear.


2 Due to wide strength variations encountered in masonry, these values should be considered as guide values.
3 1/4" anchor installed at 2" embedment in brick with holes and clay tile.

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines


Brick with Holes & Multi-Wythe
Brick Walls
Spacing:
s cr = s min = Two (2) complete bricks
in any direction
Edge Distance:
c cr = c min = Two (2) complete bricks,
or
16" (406 mm) in any
direction (whichever is less.)

Clay Tile
Spacing:
scr = smin = One (1) anchor per tile cell
Edge Distance:
ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm)
from free edge

Hollow, Normal Weight &


Lightweight Concrete Block
Spacing:
scr = smin = One (1) anchor
per block cell
Edge Distance:
ccr = cmin = 12" (305 mm) min. from
free edge

Wall Elevation

282 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

09_4.2.7_HIT HY 20.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:09 AM

Page 283

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8


Resistance of HIT HY 20 to Chemicals
Chemical
Sulphuric acid

conc.
30%
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
conc.
10%
10%
40%
20%
5%
conc.
5%
10%
10%
10%
2%
10%
10%

Hydrochloric acid
Nitric acid
Phosphoric acid
Acetic acid
Formic acid
Lactic acid
Citric acid
Caustic soda

Ammonia
Soda solution
Common salt solution
Chlorinated lime solution
Sodium hypochlorite
Hydrogen peroxide
Carbolic acid solution
Ethanol
Sea water
Glycol
Acetone
Carbon tetrachloride
Toluene
Petrol/Gasoline
Machine oil
Diesel oil
Key:

Behavior

+
+

+
+
+

+
+

+
+
+
+
+
+

+
+

non-resistant

+ resistant

partially resistant

110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0

Note: Test procedure involves


the concrete being held at the
elevated temperature for 24
hours then removing it from the
controlled environment and
testing to failure.
55% at 212F

100% at 70F

Allowable Bond Strength


(% of load at 70F)

Influence of Temperature on Bond Strength

Samples of the HY 20 resin were immersed in the various


chemical compounds for up to one year. At the end of the test
period, the samples were analyzed. Any samples showing no
visible damage and having less than a 25% reduction in
bending (flexural) strength were classified as Resistant.
Samples that had slight damage, such as small cracks, chips,
etc. or reduction in bending strength of 25% or more, were
classified as Partially Resistant. Samples that were heavily
damaged or destroyed were classified as Not Resistant.
Note: In actual use, the majority of the resin is encased in the

base material, leaving very little surface area exposed. In


some cases, this would allow the HY 20 to be used where it
would be exposed to the Partially Resistant chemical
compounds.
Curing Time Table1 (Approximate)
Base Material Temperature
F

Curing Time

23

6 hrs

32

4 hrs

41

2 hrs

50
68
86
104

10
20
30
40

90 mins
60 mins
45 mins
30 mins

Gel Time Table1 (Approximate)


Base Material Temperature

70

120

170

Gel Time

23

40 Minutes

32

30 Minutes

41

20 Minutes

50
68
86
104

10
20
30
40

11 Minutes
6 Minutes
3 Minutes
1 Minute

1 Minimum product temperature must be maintained above 41F (5C)


prior/during installation.

Influence of High Energy Radiation1,2


Radiation
Exposure
< 10 Mrad

Detrimental
Effect

Recommendation
for Use

Insignificant

Full Use

Moderate

220

BBase Material Temperature (F)

Long term creep test in accordance with AC58 is available;


please contact Hilti Technical Services.

Approx.

10 100 Mrad
20

Approx.

> 100 Mrad

Medium to strong

Restricted Use
Frec. = 0.5 Fperm.
No recommendation
for use

1 Mrad = Megarad
2 Dosage over life span.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 283

09_4.2.7_HIT HY 20.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:09 AM

Page 284

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System


4.2.8.4 Installation Instructions
HIT-I Inserts and HIT-A Rods into Hollow Brick, Hollow Block or Tile

1. Select the proper bit. Set the depth


gauge, drill the hole, rotation only.
Hilti URM bits are recommended for
drilling into masonry.

5. Insert specified HIT-S type screen


tube into hole.

2. Use compressed air to blow out the


hole from the bottom. The Hilti air
nozzle is designed for hole cleaning.

3. Proper hole cleaning is essential. Use


a nylon brush to remove loose material. Do not use brushes with metal
bristles.

4. Use compressed air to blow out the


hole from the bottom. The Hilti air
nozzle is designed for hole cleaning.

6. Insert refill pack into holder.

7. Screw on mixing nozzle with extension.

10

11

9. DISCARD FIRST THREE TRIGGERPULLS OF ADHESIVE FROM EACH


REFILL PACK.

10. Fill HIT-S type screen tube completely


from back to front edge of screen
using the minimum number of trigger
pulls listed in table.

11. Unlock dispenser.

12

13

14

15

12. Insert HIT-I Insert, or HIT-A Rod


into adhesive-filled screen,
twisting slightly.

13. Fastener may be adjusted during


specified gel time.

14. Do not disturb fastener between


specified gel and cure time.

15. Apply torque to anchor. Do not exceed


maximum recommended torque.

12

13

14

15

The minimum number


of trigger pulls to fill each
screen is as follows:
S12
1 pump
S16/2
4 pumps
S16
6 pumps
S22/2
4 pumps
S22
6 pumps

HIT-I INSERT

8. Put holder into dispenser.

HIT-A ROD

OR

Tmax

Tmax

284 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

09_4.2.7_HIT HY 20.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:09 AM

Page 285

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8


Installation of HAS-E Rods in Masonry Construction with Voids
(e.g. Multi-wythe Construction)
1

1. Select the proper bit. Set the depth


gauge. Drill the hole, rotation only
(unless otherwise specified).

5. Insert refill pack into holder.

1. Fill the screen tube completely,


beginning at the bottom. Use
mixer filler extension tubes when
needed to reach the screen
tube bottom.

13

1. Do not disturb faster between


specified gel and cure time.

2. Use compressed air to blow out the


hole from the bottom. The Hilti air
nozzle is designed for hole cleaning.

6. Screw on mixer and remove extension.

10

2. Insert specified screen tube into hole.

2
3

3. Proper hole cleaning is essential.


Use a nylon brush to remove loose
material. Do not use brushes with
metal bristles.

7. Put holder into dispenser.

11

3. Insert HAS-E or HIT Rod into adhesivefilled screen, twisting slightly.

4. Use compressed air to blow out the


hole from the bottom. The Hilti air
nozzle is designed for hole cleaning.

8. DISCARD FIRST THREE TRIGGER


PULLS OF ADHESIVE FROM EACH
REFILL PACK.

12

4. Fastener may be adjusted during


specified gel time.

14

2. Load fastener only after cure time


has elapsed.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 285

09_4.2.7_HIT HY 20.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:09 AM

Page 286

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

4.2.8 HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System


4.2.8.5 Ordering Information
Fastener Components
ED 3500
Battery
Dispenser

HIT-HY 20 Refill Pack


P3500
Dispenser

Refill Pack Holder

Mixing Nozzle

MD2500
Dispenser

HIT-HY 20 Medium Cartridge

HIT-HY 20 Jumbo Cartridge

Refill Pack Holder

P8000D
Pneumatic Dispenser

HIT Adhesives
Item No.

Description

Contents

Includes in Pkg

Application

371959

HY 20 (11.1 oz)

1 Refill Pack

1 Mixer with extension

Use with screen in hollow base

285595

HY 20 Medium (16.9 oz)

20 Cartridges

20 Mixers

Use with screen in hollow base

373957

HY 20 Jumbo (47.3 oz)

4 Cartridges

4 Mixers

Use with screen in hollow base

HIT Dispensers
Item No.

Description

354180
373959
229154
338853
229170
3245363
373960

P-3500 Pneumatic Dispenser, + 1 refill holder


HIT P-8000 D Pneumatic Dispenser, jumbo cartridge
MD2000 Dispenser + 1 refill holder
MD2500 Manual Dispenser
Refill Holder Replacement for MD2000, ED 3500 or P-3000HY dispensers
ED 3500 Dispenser Kit Complete
Jumbo Pack Holder Replacement for P-8000D

Mixers and Filler Tubes


Item No.

Description

Notes

68071
68156
337111

HIT-ME, Mixer with extension


HIT-M, Mixer for HY
HIT-RE-M Static Mixer

Mixer with extension for S16, S16/2, S22, S22/2 screen tubes Qty 1
For use with small HIT-HY refill packs Qty 1
For use with jumbo HIT-HY cartridge Qty 1

286 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

09_4.2.7_HIT HY 20.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:09 AM

Page 287

Adhesive Anchoring Systems

HIT-HY 20 for Masonry Anchoring System 4.2.8


HAS-E Threaded Rods and Screen Tubes for Threaded Rods
Qty/Pkg

Filler Tube
Incl/Pkg

20953
20954
20955
20956
63930
63931

10
10
10
10
10
10

3/8" x 8"
3/8" x 8"

1/2" x 11-1/2"

1/2" x 11-1/2"

Screen Tube 3/4" x 8"

20836

10

Screen Tube 3/4" x 13"


Screen Tube 3/4" x 17"

20837
20838

10
10

1/2" x 11-1/2"
1/2" x 17-1/2"

Screen Tube 3/4" x 21"

20839

10

1/2" x 17-1/2"

Description

Item No.

Qty

Description1

Item No.

HAS-E 3/8 x 8 with Nut and Washer


HAS-E 3/8 x 12 with Nut and Washer
HAS-E 1/2 x 8 with Nut and Washer
HAS-E 1/2 x 12 with Nut and Washer
HAS-E 5/8 x 8 with Nut and Washer
HAS-E 5/8 x 12 with Nut and Washer
HAS-E 5/8 x 17 with Nut and Washer
HAS-E 3/4 x 10 with Nut and Washer
HAS-E 3/4 x 12 with Nut and Washer
HAS-E 3/4 x 14 with Nut and Washer
HAS-E 3/4 x 17 with Nut and Washer
HAS-E 3/4 x 19 with Nut and Washer
HAS-E 3/4 x 21 with Nut and Washer
HAS-E 3/4 x 25 with Nut and Washer

333186
333187
333191
333193
333194
333195
333196
333201
333202
333203
333204
333205
333206
333207

10
10
10
10
20
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Screen Tube 3/8" x 6"


Screen Tube 3/8" x 10"
Screen Tube 1/2" x 6"
Screen Tube 1/2" x 10"
Screen Tube 5/8" x 6"
Screen Tube 5/8" x 10"

1 For stainless steel screens and rods contact the Hilti Customer Service Department.

HIT-A Standard and Short Threaded Rods


Description
HIT-A Rod 1/4" x 2-1/2"
HIT-A Rod 5/16" x 2-1/2"
HIT-A Rod 5/16" x 4"
HIT-A Rod 3/8" x 3"
HIT-A Rod 3/8" x 4-3/8"
HIT-A Rod 1/2" x 3-1/8"
HIT-A Rod 1/2" x 4-1/2"

HIT-I Standard and Short Inserts

Item No.

Qty/Pkg

78739
88392
88977
88393
88978
88394
88979

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Description
HIT-I Insert 5/16" x 2"
HIT-I Insert 5/16" x 3-3/16"
HIT-I Insert 3/8" x 2"
HIT-I Insert 3/8" x 3-3/16"
HIT-I Insert 1/2" x 2"
HIT-I Insert 1/2" x 3-3/16"

Item No.

Qty/Pkg

88397
88996
88398
88997
88399
88998

10
10
10
10
10
10

Item No.

Qty/Pkg

49766
77811
68615

10
10
10

HIT-S Screen Tubes for HIT-A Rods and HIT-I Inserts


Description
HIT S12/A (1/4" rod)
HIT S16/2 (5/16" rod)
HIT S16 (5/16" rod)

Item No.

Qty/Pkg

49765
77810
68613

Description

10
10
10

HIT S12/I (1/4" screw)


HIT S22/2 (1/2" & 3/8" rod)
HIT S22 (1/2" & 3/8" rod)

Accessories
22.5 Applications
Description

Item No.

Qty/Pkg

Beveled 22.5 Square Washer

65797

10

Hilti Rod 3/4 x 19 Bent

20951

10

Notes
Use 3/4" diameter threaded HAS-E rod and screen tube in
seismic upgrade of URM buildings for 22.5 shear/tension anchor
Seismic upgrade of URM buildings

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 287

09_4.2.7_HIT HY 20.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:09 AM

Page 288

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Notes

288 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:11 AM

Page 289

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1


4.3.1.1 Product Description
The Hilti HDA Undercut Anchor is a
heavy duty mechanical undercut anchor
whose undercut segments incorporate
carbide tips so as to perform a selfundercutting process designed to
develop a ductile steel failure. The HDA
system includes either preset (HDA-P)
or through-set (HDA-T) style anchors,
stop drill bits, setting tool, and rotohammer drill for four metric bolt sizes:
M10 (3/8"), M12 (1/2"), M16 (5/8") and
M20 (3/4"). The HDA is available in a
sherardized and 316 stainless steel
versions for outdoor environments.
Each size/style is offered in two lengths
to accommodate various material
thicknesses to be fastened (except
M10).
Product Features

Undercut segments provide castin-place like performance with


limited expansion stresses

Bolt meets ductility requirements


of ACI 318-05 Section D1

Self-undercutting wedges provide


an easy, fast and reliable anchor
installation

4.3.1.1

Through-set style provides


increased shear capacity

Fully removable

4.3.1.3

Technical Data

4.3.1.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.1.5

Ordering Information
HDA Removal Tool
Sample Calculations

Sherardized (53 m zinc) and


316 stainless steel for corrosive
environments

Material Specifications

4.3.1.7

Undercut keying load transfer


allows for reduced edge distances
and anchor spacings

4.3.1.2

4.3.1.6

concrete (tension zones, earthquake-resisting structures)

Product Description

Sherardized zinc coating has


equivalent corrosion resistance to
hot dipped galvanizing

Guide Specifications
Undercut Anchors Undercut anchors
shall be of an undercut style with brazed
tungsten carbides on the embedded
end that perform the self-undercutting
process. Undercut portion of anchor
shall have a minimum projected bearing
area equal to or greater than 2.5 times
the nominal bolt area. The bolt shall
conform to ISO 898 class 8.8 strength
requirements. Anchors dimensioned
and supplied by Hilti.

Excellent performance in cracked

Installation Refer to 4.3.1.3 and 4.3.1.4.

4.3.1.2 Material Specifications


HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel cone bolt; M10, M12, M16 and M20
meets strength requirements of ISO 898, class 8.8

Mechanical Properties

fy
ksi (MPa)

min. fu
ksi (MPa)

92.8 (640) 116 (800)

HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel sleeve; M10 & M12


conforms to European Standard No. 25CrMoS4

123.3 (850)

HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel sleeve; M16


conforms to European Standard No. 25CrMoS4

101.5 (700)

HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF carbon steel sleeve; M20


conforms to European Standard No. 25CrMoS4

79.8 (550)

87 (600)

116 (800)

HDA-TR/-PR stainless steel sleeve; M10 and M12


conforms to AISI 316 or 316 Ti

101.5 (700)

HDA-T
Undercut Anchor
(Through-Set Type)

Listings/Approvals

123.3 (850)

HDA-TR/-PR stainless steel sleeve; M16 conforms to AISI 316 or 316 Ti

HDA-P
Undercut Anchor
(Pre-Set Type)

HDA-TR/-PR stainless steel cone bolt; M10, M12 and M16


conforms to AISI 316 or 316 Ti

HDA-T/-TF/-P/-PF nut conforms to DIN 934, grade 8


HDA-TR/-PR nut conforms to DIN 934, grade A4-80

ICC-ES (International Code Council)


ESR-1546
City of Los Angeles
Research Report No. 25422
European Technical Approval (ETA)
ETA-99/0009
ETA-99/0016
Qualified under NQA-1 Nuclear Quality
Program

Building Code Compliance


IBC 2006
UBC 1997

HDA-T/-TF/-TR/-P/-PF/-PR washer conforms to DIN 6796


HDA-T/-P components are electroplated min. 5 m zinc

HDA-TF/-PF sherardized components have average 53 m zinc

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 289

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:11 AM

Page 290

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor


4.3.1.3 Technical Data

t fix
h
ho

Hilti Design Anchor


P-pre-set before baseplate
T-through-set after/through
baseplate
Blank-carbon steel zinc plated
F-carbon steel sherardized
R-R-316 stainless steel
Drill bit diameter (mm)
Metric
Thread diameter (mm)

do

dh

h ef

do

dh

h ef

h
ho

t fix

Anchor Nomenclature

HDA-PF 22 M 12 x 125 / 50
HDA-T

d bit

HDA-P

Minimum embedment of undercut


Maximum fastening thickness

d bit

Table 1 - HDA Specifications


Anchor Size
HDA-T/HDA-P
h
Thickness of base
material, min.1
mm (in.)

Total anchor length


mm (in.)
length I.D. code2
letter
tfix
Fastening thickness
HDA-T, min.3
mm (in.)
HDA-T, max.
mm (in.)
HDA-P, max.
mm (in.)
d bit
Nom. dia. of drill bit4
mm
ho
Min. depth of drill hole
mm (in.)
h ef
Effective anchoring depth mm (in.)
dh
Recommended clearance
hole (min.)
HDA-T
mm (in.)
HDA-P
mm (in.)
do
Anchor Diameter, HDA-T mm (in.)
HDA-P
mm (in.)
dw
Washer diameter
mm (in.)
Sw
Width across flats
mm (in.)
Tmax. Max. tightening torque5 Nm (ft-lb)
Sleeve properties
A sl
Cross sectional area
mm2 (in2)
S sl
Elastic section modulus mm3 (in3)
Bolt properties
Ab
Bolt nominal area
mm2 (in2)
At
Bolt tension area
mm2 (in2)
Sb
Elastic section modulus mm3 (in3)
A brg Undercut bearing area6 mm2 (in2)

M10 x 100/20

M12 x 125/30

M12 x 125/50

M16 x 190/40

M16 x 190/60

M20 x 250/50

M20 x 250/100

170 (6-3/4)
150 (5.90)
I

190 (7-1/2)
190 (7.48)
L

190 (7-1/2)
210 (8.27)
N

270 (10-5/8)
275 (10.83)
R

270 (10-5/8)
295 (11.61)
S

350 (13-3/4)
360 (14.17)
V

350 (13-3/4)
410 (16.14)
W

10 (0.39)
20 (0.79)
20 (0.79)
20
107 (4.21)
100 (3.94)

10 (0.39)
30 (1.18)
30 (1.18)
22
134.5 (5.30)
125 (4.92)

10 (0.39)
50 (1.97)
50 (1.97)
22
134.5 (5.30)
125 (4.92)

15 (0.59)
40 (1.58)
40 (1.58)
30
203 (7.99)
190 (7.48)

15 (0.59)
60 (2.36)
60 (2.36)
30
203 (7.99)
190 (7.48)

20 (0.79)
50 (1.97)
50 (1.97)
37
266 (10.47)
250 (9.84)

20 (0.79)
100 (3.94)
100 (3.94)
37
266 (10.47)
250 (9.847)

21 (7/8)
12 (1/2)
19 (0.748)
10 (0.394)
27.5 (1.08)
17
50 (37)

23 (15/16)
14 (9/16)
21 (0.827)
12 (0.472)
33.5 (1.32)
19
80 (59)

23 (15/16)
14 (9/16)
21 (0.827)
12 (0.472)
33.5 (1.32)
19
80 (59)

32 (1-1/4)
18 (3/4)
29 (1.142)
16 (0.630)
45.5 (1.79)
24
120 (88)

32 (1-1/4)
18 (3/4)
29 (1.142)
16 (0.630)
45.5 (1.79)
24
120 (88)

40 (1-9/16)
22 (7/8)
36 (1.42)
20 (0.78)
50 (1.97)
30
300 (221)

40 (1-9/16)
22 (7/8)
36 (1.42)
20 (0.78)
50 (1.97)
30
300 (221)

196 (0.304)
596 (0.0364)

223 (0.346)
779 (0.0475)

223 (0.346)
779 (0.0475)

445 (0.690)
2110 (0.1288)

445 (0.690)
2110 (0.1288)

675.6 (1.047)
3950 (0.241)

675.6 (1.047)
3950 (0.241)

78.5 (0.122)
58 (0.090)
67 (0.0041)
260 (0.403)

113 (0.175)
84.3 (0.131)
117 (0.0071)
354 (0.549)

113 (0.175)
84.3 (0.131)
117 (0.0071)
354 (0.549)

201 (0.312)
157 (0.243)
293 (0.0179)
624 (0.967)

201 (0.312)
157 (0.243)
293 (0.0179)
624 (0.967)

314.16 (0.487)
245 (0.380)
541.3 (0.033)
707.1 (1.096)

314.16 (0.487)
245 (0.380)
541.3 (0.033)
707.1 (1.096)

1 Base material thickness as required to minimize splitting as per the CCD design method.
2 Length code in accordance with ICC-ES Acceptance
Criteria AC193.

3 Minimum thickness of fastened part as required to


ensure engagement of full sleeve cross section in
shear.

5 Torque tightening of the anchor is not required for


proper set. Torque tightening may reduce initial slip
under load and can improve fatigue performance.

4 Metric stop drill bit must be used. See Section 4.3.1.4


for use of matched tolerance diamond core bits.

6 Recommended area for calculating maximum bearing


stress in accordance with the CCD method.

290 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:11 AM

Page 291

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1


4.3.1.3.1 Design Information
Undercut Anchors
Undercut anchors represent the state of the art in postinstalled anchor technology. When properly designed and
proportioned, they transfer tension loads to the concrete in
much the same way as cast-in-place headed bolts, that is, via
bearing. Since friction is less critical in developing tension
capacity, lower expansion forces are transmitted to the
concrete. This reduces the overall stress state in the concrete
prior to and during loading. The Hilti HDA Undercut Anchor
System is the result of extensive research to determine the
optimum geometry for load transfer at the bearing surface.
Besides allowing for easy installation, the self-undercutting
system automatically results in an excellent fit between the
anchor bearing surface and the undercut, critical for limiting
initial displacements. Maximum bearing stresses
corresponding to steel failure are limited to approximately 12
fc, sufficiently low to preclude crushing in the bearing region.
This limits displacements at both service and ultimate loads.

4.3.1.3.2 Design Method


4.3.2.3.2.1 Strength Design
(LRFD)
ACI 318 Appendix D replaces the strength design provisions of
the IBC 2006 and provides a comprehensive and rational
framework for calculating anchor capacity. The applicability of
the method to the HDA Undercut Anchor is based on the
similarity of performance and failure modes established for the
HDA with those associated for cast-in-place headed bolts.
This method can also be used for design in Canada according
to CSA A23.3-94 providing the appropriate f factors for steel
and concrete. See Section 4.1.6.

4.3.2.3.2.2 Allowable Stress


Design (ASD)
Compatible with existing Hilti design methods. Test data to
develop the average ultimate load capacity, and evaluating
the data using the 5% fractile method to determine the
allowable working load. See ESR-1546 Section 4.2.

The HDA is equipped with a shear sleeve machined from high


grade carbon steel. When used in the pre-set configuration
(HDA-P), shear loads are transferred through the threaded bolt
to the sleeve and subsequently to the concrete in bearing. In
through-set applications (HDA-T), the sleeve engages the part
to be fastened, thus substantially increasing the ultimate
shear capacity of the anchorage. At ultimate, the sleeve and
bolt act in concert to develop the full shear capacity of the
anchor.
The HDA Undercut Anchor is proportioned to consistently
develop the bolt strength in tension at critical edge distances
and spacings. At spacings and edge distances less than
critical, concrete cone failure will generally limit the ultimate
load. The reduction of expansion forces allows for designed
installations at minimum edge distances and spacings
significantly less than those typically used for other types of
mechanical expansion anchors. It is virtually impossible for
the HDA Undercut Anchor to fail by pullout or pull-through.
The predictability of the failure modes associated with the
HDA Undercut Anchor allow for increased repeatability in
determining ultimate capacities for a particular design
condition.
The HDA Undercut Anchor was extensively tested prior to
market introduction. Testing included static tension, shear,
and oblique loading of both single anchors and groups,
shock, seismic groups, seismic and shock loading. Exhaustive
testing of the HDA performance in cracks confirms its
suitability for installation in tension zones. Design data is
provided in three formats.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 291

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:11 AM

Page 292

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor


Table 2 HDA Strength Design Information
Design parameter

Symbol

Units

Nominal anchor diameter


M12

M10
HDA HDA-F

Anchor O.D.
Effective min. embedment depth1

M16

M20

HDA HDA-F

0.75

0.65

fy
f ut
A se
N sa
k uncr
k cr
c,N
N pn,cr

Cond. A
Cond. B
Cond. A
Cond. B
lb/in2
lb/in2
in2
lb
lb

0.75
0.65
0.75
0.70
87,000
116,000

Vsa

lb

5,013

6,070

7,284

8,992

13,556

16,861

20,772

Vsa,seis

lb

4,496

5,620

6,519

8,093

12,140

15,062

18,659

1000 lb/in.

s min

Minimum member thickness

h min

29
(1.14)
190
(7.48)
150
(5-7/8)
190
(7-1/2)
270
(10-5/8)

HDA

Minimum anchor spacing

21
(0.83)
125
(4.92)
100
(4)
125
(5)
190
(7-1/2)

HDA-R

h ef,min

19
(0.75)
100
(3.94)
80
(3-1/8)
100
(4)
170
(6-3/4)

HDA-R

1,2 or 3

do

c min

Anchor
Strength reduction factor for tension,
steel failure modes3
Strength reduction factor for shear
steel failure modes3
Strength reduction factor for tension,
concrete failure modes3
Strength reduction factor for shear,
concrete failure modes3
Yield strength of anchor steel
Ultimate strength of anchor steel
Tensile stress area
Steel strength in tension
Effectiveness factor uncracked concrete
Effectiveness factor cracked concrete4
kuncr/kcr5
Pullout strength cracked concrete6
Steel strength in shear static7
HDA-P/PF/PR
Steel strength in shear, seismic7, 8
HDA-P/PF/PR
Axial stiffness in service load range
in cracked / uncracked concrete10

HDA HDA-F

mm
(in.)
mm
(in.)
mm
(in.)
mm
(in.)
mm
(in.)
-

Minimum edge distance

category2

HDA-R

35
(1.38)
250
(9.84)
200
(7-7/8)
250
(9-7/8)
350
(13-3/4)

92,800

87,000

92,800

0.090
10,440

0.131
15,196

92,800

87,000

0.243
28,188
30
24
1.25

8,992

11,240

22,481

92,800
0.380
44,080
30
24
1.25
33,721

80 / 100

1 Actual h ef for HDA-T is given by h ef,min + (t fix - t actual ) where t fix is given in Table 1 and t actual is the thickness of the part(s) being fastened.
2 See ACI 318-05 D.4.4.
3 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 9.2. Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is
not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs.
4 See ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2.
5 See ACI 318-05 D.5.2.6.
6 See ESR-1546, Section 4.1.3.
7 For HDA-T see Table 3.
8 See ESR-1546, Section 4.1.6.
9 Splitting failure under external load does not govern the resistance of the HDA. Therefore, no values for the critical edge distance c cr are provided since this
calculation is not required for design.
10 Minimum axial stiffness values, maximum values may be 3 times larger (e.g. due to high strength concrete)

292 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:11 AM

Page 293

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1


Table 3 - Steel Strength in Shear, HDA-T (lb)
Anchor Designation

mm
10 t 15
15 t 20
10 t 15
15 t 50
15 t 20
20 t 25
25 t 30
30 t 60
20 t 35
35 t 50
50 t 100
10 t 15
15 t 20
10 t 15
15 t 50
15 t 20
20 t 25
25 t 30
30 t 60

HDA-T HDA-TF

HDA-T 20-M10x100
HDA-T 22-M12x125

HDA-T 30-M16x190

HDA-T 37-M20x250
HDA-TR 20-M10x100
HDA-TR 22-M12x125

HDA-TR

Steel Strength
in Shear,
Static
Vsa
13,938
15,737
16,636
18,659
30,574
34,621
38,218
41,365
45,187
50,807
54,629
15,512
16,186
20,233
22,256
35,745
37,768
39,566
40,915

Thickness of fastened part(s)

HDA-TR 30-M16x190

in.
3/8 t 5/8
5/8 t 13/16
3/8 t 5/8
5/8 t 2
5/8 t 13/16
13/16 t 1
1 t 1-3/16
1-3/16 t 2-3/8
13/16 t 1-3/8
1t2
2t4
3/8 t 5/8
5/8 t 13/16
3/8 t 5/8
5/8 t 2
5/8 t 13/16
13/16 t 1
1 t < 1-3/16
1-3/16 t 2-3/8

Steel Strength
in Shear,
Seismic1
Vsa,seis
12,589
14,163
15,062
16,636
27,427
31,248
34,396
37,093
40,690
45,636
49,233
13,938
14,613
17,985
20,008
32,148
33,946
35,520
36,869

1 The nominal steel strength Vsa,seis for the HDA-P shall be taken from Table 2.

Table 4 - HDA-P/T, HDA-PF/TF & HDA-PR/TR Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Uncracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter

M10
M12
M16
M20

Embedment
Depth h ef
mm
in.

100
125
190
250

3.94
4.92
7.48
9.84

f 'c= 2500 psi


Condition
Condition
A
B

5,593
7,844
14,704
22,185

4,872
6,798
12,743
19,227

Concrete Compressive Strength2


f 'c= 3000 psi
f 'c= 4000 psi
Condition
Condition
Condition
Condition
A
B
A
B

5,593
8,141
15,101
23,614

5,593
8,141
15,101
23,548

5,593
8,141
15,101
23,614

5,593
8,141
15,101
23,614

f 'c= 6000 psi


Condition
Condition
A
B

5,593
8,141
15,101
23,614

5,593
8,141
15,101
23,614

1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ICC ESR-1546, Section 4.2.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the
structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. See ACI 318-05 D.4.4.

4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the concrete breakout strength N b by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4
according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. N b is calculated as per ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1546 Section
4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N b,f ' c = N b

f 'c
2500

Table 5 - HDA-P/T, HDA-PF/TF & HDA-PR/TR Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter

Embedment
Depth h ef

Concrete Compressive Strength 2

mm

M10
M12
M16
M20

in.

f 'c= 2000 psi

f 'c= 3000 psi

f 'c= 4000 psi

f 'c= 6000 psi

100
125
190
250

3.94
4.92
7.48
9.84

3,734
4,668
9,336
14,003

4,573
5,717
11,434
17,150

5,281
6,601
13,203
19,804

5,593
8,085
15,101
23,614

1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ICC ESR-1546, Section 4.2.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 All values applicable to either Condition A or Condition B (pullout or steel failure control). See ACI 318-05 D.4.4.

4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to
ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr

f 'c
2500

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 293

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:11 AM

Page 294

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor

Table 6 - HDA-P/T, HDA-PF/TF & HDA-PR/TR Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Concrete (lb)1,3,4
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter

Embedment
Depth h ef

Concrete Compressive Strength 2

mm

M10
M12
M16
M20

in.

f 'c= 2000 psi

f 'c= 3000 psi

f 'c= 4000 psi

f 'c= 6000 psi

100
125
190
250

3.94
4.92
7.48
9.84

3,564
4,455
8,911
13,367

4,365
5,457
10,914
16,371

5,041
6,301
12,603
18,904

5,339
7,717
14,414
22,541

1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ICC ESR-1546, Section 4.2.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 All values applicable to either Condition A or Condition B (pullout or steel failure control). See ACI 318-05 D.4.4.

4 Allowable seismic tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiplying by a 0.75 factor
describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete
strengths according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr

f 'c
2500

Table 7 - HDA-P, HDA-PF & HDA-PR Allowable Static and Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1
Design parameter

Units

M10
HDA

HDA-R

Nominal anchor diameter


M12
HDA
HDA-R

Allowable static steel capacity2


lb
2,327
2,818
HDA-P/PR
Allowable seismic steel capacity3
lb
1,993
2,491
HDA-P/PR
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure.

HDA

M16
HDA-R

M20
HDA

3,382

4,175

6,294

7,828

9,644

2,889

3,587

5,380

6,675

8,269

2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2.
See Table 2 for Vsa .

3 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an
of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1546 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .

Table 8 - HDA-T/TF/TR Allowable Static and Seismis Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Anchor Designation

HDA-T HDA-TF

HDA-T 20-M10x100
HDA-T 22-M12x125

HDA-T 30-M16x190

HDA-T 37-M20x250

HDA-TR

HDA-TR 20-M10x100
HDA-TR 22-M12x125

HDA-TR 30-M16x190

Thickness of fastened part(s)


mm
10 t 15
15 t 20
10 t 15
15 t 50
15 t 20
20 t 25
25 t 30
30 t 60
20 t 35
35 t 50
50 t 100
10 t 15
15 t 20
10 t 15
15 t 50
15 t 20
20 t 25
25 t 30
30 t 60

in.
3/8 t 5/8
5/8 t 13/16
3/8 t 5/8
5/8 t 2
5/8 t 13/16
13/16 t 1
1 t 1-3/16
1-3/16 t 2-3/8
13/16 t 1-3/8
1t2
2t4
3/8 t 5/8
5/8 t 13/16
3/8 t 5/8
5/8 t 2
5/8 t 13/16
13/16 t 1
1 t < 1-3/16
1-3/16 t 2-3/8

Allowable
Static Steel
Capacity
Vs
6,471
7,306
7,724
8,663
14,195
16,074
17,744
19,205
20,980
23,589
25,363
7,202
7,515
9,394
10,333
16,596
17,535
18,370
18,996

Allowable
Seismic Steel
Capacity
Vs,seismic
5,579
6,277
6,675
7,373
12,155
13,849
15,244
16,439
18,033
20,225
21,819
6,177
6,476
7,971
8,867
14,247
15,044
15,742
16,340

1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due to concrete failure.

2 Allowable shear loads calculated using the steel strengths in shear from Table 3, multiplying by by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, and dividing by 1.4 according to ICC
ESR-1546 Section 4.2.

294 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:11 AM

Page 295

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1


4.3.1.4 Installation Instructions
Setting Operation HDA-P/-PR/-PF (Pre-Set Style)

1. Drill a hole to the required depth using a stop drill bit


matched to the anchor, (refer to specification table
and ordering info.). If rebar is encountered, use a Hilti
metric matched tolerance diamond core bit to drill
through the rebar. Remove the concrete core and
finish drilling the hole with the stop drill bit. Always
consult with the Engineer of Record before cutting
rebar.

2. Clean hole with compressed air or a hand air pump


such that drilling debris is evacuated.

3. Insert the anchor into the hole by hand, so that the


cone sits on the bottom of the drilled hole. Do not
remove the plastic cap which protects the threaded
rod. Using the assigned setting tool and Hilti hammer
drill, the setting tool is guided over the anchor rod and
engages the grooves in the sleeve. It is critical to use
the specified Hilti hammer drills.

4. The anchor is set with the specified


Hilti hammer drill in hammer drill mode
and in the specified gear. During the setting
procedure, both drilling and impact energy are
transferred to the sleeve by the setting tool, causing
the sleeve to slide over the conical end of the anchor
bolt while forming the undercut in the base material.
On the setting tool, the red ring indicates the progress
of the setting operation. When this marking is flush
with the concrete surface, check the anchor for proper setting (refer to step 5).

5. The anchor is correctly set and the


undercut is fully formed when the red
mark on the anchor bolt is visible above the
top edge of the sleeve. The top edge of the
anchor sleeve must be positioned approx. 3mm
below the concrete surface. If the anchor setting time
exceeds 60 seconds for M10, M12 or M16 anchors
or 120 seconds for M20 anchors the installation
failed and the anchors must not be loaded.

6. Remove the plastic thread protector cap. Secure the


part to be fastened by using the conical spring washer and nut provided. Apply a torque not to exceed the
maximum values given in the Specification Table.
Torque is not required to set the anchor.

Setting Operation HDA-T/-TR/-TF (Through-Set Style)

1. Drill a hole to the required depth using a stop drill bit


matched to the anchor, (refer to specification table
and ordering info.). If rebar is encountered, use a Hilti
metric matched tolerance diamond core bit to drill
through the rebar. Remove the concrete core and finish drilling the hole with the stop drill bit. Always consult with the Engineer of Record before cutting rebar.

2. Clean hole with compressed air or a hand air pump


such that drilling debris is evacuated.

3. Insert the anchor into the hole by hand, so that the


cone sits on the bottom of the drilled hole. Do not
remove the plastic cap which protects the threaded
rod. Using the assigned setting tool and Hilti hammer
drill, the setting tool is guided over the anchor rod
and engages the grooves in the sleeve. It is critical
to use the specified Hilti hammer drills.

4. The anchor is set with the specified


Hiltli hammer drill in hammer drill
mode and in the specified gear. During
the setting procedure, both drilling and
impact energy are transferred to the sleeve by
the setting tool, causing the sleeve to slide over
the conical end of the anchor bolt while forming the
undercut in the base material. On the setting tool,
the red ring indicates the progress of the setting
operation. When this marking is flush with the connected part, check the anchor for proper setting (refer
to step 5).

5. The anchor is set and the


undercut is fully formed when the
red marking on the anchor bolt is visible
above the top edge of the sleeve. The top
edge of the anchor sleeve must be positioned
approx. 3mm below the surface of the fixture. If
anchor setting time exceeds 60 seconds for M10,
M12 or M16 anchors or 120 seconds for M20
anchors the installation failed and the anchor
must not be loaded.

6. Remove the plastic thread protector cap. Secure the


part to be fastened by using the conical spring washer and nut provided. Apply a torque not to exceed the
maximum values given in the Specification Table.
Torque is not required to set the anchor.

The HDA Undercut Anchor, designed to carry significant, safety-relevant loads, must be installed correctly with the prescribed tools
to function properly. Carefully follow all instructions located inside the box. Installer training is also available upon request.
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 295

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor


Table 9 - Equipment required for setting HDA Anchors
HDA carbon steel - zinc plated
Anchor

HDA-P 20-M10x100/20

Stop drill bit

Setting tool

Single impact
energy for
setting

RPM under
load (1/min)

TE-C-HDA-B 20x100
TE-Y-HDA-B 20x100
TE-C-HDA-B 20x120
TE-Y-HDA-B 20x120

TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10
TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10
TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10
TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10

3.7 - 4.7
6.5 - 7.5
3.7 - 4.7
6.5 - 7.5

250 - 500
480 - 500
250 - 500
480 - 500

TE-C-HDA-B 22x125
TE-Y-HDA-B 22x125
TE-C-HDA-B 22x155
TE-Y-HDA-B 22x155
TE-C-HDA-B 22x125
TE-Y-HDA-B 22x125
TE-C-HDA-B 22x175
TE-Y-HDA-B 22x175

TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12

3.7 - 4.7
6.5 - 7.5
3.7 - 4.7
6.5 - 7.5
3.7 - 4.7
6.5 - 7.5
3.7 - 4.7
6.5 - 7.5

250 - 500
480 - 500
250 - 500
480 - 500
250 - 500
480 - 500
250 - 500
480 - 500

TE-Y-HDA-B 30x190
TE-Y-HDA-B 30x230
TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16
TE-Y-HDA-B 30x190
TE-Y-HDA-B 30x250

7.0 - 9.0

150 - 350

TE 25
(1st gear)

Hilti Hammer Drill


TE 35
TE 56/
TE 75
TE 76/
TE 56-ATC
76-ATC
max impact energy

TE-Y-HDA-B 37x250
TE-Y-HDA-B 37x300
TE-Y-HDA-ST 37 M20
TE-Y-HDA-B 37x250
TE-Y-HDA-B 37x300

8.0 - 9.0

280

HDA-T 20-M10x100/20

HDA-P 22-M12x125/30

HDA-T 22-M12x125/30

HDA-P 22-M12x125/50

HDA-T 22-M12x125/50

HDA-P 30-M16x190/40
HDA-T 30-M16x190/40
HDA-P 30-M16x190/60
HDA-T 30-M16x190/60

HDA-P 37-M20x250/50
HDA-T 37-M20x250/50
HDA-P 37-M20x250/100
HDA-T 37-M20x250/100

HDA-R stainless steel


Anchor
TE 25
(1st gear)
HDA-PR 20-M10x100/20

Hilti Hammer Drill


TE 35
TE 56/
TE 75
TE 76/
TE 56-ATC
76-ATC
max impact energy

HDA-TR 20-M10x100/20

HDA-PR 22-M12x125/30

HDA-TR 22-M12x125/30

HDA-PR 22-M12x125/50

HDA-TR 22-M12x125/50

HDA-PR 30-M16x190/40
HDA-TR 30-M16x190/40
HDA-PR 30-M16x190/60
HDA-TR 30-M16x190/60

Single impact
energy for
setting

RPM under
load (1/min)

TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10
TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10
TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10
TE-Y-HDA-ST 20 M10

3.7 - 4.7
6.5 - 7.5
3.7 - 4.7
6.5 - 7.5

250 - 620
480 - 500
250 - 620
480 - 500

TE-C-HDA-B 22x125
TE-Y-HDA-B 22x125
TE-C-HDA-B 22x155
TE-Y-HDA-B 22x155
TE-C-HDA-B 22x125
TE-Y-HDA-B 22x125
TE-C-HDA-B 22x175
TE-Y-HDA-B 22x175

Setting tool

TE-C-HDA-B 20x100
TE-Y-HDA-B 20x100
TE-C-HDA-B 20x120
TE-Y-HDA-B 20x120

Stop drill bit

TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-Y-HDA-ST 22 M12

3.7 - 4.7
6.5 - 7.5
3.7 - 4.7
6.5 - 7.5
3.7 - 4.7
6.5 - 7.5
3.7 - 4.7
6.5 - 7.5

250 - 620
480 - 500
250 - 620
480 - 500
250 - 620
480 - 500
250 - 620
480 - 500

TE-Y-HDA-B 30x190
TE-Y-HDA-B 30x230
TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16
TE-Y-HDA-B 30x190
TE-Y-HDA-B 30x250

7.0 - 9.0

150 - 350

Single impact
energy for
setting

RPM under
load (1/min)

HDA carbon steel - sheradized (heavy-duty galvanization)


Anchor
TE 25
(1st gear)

Hilti Hammer Drill


TE 35
TE 56/
TE 75
TE 76/
TE 56-ATC
76-ATC
max impact energy

Stop drill bit

Setting tool

HDA-PF 20-M10*x100/20
HDA-TF 20-M10*x100/20

TE-C-HDA-B 20*x100
TE-C-HDA-ST 20 M10
TE-C-HDA-B 20*x120

3.5 - 4.0

610 - 630

HDA-PF 22-M12*x125/30
HDA-TF 22-M12*x125/30
HDA-PF 22-M12*x125/50
HDA-TF 22-M12*x125/50

TE-C-HDA-B 22*x125
TE-C-HDA-B 22*x155
TE-C-HDA-ST 22 M12
TE-C-HDA-B 22*x125
TE-C-HDA-B 22*x175

3.5 - 4.0

610 - 630

TE-Y-HDA-B 30*x190
TE-Y-HDA-B 30*x230
TE-Y-HDA-ST 30 M16
TE-Y-HDA-B 30*x190
TE-Y-HDA-B 30*x250

7.0 - 9.0

150 - 350

HDA-PF 30-M16*x190/40
HDA-TF 30-M16*x190/40
HDA-PF 30-M16*x190/60
HDA-TF 30-M16*x190/60

296 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1


4.3.1.5 Ordering Information
HDA-T Anchor
HDA-T

HDA-T F

HDA-T R

HDA HDA-T Anchor

Item No.
Galvanized

Item No.
Sherardised

Item No.
316 Stainless

Box
Qty

Anchor (mm)
dia x min.emb/max.
thickness fastened

331545

339361

339351

12 HDA-T M10x100/20

331548

339362

339352

HDA-T M12x125/30

331549
331552
331553
339267
339268

339363
339364
339365

339353
339354
339355

8
4
4
2
2

HDA-T M12x125/50
HDA-T M16x190/40
HDA-T M16x190/60
HDA-T M20x250/50
HDA-T M20x250/100

Stop Drill Bit

Diamond Core Bit

332090
237450
332092
237452
332093
332098
332099
339271
339272

TE-C-B20x120
TE-Y-B20x120
TE-C-B22x155
TE-Y-B22x155
TE-C-B22x175
TE-Y-B30x230
TE-Y-B30x250
TE-Y-B37x300
TE-Y-B37x350

Setting Tool

Diameter

Item No.

Description

22mm (7/8")
30mm (1-1/8")
30mm (1-1/8")
37mm (1-3/8")
37mm (1-3/8")

331843
287133
331844
287134
331844
331846
331846
339269
339269

TE-C-ST-M10
TE-Y-ST-M10
TE-C-ST-M13
TE-Y-ST-M12
TE-C-ST-M12
TE-Y-ST-M16
TE-Y-ST-M16
TE-Y-ST-M20
TE-Y-ST-M20

Diamond Core Bit

Item No.

Description (mm)
dia. x drill depth

Setting Tool

Diameter

Item No.

Description

331843
287133
331844
287134
331844
331846
331846
339269
339269

TE-C-ST-M10
TE-Y-ST-M10
TE-C-ST-M13
TE-Y-ST-M13
TE-C-ST-M12
TE-Y-ST-M16
TE-Y-ST-M16
TE-Y-ST-M20
TE-Y-ST-M20

20mm (25/32")
22mm (7/8")

HDA-P Anchor
HDA-P
Item No.
Galvanized

HDA-P F
Item No.
Sherardised

HDA-P R
Item No.
316 Stainless

HDA HDA-P Anchor


Box
Qty

Anchor (mm)
dia x min.emb/max.
thickness fastened

331544

339356

339346

12 HDA-P M10x100/20

331546

339357

339347

HDA-P M12x125/30

331547
331550
331551
339265
339266

339358
339359
339360

339348
339349
339350

8
4
4
2
2

HDA-P M12x125/50
HDA-P M16x190/40
HDA-P M16x190/60
HDA-P M20x250/50
HDA-P M20x250/100

Stop Drill Bit


Item No.

Description (mm)
dia. x drill depth

332089
237449
331091
237451
332091
332097
332097
339270
339270

TE-C-B20x100
TE-Y-B20x100
TE-C-B22x125
TE-Y-B22x125
TE-C-B22x125
TE-Y-B30x190
TE-Y-B30x190
TE-Y-B37x250
TE-Y-B37x250

20mm (25/32")
22mm (7/8")
22mm (7/8")
30mm (1-1/8")
30mm (1-1/8")
37mm (1-3/8")
37mm (1-3/8")

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 297

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:11 AM

Page 298

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Removal Tool


4.3.1.6 HDA Removal

Product Features

The Hilti HDA Removal Tool is designed to remove the Hilti


HDA Undercut Mechanical Anchor when installed in standard
applications in accordance with Hilti guidelines.

Complete removal of HDA design anchors for temporary


applications

The removal process strips the threads to prevent reuse


of anchors for safety purposes

Suitable for all rotary hammers with TE-C style chucks

Removal Instructions

TE-C

HDA-P

HDA-T

1
2

1. Remove the nut and washer


from the threaded rod, (also
remove fastening part for
HDA-P applications).

2. Push back the grip (against


this spring pressure).
3. Allow the two drive lugs to
engage the groove in the
anchor sleeve using a slight
twisting movement of the
grip. Release the grip.

4. Insert the adapter (drive) into


the drill chuck and lock
(TE 25 recommended).
Important:
Switch off the hammering action (the removal
tool will be permanently
damaged if this step
is neglected.).
Use low speed
(setting 1 for the TE 25).

5. Put adapter (drive) onto the


threaded spindle of the
removal tool and switch
on the drill.
6. The anchor sleeve will be
extracted.
7. Disengage the drive lugs
from the groove by lifting
up and twisting the grip.

8. To return the tool to its starting position, put the adapter


(drive) on the other end of
the threaded spindle.
9. Switch on the hammer drill
until the adapter stop reaches the removal tool.

Removal Tool with Adapter

Item No.

Description

333433
333434
333435
339273

TE-C-HDA-RT 20-M10
TE-C-HDA-RT 22-M12
TE-C-HDA-RT 30-M16
TE-C-HDA-RT 37-M20

Qty/Pkg

Applicable
Anchor Sizes

1
1
1
1

HDA M10
HDA M12
HDA M16
HDA M20

298 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:11 AM

Page 299

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1


4.3.1.7 Sample Calculations
3.000 lb shear

c = 8"

h = 7"

6.000 lb tension

s = 11"
Plan

s = 11"
Section

Given:
f 'c = 3,500 psi, Cracked Concrete, No Supplementary Reinforcement
Loads:

Tension

Shear

4,000 lb DL
2,000 lb LL
No Eccentricity, Non-Seismic Loads
2,000 lb DL
1,000 lb LL
No Eccentricity, Non-Seismic Loads

Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ESR-1546


Try an HDA-T M10 Anchor
hef = 3.94 in.

ACI 318-05
Code Reference

Check Spacing, Edge Distance, Thickness


s min = 4 in. < 11 in.
c min = 3.125 in. < 8 in.
h min = 6.75 in. < 7 in.

Reference

ESR-1546
Table 5
OK
OK
OK

Calculate Factored Loads


Use ACI 318-05 Chapter 9 Load Factors
Nua = 1.2 (4,000 lb) + 1.6 (2,000 lb) = 8,000 lb for anchor group
Nua = 4000 lb / anchor

9.2.1

Vua = 1.2 (2,000 lb) + 1.6 (1,000 lb) = 4,000 lb for anchor group
Vua = 2000 lb / anchor
Calculate Steel Strength in Tension N sa
= 0.75
N sa = (n) ( A se ) ( futa )
= (2) (0.09 in2 ) (116,000 lb/in2 )
= 20,880 lb for anchor group
N sa = 10,440 lb/anchor
N sa = (2-anchors) (10,440 lb/anchor)
N sa = 20,880 lb for anchor group

D.4.4(a)(i)
D.5.1.2
(D-3)

ESR-1546
Table 5

ESR-1546
Table 5

N sa = (0.75)(10,440 lb/anchor) = 7830 lb/anchor


For the anchor group: (2)( N sa ) = (2)(7830 lb/anchor)
N sa for the anchor group = 15,660 lb

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 299

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:11 AM

Page 300

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor


Calculate Concrete Breakout Strength in Tension N cbg
Category 1, Condition B
= 0.65

Ncbg =

[(

A Nc
( ec,N ) ( ed,N ) (
A Nco

c,N )

( cp,N ) ( N b )

D.4.4(c)(ii)

ESR-1546
Table 5

D.5.2.1
(D-5)

h ef = 3.94 in. 1.5 h ef = 5.91 in. 3 h ef = 11.82 in.

ESR-1546
Table 5

1.5 h ef

1.5 h ef

8"

1.5h ef

11"

1.5h ef

ANco = 9( h ef ) 2 = 139.7 in 2

D.5.2.1(b) (D-6)

ANc = ( 5.9 + 11 + 5.9) (5.9 + 5.9) = 269.7 in 2

A Nc
= 1.93
A Nco

ec,N = 1.0

no eccentricity
ca,min = 8 in.

1.5 hef = 5.91 in.

ca,min > 1.5h ef

ed,N = 1.0

use

c,N = 1.0

D.5.2.4
(D-9)
D.5.2.5
(D-10)

D.5.2.6

use k cr for cracked concrete to calculate N b


splitting does not govern

D.5.2.7

ESR-1546
Sect. 4.1.2

cp,N = 1.0
Nb = k cr

f'c ( h ef )1.5

k cr = 24 , h ef = 3.94 in.

ESR-1546
Table 5

N cbg = (0.65) [(1.93)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(11,104 lb)] = (0.65) [(21,431 lb)]

N cbg = 13,930 lb
Calculate Pullout Strength N sa
Category 1, Condition B
Anchor Category 1, Condition B

= 0.65

N pn = c,P N p
N p for post-installed anchors based on testing

D.4.4(c)(ii)

ESR-1546
Table 5

D.5.3.1
(D-14)
D.5.3.2

300 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:11 AM

Page 301

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1


N pn,f'c = N pn,cr

f 'c
for cracked concrete
2500

ESR-1546
Sect. 4.1.3
ESR-1546
Table 5

Npn,cr = 8992 lb for one anchor

ESR-1546 (Table 5)

3500
2500

Npn,f'c = (8992 lb)

Npn,f'c = 10,639 lb / anchor


Npn,f'c = (0.65)(10,639) = 6915 lb /anchor
Concrete side-face blowout strength of a headed anchor in tension

D.5.4
RD.5.4

The design requirements for side-face blowout.are applicable to headed anchors that usually
are cast-in anchors. Splitting during installation rather than side-face blowout generally governs
post-installed anchors.. Side-face blowout for post-installed anchors could be calculated
if the bearing area A brg is known. A brg is given for HDA anchors in Table 1 of this section.
Side-face blowout will not control for this example.
Summary for Tension
Design steel strength = N sa = 7830 lb/anchor
Factored service load = N ua = 4000 lb/anchor
N sa > N ua OK
Design concrete breakout strength = N cbg = 13,930 lb for anchor group
Factored service load = N ua = 8000 lb for anchor group
N cbg > N ua OK
Design pullout strength = N pn = 6915 lb/anchor
Factored service load = N ua = 4000 lb/anchor N pn > N ua OK
Calculate Steel Strength in Shear V sa

= 0.65

D.4.4(a)(ii)

V sa = 13,938 lb/anchor
Assume base plate thickness = 0.50 in.

ESR-1546
Table 5
ESR-1546
Table 6

Vs = (0.65)(13,938 lb/anchor) = 9059 lb/anchor


Calculate Concrete Breakout Strength in Shear V cbg

= 0.70

Condition B

Vcbg =

D.4.4(c)(i)

A Vc
A Vco

)
(

ec,V )

( ed,V ) ( c,V ) ( Vb )

ESR-1546
Table 5

D.6.2.1(b)
(D-22)

Vua
ca1

1.5ca1

11"
Plan

1.5ca1

1.5ca1

11"

1.5ca1

Section

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 301

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:11 AM

Page 302

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.1 HDA Undercut Anchor


AVco = ( 4.5)(ca1) 2 = ( 4.5)(8 in.) 2 = 288 in 2

D.6.2.1
(D-23)

AVc = ( 1.5ca1 + 11 in. + 1.5ca1)(7 in.) = (12 in. + 11 in. +12 in)(7 in.) = 245 in2
A Vc
= 0.85
A Vco

ec,V = 1.0

no eccentricity

ca2 > 1.5ca1 no edge condition perpendicular to shear load

D.6.2.5
(D-2)
D.6.2.6
(D-27)

ed,V = 1.0
cracked concrete , no supplementary reinforcement

D.6.2.7

c,V = 1.0
e
Vb = 7 d
o

( )

0.2

do

1.5

f 'c (ca1)

D.6.2.2
(D-24)

e = hef for HDA-T M10 e = 3.94 in


do = 0.75 in. for HDA-T M10 anchor
Note: ESR-1546 only lists do for HDA-T anchors. If HDA-P anchors
are being used, refer to the Hilti Product Tech Guide to obtain
values of do.
do = 0.394 in. for HDA-P M10 anchor
For this example, an HDA-T anchor is being considered
so use do = 0.75 in.
f'c = 3,500 psi
c a1 = 8 in.

Vb = 7

3.94 in.
0.75 in.

0.2

ESR-1546
Table 5

1.5

0.75 in.

3,500 in. (8 in.)

Vb = 11,308 lb / anchor
Vcbg = (0.70)[(0.85)(1.0)(1.0)(1.0)(11,308 lb) = 11,308 lb
= (0.70)[(9612)]
Vcbg = 6728 lb

Calculate Pryout Strength Vcpg

= 0.70

D.4.4(c)(i)

Vcpg = ( k cp )( N cbg )

Condition B

D.6.3.1 (b)
(D-30)

h ef = 3.94 in. > 2.5 in. k cp = 2.0

ESR-1546
Table 5

ESR-1546
Table 5

N cbg = 21,431 lb

Vcpg = (0.70)(2)(21,431 lb) = 30,003 for anchor group

302 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:11 AM

Page 303

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDA Undercut Anchor 4.3.1


Summary for Shear
Design steel strength = Vsa = 9059 lb/anchor
Factored service load = Vua = 2000 lb/anchor
Vsa > Vua OK
Design concrete breakout strength = Vcbg = 6728 lb for anchor group
Factored service load = Vua = 4000 lb for anchor group
Vcbg > OK
Design concrete pryout strength = Vcp = 15,001 lb/anchor
Factored service load = Vua = 2000 lb/anchor
Vcp > Vua OK
Check Interaction Equation
Determine controlling design loads:
Tension:

N sa = (2-anchors) (7830 lb/anchor) = 15,660 lb for anchor group


N cbg = 13,930 lb for anchor group

CONTROLS

Npn = (2-anchors) (6915 lb/anchor) = 13,830 lb for anchor group

Shear:

Vsa = (2-anchors) (9059 lb/anchor) = 18,118 lb for anchor group

CONTROLS

Vcbg = 6728 lb for anchor group


Vcbg = 30,003 lb for anchor group
(0.2) ( Vcpg ) = 1346 lb

Vua = 4000 lb

Vua > (0.2) ( Vcbg)

D.7.1

(0.2) ( Npn ) = 2766 lb

Nua = 8000 lb

Nua > (0.2) ( Npn)

D.7.2

Nua
V
+ ua 1.2
Nn
Vn
8,000 lb +
13,830 lb

D.7.3
(D-31)

4,000 lb = 0.579 + 0.595 = 1.17


6,728 lb

1.17 < 1.2 OK


USE HDA-T M10 Anchor

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 303

10_HDAUndercut.QXD:H440.04_04d Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:12 AM

Page 304

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.2 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor


4.3.2.1

Product Description

4.3.2.2
4.3.2.3

Technical Data

4.3.2.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.2.5

4.3.2.1 HSL-3 Product Description

Material Specifications

Ordering Information

HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor

HSL-3-G Heavy Duty Expansion


Anchor with Threaded Rod

Bolt
Washer

Metric

Maximum fastened
thickness (mm)

HSL-3-G M 12/25
Heavy duty
Expansion
Anchor

Minimum
Embedment
Mark
Spacer
Sleeve

blank-bolt
G stud
B torque cap

Metric thread
size (mm); not
hole diameter

The Hilti HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion


Anchor is a torque-controlled expansion
bolt designed for high performance in
static and dynamic application including
the tension zone of concrete structures
where cracking can be expected. HSL3 anchors are available in metric sizes
from M8 to M24. With a variety of head
configurations, including bolt, stud and
torque cap. All versions are available in
zinc-plated carbon steel.

Plastic
collapsible
section
with
anchor
rotation
prevention

Expansion
Sleeve

Product Features
Cone

Approved for use in the concrete


tension zone (cracked concrete)

Data for use with the Strength


Design provisions of ACI 318-05
Appendix D and ACI 349-01
Appendix B

Allowable Stress Design data for


use with ASD

High load capacity

Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
ESR-1545
European Technical Approval (ETA)
ETA-02/0042
Qualified under NQA-1 Nuclear Quality
Program

HSL-3-B Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor


with Torque Cap
Red Setting Indicator
Three accurately sized
shear pins are provided in
the red indicator cap. As
the required installation
torque (Tinst) is reached the red indicator cap
shears off. A green seal on the bolt head
appears which indicates that the anchor has
been set properly.
Example: HSL-3-G M12/25
This is an HSL-3 stud anchor. The thread size
is 12 mm and this anchor can attach up to a
25 mm thick plate

Force-controlled expansion which


allows for follow-up expansion

Reliable clamping of part fastened


to overcome gaps

Suitable for dynamic loading,


including seismic, fatigue
and shock

No spinning of the anchor in hole


when tightening bolt or nut

Seismic qualification per ICC-ES


AC193 and the requirements of ACI
318-05 Appendix D

Guide Specifications
Expansion Anchors: Carbon steel
anchor consists of hex head bolt
(threaded stud), sleeve, expansion
sleeve, expansion cone, collapsible
plastic sleeve, (nut) and washer.
Anchors shall be torque controlled
expansion bolt as manufactured
by Hilti.

4.3.2.2 Material Specifications


Carbon Steel Bolt or Threaded Rod for HSL-3 (Bolt), HSL-3 (Stud) and HSL-3-B
conform to DIN EN ISO 898-1, Grade 8.8, fy > 93 ksi, fu > 116 ksi

Building Code Compliance

Carbon Steel Nut conforms to DIN 934, Grade 8, fu > 116 ksi

IBC 2006
IRC 2006
UBC 1997

Carbon Steel Washer conforms to DIN 1544, Grade St37, fu > 100 ksi
Carbon Steel Expansion Cone conforms to DIN 1654-4, fu > 80 ksi
Carbon Steel Expansion Sleeve (M8-M16) conforms to DIN 10139 and (M20-M24)
conforms to DIN 2393-2
Carbon Steel Spacing Sleeve conforms to DIN 2393 T1, fu > 100 ksi
Collapsible Sleeve is made from acetal polyoxymethylene (POM) resin

304 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

11_HSL-3.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:13 AM

Page 305

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.2


4.3.2.3 Technical Data
Table 1 HSL-3 Specifications
Details
nominal drill bit diameter1
Hilti matched-tolerance
carbide-tipped drill bit
minimum base material thickness
to obtain smallest critical edge distance

d bit
-

h min

minimum hole depth

ho

effective embedment depth

h ef,min

minimum clearance hole diameter


in part being fastened
max. cumulative gap between part(s)
being fastened and concrete surface
maximum thickness of part fastened
HSL-3, HSL-3-B
overall length of anchor
HSL-3, HSL-3-B
maximum thickness of part fastened
HSL-3-G
overall length of anchor
HSL-3-G
washer diameter

dh
t
t
dw

installation torque HSL-3

Tinst

installation torque HSL-3-G

Tinst

wrench size HSL-3, HSL-3-G


wrench size HSL-3-B
1

mm

mm
(in.)
mm
(in.)
mm
(in.)
mm
(in.)
mm
(in.)
mm
(in.)
mm
(in.)
mm
(in.)
mm
(in.)
mm
(in.)
Nm
(ft-lb)
Nm
(ft-lb)
mm
mm

HSL-3 Anchor Thread Diameter (mm)


M8
M10
M12
M16
12
15
18
24
TE-CX 12/22
TE-CX 15/27
TE-C 18/22
TE-C-T 24/27
TE-YX 12/35
TE-YX 15/35
TE-YX 18/32
TE-YX 24/32
110 (120)
120 (140)
135 (160)
160 (200)
4 3/8 (4-3/4)
4 3/4 (5-1/2)
5 3/8 (6 1/4)
6 1/4 (7-7/8)
80
90
105
125
(3-1/8)
(3-1/2)
(4-1/8)
(4-7/8)
60
70
80
100
(2-3/8)
(2-3/4)
(3-1/8)
(3-7/8)
14
17
20
26
(9/16)
(11/16)
(13/16)
(1)
4
5
8
9
(1/8)
(3/16)
(5/16)
(3/8)
20
40
20
40
25
50
25
50
(3/4) (1-1/2) (3/4) (1-1/2)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
98
118
110
130
131
156
153
178
(3-7/8) (4-5/8) (4-3/8) (5 1/8) (5-1/8) (6 1/8)
(6)
(7)
20
20
25
50
25
50
(3/4)
(3/4)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2)
102
115
139
164
163
188
(4)
(4-1/2)
(5-1/2) (6-3/8) (6-3/8) (7-3/8)
20
25
30
40
(3/4)
(1)
(1-1/8)
(1-9/16)
25
50
80
120
(18)
(37)
(59)
(89)
20
35
60
80
(15)
(26)
(44)
(59)
13
17
19
24
24
30

M20
M24
28
32
TE-C-T 28/27
TE-YX 32/37
TE-YX 28/32
190 (250)
225 (300)
7 1/2 (9-7/8)
8 7/8 (11-7/8)
155
180
(6-1/8)
(7-1/8)
125
150
(4-7/8)
(5-7/8)
31
35
(1-1/4)
(1-3/8)
12
16
(1/2)
(5/8)
30
60
30
60
(1-1/8) (2-1/4) (1-1/8) (2-1/4)
183
213
205
235
(7-1/4) (8-3/8)
(8)
(9-1/4)
30
60
(1-1/8) (2-1/4)
190
220
(7-1/2) (8-3/4)
45
50
(1-3/4)
(2)
200
250
(148)
(185)
160
(118)
30
36
36
41

Use metric bits only.

dw
T

dh

h nom
ho
h

d bit

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 305

11_HSL-3.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:13 AM

Page 306

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.2 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor


Table 2 HSL-3 Strength Design Information
Design parameter

Symbol

Anchor O.D.

Anchor category2
Strength reduction factor for tension,
steel failure modes3
Strength reduction factor for shear, steel
failure modes3
Strength reduction factor for tension,
concrete failure modes3
Strength reduction factor for shear,
concrete failure modes3
Yield strength of anchor steel
Ultimate strength of anchor steel
Tensile stress area
Steel strength in tension
Effectiveness factor uncracked concrete
Effectiveness factor cracked concrete4
kuncr/kcr5
Pullout strength uncracked concrete6
Pullout strength cracked concrete6
Steel strength in shear HSL-3,-B
Steel strength in shear HSL-3-G
Tension pullout strength seismic7
Steel strength in shear, seismic7
HSL-3,-B,-SH,-SK
Steel strength in shear, seismic7
HSL-3-G
Axial stiffness in service
load range8

uncracked
concrete
cracked
concrete

M8
12
0.47
60
2.36
1

M10
15
0.59
70
2.76
1

Nominal anchor diameter


M12
M16
18
24
0.71
0.94
80
100
3.15
3.94
1
1

M20
28
1.10
125
4.92
1

M24
32
1.26
150
5.91
1

1,2 or 3

mm
in.
mm
in.
-

0.75

0.65

Cond.A
Cond.B
Cond.A
Cond.B
lb/in2
lb/in2
in2
lb
lb
lb
lb
lb
lb

0.75
0.65
0.75
0.70
92,800
116,000
0.057
6,612
24
17
1.41
4,204
2,810
7,239
6,070
-

0.090
10,440
24
24
1.00
4,496
10,229
8,385
-

0.131
15,196
24
24
1.00
14,725
12,162
-

0.243
28,188
24
24
1.00
26,707
22,683
-

0.380
44,080
24
24
1.00
39,521
33,159
-

0.547
63,452
24
24
1.00
45,951

lb

4,609

8,453

11,892

24,796

29,135

38,173

lb

3,777

6,924

9,824

21,065

24,459

130

130

do

Effective min. embedment depth1

Units

h ef,min

fy
f ut
A se
N sa
k uncr
k cr
c,N
N pn,uncr
N pn,cr
Vsa
Vsa
N pn,seismic

14,320

V sa,seismic

uncr

300
1000 lb/in.

cr

30

70

130

130

1 See table 1.
2 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.
3 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318-05 Section 9.2. Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement
proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where
pullout or pryout strength governs.
4 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2.
5 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.6.
6 See Section 4.1.3 of ICC ESR-1546.
7 See Section 4.1.6 of ICC ESR-1546.
8 Minimum axial stiffness values, maximum values may be 3 times larger due to high strength concrete.

306 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

11_HSL-3.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:13 AM

Page 307

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.2


Table 3 Edge Distance, Spacing and Member Thickness Requirements1,2
Case3

Dimensional parameter

Symbol

Minimum concrete thickness

h min,A

Critical edge distance2

c cr,A

Minimum edge distance3

c min,AA

Minimum anchor spacing3

s min,AA

Minimum edge distance3

c min,AB

Minimum anchor spacing3

s min,AB

Minimum concrete thickness

hmin,B

Critical edge distance2

c cr,B

Minimum edge distance3

c min,BA

Minimum anchor spacing3

s min,BA

Minimum edge distance3

c min,BB

Minimum anchor spacing3

s min,BB

Units
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)

M8
4-3/4
(120)
4-3/8
(110)
2-3/8
(60)
5-1/2
(140)
3-3/8
(85)
2-3/8
(60)
4-3/8
(110)
5-7/8
(150)
2-3/8
(60)
7
(180)
4
(100)
2-3/8
(60)

M10
5-1/2
(140)
4-3/8
(110)
2-3/4
(70)
9-1/2
(240)
5
(125)
2-3/4
(70)
4-3/4
(120)
6-7/8
(175)
3-1/2
(90)
10-1/4
(260)
6-1/4
(160)
2-3/4
(70)

Nominal anchor diameter


M12
6-1/4
(160)
4-3/4
(120)
3-1/2
(90)
11
(280)
6-1/8
(155)
3-1/8
(80)
5-3/8
(135)
7-7/8
(200)
4-3/8
(110)
12-5/8
(320)
7-7/8
(200)
3-1/8
(80)

M16
7-7/8
(200)
5-7/8
(150)
4-3/4
(120)
12-5/8
(320)
7-7/8
(200)
4
(100)
6-1/4
(160)
9-7/8
(250)
6-1/4
(160)
15
(380)
10-5/8
(270)
4
(100)

M20
9-7/8
(250)
8-7/8
(225)
5
(125)
13-3/4
(350)
8-1/4
(210)
5
(125)
7-1/2
(190)
12-3/8
(312.5)
7-7/8
(200)
15-3/4
(400)
11-7/8
(300)
5
(125)

M24
11-7/8
(300)
8-7/8
(225)
5-7/8
(150)
11-7/8
(300)
8-1/4
(210)
5-7/8
(150)
8-7/8
(225)
14-3/4
(375)
8-7/8
(225)
15
(380)
12-5/8
(320)
5-7/8
(150)

1 In lieu of ACI 318 D.3.3. minimum edge distance, spacing and member thickness shall comply with ESR-1545 Table 4.
2 The concrete breakout strength calculated according to ACI 318 D.5.2, shall be further multiplied by ed,N. See ESR-1545 Section 4.1.2.
3 Denotes admissible combinations of h min, c cr, c min, and s min. For example, hmin,A + c min,AA + s min,AA or h min,A + c cr,A + c min,AB + s min,AB are admissible, but h min,A + c cr,B +
c min,AB + s min,BB is not. However, other admissible combinations for minimum edge distance c min and spacing s min for hmin,A or h min,B may be derived by linear interpolation
between boundary values (see example for h min,A below).

Example of allowable interpolation of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing


c design

spacing

s design

h min, AA
c min,AA, s min,AA

h
s design

c min,AB, s min,AB

c design

edge distance

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 307

11_HSL-3.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:13 AM

Page 308

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.2 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor


Table 4 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Uncracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4

Nominal
Anchor
Diameter

Embedment
Depth hef
mm
(in.)

f 'c = 2000 psi


Condition
Condition
A
B

Concrete Compressive Strength2


f 'c = 3000 psi
f 'c = 4000 psi
Condition
Condition
Condition
Condition
A
B
A
B

M8
60
2.36
1,746
1,746
2,139
2,139
2,470
M10
70
2.76
2,631
2,280
3,222
2,792
3,720
M12
80
3.15
3,214
2,785
3,936
3,411
4,545
M16
100
3.94
4,492
3,893
5,501
4,768
6,352
M20
125
4.92
6,277
5,440
7,688
6,663
8,877
M24
150
5.91
8,252
7,152
10,106
8,759
11,670
1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ESR-1545 Section 4.2 Eq. 5.

2,470
3,224
3,939
5,505
7,694
10,114

f 'c = 6000 psi


Condition
Condition
A
B
3,025
4,556
5,567
7,780
10,873
14,292

3,025
3,949
4,825
6,743
9,423
12,387

2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 Section D.3.4.
3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs.
4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the concrete breakout strength N b by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4
according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. N b is calculated as per ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1545 Section
4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N b,f ' c = N b

f 'c
2500

Table 5 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4

Nominal
Anchor
Diameter
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

Embedment
Depth hef
mm
(in.)
60
70
80
100
125
150

2.36
2.76
3.15
3.94
4.92
5.91

f 'c = 2000 psi


Condition
Condition
A
B
1,167
1,867
3,214
4,492
6,277
8,252

1,167
1,867
2,785
3,893
5,440
7,152

Concrete Compressive Strength2


f 'c = 3000 psi
f 'c = 4000 psi
Condition
Condition
Condition
Condition
A
B
A
B
1,429
2,286
3,936
5,501
7,688
10,106

1,429
2,286
3,411
4,768
6,663
8,759

1,650
2,640
4,545
6,352
8,877
11,670

1,650
2,640
3,939
5,505
7,694
10,114

f 'c = 6000 psi


Condition
Condition
A
B
2,021
3,233
5,567
7,780
10,873
14,292

2,021
3,233
4,825
6,743
9,423
12,387

1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ESR-1545 Section 4.2 Eq. 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 Section D.3.4.
3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided,
or where pullout or pryout strength governs.

4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to
ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr

f 'c
2500

Table 6 - HSL-3 Allowable Static Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2


Nominal
Anchor
Diameter

Allowable Steel Capacity, Shear


HSL-3, HSL-3-B

HSL-3-G

M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

3,361
4,749
6,837
12,400
18,349
21,334

2,818
3,893
5,647
10,531
15,395

1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction due
to concrete failure.
2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the strength
reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to ICC ESR1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .

308 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

11_HSL-3.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:13 AM

Page 309

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.2


Table 7 - HSL-3 Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD), Normal Weight Cracked Concrete (lb)1,3,4

Nominal
Anchor
Diameter
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

Embedment
Depth h ef
mm
(in.)
60
70
80
100
125
150

2.36
2.76
3.15
3.94
4.92
5.91

f 'c = 2000 psi


Condition
Condition
A
B
1,114
1,782
3,068
4,288
5,992
6,550

1,114
1,782
2,659
3,716
5,193
5,676

Concrete Compressive Strength2


f 'c = 3000 psi
f 'c = 4000 psi
Condition
Condition
Condition
Condition
A
B
A
B
1,364
2,182
3,757
5,251
7,339
8,022

1,364
2,182
3,256
4,551
6,360
6,952

1,575
2,520
4,339
6,063
8,474
9,263

1,575
2,520
3,760
5,255
7,344
8,028

f 'c = 6000 psi


Condition
Condition
A
B
1,929
3,086
5,314
7,426
10,378
11,344

1,929
3,086
4,605
6,436
8,995
9,832

1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, see ESR-1545 Section 4.2 Eq. 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 Section D.3.4.
3 Condition A applies where the potential concrete failure surfaces are crossed by supplementary reinforcement proportioned to tie the potential concrete failure prism into the
structural member. Condition B applies where such supplementary reinforcement is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs.

4 Allowable seismic tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiplying by a 0.75 factor
describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths
according to ICC ESR-1545 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr

f 'c
2500

Table 8 - HSL-3 Allowable Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2


Nominal
Anchor
Diameter

Allowable Steel Capacity, Shear


HSL-3, HSL-3-B

HSL-3-G

M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24

2,043
3,746
5,270
10,989
12,912
16,918

1,674
3,069
4,354
9,336
10,840

1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction
due to concrete failure.
2 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying V sa,seis by the
strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 31805 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1545 Section
4.2. See Table 2 for V sa,seis .

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 309

11_HSL-3.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:13 AM

Page 310

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.2 HSL-3 Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor


4.3.2.4 HSL-3 Installation Instructions

1. Using the correct diameter metric bit, drill hole


to minimum required hole depth or deeper.

2. Remove drilling debris with a blowout bulb or


with compressed air.

3. Using a hammer, tap the anchor through


the part being fastened into the drilled hole
until the washer is in contact with the
fastened part. Do not expand anchor by
hand prior to installation.

4. Using a torque wrench, apply the specified


installation torque. HSL-3-B does not require
use of a torque wrench. Tighten until torque
cap shears off.

4.3.2.5 Ordering Information

HSL-3 Bolt Version


Item No.

371775
371776
371778
371779
371781
371782
371784
371785
371787
371788
371790
371791

Description

HSL-3 M 8/20
HSL-3 M 8/40
HSL-3 M 10/20
HSL-3 M 10/40
HSL-3 M 12/25
HSL-3 M 12/50
HSL-3 M 16/25
HSL-3 M 16/50
HSL-3 M 20/30
HSL-3 M 20/60
HSL-3 M 24/30
HSL-3 M 24/60

HSL-3-G Stud Version

HSL-3-B Torque Cap


Box Qty

40
40
20
20
20
20
10
10
6
6
4
4

Item No.

Description

371807
371808
371809
371810
371811
371814
371817

HSL-3-B M 12/5
HSL-3-B M 12/25
HSL-3-B M 12/50
HSL-3-B M 16/10
HSL-3-B M 16/25
HSL-3-B M 20/30
HSL-3-B M 24/30

Box Qty

20
20
10
10
10
6
4

Item No.

Description

371793
371796
371799
371800
371802
371803
371805
371806

HSL-3-G M 8/20
HSL-3-G M 10/20
HSL-3-G M 12/25
HSL-3-G M 12/50
HSL-3-G M 16/25
HSL-3-G M 16/50
HSL-3-G M 20/30
HSL-3-G M 20/60

Box Qty

40
20
20
10
10
10
6
6

310 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

12_HSL.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:14 AM

Page 311

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.3


4.3.3.1 Product Description

Material Specifications

4.3.3.3

Technical Data

4.3.3.4

HSLG-R Stainless Steel


with Thread Rod

Product Description

4.3.3.2

HSL-I M12 Flush Anchor


with Torque Nut

4.3.3.1

Installation Instructions

4.3.3.5

Ordering Information

Flush mount applications accommodated


by short removable stud
The Hilti HSL Heavy Duty Sleeve Anchor
is a torque controlled expansion bolt
designed for high performance in static
and dynamic load applications. HSL
anchors are available in metric sizes
from 12 mm to 20 mm diameters.
Product Features

High load capacity

Spacer sleeve provides enhanced


shear capacity

Force controlled expansion

Reliable pull-down of part fastened


to overcome gaps

Suitable for dynamic loading


(fatigue, seismic, and shock
loading)

Suitable for tension zone


of concrete

No spinning of anchor in hole when


tightening bolt or nut

Good performance in Hilti Matched


Tolerance DD-B or DD-C Diamond
Core Bit holes

Bolt
Washer

Guide Specifications
Expansion Anchors Carbon (Stainless)
steel anchor consists of hex bolt
(threaded stud), sleeve, expansion
sleeve, expansion cone and collapsible
plastic sleeve, (nut) and washer.
Anchors shall be torque controlled
expansion bolt as manufactured
by Hilti.

Minimum
Embedment
Mark

Spacer
Sleeve

Installation Refer to Section 4.3.2.3


and 4.3.2.4

Expansion
Sleeve

Combined Shear and Tension Loading


N
(N ) + ( V )
V
5/3

5/3

rec

rec

1.0
Cone

Refer to Section 4.1.2.7


Dynamic Loading
The HSL anchor has been tested
under shock, seismic and fatigue
(2 x 106 cycles) loading conditions.
Contact your Hilti Field Engineer for
additional information.

Plastic collapsible section


with anchor rotation
prevention

Listings/Approvals
City of Los Angeles
Research Report No. 25290

Building Code Compliance


UBC 1997

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 311

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.3 HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor


4.3.3.2 Material Specifications
Carbon Steel Bolt or threaded rod conform to ISO 898-1, Class 8.8, fy 93 ksi, fu 116 ksi
Carbon Steel expansion sleeve conforms to DIN 2393, Grade ST-52-3
Carbon Steel nut conforms to DIN 934, Grade 8, fu 116 ksi
Stainless steel threaded rod conforms to DIN 267, Type A4-70, fy = 65 ksi, fu 102 ksi
Stainless steel expansion sleeve conforms to DIN 17440, fu 102 ksi
Stainless Steel cone conforms to DIN 17440, fu 102 ksi
Stainless Steel washer conforms to DIN 17441, 74 ksi fu 103 ksi
Stainless Steel nut conforms to DIN 934
Collapsible sleeve is made of Acetal resin plastic
Carbon Steel cone conforms to DIN 1654, Type CQ35, fu 87 ksi
Carbon Steel washer conforms to DIN 1544, Grade ST37, fu 91 ksi

4.3.3.3 Technical Data


Table 1 - HSL Specifications
HSL Anchor Thread Diameter (mm)
Details
d bit nominal bit dia.
h0

min. hole depth

h nom min. depth of


embedment
t
max. thickness
fastened

anchor length

hn

head height
+ washer
max. tightening
torque

Tmax

max. gap1
wrench size (mm)
dh

clearance hole

dw

washer diameter

h min

min. base material


thickness

12

12

16

16

20

dw

20

mm
18
24
28
mm
100
125
150
(in.)
(4)
(5)
(6)
mm
80
105
130
(in.)
(3-3/16)
(4-1/8)
(5-1/8)
mm
25
50
25
50
30
60
(in.)
(1)
(2)
(1)
(2) (1-1/8) (2-1/4)
mm
120 145 148 173
183 213
(in.)
(4-3/4) (5-3/4) (5-3/4) (6-3/4 (7-1/4) (8-3/8)
mm
11
14
17
(in.)
(7/16)
(9/16)
(11/16)
Nm
80
200
400
(ft lb)
(60)
(150)
(300)
mm
8
9
12
(in.)
(5/16)
(3/8)
(1/2)
HSL/HSLG
19
24
30
mm
20-21
26-28
31-33
(in.)
(13/16)
(1-1/8)
(1-5/16)
mm
30
40
45
(in.)
(1-3/16)
(1-9/16)
(1-3/4)
mm
160
180
220
(in.)
(6-1/4)
(7)
(8-3/4)

T
hn
t

dh

h nom
h0
h

d bit

1 For pull-down of parts to be fastened.

312 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

12_HSL.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:14 AM

Page 313

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.3


Table 2 - Stainless Steel HSLG-R Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete

Anchor
Diameter

Embedment
Depth
mm (in.)

20.7 MPa
(3000 psi)

13.8 MPa
(2000 psi)

27.6 MPa
(4000 psi)

41.4 MPa
(6000 psi)

Tension
kN (lb)

Shear
kN (lb)

Tension
kN (lb)

Shear
kN (lb)

Tension
kN (lb)

Shear
kN (lb)

Tension
kN (lb)

Shear
kN (lb)

M10

75
(3)

6.8
(1535)

13.7
(3090)

9.1
(2055)

14.8
(3325)

11.5
(2575)

15.8
(3560)

11.5
(2595)

16.4
(3690)

M12

80
(3-3/16)

8.7
(1960)

20.2
(4540)

11.3
(2530)

21.8
(4890)

13.8
(3105)

23.3
(5245)

17.5
(3925)

25.0
(5615)

M16

105
(4-1/8)

17.6
(3965)

34.7
(7805)

20.9
(4705)

39.9
(8965)

24.2
(5450)

45.0
(10125)

30.7
(6900)

46.9
(10550)

M20

130
(5-1/8)

25.1
(5650)

52.9
(11900)

30.7
(6910)

58.7
(13195)

36.4
(8175)

64.5
44.5
(14490) (10005)

64.5
(14490)

Table 3 -Stainless Steel HSLG-R Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete

Anchor
Diameter

Embedment
Depth
mm (in.)

20.7 MPa
(3000 psi)

13.8 MPa
(2000 psi)

27.6 MPa
(4000 psi)

41.4 MPa
(6000 psi)

Tension
kN (lb)

Shear
kN (lb)

Tension
kN (lb)

Shear
kN (lb)

Tension
kN (lb)

Shear
kN (lb)

Tension
kN (lb)

Shear
kN (lb)

M10

75
(3)

23.8
(5350)

47.8
(10785)

31.9
(7165)

51.6
(11595)

40.0
(8985)

55.2
(12410)

40.3
(9055)

57.3
(12880)

M12

80
(3-3/16)

30.4
(6830)

70.5
(15845)

39.3
(8830)

75.9
(17070)

48.2
(10835)

81.4
60.9
(18300) (13700)

87.1
(19590)

M16

105
(4-1/8)

61.6
(13840)

121.1
(27220)

73.0
(16420)

139.1
(31270)

84.5
(19005)

157.1
107.0
(35320) (24065)

163.7
(36800)

M20

130
(5-1/8)

87.7
(19715)

184.7
(41510)

107.3
(24115)

204.7
(46025)

126.9
(28520)

224.8
155.3
(50540) (34910)

224.8
(50540)

Table 4 -HSL-I Flush Anchor (Internally Threaded) in Normal-Weight Concrete

Description

Bit dia
(mm)

Anchor
Length
(mm)

Minimum
Embedment
Depth (mm)

18

113/130

65/80

HSL - I M12 65/80

Average Ultimate Loads1


in 4000 psi Concrete
Tension (lb)
Shear (lb)

9345/12597

9055/9408

Allowable Working Loads1


4000 psi Concrete
Tension (lb)
Shear (lb)

2480/2875

2420/2605

12mm Metric Flush Anchor with Torque Nut


1 Loads indicated are for 65/80 mm embedment respectively.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 313

12_HSL.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:14 AM

Page 314

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.3 HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines (see Anchoring Technology Section 4.1.3)
N

Edge Distance Adjustment Factors

Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors

c
c min
c cr
c min
c cr

s = Actual Spacing
s min = 1.0 h nom
s cr = 3.0 h ef

s
V
c
h

Anchor Size
M10

ccr

80 (3-3/16)

M16

Actual Edge Distance


1.0h nom
Tension
2.5 h ef
1.0 h nom
Shear
2.5 h nom

3.0

75 (3)

M12

s cr

3.0

h nom mm (in.)

=
=
=
=
=

s
h ef

105 (4-1/8)

Shear &
Tension

2.0
s min

130 (5-1/8)

h ef -

actual embedment depth

h nom -

standard embedment depth

Tension

cmin

c 1.0

1.0

M20

Shear

2.0
c
h ef
h nom
0

0
0

.2

.4

.6

.8

1.0

Load Adjustment Factors (Anchor Spacing) f A

Tension f RN

65 ( 2-1/2)
75 ( 3)
80 ( 3-1/8)
105 ( 4-1/8)
130 ( 5-1/8)
155 ( 6-1/8)
175 ( 6-7/8)
195 ( 7-5/8)
225 ( 8-7/8)
240 ( 9-3/8)
275 (10-3/4)
315 (12-3/8)
350 (13-3/4)
395 (15-1/2)
430 (17)
470 (18-1/2)

Anchor
Diameter
M10
.70
.71
.76
.81
.86
.90
.94
1.0

M12

.70
.74
.79
.84
.87
.91
.97
1.0

M16

.70
.73
.77
.80
.82
.87
.89
.94
1.0

s min = 1.0 h nom s cr = 3.0 h ef


f A = 0.15

s
+ 0.55
h ef

for s cr > s > s min

.4

.6

.8

1.0

Load Adjustment Factors (Edge Disdtance) f R

Tension/Shear

Spacing
s
mm (in.)

.2

Edge Distance Adjustment Factor


(fRV, fRN)

Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factor


(fA)

M20

.70
.72
.75
.77
.80
.82
.86
.91
.95
1.0

Edge
Distance
c
mm (in.)
65 ( 2-1/2)
75 ( 3)
80 ( 3-1/8)
105 ( 4-1/8)
130 ( 5-1/8)
155 ( 6-1/8)
162 ( 6-3/8)
187 ( 7-3/8)
200 ( 7-7/8)
225 ( 8-7/8)
265 (10-3/8)
275 (10-3/4)
300 (11-3/4)
325 (12-3/4)
350 (13-3/4)
390 (15-3/8)

Shear f RV

Anchor
Diameter
M10
.70
.71
.78
.85
.91
.93
1.0

M12

.70
.76
.83
.88
.90
.96
1.0
1.0

M16

.70
.74
.79
.80
.85
.88
.92
1.0
1.0
1.0

Anchor
Diameter
M20

.70
.73
.75
.78
.80
.84
.91
.92
.96
1.0
1.0

c 1.0 hnom
+ 0.70
2.5 h ef 1.0 h nom

for c cr > c > c min

.30
.33
.48
.64
.80
.84
1.0

M12

.30
.44
.59
.74
.78
.92
1.0
1.0

M16

.30
.41
.52
.55
.66
.72
.83
1.0
1.0
1.0

M20

.30
.39
.41
.50
.55
.64
.79
.82
.91
1.0
1.0

c min = 1.0 h nom c cr = 2.5 h nom

c min = 1.0 h nom c cr = 2.5 h ef


f RN = (0.30)

M10

f RV = 0.47

c
0.17
h nom

for c cr > c > c min

314 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

12_HSL.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:14 AM

Page 315

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HSL Heavy Duty Expansion Anchor 4.3.3


4.3.3.4 Installation Instructions

Setting Instructions for the HSL-I M12-0 65/80


60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/

torque nut
HSL-I M12-0 65

18 mm

18 mm

18 mm

hole depth = 95 mm

60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/
torque nut

hef = 80 mm

hef = 80 mm

hef = 65 mm

hole depth = 80 mm

hef = 65 mm

hole depth = 80 mm

60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/
torque nut

18 mm

hole depth = 95 mm

60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/
torque nut

hef = 65mm

4. Tighten bolt or nut to the


specified torque, using a
torque wrench.

spacer sleeve for


hef = 80mm

HSL-I M12-0 80
18 mm

hef = 65mm

hole depth = 95 mm

3. Using a hammer, tap the preassembled anchor through


the object being anchored
and into the hole. The anchor
should be seated firmly
against the base plate. Note:
Do not expand the anchor by
hand before tapping it into
the hole.
hef = 80 mm

hef = 65mm

2. Clean the hole using


compressed air.

hef = 65 mm

hole depth = 80 mm

1. Drill a hole with the prescribed


Hilti metric carbide or diamond core bit. Note: the HSL
can be installed in a
bottomless hole.

spacer sleeve for


hef = 80mm

spacer sleeve for


hef = 80mm

60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/
torque nut

60 Ft -lbs-80 Nm/
torque nut

18 mm

hef = 65mm
hef = 80mm

pre-setting
360 - 720
1 - 2 turns

final setting
min.
7 turns

hef = 65mm
hef = 80mm

final setting

final setting

min.
7 turns

18 mm

HSLG-R Stainless Steel Anchor


for hef
80 mm only
Material: Stainless Steel AISI 316
Item No.

Description

67922
67924
67926
67928

HSLG-R M 10/20
HSLG-R M 12/25
HSLG-R M 16/25
HSLG-R M 20/30

for hef
80 mm only

284900

4.3.3.5 Ordering Information

284900

18 mm

hef = 65mm
forh ef
h
pre-settingef = 80mm
pre-setting
80 mm only
min. - 720
360 - 720
360
7 turns turns
1 - 2 turns
1-2

284900

18 mm

HSL-I Flush Anchor


(Internally Threaded)

Box Qty

Item No.

Description

20
20
10
6

284908

HSL-I M12 65/80

Box Qty

20

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 315

12_HSL.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:14 AM

Page 316

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor


4.3.4.1

Product Description

4.3.4.2

Material Specifications

4.3.4.3

Technical Data

4.3.4.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.4.5

Ordering Information

4.3.4.6

Sample Calculations

Impact Section
(Dog Point)

Nut
Washer

4.3.4.1 Kwik Bolt TZ Product Description


The Kwik Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) is a torque
controlled expansion anchor which is
especially suited to seismic and cracked
concrete applications. This anchor line
is available in carbon steel with zinc
electroplated coating and 304 stainless
steel versions. The anchor diameters
range from 3/8 to 3/4 inch in a variety of
lengths. Applicable base materials
include normal-weight concrete,
structural lightweight concrete, and
lightweight concrete over metal deck.
Guide Specifications
Torque controlled expansion anchors
shall be Kwik Bolt TZ (KB-TZ) supplied
by Hilti meeting the description in
Federal Specification A-A 1923A, Type
4. The anchor bears a length
identification mark embossed into the
impact section (dog point) of the anchor
surrounded by four embossed notches
identifying the anchor as a Hilti Kwik
Bolt TZ in the installed condition.
Anchors are manufactured to meet one
of the following conditions:

Red
Setting
Mark
Anchor
Thread

Anchor
Body

Expansion Cone

The carbon steel anchor body, nut,


and washer have an electroplated
zinc coating conforming to ASTM
B633 to a minimum thickness of 5
m. The stainless steel expansion
sleeve conforms to AISI 316.

Stainless
Steel
Expansion
Sleeve
(Wedges)

Product Features

Product and length identification


marks facilitate quality control after
installation.

Through fixture installation and


variable thread lengths improve
productivity and accommodate
various base plate thicknesses.

316 Stainless Steel wedges provide superior performance in


cracked concrete.

Ridges on expansion wedges


provide increased reliability.

Mechanical expansion allows


immediate load application.

Raised impact section (dog point)


prevents thread damage during
installation.

Bolt meets ductility requirements


of ACI 318-05 Section D1.

Installation
Drill hole in base material to the
appropriate depth using a Hilti carbide
tipped drill bit. Drive the anchor into the
hole using a hammer. A minimum of four
threads must be below the fastening
surface prior to applying installation
torque. Tighten the nut to the
recommended installation torque.

Stainless steel anchor body, nut


and washer conform to AISI 304.
Stainless steel expansion sleeve
conforms to AISI 316.

Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
ESR-1917
FM (Factory Mutual)
Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic
Sprinkler Systems (3/8" - 3/4")
UL (Underwriters Laboratories)
Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire
Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4")

Building Code Compliance

Supplemental Design Provisions for ACI 318-05 Appendix D


Design strengths are determined in accordance with ACI 318-05 Appendix D and
ICC Evaluation Service ESR-1917 Hilti Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel
Anchors in Concrete. The relevant design parameters are reiterated in Tables 1, 2,
and 3 of this document. Supplemental provisions required for the design of the
KB-TZ are enumerated in Section 4.0 of ESR-1917 (DESIGN AND INSTALLATION).
Note that these design parameters are supplemental to the design provisions
of ACI 318-05.

IBC 2006
IRC 2006
UBC 1997

316 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

13_KB-TZ.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:16 AM

Page 317

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4


4.3.4.2 Material Specifications
Carbon steel with electroplated zinc
Carbon steel KB-TZ anchors have the following minimum bolt fracture loads1
Anchor
Diameter (in.)

Tension
(lb)

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

Shear
(lb)
NA
7419
11465
17535

6744
11240
17535
25853

Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5m.

Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex.

Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844.

Expansion sleeves (wedges) are manufactured from AISI 316 stainless steel.

Stainless steel
Stainless steel KB-TZ anchors are made of AISI 304 material and have the following minimum bolt fracture loads1
Anchor
Diameter (in.)

Shear
(lb)

Tension
(lb)

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

5058
8543
13938
22481

6519
12364
19109
24729

Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594.

Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1, Type A, plain.

Expansion Sleeve (wedges) are made from AISI 316.

All nuts and washers are made from AISI 304 stainless steel.

1 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in jig as part of product QC. These loads are not intended for design purposes. See Tables 2 and 3.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 317

13_KB-TZ.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:16 AM

Page 318

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor


4.3.4.3 Technical Data
Table 1 Kwik Bolt TZ Specification Table
SETTING
INFORMATION

Symbol
do

Nominal bit
diameter
Effective min.
embedment

in.
(mm)

3/8
0.375
(9.5)

d bit

Anchor O.D.

in.

3/8

in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
ft-lb
(Nm)
in.
(mm)

2
(51)
2-5/8
(67)
1/4
(6)
2-1/4
(57)
25
(34)
7/16
(11.1)

h ef

Min. hole depth

ho

Min. thickness of
fixture1
Max. thickness of
fixture

t min
t max

Installation torque

T inst

Min. dia. of hole


in fixture

dh

Available anchor
lengths
Threaded length
including dog point

Nominal anchor diameter (in.)


1/2
5/8
0.5
0.625
(12.7)
(15.9)

Units

anch
thread

Unthreaded length

unthr

Installation
embedment

h nom

in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)

3
(76)
7/8
(22)

1/2
2
(51)
2-5/8
(67)
3/4
(19)
4
(101)

5/8
3-1/4
(83)
4
(102)
1/4
(6)
2-3/4
(70)

40
(54)
9/16
(14.3)

3/4
0.75
(19.1)

3-1/8
(79)
3-3/4
(95)
3/8
(9)
5-5/8
(143)

3/4
4
(102)
4-3/4
(121)
3/4
(19)
4-3/4
(121)

3-3/4
(95)
4-5/8
(117)
1/8
(3)
4-5/8
(117)

60
(81)
11/16
(17.5)

3-3/4
5
3-3/4 4-1/2 5-1/2 7 4-3/4 6
8-1/2 10
(95) (127) (95) (114) (140) (178) (121) (152) (216) (254)
1-5/8 2-7/8 1-5/8 2-3/8 3-3/8 4-7/8 1-1/2 2-3/4 5-1/4 6-3/4
(41)
(73)
(41) (60) (86) (178) (38) (70) (133) (171)
2-1/8
2-1/8
3-1/4
(54)
(54)
(83)
2-1/4
2-3/8
3-5/8
3-5/8
4-1/2
(57)
(60)
(92)
(92)
(114)

4-3/4
(121)
5-3/4
(146)
1-5/8
(41)
3-5/8
(92)
110
(149)
13/16
(20.6)

5-1/2
(140)
1-1/2
(38)

4-3/8
(111)

8
(203)
4
(102)
4
(102)

10
(254)
6
(152)

5-3/8
(137)

1 The minimum thickness of the fastened part is based on use of the anchor at minimum embedment and is controlled by the length of thread. If a thinner fastening thickness is
required, increase the anchor embedment to suit.

Figure 1 Kwik Bolt TZ installed

thread

dh

anch

unthr

do

h ef h nom h o

318 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

13_KB-TZ.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:16 AM

Page 319

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4

Table 2 Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt TZ Strength Design Information


DESIGN
INFORMATION

Symbol Units

Anchor O.D.

do

Effective min.
embedment1

h ef

Min. member thickness

h min

Critical edge distance

c ac
ca,min

Min. edge distance

for s
s min

Min. anchor spacing


for c

in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
lb/in2
(N/mm2)
lb/in2
(N/mm2)
in2
(mm2)
lb
(kN)
lb
(kN)
lb
(kN)
lb
(kN)
lb
(kN)
lb
(kN)
lb
(kN)

Min. hole depth


ho
in concrete
Min. specified
fy
yield strength
Min. specified
fu
ult. strength
Effective tensile
A se
stress area
Steel strength
N sa
in tension
Steel strength
Vsa
in shear
Steel strength in
V s,seis
shear, seismic
Steel strength in shear,
Vs,deck
concrete on metal deck 2
Pullout strength
N p,uncr
uncracked concrete 3
Pullout strength
N p,cr
cracked concrete 3
Pullout strength concrete
N p,deck,cr
on metal deck 4
5
Anchor category
Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete
Effectiveness factor k cr cracked concrete 6
c,N = k uncr /k cr 7
Strength reduction factor for tension,
steel failure modes 8
Strength reduction factor for shear, steel
failure modes 8
Strength reduction factor for tension, concrete
failure modes, Condition B 9
Strength reduction factor for shear, concrete
failure modes
1
2
3
4

5
6

3/8
0.375
(9.5)
2
(51)
4
5
(102)
(127)
4-3/8
4
(111)
(102)
2-1/2
(64)
5
(127)
2-1/2
(64)
3-5/8
(92)
2-5/8
(67)
100000
(690)
125000
(862)
0.052
(33.6)
6500
(28.9)
3595
(16.0)
2255
(10.0)
2130
(9.5)
2515
(11.2)
2270
(10.1)
1460
(6.5)

Nominal anchor diameter


5/8
0.625
(15.9)
2
3-1/4
3-1/8
4
(51)
(83)
(79)
(102)
4
6
6
8
5
6
8
(102)
(152)
(152)
(203)
(127)
(152)
(203)
5-1/2
4-1/2
7-1/2
6
6-1/2
8-3/4
6-3/4
(140)
(114)
(191)
(152)
(165)
(222)
(171)
2-3/4
2-3/8
3-5/8
3-1/4
(70)
(60)
(92)
(83)
5-3/4
5-3/4
6-1/8
5-7/8
(146)
(146)
(156)
(149)
2-3/4
2-3/8
3-1/2
3
(70)
(60)
(89)
(76)
4-1/8
3-1/2
4-3/4
4-1/4
(105)
(89)
(121)
(108)
2-5/8
4
3-7/8
4-3/4
(67)
(102)
(98)
(121)
84800
84800
(585)
(585)
106000
106000
(731)
(731)
0.101
0.162
(65.0)
(104.6)
10705
17170
(47.6)
(76.4)
6405
10555
(28.5)
(47.0)
6405
10555
(28.5)
(47.0)
3000
4945
4600
6040
(13.3)
(22)
(20.5)
(26.9)
5,515
9,145
NA
NA
(24.5)
(40.7)
4,915
NA
NA
(21.9)
1460
2620
2000
4645
(6.5)
(11.7)
(8.9)
(20.7)
1
24
17
1.41

See Fig. 1.
NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported.
NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for
design.
NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported.
Values are for cracked concrete. Values are applicable to both
static and seismic load combinations.
See ACI 318 D.4.4.
See ACI 318 D.5.2.2.

1/2
0.5
(12.7)

3/4
0.75
(19.1)
3-3/4
(95)
6
8
(152)
(203)
10
8
(254)
(203)
4-3/4
(121)
10-1/2
(267)
5
(127)
9-1/2
(241)
4-5/8
(117)
84800
(585)
106000
(731)
0.237
(152.8)
25120
(111.8)
15930
(70.9)
14245
(63.4)

4-3/4
(121)
8
(203)
9
(229)
4-1/8
(105)
8-7/8
(225)
4
(102)
7-3/4
(197)
5-3/4
(146)

NP
8,280
(36.8)

10,680
(47.5)
NA
NP

0.75
0.65
0.65
0.70
7
8
9

See ACI 318 D.5.2.6.


The KB-TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D.1.
For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 9.2. Condition B
applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with
ACI 318 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength
governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors
associated with Condition A may be used.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 319

13_KB-TZ.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:16 AM

Page 320

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor


Table 3 Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt TZ Strength Design Information
DESIGN
INFORMATION

Symbol Units

Anchor O.D.

do

Effective min.
embedment1

h ef

Min. member thickness

h min

Critical edge distance

c ac
ca,min

Min. edge distance


for s
s min
Min. anchor spacing
for c

in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
lb/in 2
(N/mm 2)
lb/in 2
(N/mm 2)
in 2
(mm 2)
lb
(kN)
lb
(kN)
lb
(kN)
lb
(kN)
lb
(kN)
lb
(kN)

Min. hole depth


ho
in concrete
Min. specified
fy
yield strength
Min. specified
fu
ult. strength
Effective tensile
A se
stress area
Steel strength
N sa
in tension
Steel strength
V sa
in shear
Steel strength in tension,
N sa,seis
seismic 2
Steel strength in shear,
V sa,seis
seismic 2
Pullout strength
N pn,uncr
uncracked concrete 2
Pullout strength cracked
N pn,cr
concrete 2
3
Anchor category
Effectiveness factor k uncr uncracked concrete
Effectiveness factor k cr cracked concrete 4
c,N = k uncr /k cr 5
Strength reduction factor for tension, steel
failure modes 6
Strength reduction factor for shear, steel
failure modes 6
Strength reduction factor for tension,
concrete failure modes, Condition B 7
Strength reduction factor for shear,
concrete failure modes
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

3/8
0.375
(9.5)
2
(51)
4
5
(102)
(127)
4-3/8
3-7/8
(111)
(98)
2-1/2
(64)
5
(127)
2-1/4
(57)
3-1/2
(89)
2-5/8
(67)
92000
(634)
115000
(793)
0.052
(33.6)
5980
(26.6)
4870
(21.7)
NA
2825
(12.6)
2630
(11.7)
2340
(10.4)

17
1.41

Nominal anchor diameter


5/8
0.625
(15.9)
2
3-1/4
3-1/8
4
(51)
(83)
(79)
(102)
4
6
6
8
5
6
8
(102)
(152)
(152)
(203)
(127)
(152)
(203)
5-1/2
4-1/2
7-1/2
6
7
8-7/8
6
(140)
(114)
(191)
(152)
(178)
(225)
(152)
2-7/8
2-1/8
3-1/4
2-3/8
(73)
(54)
(83)
(60)
5-3/4
5-1/4
5-1/2
5-1/2
(146)
(133)
(140)
(140)
2-7/8
2
2-3/4
2-3/8
(73)
(51)
(70)
(60)
4-1/2
3-1/4
4-1/8
4-1/4
(114)
(83)
(105)
(108)
2-5/8
4
3-3/4
4-3/4
(67)
(102)
(95)
(121)
92000
92000
(634)
(634)
115000
115000
(793)
(793)
0.101
0.162
(65.0)
(104.6)
11615
18630
(51.7)
(82.9)
6880
11835
(30.6)
(52.7)
2,735
NA
NA
(12.2)
6880
11835
(30.6)
(52.6)
5760
NA
NA
(25.6)
3180
5840
NA
NA
(14.1)
(26.0)
1
24
24
17
17
17
1.00
1.41
1.41
1.41
1/2
0.5
(12.7)

3/4
0.75
(19.1)
3-3/4
(95)

4-3/4
(121)

6
8
(152)
(203)
10
7
9
(254)
(178)
(229)
4-1/4
4
(108)
(102)
10
8-1/2
(254)
(216)
5
4
(127)
(102)
9-1/2
7
(241)
(178)
4-5/8
5-3/4
(117)
(146)
76125
(525)
101500
(700)
0.237
(152.8)
24055
(107.0)
20050
(89.2)
NA
14615
(65.0)
NA

12040
(53.6)

8110
(36.1)

NA

24
1.00

17
1.41

0.75
0.65
0.65
0.70

See Fig. 1.
NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not control for design.
See ACI 318 D.4.4.
See ACI 318 D.5.2.2.
See ACI 318 D.5.2.6.
The KB-TZ is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 D.1.
For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318
D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be
verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

320 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

13_KB-TZ.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:16 AM

Page 321

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4


Figure 2 Interpolation of Minimum Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing

c a, min at s >

s design

s min at c >

c design

edge distance c

Table 4 Mean Axial Stiffness Values (1000 lb/in.) for Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon
and Stainless Steel Anchors in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Concrete condition
uncracked concrete
cracked concrete

carbon steel KB-TZ, all diameters


700
500

stainless steel KB-TZ, all diameters


120
90

1 Mean values shown. Actual stiffness may vary considerably depending on concrete strength, loading and geometry of application.

Figure 3 Installation in Concrete over Metal Deck Floor

Anchor
in Ridge

Min. 3000 psi Normal or Sand Lightweight Concrete

Max. 3"

Min. 1-1/2"

Min. 5/8" Typical

Upper
Flute
(Valley)
Min. 4-1/2"

Min. 4-1/2"

Max. 1" Offset Typical

Minimum
No. 20 Gauge
Steel Deck
Lower
Flute
(Ridge)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 321

13_KB-TZ.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:16 AM

Page 322

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor


Allowable Stress Design
Design values for use with allowable stress design (working stress design) shall be established as follows: Rallow,ASD = R d

where Rd = Rk represents the limiting design strength in tension ( Nn ) or shear ( Vn ) as calculated according to ACI 318 D.4.1.1 and D.4.1.2
Table 5 The value of shall be taken as follows:
Reference for strength
reduction factors
ACI 318 D.4.4
ACI 318 D.4.5

including seismic
1.1
1.2

excluding seismic
1.4
1.55

Table 6 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Tension (ASD),
Normal-Weight Uncracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter

Embedment
Depth hef
(in.)

3/8

2
2
3-1/4
3-1/8
4
3-3/4
4-3/4

1/2
5/8
3/4

f 'c= 2500 psi


Carbon
Stainless
Steel
Steel
1168
1576
2561
3078
4246
3844
4959

1221
1576
2674
3078
4457
4046
5590

Concrete Compressive Strength2


f 'c= 3000 psi
f 'c= 4000 psi
Carbon
Stainless
Carbon
Stainless
Steel
Steel
Steel
Steel
1279
1726
2805
3372
4651
4211
5432

1338
1726
2930
3372
4883
4432
6124

1477
1993
3239
3893
5371
4863
6272

1545
1993
3383
3893
5638
5118
7071

f 'c= 6000 psi


Carbon
Stainless
Steel
Steel
1809
2441
3967
4768
6578
5956
7682

1892
2441
4143
4768
6905
6268
8660

1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of R d as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the
presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the concrete breakout strength N b by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4
according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. N b is calculated as per ACI 318-05 D.5.2.2. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section
4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N b,f ' c = N b

f 'c
2500

Table 7 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Static Tension (ASD),
Normal-Weight Cracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter

Embedment
Depth hef
(in.)

3/8

2
2
3-1/4
3-1/8
4
3-3/4
4-3/4

1/2
5/8
3/4

f 'c= 2500 psi


Carbon
Stainless
Steel
Steel
1054
1116
2282
2180
3157
2866
4085

1086
1476
2312
2180
2711
3765
4085

Concrete Compressive Strength2


f 'c= 3000 psi
f 'c= 4000 psi
Carbon
Stainless
Carbon
Stainless
Steel
Steel
Steel
Steel
1155
1223
2500
2388
3458
3139
4475

1190
1617
2533
2388
2970
4125
4475

1333
1412
2886
2758
3994
3625
5168

1374
1868
2925
2758
3430
4763
5168

f 'c= 6000 psi


Carbon
Stainless
Steel
Steel
1633
1729
3535
3377
4891
4440
6329

1683
2287
3582
3377
4201
5833
6329

1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of R d as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the
presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

4 Allowable static tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4 according to
ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr

f 'c
2500

322 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

13_KB-TZ.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:16 AM

Page 323

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4


Table 8 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel
Allowable Static Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter

Allowable Steel Capacity, Static Shear


Carbon Steel

Stainless Steel

1669
2974
4901
7396

2661
3194
5495
9309

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing


reduction due to concrete failure.
2 Allowable static shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa by the
strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4
according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa .

Table 9 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel Allowable Seismic Tension (ASD),
Normal-Weight Cracked Concrete, Condition B (lb)1,2,3,4
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter

Embedment
Depth hef
(in.)

3/8

2
2
3-1/4
3-1/8
4
3-3/4
4-3/4

1/2
5/8
3/4

f 'c= 2500 psi


Carbon
Stainless
Steel
Steel
1006
1065
2178
2081
3014
2736
3900

1037
1212
2207
2081
2588
3594
3900

Concrete Compressive Strength2


f 'c= 3000 psi
f 'c= 4000 psi
Carbon
Stainless
Carbon
Stainless
Steel
Steel
Steel
Steel
1102
1167
2386
2280
3301
2997
4272

1136
1328
2418
2280
2835
3937
4272

1273
1348
2755
2632
3812
3460
4933

1312
1533
2792
2632
3274
4546
4933

f 'c= 6000 psi


Carbon
Stainless
Steel
Steel
1559
1651
3375
3224
4669
4238
6042

1607
1878
3419
3224
4010
5568
6042

1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction. For other cases, calculation of R d as per ACI 318-05 and conversion to ASD in accordance with Table 5.
2 Values are for normal weight concrete. For sand-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.85. For all-lightweight concrete, multiply values by 0.75. See ACI 318-05 D.3.4.
3 Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 D.4.4 is not provided, or where pullout or pryout strength governs. For cases where the
presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.
4 Allowable seismic tension loads for 2,500 psi are calculated by multiplying the pullout strength N pn by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiplying by a 0.75 factor
describe in ACI 318-05 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2. See Table 2 for N pn. This load may be adjusted for other concrete
strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 by using the following equation.

N pn,cr,f ' c = N pn,cr

f 'c
2500

Table 10 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon and Stainless Steel


Allowable Seismic Shear (ASD), Steel (lb)1,2
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

Allowable Steel Capacity, Seismic Shear


Carbon Steel

Stainless Steel

999
2839
4678
6313

1252
3049
5245
6477

1 Values are for single anchors with no edge distance or spacing reduction
due to concrete failure.
2 Allowable seismic shear loads are calculated by multiplying Vsa, seis by the
strength reduction factor of 0.65, then multiply by 0.75 as per ACI 31805 D.3.3.3, and dividing by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section
4.2. See Table 2 for Vsa, seis .

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 323

13_KB-TZ.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:16 AM

Page 324

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor


Table 11 - Kwik Bolt TZ Carbon Steel Allowable Tension and Shear Loads (ASD),
Installed into the Underside of a Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck Slab1,2,3
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter

Embedment
Depth h ef
(in.)

Tension
Seismic
(lb)4

Tension
non-Seismic
(lb)5

Shear
Seismic
(lb)4

Shear
non-Seismic
(lb)5

3/8
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8

2
2
3-1/4
3-1/8
4

709
709
1272
971
2255

743
743
1333
1017
2362

944
1330
2192
2039
2677

989
1393
2296
2136
2804

1 Pullout strength values N pn,deck are for anchors installed in lightweight concrete having a minimum 2,500 psi compressive strength at the time of installation. See Table 3
ESR-1917. The values listed in Table 11 have been calculated assuming a minimum 3,000 psi concrete compressive strength. The pullout strength may be adjusted for
other lightweight concrete compressive strengths according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3 using the following equation:

N pn,deck,f ' c = N pn,deck

f 'c (lb, psi)


2500

2 Minimum anchor spacing along the flute shall be the greater of 3.0 h ef or 1.5 times the flute width in accordance with ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.1.3.
3 Anchors in the lower flute may be installed with a maximum 1-inch offset in either direction. See Figure 5 in ESR-1917.

4 Allowable seismic tension and shear loads are calculated by multiplying N pn,deck and V sa,deck by the strength reduction factor of 0.65, the seismic reduction factor of
0.75 according to ACI 318 D3.3.3, and then divided by an of 1.1 according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2.

5 Allowable non-seismic tension and shear loads are calculated by multiplying N pn,deck and V sa,deck by the strength reduction factor of 0.65 and dividing by an of 1.4
according to ICC ESR-1917 Section 4.2.

Table 12 Kwik Bolt TZ Length Identification System


Length ID marking
on bolt head
Length of
From
anchor,
Up to but
anch (in.)
not
including

112

212

312

412

512

612

712

812

212

312

412

512

612

712

812

912 10

11 12

13

14 15

912 10 11

12 13

14

15 16

Figure 4 Bolt Head with Length Identification Mark and Kwik Bolt TZ Head Notch Embossment

324 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

13_KB-TZ.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:16 AM

Page 325

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4


4.3.4.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Installation Instructions
into normal-weight and lightweight concrete

1. Hammer drill a hole to the same nominal


diameter as the Kwik Bolt TZ. The hole depth
must exceed the anchor embedment by at least
1/4 inch. The fixture may be used as a drilling
template to ensure proper anchor location.

2. Clean hole.

3. Drive the Kwik Bolt TZ into the hole using


a hammer. The anchor must be driven
until at least 4 threads are below the
surface of the fixture.

4. Tighten the nut to the recommended


installation torque.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 325

13_KB-TZ.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:16 AM

Page 326

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.4 Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor


4.3.4.5 Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Ordering Information
Item No.

Description

Length (in.)

Thread Length (in.)

Box Quantity

304581
304582
304583
304584
304585
304586
304587
304588
304589
304590
304591
202880
202881
202882

KB-TZ 3/8x3
KB-TZ 3/8x3-3/4
KB-TZ 3/8x5
KB-TZ 1/2x3-3/4
KB-TZ 1/2x4-1/2
KB-TZ 1/2x5-1/2
KB-TZ 1/2x7
KB-TZ 5/8x4-3/4
KB-TZ 5/8x6
KB-TZ 5/8x8-1/2
KB-TZ 5/8x10
KB-TZ 3/4x5-1/2
KB-TZ 3/4x8
KB-TZ 3/4x10

3
3-3/4
5
3-3/4
4-1/2
5-1/2
7
4-3/4
6
8-1/2
10
5 1/2
8
10

7/8
1-5/8
2-7/8
1-5/8
2-3/8
3-3/8
4-7/8
1-1/2
2-3/4
5-1/4
6-3/4
1-1/2
4
6

50
50
50
25
25
25
25
15
15
15
15
10
10
10

202883
202884
202885
202886
202887
202888
202889
202890
202891
202892
202893
202894
202895
202896

KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3


KB-TZ SS304 3/8x3-3/4
KB-TZ SS304 3/8x5
KB-TZ SS304 1/2x3-3/4
KB-TZ SS304 1/2x4-1/2
KB-TZ SS304 1/2x5-1/2
KB-TZ SS304 1/2x7
KB-TZ SS304 5/8x4-3/4
KB-TZ SS304 5/8x6
KB-TZ SS304 5/8x8-1/2
KB-TZ SS304 5/8x10
KB-TZ SS304 3/4x5-1/2
KB-TZ SS304 3/4x8
KB-TZ SS304 3/4x10

3
3-3/4
5
3-3/4
4-1/2
5-1/2
7
4-3/4
6
8-1/2
10
5-1/2
8
10

7/8
1-5/8
2-7/8
1-5/8
2-3/8
3-3/8
4-7/8
1-1/2
2-3/4
5-1/4
6-3/4
1-1/2
4
6

50
50
50
25
25
25
25
15
15
15
15
10
10
10

326 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt TZ Expansion Anchor 4.3.4


4.3.4.6 Kwik Bolt TZ Anchor Sample Calculations
Given:
(2) 1/2 in. KB-TZ anchors under
static tension load as shown.
h ef = 3.25 in.
Normal wt. concrete, f'c = 3,000 psi
No supplementary reinforcing.
Assume uncracked concrete.
Condition B per ACI 318-05 D.4.4(c)
Calculate the allowable tension load
for this configuration.

AN
1.5h ef

s = 6''
6"

1.5h ef

c = 4''

Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and ICC ESR-1358.

Code Ref.
D.5.1.2
D.4.4

Step 1. Calculate steel strength of anchor in tension: N n = n * N sa = 0.75 * 2 * 10,706 = 16,059 lb


Step 2. Calculate concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension. See ESR-1917 for edge factor cp,N .
A
N cbg = N c ( ec,N ) ( ed,N,c,N ) ( cp,N ) N b
A Nco
Step 2a. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance:
h = 6 in. 6 in. ... ok

2.375, 5.75

min

2.375 controls
0.875

Reference
Table 2

D.5.2.1

ESR-1917
4.1.2

D.8

Table 2

S min

cmin = 4 in. > 3.5 in.


... s min defaults to 2.375 in.
6 in. > 2.375 in. ... ok
Step 2b. Check: 1.5h ef = (1.5 ) (3.25) = 4.88 in. > c

1.5h ef

Fig. 2

3.5, 2.375
C min

D.5.2.1

Table 2

Step 2c. Calculate A Nco and A Nc for the anchorage: A Nco = 9h ef 2 = (9) (3.25)2 = 95.1 in 2
A Nc = (1.5) (h ef + c) (3) (h ef + s ) = [(1.5) (3.25) + 4] [(3 x 3.25) + 6] = 139.8 in 2 < 2A Nco ... ok

D.5.2.1

Table 2

Step 2d. Calculate ec,N : eN' = O, ec,N = 1

D.5.2.4

Step 2e. Calculate N b : N b = k cr

3.0h ef = (3) (3.25) = 9.75 in. > s

f 'c ( h ef ) 1.5 = 17 3000 (3.25)1.5 = 5,456 lb

D.5.2.2

Table 2

D.5.2.5

Table 2

Step 2g. c,N = 1.4 (uncracked concrete)

D.5.2.6

Table 2

Step 2h. Calculate modification factor for splitting:


c
1.5h e f
4
(1.5) (3.25)
. 1.5h ef
= 0.65 0.53 < 0.65 . .
cp,N = a,min
check:
= 0.53 :
controls
c ac
c ac
7.5
7.5
c ac

D.5.2.7

Table 2

D.5.2.1

Table 2

D.5.3.2

Table 2
ESR-1917
4.1.6

D.4.4(c)

Table 2

Table 5

Step 2f. Calculate modification factor for edge distance: ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3

Step 2i. Calculate N cbg : N cbg =

4
= 0.95
(1.5) (3.25)

( 139.8 ) (1) (0.95) (1.4) (5,456) (0.65) = 6,983 lb


95.1

Step 3. Check pullout strength: See ESR-1917 for adjustment for concrete strength
f 'c
: N pn,f'c (1) = 2 N pn, uncr
= 2 (5,515) 3000
= 12,082 lb
2500
2500
.
Step 4. Controlling strength: N cbg = (0.65) (6,983) = 4,539 lb < N n . . N cbg controls

] [

Step 5. Convert value to ASD: T allow =

4,539
= 3,242 lb
1.4

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 327

13_KB-TZ.qxd:KB3 PTG Supplemental copy.qxd

12/30/07

1:16 AM

Page 328

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor


4.3.5.1

Product Description

4.3.5.1 Product Description

4.3.5.2

Material Specifications

4.3.5.3

Strength Design (LRFD)

4.3.5.4

Allowable Stress Design (ASD)

4.3.5.5

Installation Instructions

4.3.5.6

Ordering Information

4.3.5.7

Sample Calculations

The Kwik Bolt 3 (KB3) is a torque


controlled expansion anchor, which
provides consistent performance for a
wide range of mechanical anchor
applications. This anchor series is
available in carbon steel with zinc
electroplated coating, carbon steel with
hot-dip galvanized coating, 304
stainless steel and 316 stainless steel
versions.The threaded stud version of
the anchor is available in a variety of
diameters ranging from 1/4 in. to 1 in.
depending on the steel and coating
type. Applicable base materials include
normal-weight concrete, structural
lightweight concrete, lightweight
concrete over metal deck, and grout
filled concrete masonry.

Impact Section
(Dog Point)

Nut
Washer

Anchor
Thread

Guide Specifications
Anchor
Body
Expansion
Element
(Wedges)

Expansion Cone

Listings/Approvals
ICC-ES (International Code Council)
AC 193 ESR pending
ICC-ES ESR-1385
Grout filled concrete masonry
City of Los Angeles
Research Report No. 25577
FM (Factory Mutual)
Pipe Hanger Components for
Automatic Sprinkler (3/8" - 3/4")
UL (Underwriters Laboratories)
UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire
Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4")
Miami-Dade County
NOA No. 06-0810.13
Qualified under an NQA-1 Nuclear Quality
Program

C
*Please refer to the reports to verify that the type
and diameter specified is included

Building Code Compliance


IBC 2006 (for masonry only)
IRC 2006 (for masonry only)
UBC 1997

Torque controlled expansion anchors


shall be Kwik Bolt 3 supplied by Hilti
meeting the description in Federal
Specification A-A 1923A, Type 4. The
anchor bears a length identification
mark embossed into the impact section
(dog point) of the anchor identifying the
anchor as a Hilti Kwik Bolt 3 in the
installed condition. Anchors are
manufactured to meet one of the
following conditions:
1. The carbon steel anchor body,
nut and washer have an electroplated zinc coating conforming
to ASTM B633 to a minimum
thickness of 5 m.
2. The carbon steel hot-dip galvanized anchor body, nut, and
washer conform to ASTM A153.
The stainless steel expansion
elements conform to either
AISI 304 or AISI 316.

Product Features

Length identification code facilitates quality control and inspection


after installation.

Through fixture installation and


variable thread lengths improve
productivity and accommodate
various base plate thicknesses.

Raised impact section (Dog Point)


prevents thread damage during
installation.

Anchor size is same as drill bit size


for easy installation. For temporary
applications anchors may be driven
into drilled holes after usage.

Mechanical expansion allows


immediate load application.

Installation
Drill hole in concrete, structural
lightweight concrete, or grout filled
concrete masonry using a Hilti carbide
tipped drill bit and a Hilti rotary hammer
drill. Remove dust from the hole with oil
free compressed air or vacuum.
Alternately for 1/2, 5/8, 3/4, and 1 inch
diameter Kwik Bolt 3 anchors, the hole
may be drilled using a matched
tolerance Hilti DD-C wet diamond core
bit for anchoring applications. The slurry
must be flushed from the diamond
cored hole prior to anchor installation.
The minimum hole depth must exceed
the anchor embedment prior to torquing
by one hole, diameter. Drive the anchor
into the hole using a hammer. A
minimum of six threads must be below
the surface of the fixture. Tighten the nut
to the recommended installation torque.

3. The stainless steel anchor body,


nut, and washer conform to AISI
304. The stainless steel expansion
elements conform to either
AISI 304 or AISI 316.
4. The stainless steel anchor body,
nut, and washer conform to AISI
316. The stainless steel expansion
elements conform to AISI 316.

328 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:17 AM

Page 329

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5


4.3.5.2 Material Specifications
Carbon steel with electroplated zinc
All Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3, Long Thread Kwik Bolt 3 and Rod Coupling Anchors, excluding the 3/4 x 12 and 1 inch diameter
sizes, have the minimum tensile bolt fracture loads shown in Table 7.
All carbon steel 3/4 x 12 and 1 inch diameter sizes and carbon steel countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchor bodies have mechanical
properties as listed in Table 7.
Carbon steel anchor components plated in accordance with ASTM B633 to a minimum thickness of 5 m.
Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex.
Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844.
Expansion elements (wedges) are manufactured from carbon steel, except the following anchors have stainless steel wedges:
All 1/4 inch diameter anchors
KB3 3/4x12
All 1 inch diameter anchors
All countersunk Kwik Bolt 3

Carbon steel with hot-dip galvanized coating


Anchor bodies manufactured from carbon steel have the minimum tensile bolt fracture loads shown in Table 7.
Carbon steel anchor components hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A153, Class C (43 m min.).
Nuts conform to the requirements of ASTM A563, Grade A, Hex.
Washers meet the requirements of ASTM F844.
Stainless steel expansion elements (wedges) are manufactured from either AISI 304 or AISI 316.

Stainless steel
Anchor bodies smaller than 3/4 inch, excluding all Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchors, are produced from AISI 304 or 316
stainless steel having the minimum bolt fracture loads shown in Table 7.
Anchor bodies 3/4 inch and larger, and all stainless steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 anchor bodies, are produced from AISI 304
or 316 stainless steel have the minimum mechanical properties shown in Table 7.
Nuts meet the dimensional requirements of ASTM F594.
Washers meet the dimensional requirements of ANSI B18.22.1, Type A, plain.
Stainless steel expansion elements for AISI 304 anchors are made from either AISI 304 or AISI 316. Stainless steel expansion
elements for AISI 316 anchors are made from AISI 316. All stainless steel nuts and washers for AISI 304 and 316 anchors are
manufactured from AISI 304 and 316, respectively.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 329

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:17 AM

Page 330

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor


4.3.5.3 Strength Design (LRFD)
Section 4.3.5.4 provides ACI 318-05 strength design
information for the Kwik Bolt 3 used where the required for
post-installed anchor design must comply with according to
the IBC 2003 and IBC 2006. Testing was conducted in
accordance with ACI 355.2 and ICC-ES AC193 in uncracked
concrete. Engineering design based on this section is limited
to uncracked concrete and seismic design categories A & B.

For more detailed information, please contact Hilti Technical


Support. Note that the allowable load tables are not
developed using the same safety factors as the allowable
load Table 6 to 15 provided in the allowable load Section
4.3.5.3 of the 2008 Product Technical Guide and should not
be interchanged. Edge distance and anchor spacing
guidelines are specific for each design method. The
installation torques for the 5/8, 3/4, and 1- inch diameter
anchors have been reduced in order to maintain reasonable
spacing guidelines as developed in accordance with
ACI 355.2.

Figure 1 - Kwik Bolt 3 Installation

Table 1 - Installation Information Strength Design


DESIGN
INFORMATION

Symbol

Anchor O.D.

do

ANSI drill bit dia

dbit

Effective min.
embedment

hef

Min hole depth

ho

Installation torque

Tinst

Expansion element
clearance hole

dh

Units
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
ft-lb
(Nm)
in.
(mm)

1/4
0.25
(6.4)
1/4
(6.4)
1-1/2
(38)
2
(51)
4
(5)
5/16
(7.9)

3/8
0.375
(9.5)
3/8
(9.5)
2
(51)
2-5/8
(67)
20
(27)
7/16
(11.1)

Nominal anchor diameter


1/2
5/8
0.5
0.625
(12.7)
(15.9)
1/2
5/8
(12.7)
(15.9)
2
3-1/4
3-1/8
4
(51)
(83)
(79)
(102)
2-5/8
4
3-7/8
4-3/4
(67)
(102)
(98)
(121)
40
60
(54)
(81)
9/16
11/16
(14.3)
(17.5)

3/4
0.75
(19.1)
3/4
(19.1)
3-3/4
5
(95)
(127)
4-1/2
5-3/4
(114)
(146)
110
(149)
13/16
(20.6)

1
1
(25.4)
1
(25.4)
4
5-3/4
(102)
(146)
5
6-3/4
(127)
(171)
150
(203)
1-1/8
(28.6)

330 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5


Table 2 - Carbon Steel KB3 Strength Design
DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Units

1/4
3/8
in.
0.25
0.375
Anchor O.D.
d0
(mm)
(6.4)
(9.5)
Effective min.
in.
1.5
2
h ef
embedment 1
(mm)
(38)
(51)
in.
4
4
5
Min. member thickness
h min
(mm)
(102)
(102)
(127)
in.
2.75
4.5
3.875
Critical edge distance 2
c cr
(mm)
(70)
(114)
(98)
in.
1.375
2
1.5
c min
(mm)
(35)
(51)
(38)
Min. edge distance 2
in.
1.75
2.875
3.5
for s
(mm)
(44)
(73)
(89)
in.
1.25
1.75
1.75
s min
(mm)
(32)
(44)
(44)
Min. anchor spacing
in.
1.625 2.375
2.375
for c
(mm)
(41)
(60)
(60)
Min. hole depth in
in.
2
2.625
h0
in concrete
(mm)
(51)
(67)
Min. specified
psi
84,800
84,800
fy
yield strength
(N/mm2) (585)
(585)
psi 106,000
106,000
Min. specified ult. strength f ut
(N/mm2) (731)
(731)
Effective tensile
in2
0.02
0.06
A se
stress area
(mm2) (12.9)
(38.7)
lb
2,120
6,360
Steel strength in tension
N sa
(kN)
(9.4)
(28.3)
lb
1,640
4,470
Steel strength in shear
V sa
(kN)
(7.3)
(19.9)
Steel strength in shear,
lb
1,930
Vsa,deck
concrete on metal deck
(kN)
(8.6)
Pullout strength
lb
1,575
N pn,uncr
NA
uncracked concrete
(kN)
(7.0)
Pullout strength concrete N
lb
1,750
2,245
pn,deck,uncr
on metal deck 5
(kN)
(7.8)
(10.0)
Anchor category 6
1,2 or 3

Effectiveness factor
k uncr

uncracked concrete 7
ft*lb
4
20
Installation torque
Tinst
(Nm)
(5)
(27)
Axial stiffness in service

(lb/in) 116,150
162,850
load range
COV

%
60
42
Strength reduction factor for tension, steel failure modes 8
Strength reduction factor for shear, steel failure modes 8
Strength reduction factor for tension concrete failure modes, Condition B 9
Strength reduction factor for shear concrete failure modes, Condition B 9

Nominal Anchor Diameter


5/8
0.625
(15.9)
2
3.25
3.125
4
(51)
(83)
(79)
(102)
4
6
6
8
5
6
8
(102)
(152)
(152)
(203)
(127)
(152)
(203)
4.875
3.625
6.75
5.625
7.5
9.5
7.5
(124)
(92)
(171)
(143)
(191)
(241)
(191)
2.125
2
1.625 1.625
2.25
1.75
1.75
(54)
(51)
(41)
(41)
(57)
(44)
(44)
4.875
4.75
4.25
4
5.25
4.75
4
(124)
(121)
(108)
(102)
(133)
(121)
(102)
2.5
2.25
2
1.875 2.375 2.125
2.125
(64)
(57)
(51)
(48)
(60)
(54)
(54)
2.625
2.375
2.25
2
3.125 2.375
2.25
(67)
(60)
(57)
(51)
(79)
(60)
(57)
2.625
4
3.875
4.75
(67)
(102)
(98)
(121)
84,800
84,800
(585)
(585)
106,000
106,000
(731)
(731)
0.11
0.17
(71.0)
(109.7)
11,660
18,020
(51.9)
(80.2)
5,925
6,760
12,230
(26.4)
(30.1)
(54.4)
2,840
3,155
6,585
(12.6)
(14.0)
(29.3)
6,890
NA
NA
(30.6)
2,730
4,765
(12.1)
(21.2)
1
1/2
0.5
(12.7)

3/4
0.75
(19.1)
3.75
(95)

5
(127)
8
(203)
9.5
(241)
2.5
(64)
6.375
(162)
3.25
(83)
3.375
(86)
5.75
(146)

6
8
(152)
(203)
9.75
7.5
(248)
(191)
2.75
2.625
(70)
(67)
6.875
6.5
(175)
(165)
3.75
3.375
(95)
(86)
3.75
3.375
(95)
(86)
4.5
(114)
84,800
(585)
106,000
(731)
0.24
(154.8)
25,440
(113.2)
15,660
16,595
(69.7)
(73.8)
NP
10,585
(47.1)

NA
NP

24
40
(54)

60
(81)

203,500

191,100

29

29

222,150
25
0.75
0.65
0.65
0.70

110
(149)
170,700

207,400

164,000

21

19

24

1 See Figure 1.
2 For KB3 into the soffit of sand lightweight or normal-weight concrete on metal deck floor and roof assemblies, see Figure 3 associated to Table II.
3 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported.
4 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not govern for design.
5 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported.
6 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.
7 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2.
8 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1.
9 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 Section
D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength
reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 331

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:17 AM

Page 332

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor


Table 3 - Stainless Steel KB3 Strength Design Information
DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Units

1/4
in.
0.25
Anchor O.D.
d0
(mm) (6.4)
Effective min.
in.
1.5
h ef
embedment 1
(mm) (38)
in.
4
Min. member thickness
h min
(mm) (102)
in.
3
Critical edge distance2
c cr
(mm) (76)
in.
1.375
c min
(mm) (35)
Min. edge distance2
in.
1.75
for s
(mm) (44)
in.
1.25
s min
(mm) (32)
Min. anchor spacing
in.
1.625
for c
(mm) (41)
in.
2
Min. hole depth in
h0
in concrete
(mm) (51)
Min. specified
psi 92000
fy
yield strength
(N/mm2) (634)
psi 115000
Min. specified ult. strength f ut
(N/mm2) (793)
Effective tensile
in2
0.02
A se
stress area
(mm2) (12.9)
lb
2300
Steel strength in tension
N sa
(kN) (10.2)
lb
1680
Steel strength in shear
V sa
(kN)
(7.5)
Steel strength in shear,
lb
2,020
Vsa,deck
concrete on metal deck 3
(kN)
(9.0)
Pullout strength
lb
1325
N pn,uncr
uncracked concrete 4
(kN)
(5.9)
Pullout strength concrete
lb
1805
Npn,deck,uncr
on metal deck 5
(kN)
(8.0)
6
Anchor category
1,2 or 3
2
Effectiveness factor
k uncr
uncracked concrete7
ft*lb
4
Installation torque
Tinst
(Nm)
(5)
Axial stiffness in service

(lb/in) 57,400
load range
COV

%
40
Strength reduction factor
for tension, steel failure modes 8
Strength reduction factor for
shear, steel failure modes 8
Strength reduction factor for
tension concrete failure modes, Condition B 9
Strength reduction factor for
shear concrete failure modes, Condition B 9

3/8
0.375
(9.5)
2
(51)
4
5
(102) (127)
4.375 3.875
(111) (98)
2
1.625
(51)
(41)
4
3.625
(102) (92)
2
1.75
(51)
(44)
3.25
2.5
(83)
(64)
2.625
(67)
92,000
(634)
115,000
(793)
0.06
(38.7)
6,900
(30.7)
4,980
(22.2)
2,580
(11.5)
3,120
(13.9)
2,580
(11.5)

Nominal Anchor Diameter


5/8
3/4
1
0.625
0.75
1
(15.9)
(19.1)
(25.4)
2
3.25
3.125
4
3.75
5
4
5.75
(51)
(83)
(79)
(102)
(95)
(127) (102) (146)
4
6
6
8
5
6
8
6
8
8
8
10
(102) (152) (152) (203) (127) (152) (203) (152) (203) (203) (203) (254)
4.875
4
6.75 5.75 7.375 9.5
7.5
10.5 9.25
9.75
10
11
(124) (102) (171) (146) (187) (241) (191) (267) (235) (248) (254) (279)
2.5 1.875 1.625 1.625 3.25
2.5
2.5
3.25
3
2.875 3.5
3
(64)
(48)
(41)
(41)
(83)
(64)
(64)
(83)
(76)
(73)
(89)
(76)
5
4.625 4.5
4.25 5.625 5.25
5
7
6.875 6.625 6.75 6.75
(127) (117) (114) (108) (143) (133) (127) (178) (175) (168) (172) (172)
2.5
2.25 2.125 1.875 3.125 2.125 2.125
4
3.5
3.5
5
4.75
(64)
(57)
(54)
(48)
(79)
(54)
(54) (102) (89)
(89) (127) (121)
2.875 2.375 2.375 2.125 3.875
3
2.75 4.125 3.75
3.75 4.25 3.75
(73)
(60)
(60)
(54)
(98)
(76)
(70) (105) (95)
(95) (108) (95)
2.625
4
3.875
4.75
4.5
5.75
5
6.75
(67)
(102)
(98)
(121)
(114)
(146) (127) (171)
92,000
92,000
76,000
76,000
(634)
(634)
(524)
(524)
115,000
115,000
90,000
90,000
(793)
(793)
(621)
(621)
0.11
0.17
0.24
0.47
(71.0)
(109.7)
(154.8)
(303.2)
12,650
19,550
21,600
42,311
(56.3)
(87.0)
(96.1)
(188.2)
4,195
6,940
8,955
14,300
11,900
23,545 12,510 30,000
(18.7)
(30.9)
(39.8)
(63.6)
(52.9)
(104.7) (55.6) (133.5)
1,745
5,690
NP
NP
(7.8)
(25.3)
3,310
6,340
6,230
7,830
8,555
10,830
NA 15,550
(14.7)
(28.2)
(27.7)
(34.8)
(38.1)
(48.2)
(69.2)
1,945
4,430
NP
NP
(8.7)
(19.7)
1
1/2
0.5
(12.7)

24
20
(27)

40
(54)

60
(81)

110
(149)

150
(203)

158,300

154,150

77,625

227,600

189,200

275,600

187,000

34

36

17

31

22

35

21

126,400 174,800
38

22

0.75
0.65
0.65
0.70

1 See Figure 1.
2 For KB3 into the soffit of sand lightweight or normal-weight concrete on metal deck floor and roof assemblies, see Figure 3.
3 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported by this report.
4 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not govern for design.
5 NP (not permitted) denotes that the condition is not supported by this report.
6 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.
7 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2.
8 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1.
9 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05 Section
D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the presence of supplementary reinforcement can be verified, the strength
reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

332 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:17 AM

Page 333

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5


Table 4 - Hot-Dip Galvanized KB3 Strength Design Information
DESIGN INFORMATION

Symbol

Units

in.
Anchor O.D.
d0
(mm)
Effective min.
in.
h ef
embedment2
(mm)
in.
Min. member thickness
h min
(mm)
in.
Critical edge distance
c cr
(mm)
in.
c min
(mm)
Min. edge distance
in.
for s
(mm)
in.
s min
(mm)
Min. anchor spacing
in.
for c
(mm)
Min. hole depth in
in.
h0
in concrete
(mm)
Min. specified
psi
fy
yield strength
(N/mm2)
psi
Min. specified ult. strength f ut
(N/mm2)
Effective tensile
in2
A se
stress area
(mm2)
lb
Steel strength in tension
N sa
(kN)
lb
Steel strength in shear
V sa
(kN)
Pullout strength
lb
N pn,uncr
uncracked concrete4
(kN)
Anchor category6
1,2 or 3
Effectiveness factor
k uncr
uncracked concrete7
ft*lb
Installation torque
Tinst
(Nm)
Axial stiffness in service

(lb/in)
load range
COV

%
Strength reduction factor for
tension, steel failure modes 5
Strength reduction factor for
shear, steel failure modes 5
Strength reduction factor for
tension , concrete failure modes, Condition B 6
Strength reduction factor for shear , concrete
failure modes, Condition B 6

Nominal anchor Diameter


5/8
0.625
(15.9)
2
3.25
3.125
4
(51)
(83)
(79)
(102)
6
6
8
5
6
8
(152)
(152)
(203)
(127)
(152)
(203)
3.625
6.75
5.625
7.5
9.5
7.5
(92)
(171)
(143)
(191)
(241)
(191)
2.625
2
2.25
2
1.875
(67)
(51)
(57)
(51)
(48)
5.5
4.875
5.25
5
4.75
(140)
(124)
(133)
(127)
(121)
2.75
2.375
2.125
2.5
2.125
2.125
(70)
(60)
(54)
(64)
(54)
(54)
2.75
2.625
2.25
3.5
2.5
2.25
(70)
(67)
(57)
(89)
(64)
(57)
2.625
4
3.875
4.75
(67)
(102)
(98)
(121)
84,800
84,800
(585)
(585)
106,000
106,000
(731)
(731)
0.11
0.17
(71.0)
(109.7)
11,660
18,020
(51.9)
(80.2)
4,200
5,870
11,635
(18.7)
(26.1)
(51.8)
6,540
6,465
9,375
NA
(29.1)
(28.8)
(41.7)
1
1/2
0.5
(12.7)

4
(102)
4.875
(124)
3.25
(83)
6.25
(159)
3.125
(79)
3.75
(95)

3/4
0.75
(19.1)
3.75
(95)
6
(152)
9.75
(248)

8
(203)
7.5
(191)
3.5
(89)
7.5
(191)
4
(102)
6.5
(165)
4.5
(114)

5
(127)
8
(203)
9.5
(241)
3.625
(92)
7.375
(187)
3.875
(98)
4.75
(121)
5.75
(146)

84,800
(585)
106,000
(731)
0.24
(154.8)
25,440
(113.2)
17,000
(75.6)
10,175
(45.3)

NA

24
40
(54)

60
(81)

110
(149)

177,000

332,850

347,750

190,130

364,725

314,650

42

18

37

36

27

21

0.75
0.65
0.65
0.70

1 See Table 16 and the associated figure.


2 NA (not applicable) denotes that this value does not govern for design.
3 See ACI 318-05 Section D.4.4.
4 See ACI 318-05 Section D.5.2.2.
5 The KB3 is a ductile steel element as defined by ACI 318 Section D.1
6 For use with the load combinations of ACI 318 Section 9.2. Condition B applies where supplementary reinforcement in conformance with ACI 318-05
Section D.4.4 is not provided, or where pull-out or pry out strength governs. For cases where the prescence of supplimentray reinfircement can be
verified, the strength reduction factors associated with Condition A may be used.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 333

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:17 AM

Page 334

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor

Figure 2 - Interpolation of Minimum Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing

c design

spacing s

s design

hmin

ca min at s

sdesign

h h min

smin at c

cdesign

edge distance c

Length Identification System


Stamp on Anchor
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
L
M
N
O
P
Q
R
From
1
2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 10
Length of
Up To
Anchor
But Not 2 2-1/2 3 3-1/2 4 4-1/2 5 5-1/2 6 6-1/2 7 7-1/2 8 8-1/2 9 9-1/2 10 11
(inches) Including

S
11

T
12

12

13

Length
Identification Mark

334 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:17 AM

Page 335

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5


4.3.5.4 Allowable Stress Design
Table 5 - Kwik Bolt 3 Specifications1
Bolt Size
Details

in.

1/4
(6.4)

(mm)

d bit

nominal bit diameter2

3/8
(9.5)

1/4

in.

1/2
(12.7)

3/8

1/2

h min/h nom/h deep

depth of embedment

in.
(mm)

1-1/8
(29)

ho

minimum/standard/deep
hole depth

in.
(mm)

1-3/8
(35)

dh

wedge clearance
hole in fixture

in.
(mm)

5/16
(8)

7/16
(11)

9/16
(14)

Carbon Steel
HDG

ft-lb
(Nm)

4
(5)

20
(27)

40
(54)

Stainless
Steel

ft-lb
(Nm)

6
(8)

20
(27)

40
(54)

Carbon Steel

ft-lb
(Nm)

4
(5)

15
(20)

25
(34)

Normal
weight &
Light
weight
Concrete

Tinst
Recommended
Installation
Torque
h

Grout
Filled
Block

min. base material thickness

2
(51)

3
(76)

1-5/8
(41)

2-1/2
(64)

3-1/2
(89)

2-1/4
(57)

3-1/2
(89)

4-3/4
(121)

2-1/4
(57)

3-1/4
(83)

2
(51)

2-7/8
(73)

3-7/8
(89)

2-3/4
(70)

4
(102)

5-1/4
(133)

3 inch (76 mm) or 1.3 times embedment, whichever number is greater

in.

Carbon Steel

7200 lb 4,6

12400 lb 4

HDG

Bolt Fracture
Load

2900 lb 4,6
no offering

no offering

12400 lb 4

lb 4,7

lb 4,7

12400 lb 4

Stainless steel
Bolt Size

Details

2900
in.
(mm)

7200

5/8
(15.9)

1
(25.4)

3/4
(19.1)

d bit

nominal bit diameter2

in.

h min/h nom/h deep

minimum/standard/deep
depth of embedment

in.
(mm)

2-3/4
(70)

4
(102)

5-1/2
(140)

3-1/4
(83)

4-3/4
(121)

6-1/23
(165)

4-1/2
(114)

6
(152)

9
(229)

ho

minimum/standard/deep
hole depth

in.
(mm)

3-3/8
(86)

4-5/8
(117)

6-1/8
(156)

4
(102)

5-1/2
(140)

7
(178)

5-1/2
(140)

7
(178)

10
(254)

dh

wedge clearance
hole in fixture

in.
(mm)

11/16
(17)

13/16
(21)

1-1/8
(29)

Carbon Steel
HDG

ft-lb
(Nm)

85
(115)

150
(203)

250
(339)

Stainless
Steel

ft-lb
(Nm)

85
(115)

150
(203)

235
(319)

Carbon Steel

ft-lb
(Nm)

65
(88)

120
(1663)

Normal
weight &
Light
weight
Concrete

Tinst
Recommended
Installation
Torque
h

Grout
Filled
Block

min. base material thickness


Bolt Fracture
Load

5/8

3/4

3 inch (76 mm) or 1.3 times embedment, whichever number is greater

in.

Carbon Steel

19600 lb4

28700 lb 4,8

HDG

19600 lb4

28700 lb 4

Stainless steel

21900 lb4

f ut 76 ksi, f y 64 ksi 5

f ut 88 ksi, f y 75 ksi 5
no offering

f ut 76 ksi, f y 64 ksi 5

1 See Kwik Bolt 3 Product Line Table in Section 4.5.3.3 for a full list and anchor length and thread length
configurations.
2 Loads for Kwik Bolt 3 are applicable for both carbide drill bits and matched tolerance Hilti DD-B or DD-C
diamond core bits in sizes ranging from 1/2 inch to 1 inch.
3 The deep embedment depth for stainless steel Kwik Bolt 3 anchors is 8 inch (203 mm).
4 Bolt fracture loads are determined by testing in a jig as part of product quality control. These values are
not intended for design purposes.
5 Bolt strength specified by minimum tensile and yield strength. Bolt fracture load not applicable.
6 Bolt fracture load not applicable to carbon steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3. The tensile and yield strengths
are, f ut 105 ksi and f y 90 ksi.
7 Bolt fracture load not applicable to stainless steel Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3. The tensile and yield strengths
are, fut 90 ksi and f y 76 ksi.
8 For 3/4 x 12, fut 88 ksi and f y 75 ksi. Bolt fracture load not applicable.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 335

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:17 AM

Page 336

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor


Table 6 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)
1-1/8

1/4
(6.4)

(29)

(51)

3
1-5/8
3/8
(9.5)

(76)
(41)

2-1/2

(64)

3-1/2
2-1/4
1/2

(89)
(57)

3-1/2

(89)

(12.7)
4-3/4
2-3/4
5/8
(15.9)

(121)
(70)

(102)

5-1/2
3-1/4
3/4
(19.1)

(140)
(83)

4-3/4

(121)

6-1/2
4-1/2
1
(25.4)

(165)
(114)

(152)

(229)

'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Tension
Shear 2
Tension
Shear 2
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
300
(1.3)
635
(2.8)
755
(3.4)
730
(3.2)
1260
(5.6)
1580
(7.0)
1235
(5.5)
1930
(8.6)
2135
(9.5)
1920
(8.5)
2660
(11.8)
3285
(14.6)
2120
(9.4)
3240
(14.4)
4535
(20.2)
3330
(14.8)
4930
(21.9)
6670
(29.7)

530
(2.4)

1135
(5.0)
1460
(6.5)

1865
(8.3)
5

3020
(13.4)
2750
(12.2)

4885
(21.7)
4090
(18.2)
5340
(23.8)
7070
(31.4)
9200
(40.9)

365
(1.6)
715
(3.2)
795
(3.5)
910
(4.0)
1555
(6.9)
1770
(7.9)
1430
(6.4)
2185
(9.7)
2355
(10.5)
2065
(9.2)
3020
(13.4)
3695
(16.4)
2425
(10.8)
4260
(18.9)
5860
(26.1)
4050
(18.0)
6000
(26.7)
7670
(34.1)

530
(2.4)

1275
(5.7)
1460
(6.5)

2300
(10.2)
5

3020
(13.4)
3410
(15.2)

4885
(21.7)
4900
(21.8)
5340
(23.8)
7600
(33.8)
9200
(40.9)

'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Tension
Shear 2
Tension
Shear 2
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
430
(1.9)
800
(3.6)
840
(3.7)
1095
(4.9)
1850
(8.2)
1965
(8.7)
1620
(7.2)
2440
(10.9)
2575
(11.5)
2210
(9.8)
3385
(15.1)
4100
(18.2)
2730
(12.1)
5285
(23.5)
7185
(32)
4670
(20.8)
7070
(31.4)
8670
(38.6)

550
(2.4)
530
(2.4)

845
(3.8)

1420
(6.3)
1460
(6.5)

2735 4
(12.2)
5

3020
(13.4)

4070 6
(18.1)
5

4885
(21.7)

5710 6
(25.4)
7325 7
(32.6)
8140
(36.2)
9200
(40.9)

1090
(4.8)
2060
(9.2)
2150
(9.6)
1975
(8.8)
3240
(14.4)
3620
(16.1)
2830
(12.6)
4770
(21.2)
5325
(23.7)
3785
(16.8)
6155
(27.4)
7005
(31.2)
5070
(22.6)
8400
(37.4)
10670
(47.5)

530
(2.4)

1460 3
(6.5)

3020 5
(13.4)

4885 5
(21.7)

5710 6
(25.4)
7325 8
(32.6)

9200
(40.9)

1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be
calculated by linear interpolation.
2

Unless otherwise noted, values shown are valid for the shear plane acting
through either the anchor body or the anchor threads.

3 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 10%.
4 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 12%.
5 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 20%.
6 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 7%.
7 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 25%.
8 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear
plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 15%.

336 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:17 AM

Page 337

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5


Table 7 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)
1-1/8

1/4
(6.4)

(29)

(51)

3
1-5/8
3/8
(9.5)

(76)
(41)

2-1/2

(64)

3-1/2
2-1/4
1/2
(12.7)

(89)
(57)

3-1/2

(89)

4-3/4
2-3/4
5/8
(15.9)

(121)
(70)

(102)

5-1/2
3-1/4
3/4
(19.1)

(140)
(83)

4-3/4

(121)

6-1/2
4-1/2
1
(25.4)

(165)
(114)

(152)

(229)

'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Tension
Shear 2
Tension
Shear 2
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
1120
(5.0)
2375
(10.5)
2830
(12.6)
2740
(12.2)
4720
(21.0)
5925
(26.4)
4635
(20.6)
7240
(32.2)
8000
(35.6)
7210
(32.1)
9975
(44.4)
12315
(54.8)
7955
(35.4)
12150
(54.0)
17000
(75.6)
12500
(55.6)
18500
(82.3)
25000
(111.2)

1995
(8.9)

4250
(18.9)
3

5475
(24.4)
7000
(31.1)
11330
(50.4)

10315
(45.9)
18315
(81.5)

15335
(68.2)
20030
(89.1)
26500
(117.9)
34500
(153.5)

1370
(6.1)
2690
(12.0)
2990
(13.3)
3420
(15.2)
5830
(25.9)
6645
(29.6)
5355
(23.8)
8195
(36.5)
8830
(39.3)
7750
(34.5)
11335
(50.4)
13850
(61.6)
9100
(40.5)
15985
(71.1)
21970
(97.7)
15200
(67.6)
22500
(100.1)
28750
(127.9)

1995
(8.9)

4790
(21.3)
3

5475
(24.4)
8630
(38.4)
11330
(50.4)

12790
(56.9)
18315
(81.5)

18375
(81.7)
20030
(89.1)
28500
(126.8)
34500
(153.5)

'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Tension
Shear 2
Tension
Shear 2
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
1615
(7.2)
3000
(13.3)
3150
(14.0)
4100
(18.2)
6935
(30.8)
7365
(32.8)
6075
(27.0)
9145
(40.7)
9655
(42.9)
8285
(36.9)
12690
(56.4)
15385
(68.4)
10245
(45.6)
19820
(86.2)
26935
(119.8)
17500
(77.8)
26500
(117.9)
32500
(144.6)

2060
(9.2)
1995
(8.9)

3165
(14.1)

5328
(23.7)
3

5475
(24.4)

10260 4
(45.6)
11330
(50.4)

15265 6
(67.9)
18315
(81.5)

21410 6
(95.2)
27475 7
(122.2)
30500
(135.7)
34500
(153.5)

4095
(18.2)
7730
(34.4)
8055
(35.8)
7410
(33.0)
12140
(54.0)
13585
(60.4)
10615
(47.2)
17890
(79.6)
19970
(88.8)
14185
(63.1)
23085
(102.7)
26260
(116.8)
19000
(84.5)
31500
(140.1)
40000
(177.9)

1995
(8.9)

5475 3
(24.4)

11330 5
(50.4)

18315 5
(81.5)

21410 6
(95.2)
27475 8
(122.2)

34500
(153.5)

1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be
calculated by linear interpolation.
2

Unless otherwise noted, values shown are valid for the shear plane acting
through either the anchor body or the anchor threads.

3 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 10%.
4 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 12%.
5 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 20%.
6 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 7%.
7 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 25%.
8 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When the shear
plane is acting through the threads, reduce the shear value by 15%.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 337

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:17 AM

Page 338

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor


Table 8 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)
1-1/8

1/4
(6.4)

(29)

(51)

3
1-5/8
2-1/2

(64)
(89)

2-1/4
1/2
(12.7)

(41)

3-1/2

3/8
(9.5)

(76)

(57)

3-1/2

(89)

4-3/4 (121)
2-3/4
5/8
(15.9)

(70)

(102)

5-1/2 (140)
3-1/4
3/4
(19.1)

(83)

4-3/4 (121)
8

(203)

4-1/2 (114)
1
(25.4)

6
9

(152)
(229)

'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Tension
Shear 2
Tension
Shear 2
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
260
(1.2)
540
(2.4)
685
(3)
605
(2.7)
1285
(5.7)
1620
(7.2)
1015
(4.5)
1445
(6.4)
1990
(8.9)
1650
(7.3)
2455
(10.9)
3480
(15.5)
1550
(6.9)
2510
(11.2)
2930
(13.0)
3120
(13.9)
4400
(19.6)
5600
(24.9)

595
(2.6)
675
(3.0)
880
(3.9)
1655 3
(7.4)
1875
(8.3)
3170 3
(14.1)
2875
(12.8)
3

4870
(21.7)
3945
(17.5)
5535
(24.6)
6080
(27.0)
7470
(33.2)

320
(1.4)
625
(2.8)
750
(3.3)
670
(3.0)
1430
(6.4)
1755
(7.8)
1230
(5.5)
1975
(8.8)
2250
(10.0)
1755
(7.8)
2900
(12.9)
3885
(17.3)
1950
(8.7)
3250
(14.5)
3735
(16.6)
3870
(17.2)
6400
(28.5)
8000
(35.6)

'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Tension
Shear 2
Tension
Shear 2
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

2130
(9.5)

380
(1.7)
705
(3.1)
810
(3.6)
730
(3.2)
1575
(7.0)
1885
(8.4)
1450
(6.4)

3170 3

2510

3580 4

(14.1)

(11.2)

(15.9)

3485
(15.5)

1860
(8.3)
3340
(14.9)
4290
(19.1)
2350
(10.5)
3870
(17.2)
4530
(20.2)
4610
(20.5)
7200
(32.0)
9390
(41.8)

4095
(18.2)

675
(3.0)

1110
(4.9)
1655 3
(7.4)

4870
(21.7)
4260
(18.9)
5535
(24.6)
6770
(30.1)
7470
(33.2)

725
(3.2)

470
(2.1)

805
(3.6)

910
(4.0)

1345
(6.0)

950
(4.2)
1940
(8.6)
2035
(9.1)
1620
(7.2)
2655
(11.8)

1870 4
(8.3)
2380
(10.6)

4870
(21.7)

5645
(25.1)

7420
(33.0)

2985
(13.3)
2335
(10.4)
4395
(19.5)
6260
(27.8)
2610
(11.6)
4670
(20.8)
5120
(22.8)
4800
(21.4)
7330
(32.6)
9390
(41.8)

805
(3.6)

1690
(7.5)
1870 4
(8.3)
2740
(12.2)
3580 4
( 15.9)

4870 3
(21.7)

5645
(25.1)

7470
(33.2)

1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be
calculated by linear interpolation.
2 Unless otherwise noted, values shown are valid for the shear plane
acting through either the anchor body or the anchor threads.
3 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the anchor threads, reduce the shear value
by 5%.
4 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the anchor threads, reduce the shear value
by 15%.

338 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:17 AM

Page 339

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5


Table 9 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)
1-1/8

1/4
(6.4)

(29)

(51)

3
1-5/8
2-1/2

(64)
(89)

2-1/4
1/2
(12.7)

(41)

3-1/2

3/8
(9.5)

(76)

(57)

3-1/2

(89)

4-3/4
2-3/4
5/8
(15.9)

(121)
(70)

(102)

5-1/2
3-1/4
3/4
(19.1)

(140)
(83)

4-3/4

(121)

8
4-1/2
1
(25.4)

(203)
(114)

(152)

(229)

'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Tension
Shear2
Tension
Shear2
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
980
(4.4)
2035
(9.1)
2580
(11.5)
2275
(10.1)
4825
(21.5)
6075
(27.0)
3805
(16.9)
5415
(24.1)
7460
(33.2)
6185
(27.5)
9205
(40.9)
13040
(58.0)
5800
(25.8)
9400
(41.8)
11000
(48.9)
11700
(52.0)
16500
(73.4)
21000
(93.4)

2240
(10.0)
2530
(11.3)
3300
(14.7)
6210 3
(27.6)
7030
(31.3)
11885 3
(52.9)
10790
(48.0)
18270
(81.3)

14790
(65.8)
20750
(92.3)
22800
(101.4)
28000
(124.6)

1205
(5.4)
2340
(10.4)
2810
(12.5)
2505
(11.1)
5365
(23.9)
6575
(29.2)
4620
(20.6)
7410
(33.0)
8435
(37.5)
6580
(29.3)
10870
(48.4)
14560
(64.8)
7300
(32.5)
11950
(53.2)
14000
(62.3)
14500
(64.5)
21750
(96.7)
28100
(125.0)

'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Tension
Shear2
Tension
Shear2
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

7980
(35.5)

1430
(6.4)
2640
(11.7)
3040
(13.5)
2735
(12.2)
5905
(26.3)
7075
(31.5)
5435
(24.2)

11885 3

9405

13425 4

(52.9)

(41.8)

(59.7)

13075
(58.2)

6975
(31.0)
12530
(55.7)
16080
(71.5)
8800
(39.1)
14500
(64.5)
17000
(75.6)
17300
(77.0)
27000
(120.1)
35200
(156.6)

15360
(68.3)

2530
(11.3)

4175
(18.6)
6210 3
(27.6)

18270
(81.3)

15980
(71.1)
20750
(92.3)
25400
(113.0)
28000
(124.6)

2725
(12.1)

1755
(7.8)

3020
(13.4)

3415
(15.2)

5045
(22.4)

3560
(15.8)
7270
(32.3)
7625
(33.9)
6080
(27.0)
9950
(44.3)

7005 4
(31.2)
8930
(39.7)

18270
(81.3)

21160
(94.1)

28000
(124.6)

11200
(49.8)
8760
(39.0)
16490
(73.4)
23475
(104.4)
9800
(43.6)
17500
(77.8)
19200
(85.4)
18000
(80.1)
27500
(122.3)
35200
(156.6)

3020
(13.4)

6330 3
(28.2)
7005 4
(31.2)
10285
(45.7)
13425 4
(59.7)

18270 3
(81.3)

21160
(94.1)

28000
(124.6)

1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be
calculated by linear interpolation.
2 Unless otherwise noted, values shown are valid for the shear plane
acting through either the anchor body or the anchor threads.
3 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the anchor threads, reduce the shear value
by 5%.
4 Values shown are for a shear plane through the anchor body. When
the shear plane is acting through the anchor threads, reduce the shear value
by 15%.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 339

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:17 AM

Page 340

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor


Table 10 - Hot-Dip Galvanized Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1, 2
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)
2-1/4
(57)
3-1/2
(89)
4-3/4
(121)
2-3/4
(70)
4
(102)
5-1/2
(140)
3-1/4
(83)
4-3/4
(121)
6-1/2
(165)

'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Tension
Shear
Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
1125
(5.0)
1895
(8.4)
2215
(9.9)
1785
(7.9)
2545
(11.3)
3375
(15.0)
2355
(10.5)
3730
(16.6)
5115
(22.8)

1785
(7.9)
2190
(9.7)

3780
(16.8)

4240
(18.9)
5340
(23.8)

1265
(5.6)
2115
(9.4)
2530
(11.3)
1965
(8.7)
3155
(14.0)
4030
(17.9)
2545
(11.3)
4350
(19.3)
5805
(25.8)

1785
(7.9)
2190
(9.7)

3780
(16.8)

4240
(18.9)
5340
(23.8)

'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Tension
Shear
Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
1400
(6.2)
2335
(10.4)
2845
(12.7)
2140
(9.5)
3765
(16.7)
4030
(17.9)
2735
(12.2)
4970
(22.1)
6495
(28.9)

2190
(9.7)

3780
(16.8)

5340
(23.8)

1655
(7.4)
3105
(13.8)
3740
(16.6)
2745
(12.2)
5280
(23.5)
6055
(26.9)
2825
(12.6)
5805
(25.8)
7520
(33.5)

2190
(9.7)

3790
(16.8)

5340
(23.8)

1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.
2 Values shown are for shear plane acting through anchor threads.

Table 11 - Hot-Dip Galvanized Kwik Bolt 3 Ultimate Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1, 2


Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)
Tension
Shear
Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

2-1/4
(57)
3-1/2
(89)
4-3/4
(121)
2-3/4
(70)
4
(102)
5-1/2

4220
(18.8)
7100
(31.6)
8310
(37.0)
6690
(29.8)
9550
(42.5)
12650

(140)
3-1/4
(83)
4-3/4
(121)
6-1/2
(165)

(56.3)
8825
(39.3)
13995
(62.3)
19180
(85.3)

6695
(29.8)
8210
(36.5)

14170
(63.0)

15900
(70.7)
20030
(89.1)

4740
(21.1)
7935
(35.3)
9495
(42.2)
7360
(32.7)
11835
(52.6)
15115
(67.2)
9545
(42.5)
16315
(72.6)
21770
(96.8)

6695
(29.8)
8210
(36.5)

14170
(63.0)

15900
(70.7)
20030
(89.1)

'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 6000 psi (41.4 MPa)
Tension
Shear
Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
5255
(23.4)
8765
(39.0)
10675
(47.5)
8030
(35.7)
14120
(62.8)
17575
(78.2)
10260
(45.6)
18635
(82.9)
24355
(108.3)

8210
(36.5)

14170
(63.0)

20030
(89.1)

6210
(27.6)
11645
(51.8)
14030
(62.4)
10295
(45.8)
19800
(88.1)
22705
(101.0)
10600
(47.2)
21765
(96.8)
28210
(125.5)

8210
(36.5)

14170
(63.0)

20030
(89.1)

1 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.
2 Values shown are for shear plane acting through anchor threads.

340 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:18 AM

Page 341

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5


Table 12 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete1, 3
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

1/4
(6.4)
3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)

Anchor
Depth
in. (mm)

1-1/8
2
1-5/8
2-1/2
2-1/4
3-1/2
2-3/4
4
3-1/4
4-3/4

Tension

Tension

Tension

Shear2

'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
lb (kN)

(29)
(51)
(41)
(64)
(57)
(89)
(70)
(102)
( 83)
(121)

275
595
585
1120
1160
1810
1560
2485
1920
3035

lb (kN)

(1.2)
(2.6)
(2.6)
(5.0)
(5.2)
(8.1)
(6.9)
(11.1)
(8.5)
(13.5)

335
675
685
1340
1340
2050
1815
2830
2240
3995

(1.5)
(3.0)
(3.0)
(6.0)
(6.0)
(9.1)
(8.1)
(12.6)
(10.0)
(17.8)

lb (kN)

400
750
785
1560
1520
2285
2070
3170
2560
4955

(1.8)
(3.3)
(3.5)
(6.9)
(6.8)
(10.2)
(9.2)
(14.1)
(11.4)
(22)

lb (kN)

400
400
890
1345
1750
2835
2580
3360
3835
5010

(1.8)
(1.8)
(4.0)
(5.9)
(7.8)
(12.6)
(11.5)
(14.9)
(17.1)
(22.3)

1 Allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0.


2 Values shown are for shear plane acting through anchor threads.
3 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.

Table 13 - Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete1, 3


Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

1/4
(6.4)
3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)

Anchor
Depth
in. (mm)

1-1/8
2
1-5/8
2-1/2
2-1/4
3-1/2
2-3/4
4

Tension

Tension

Tension

Shear2

lb (kN)

lb (kN)

lb (kN)

lb (kN)

'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa) 'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) 'c = 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) 'c = 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)

(29)
(51)
(41)
(64)
(57)
(89)
(70)
(102)

245
510
560
920
950
1355
1470
2300

(1.1)
(2.3)
(2.5)
(4.1)
(4.2)
(6.0)
(6.5)
(10.2)

300
585
625
1200
1155
1855
1605
2715

(1.3)
(2.6)
(2.8)
(5.3)
(5.1)
(8.3)
(7.1)
(12.1)

355
660
685
1475
1360
2350
1745
3130

(1.6)
(2.9)
(3.0)
(6.6)
(6.0)
(10.5)
(7.8)
(13.9)

545
630
825
1345
1755
2955
2695
4500

(2.4)
(2.8)
(3.7)
(6.0)
(7.8)
(13.1)
(12.0)
(20.0)

1 Allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0.


2 Values shown are for shear plane acting through anchor threads.
3 Intermediate load values for other concrete strengths and embedments can be calculated by linear interpolation.

Table 14 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads for anchor


installed at 1-3/4 in. Edge Distance in Normal-Weight Concrete1
'c 2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Min Depth
Enbedment
in. (mm)

3/8 (9.5)

3 (76)
3 (76)
4-1/2 (114)

1/2 (12.7)

Tension
lb (kN)

955 (4.2)
930 (4.1)
1285 (5.7)

Shear
Perpendicular
Parallel
to Edge
to Edge
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

410 (1.8)
375 (1.7)
445 (2.0)

915 (4.1)
1000 (4.4)
1415 (6.3)

1 Allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 341

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:18 AM

Page 342

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor


Table 15 - Carbon Steel and Stainless Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Installed into
the Underside of Metal Profile Deck into Lightweight Concrete1

Anchor
Material

Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)


Tension
lb (kN)

Shear2
lb (kN)

1/4 (6.4)

Carbon
Steel

2 (51)

620 (2.8)

713 (3.2)

3/8 (9.5)

2-1/2 (64)

1035 (4.6)

1370 (6.1)

1/2 (12.7)

3-1/2 (89)

1725 (7.7)

2435 (10.8)

5/8 (15.9)

Stainless
Steel

4 (102)

2220 (9.9)

3160 (14.1)

1/4 (6.4)

2 (51)

615 (2.7)

650 (2.9)

3/8 (9.5)

2-1/2 (64)

1015 (4.5)

1450 (6.4)

1/2 (12.7)

3-1/2 (89)

1475 (6.6)

2200 (9.8)

2220 (9.8)

3355 (14.9)

5/8 (15.9)

4 (102)

1 Allowable loads based on using a safety factor of 4.0.

Figure 3 - Installation in Concrete over Metal Deck

Table 16 - Countersunk Kwik Bolt Allowable Loads in Normal-Weight Concrete1


Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

'c = 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)


Tension
lb (kN)

Shear2
lb (kN)

Carbon
Steel

1/4 (6.4)

1-1/8 (29)

365 (1.6)

350 (1.6)

3/8 (9.5)

1-5/8 (41)

810 (3.6)

750 (3.3)

Stainless
Steel

1/4 (6.4)

1-1/8 (29)

320 (1.4)

500 (2.2)

3/8 (9.5)

1-5/8 (41)

670 (3.0)

1330 (5.9)

Anchor
Material

1 Allowable loads based on using a safety factor of 4.0.


2 Shear values acting thru threads of anchor bolt. If acting through the empty shell,
reduce loads by 70%.

342 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:18 AM

Page 343

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5


Table 17 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads for Anchors Installed
in Top of Grout-Filled Concrete Masonry Wall1
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Anchor
Depth
in. (mm)

Tension
lb (kN)

1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)

3 (76)
3-1/2 (89)

645 (2.9)
850 (3.8)

Shear

V2

V1
lb (kN)

V2
lb (kN)

310 (1.4)
310 (1.4)

615 (2.7)
615 (2.7)

V1

1 Masonry prism strength must be at least 1500 psi at the time of installation in accordance with
UBC Standard 21-17.

Table 18 - HHDCA Ceiling Hanger Allowable Loads1


Minimum
Embedment

Anchor
Diameter

Normal-Weight Concrete 2
Tension
Shear

in. (mm)

in. (mm)

lb (kN)

1/4 (6.4)

1-1/4 (32)

410 (1.8)

Lightweight Concrete 3
Tension

lb (kN)

Lightweight over Metal Deck 3


Tension

lb (kN)

lb (kN)

260 (1.2)

425 (1.9)

294 (1.3)

1 Allowable loads based on using a safety factor of 4.0.


2 Allowable loads are for anchors installed into normal-weight concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3500 psi at the time of installation.
3 Allowable loads are for anchors installed into lightweight concrete having a minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at the time of installation.

Combined Shear and Tension Loading


N
V
( N ) + (V )
d

rec

5/3

5/3

1.0

(Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)

rec

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines


1 s = on-center fastening spacing
c = edge distance from center of bolt.

2 Apply appropriate load reduction factors for tension and shear


if anchor spacing and/or edge distance is less the the critical
spacing (s cr ) or edge distance (c cr ) as defined by Hilti.

c1

3 See Section 4.1.8.1 for determinig compounded spacing and


edge distance reduction as well as intermediate load values
for concrete strengths and embedments.

V
s
t

c2

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 343

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:18 AM

Page 344

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor


Table 19 - Carbon Steel Kwik Bolt 3 Allowable Loads in Grout-Filled
Concrete Masonry Units1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Anchor
Depth
in. (mm)

1-1/8 (29)
1/4
(6.4)

2 (51)
1-5/8 (41)

3/8
(9.5)

2-1/2 (64)
2-1/4 (57)

1/2
(12.7)

3-1/2 (89)
2-3/4 (70)

5/8
(15.9)

4 (102)
3-1/4 (83)

3/4
(19.1)

4-3/4 (121)

Min. Distance
from Edge of Block
in. (mm)

4
12
4
12
4
12
4
12
4
12
4
12
4
12
4
12
4
12
4
12

(102)
(305)
(102)
(305)
(102)
(305)
(102)
(305)
(102)
(305)
(102)
(305)
(102)
(305)
(102)
(305)
(102)
(305)
(102)
(305)

Tension
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

150 (0.7)

380 (1.7)

540 (2.4)

445 (2.0)

320 (1.4)
340 (1.5)

735 (3.3)
940 (4.2)
1010 (4.5)
1395 (6.2)
830 (3.7)
1465 ( 6.5)
1080 (4.8)
2375 (10.6)
890 (4.0)
2165 (9.6)
970 (4.3)
2770 (12.3)
785 (3.5)
3135 (13.8 )
825 (3.7)
3305 (14.7 )

780 (3.5)
630 (2.8)
665 (3.0)
905 (4.0)
815 (3.6)
865 (3.8)
1240 (5.5)
1295 (5.8)
1035 (4.6)
1645 (7.3)
1710 (7.6)

1 Values are for anchors installed in Type 1 Grade N, lightweight, medium-weight, or normal-weight concrete
masonry units conforming to UBC Standard 21-4. The masonry units must be fully grouted with coarse grout
conforming to UBC Standard 21-15, Type S, N, or M. Masonry prism compressive strength must be at least
1500 psi at the time of installation when tested in accordance with UBC Standard 21-17.
2 Anchors must be installed a minimum of 1-3/8 inch from any vertical mortar joint (see figure).
3 Anchor locations are limited to one per masonry cell.
4 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
5 Linear interpolation to determine load values at intermediate edge distances is permitted.
6 All allowable loads based on safety factor of 4.0

Figure 4 - Installation in grout-filled concrete masonry unit

1 Anchor installation is allowed in all non-shaded areas.

344 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:18 AM

Page 345

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5


Edge Distance Adjustment Factors

Edge Reduction Factor


Tension

Adjustment
Conditions

Critical Edge
Distance

Minimum Edge
Distance

c/h c

Emb Ratio
c/h c = 1.75
c/h c = 1.00
Reduction
f RN = 1.00
f RN = 0.80
h c = h act
for h min h act h nom
h c = h nom
for h act > h nom
h act = Actual Embedment
c = Actual Edge Distance
f RN = Edge Distance Reduction Factor for Tension
Loading
fRN
Edge Reduction Factor
Shear

Shear Plane
Correlation

Adjustment Conditions
fRV Reduction factor at
Min. Edge Distance

Shear Conditions

c/h min

f RV1
Shear towards edge
f RV1 = 0.50
f RV2
Shear parallel edge
f RV2 = 0.60
f RV3
Shear away from edge
f RV3 = 0.83
embedment to edge distance ratio
c/h min = 3.00
at critical edge distance
embedment to edge distance ratio
c/h min = 1.50
at minimum edge distance
c
= Actual Edge Distance
h min = Min Embedment for Specific Anchor Diameter
fRV

Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors

Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor


Tension

Adjustment
Conditions

Critical Anchor
Spacing

Minimum Anchor
Spacing

s/h c

Emb Ratio
s/h c = 2.25
s/h c = 1.00
Reduction
f AN = 1.00
f AN = 0.60
h c = h act
for h min h act h nom
h c = h nom
for h act > h nom
h act = Actual Embedment
c = Actual Anchor Spacing Distance
f AN = Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor for Tension
Loading
fAN

s/h c

Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor


Shear

Adjustment
Conditions

Critical Anchor
Spacing

Minimum Anchor
Spacing

Emb Ratio
s/h c = 2.25
s/h c = 1.00
Reduction
f AV = 1.00
f AV = 0.90
h c = hact
for h min h act h nom
h c = hnom
for h act > h nom
h act = Actual Embedment
c = Actual Anchor Spacing Distance
f AN = Anchor Spacing Reduction Factor for Tension
Loading

fAV

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 345

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:18 AM

Page 346

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor


Influence of Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing on Anchor Performance
Standard Anchor Embedments (in.)

Load Adjustment Factors for 1/4 in. Diameter Anchors


Adjustment
Factor
1/4 in.

Spacing
Tension
f AN

Spacing (in.)

Embedment
Depth, in.

1-1/8

1-1/8
1-11/16
1-3/4
2
2 -1/4
2-1/2
3
3-3/8
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
4-3/4
5

0.60
0.75
0.78
0.85
0.92
0.99
1.00

Edge Distance
Tension,
f RN
1-1/8

0.80
0.93
0.95
0.60 1.00 0.80
0.64
0.83
0.68
0.87
0.76
0.93
0.82
0.98
0.84
1.00
0.92
1.00

Spacing
Shear
f AV
1-1/8

Edge Distance Shear


II
away

toward
to
from
edge edge edge
f RV1
f RV2
f RV3
1-1/8 1-1/8 1-1/8

0.90
0.94
0.50 0.60
0.94
0.52 0.61
0.96 0.90 0.59 0.67
0.98 0.91 0.67 0.73
1.00 0.92 0.74 0.79
0.94 0.89 0.91
0.96 1.00 1.00
0.96
0.98
1.00

0.83
0.84
0.86
0.89
0.91
0.96
1.00

h min
h nom
h deep
h min
h nom
h deep
h min
h nom
h deep

1/4

3/8

1/2

1-1/8
2
3
1-5/8
2-1/2
3-1/2
2-1/4
3-1/2
4-3/4

Note: Tables apply for listed embedment


depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be
calculated using equations below.

Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8 in. Diameter Anchors


Adjustment
Factor
3/8 in.

Spacing
Tension
f AN

Spacing (in.)

Embedment
Depth, in.

1-5/8

1-5/8
2
2-1/4
2-1/2
3
3-1/4
3-1/2
3-3/4
4
4-1/2
5
5-5/8
5-3/4

0.60
0.67
0.72
0.77
0.87
0.92
0.97
1.00

Edge Distance
Tension,
f RN

2-1/2 1-5/8

Spacing
Shear
f AV

Edge Distance Shear

II
away
toward
to
from
edge edge edge
f RV1
f RV2
f RV3

0.80
0.90
0.86
0.92
0.90
0.93
0.60 0.94 0.80 0.94
0.66 1.00 0.85 0.97
0.70
0.88 0.98
0.73
0.91 0.99
0.76
0.93 1.00
0.79
0.96
0.86
1.00
0.92
1.00

Spacing
Tension
f AN

Spacing (in.)

Embedment
Depth, in.

2-1/4

2-1/4
2-1/2
3
3-3/8
3-3/4
4-1/4
4-3/4
5
5-3/4
6
6-1/2
7-1/4
7-3/4

0.60
0.64
0.71
0.76
0.81
0.88
0.96
1.00

Edge Distance
Tension,
f RN

3-1/2 2-1/4

f AN =

0.80
0.90
0.83
0.91
0.89
0.93
0.93
0.94
0.62 0.98 0.82 0.95
0.67 1.00 0.86 0.97
0.71
0.90 0.99
0.74
0.91 1.00
0.81
0.97
0.83
1.00
0.87
0.94
1.00

f AN =

3.13

s/h nom + 0.88


3.13

Edge Distance Tension


0.90
0.92
0.92
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.98
1.00

Spacing
Shear
f AV

3-1/2 2-1/4

h act h nom

s/hact + 0.88

2-1/2 1-5/8 2-1/2 1-5/8 1-5/8 1-5/8

0.51
0.62
0.67
0.72
0.77
0.82
0.92
1.00

0.61
0.69
0.73
0.77
0.82
0.86
0.94
1.00

0.83
0.87
0.89
0.90
0.92
0.94
0.97
1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 1/2 in. Diameter Anchors


Adjustment
Factor
1/2 in.

Spacing Tension
h min h acth nom

h min h acth nom


f RN =

h act h nom

c/h act + 2

f RN =

3.75

Spacing Shear
h min h acth nom
f AV =

h act h nom

s/hact + 10.25

f AV =

12.5

0.60
0.64
0.70
0.76
0.79
0.88
0.91
0.97
1.00

s/h nom + 10.25


12.5

h act h min

perpendicular toward edge


f RV1 =

0.83
0.85
0.87
0.90
0.91
0.95
0.96
0.99
1.00

c
3h min

parallel to edge
f RV2 =

0.50
0.56
0.63
0.70
0.74
0.85
0.89
0.96
1.00

3.75

Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance Shear

II
away
toward
to
from
edge edge edge
f RV1
f RV2
f RV3

3-1/2 2-1/4 2-1/4 2-1/4

0.91
0.92
0.93
0.93
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.99
1.00

c/h nom + 2

c/h min + 0.75


3.75

perpendicular away from edge


f RV3 =

c/h min + 5.82


8.82

Note: Edge distance and anchor spacing for all lightweight and sand-lightweight concrete are obtained by
dividing the normal-weight dimensions by 0.75 and
0.85, respectively.

346 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:18 AM

Page 347

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5


Influence of Edge Distance and Anchor Spacing on Anchor Performance
Standard Anchor Embedments (in.)

Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8 in. Diameter Anchors


Adjustment
Factor
5/8 in.

Spacing
Tension
f AN

Spacing (in.)

Embedment
Depth, in.

2-3/4

2-3/4
3-1/2
4
4-1/4
4-3/4
5-1/2
6
6-1/4
7
7-1/2
7-3/4
8-1/2
9

0.60
0.69
0.75
0.77
0.83
0.92
0.98
1.00

Edge Distance
Tension,
f RN
2-3/4

Spacing
Shear
f AV
2-3/4

0.80
0.90
0.87
0.92
0.60 0.92 0.80 0.94 0.90
0.62 0.95 0.82 0.94 0.91
0.66 1.00 0.85 0.96 0.92
0.72
0.90 0.98 0.93
0.76
0.93 0.99 0.94
0.78
0.95 1.00 0.95
0.84
1.00
0.96
0.88
0.97
0.90
0.98
0.96
0.99
1.00

Edge Distance Shear


II
away

toward
to
from
edge edge edge
f RV1
f RV2
f RV3
2-3/4 2-3/4 2-3/4

0.52
0.58
0.67
0.73
0.76
0.85
0.91
0.94
1.00

0.61
0.66
0.73
0.78
0.81
0.88
0.93
0.95
1.00

0.84
0.86
0.89
0.91
0.92
0.95
0.97
0.98
1.00

h min
h nom
h deep
h min
h nom
h deep
h min
h nom
h deep

5/8

3/4

2-3/4
4
5-1/2
3-1/4
4-3/4
6-1/21
4-1/2
6
9

1 Embedment depth shown reflects embedment for carbon


steel anchor, deep embedment depth for stainless steel
anchor is 8 inch.
Note: Tables apply for listed embedment
depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be
calculated using equations below.

Load Adjustment Factors for 3/4 in. Diameter Anchors


Adjustment
Factor
3/4 in.

Spacing
Tension
f AN

Spacing (in.)

Embedment
Depth, in.

3-1/4

3-3/8
4
5
5-3/4
6-1/4
6-1/2
7
7-1/2
8-1/4
9
9-3/4
10-1/4
10-3/4

0.61
0.67
0.77
0.85
0.90
0.92
0.97
1.00

Edge Distance
Tension,
f RN

4-3/4 3-1/4

Spacing
Shear
f AV

Edge Distance Shear

II
away
toward
to
from
edge edge edge
f RV1
f RV2
f RV3

0.81
0.90
0.86
0.92
0.62 0.94 0.81 0.94
0.67 1.00 0.86 0.96
0.70
0.88 0.97
0.72
0.90 0.98
0.75
0.93 0.99
0.79
0.95 1.00
0.84
1.00
0.89
0.94
0.97
1.00

Spacing
Tension
f AN

Spacing (in.)

Embedment
Depth, in.

4-1/2

4-1/2
6
7
8
9
9-3/4
10-1/4
11-1/4
11-5/8
12-1/2
13
13-1/2
14-3/4

0.60
0.71
0.78
0.85
0.92
0.97
1.00

Edge Distance
Tension,
f RN
4-1/2

f AN =

f AN =

3.13

s/h nom + 0.88


3.13

Edge Distance Tension


0.90
0.92
0.93
0.93
0.94
0.95
0.96
0.97
0.98
0.99
1.00

Spacing
Shear
f AV
4-1/2

h act h nom

s/hact + 0.88

4-3/4 3-1/4 4-3/4 3-1/4 3-1/4 3-1/4

0.51
0.59
0.64
0.67
0.72
0.77
0.85
0.92
1.00

0.61
0.67
0.71
0.73
0.77
0.82
0.88
0.94
1.00

0.83
0.86
0.88
0.89
0.90
0.92
0.95
0.97
1.00

Load Adjustment Factors for 1 in. Diameter Anchors


Adjustment
Factor
1 in.

Spacing Tension
h min h acth nom

0.80
0.90
0.60 0.89 0.80 0.93 0.90
0.65 0.95 0.84 0.94 0.91
0.71 1.00 0.89 0.96 0.93
0.76
0.93 0.98 0.94
0.80
0.97 0.99 0.95
0.83
0.99 1.00 0.96
0.88
1.00
0.97
0.90
0.98
0.95
0.99
0.97
0.99
1.00
1.00

h min h acth nom


f RN =

h act h nom

c/h act + 2

f RN =

3.75

4-1/2 4-1/2 4-1/2

Spacing Shear
h min h acth nom
f AV =

h act h nom

s/hact + 10.25

f AV =

12.5

s/h nom + 10.25


12.5

h act h min

perpendicular toward edge


f RV1 =

0.84
0.86
0.89
0.91
0.92
0.94
0.95
0.97
0.99
1.00

c
3h min

parallel to edge
f RV2 =

0.61
0.67
0.73
0.78
0.81
0.87
0.89
0.94
0.97
1.00

3.75

Edge Distance Shear

Edge Distance Shear

II
away
toward
to
from
edge edge edge
f RV1
f RV2
f RV3

0.52
0.59
0.67
0.72
0.76
0.83
0.86
0.93
0.96
1.00

c/h nom + 2

c/h min + 0.75


3.75

perpendicular away from edge


f RV3 =

c/h min + 5.82


8.82

Note: Edge distance and anchor spacing for all lightweight and sand-lightweight concrete are obtained by
dividing the normal-weight dimensions by 0.75 and
0.85, respectively.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 347

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:18 AM

Page 348

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor


4.3.5.5 Installation Instructions

1. Hammer drill a hole to the same nominal


diameter as the Kwik Bolt 3. The hole depth
must exceed the anchor embedment by at least
one diameter. The fixture may be used as a
drilling template to ensure proper anchor
location.

2. Clean hole.

3. Drive the Kwik Bolt 3 into the hole using


a hammer. The anchor must be driven
until at least six threads are below the
surface of the fixture.

4. Tighten the nut to the recommended


installation torque.

348 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:18 AM

Page 349

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5


Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Installation Instructions

1. Drill.

2. Clean.

3.Thread post nut completely onto anchor.


Tap into hole.

4. Loosen screw two full turns.

5. Tap-in again.

6. Tighten.

Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Installation Instructions

1. Drill.

2. Clean.

3. Tap-in.

4. Tighten.

Hilti Ceiling Kwik Bolt (HHDCA) Anchor Installation Instructions

Drill Depth
1-1/4"

1. Drill hole using 1/4" bit.

2. Tap in.

3. Pry downward.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 349

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:18 AM

Page 350

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor


4.3.5.6 Ordering Information
Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Product Line
Size

Length ()
in. (mm)

1/4 x 1-3/4
1/4 x 2-1/4

1-3/4 (44)
2-1/4 (57)

1/4 x 3-1/4

3-1/4 (83)

1/4 x 4-1/2
3/8 x 2-1/4

4-1/2 (114)
2-1/4 (57)

3/8 x 3
3/8 x 3-3/4
3/8 x 5

3 (76)
3-3/4 (95)
5 (127)

3/8 x 7
1/2 x 2-3/4

7 (178)
2-3/4 (70)

1/2 x 3-3/4

3-3/4 (95)

1/2 x 4-1/2

4-1/2 (114)

1/2 x 5-1/2

5-1/2 (140)

1/2 x 7
5/8 x 3-3/4

7 (178)
3-3/4 (95)

5/8 x 4-3/4

4-3/4 (121)

5/8 x 6

6 (152)

5/8 x 7

7 (178)

5/8 x 8-1/2
5/8 x 10

8-1/2 (216)
10 (254)

Thread Length (th)


in. (mm)

3/4 (18)
7/8 (22)
2 (51)
7/8 (22)
2-7/8 (75)
7/8 (22)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/2 (40)
1-1/4 (32)
2-1/4 (59)
1-1/4 (32)
3-1/2 (91)
5-1/2 (142)
1-1/4 (33)
1-5/16 (35)
2-3/16 (56)
1-5/16 (35)
2-7/8 (75)
1-5/16 (35)
3-3/4 (96)
4-3/4 (121)
1-1/2 (41)
2-3/4
1-1/2
4
1-1/2
4-3/4
6-1/2
7

(70)
(41)
(102)
(41)
(121)
(166)
(180)

ID
Stamp

A
B
D

4-3/4 (121)

D
E

L
C
E
G

L
E
G
J

O
R

I
3-7/16 (85)

3/4 x 8
3/4 x 10
3/4 x 12
1x6
1x9
1 x 12

7 (178)
8
10
12
6
9
12

(203)
(254)
(305)
(152)
(114)
(114)

1-1/2 (41)
4-5/8 (119)
5-3/4 (146)
5-7/8 (152)
2-1/4 (57)
6 (152)

15

1-1/2 (41)

3/4 x 7

25

5-1/2 (140)

50

2-7/16 (62)

3/4 x 5-1/2

100

G
B

1-1/2 (41)
3/4 x 4-3/4

Box

10
20
10
20
10
20
10
20

L
N
R
T
J
P
T

10

Item No.
Carbon Steel

282502
282503
282504
282521
282505
282506
282522
282507
282523
282508
282524
282525
252509
282510
282526
282511
282527
282512
282528
282529
282513
282514
282530
282515
282531
282516
282532
282533
282534
282517
282535
282518
282536
282519
282537
282520
282538
286016
286017
286018
286019

304 SS

316 SS

282539
282540
282541
282553
282542
282543
282554
282544
282555
282545
282556
282557
282546
282547
282558
282548
282559
282549
282560
282561
282550
282551
282562
282552
282563
282564
286020
286021
286024
286025
286026
286027
286028
286029
286030
286031
286032

282565
282566
282567
282568
282569
282570
282571
282572
282573
282574
286033
286034
286035
286036
-

HDG

378083
378084
378085
378086
378087
378088
378089
378090
378091
-

350 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:18 AM

Page 351

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor 4.3.5


Countersunk Kwik Bolt Anchor Product Line

C1/4 x 2
C1/4 x 3
C1/4 x 5
C3/8 x 2-1/4
C3/8 x 3
C3/8 x 4
C3/8 x 5

Item No.

Length
in. (mm)

Size

2
3
5
2-1/4
3
4
5

Box Quantity

304 SS

100
100
100
100
100
50
50

(51)
(76)
(127)
(57)
(76)
(102)
(127)

Carbon Steel

286037
286038
286039
286040
286041
286042
286043

286044
286045
-

Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Product Line


Item No.

Size

Length
in. (mm)

Thread Length
in. (mm)

ID
Stamp

Box
Quantity

Carbon Steel

3/8 x 2-1/4

2-1/4 (57)

7/8 (22)

100

283470

HHDCA Ceiling Anchor Product Line

1/4 x 2

Item No.

Length
in. (mm)

Eyelet Size
in.

Box Quantity

Carbon Steel

2-1/32 (52)

5/16

100

371389

Size

Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor

Long Thread Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor

Countersunk Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor

Rod Coupling Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor (3/8" x 2 1/4" only)

HHDCA Ceiling Hanger (1/4" x 2" only)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 351

14_Kwik Bolt 3.qxd:KB3 PTG (Supp) 06.qxd

12/30/07

1:18 AM

Page 352

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.5 Kwik Bolt 3 Expansion Anchor


4.3.5.7 Kwik Bolt 3 Anchor Sample Calculations
Given:
2-1/2 in. KB3 anchors under
static tension load as shown.
hef = 3.25 in.
Normal wt. concrete, f'c = 3,000 psi
No supplementary reinforcing.
Assume uncracked concrete.
Condition B per ACI 318-05 D.4.4(c)
Calculate the allowable tension load
for this configuration.

AN

h = 6

h ef = 3.25

1.5h ef

s = 6''

1.5h ef

c = 4''

1.5h ef

Calculation per ACI 318-05 Appendix D and this report.

Code Ref.

Step 2. Calculate steel capacity Nsa = (0.75) (23,320) = 17,490 lb .


Nsa = n A se f ut = (2) (0.11) (106,000) = 23,320 lb

Report Ref

D.5.1.2

Step 1. Calculate steel strength of anchor in tension:

Table 17

D.4.4 a)

Step 3. Calculate concrete breakout strength of anchor in tension

N cbg =

A Nc
( ec,N ) ( ed,N ) ( c,N ) ( cp,N )
A Nco

D.5.2.1

Step 3a. Verify minimum member thickness, spacing and edge distance:
h min = 6 in. 6 in. ... ok
From Table 3; c a,min = 1.625 in. when s 4.25 in. ... ok
Step 3b. Check: 1.5 hef = (1.5) (3.25) = 4.88 in. > c
3.0h ef = (3.0) (3.25) = 9.75 in. > s
Step 3c. Calculate A No and A N for the anchorage: A No = 9h e f 2 = (9) (3.25)2 = 95.1 in 2
A N = (1.5 hef + c ) (3hef + s) = [(1.5) (3.25) + 4] [(3) (3.25) + 6] = 139.8 in 2 < 2 x A No ... ok
Step 3d. Calculate ec,N : e N' = O: e c,N = 1.0
Step 3e. Calculate N b : N b = k uncr
N b = 24

f 'c

(h e f )1.5

D.8

Table 17

D.5.2.1
D.5.2.1

Table 17

D.5.2.4
D.5.2.4

3000 (3.25)1.5 = 7,702 lb

Step 3f. Calculate modification factor for edge distance: ed,N = 0.7 + 0.3

[ (1.5) (3.25) ] = 0.95


4

Step 4. Check pullout strength: per Table 3, N p, uncr = (2) (6890)


Does not control

3000 = 15,095 lb
2500

Step 5. Controlling strength: N cbg = (0.65) (7,744 lb) = 5,034 lb, controls
5,034
Step 6. Convert value to ASD: N allow
= 3,595 lb
1.4

Table 17

D.5.2.1

Step 3h. Calculate N cbg :


139.8
N cbg =
(1.0) (0.95) (1.0) (0.72) (7,702) = 7,744 lb
95.1

Table 17

D.5.2.7

Step 3g. Calculate modification factor for splitting:


max | c a,min : 1.5 x h e f | max | 4 : 1.5 x 3.25 |
cp,N =
=
= 0.72
c ac
6.75

D.5.2.5

Table 17

D.5.3.2

Table 17

D.4.4 c)
_

352 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:19 AM

Page 353

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HUS-H Screw Anchor 4.3.6


4.3.6.1 Product Description
The Hilti HUS-H Fastening System
consists of the HUS-H fastener, the
SI 100 impact wrench and a standard
ANSI drill bit. The HUS-H is a concrete
screw anchor designed for use in
normal-weight concrete. The anchor is
formed with a hex head, an integral
washer, a double lead thread, and a
chamfered tip and has a zinc flake
coating (Deltatone).
Product Features

Two step hardening process


- Hardened tip to facilitate quick
and easy cutting into concrete
- Relatively ductile shank to reduce
risk of sudden brittle failure
and/or Hydrogen Assisted Stress
Corrosion Cracking (HASCC)

Deltatone coating process does


not induce HASCC and has up to
240 hr. salt spray (tested to ASTM
B117).

No special bit required, standard


ANSI bit

HUS-H Anchors, SI 100 impact


wrench, Hilti Drill and Drill Bits
form a total system.

Bolt head finish, no protruding


thread

4.3.6.1

Hilti name and anchor length on


head facilitates quality control and
inspection after installation

Comprehensive performance testing to provide high and consistent


performance in concrete

Material Specifications

4.3.6.3

Technical Data

4.3.6.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.6.5

Ordering Information

Pressed-on washer for greater setting convenience

4.3.6.2

Keying/Undercutting of threads
allows for immediate load
application

Product Description

Tapered tip and double lead thread


allow for easy installation

Guide Specifications
Anchor Concrete anchor shall be
carbon steel, screw type with double
lead thread and a Deltatone coating.
Anchor will bear the diameter and
length on the bolt head that is visible
after installation. Anchors shall be
HUS-H as supplied by Hilti.
Installation Drill hole with a Hilti ANSI
standard carbide tipped drill bit.
Remove dust from the hole with oil free
compressed air. Using Hilti SI 100
impact wrench (or using manual
wrench), install anchor into hole until
flush against top of fixture.

4.3.6.2 Material
Specifications
Carbon Steel HUS-H Screw Anchors conform
DIN EN 10263-4

Listings/Approvals
European Technical Approval (ETA)
ETA-06/0159

Mechanical Properties
min. fu
fy
ksi (MPa)
ksi (MPa)
130 (900)

145 (1000)

Deltatone Coating
Deltatone is a highly reactive zinc-rich system based on an inorganic material. It
sticks to the steel substrate by a chemical reaction instead of mechanical adhesion.
In contrast to electrolytic plating, no hydrogen (which can lead to HASCC). Thanks
to the binding agents and high zinc content, a closed film with cathodic protection
effect is achieved after the curing process. A further important advantage lies in the
suppression of the so-called white corrosion or oxidation of the zinc surface. The
high zinc content of the Deltatone coating material helps protect steel against corrosion. Screw Anchors coated with Deltatone are tested in accordance with DIN
50021 / ASTM B117 and achieve a level of 0 %
Base material Corrosion after 240 hrs. Salt spray Test.
The HUS-H Screw Anchor undergoes a Case Hardening (Carbo Nitration) process,
followed by a partial inductive heat-treatment. This process helps ensure optimum
cutting performance while maintaining a ductile anchor shaft.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 353

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.6 HUS-H Screw Anchor


4.3.6.3 Technical Data
Table 1 - HUS-H Specification Table
Nominal Anchor
Details
Diameter
d bit nominal bit diameter

in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)

h ef min./std/deep
depth of embedment

in.
(mm)

h 1 min. hole depth

in.
(mm)

h ef + 3/8
(h ef + 9.5)

h ef + 3/8
(h ef + 9.5)

h ef + 3/8
(h ef + 9.5)

Tmax max. tightening


torque

ft-lb
(Nm)

26
(35)

33
(45)

48
(65)

d h min. thread clearance


hole in plate

in.
(mm)

7/16
(11.1)

9/16
(14.3)

11/16
(17.5)

3/8
(9.5)
5/16
(7.9)
2
(51)

1/2
(12.7)
7/16
(11.1)
2-3/4
(70)

2
(51)

5/8
(15.9)
9/16
(14.3)
3
(89)

2-3/8
(60)

4
(102)

5-3/8
(137)

3" (76 mm) or 1.3 h ef whichever is greater

min. base material thickness

Table 2 - HUS-H Lengths1


Nominal
Anchor Diameter
dh
3/8
t
hef

h1

h
1/2

5/8

d bit

Length2
in. (mm)
2-1/2 (64)
2-5/8 (67)
3 (76)
4 (102)
5 (127)
6 (152)
2-1/2 (64)
3 (76)
4 (102)
5 (128)
6 (152)
3 (76)
4 (102)
5 (128)
6 (152)

1 Thickness to be fastened t = - h ef)

Combined Shear and Tension Loading


5/3

5/3

(N ) + ( V )
N
V
d

rec

rec

1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)

354 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HUS-H Screw Anchor 4.3.6


Table 3 - Carbon Steel HUS-H Allowable Loads in Concrete
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

2000 psi (13.8 Mpa)

4000 psi (27.6 Mpa)

Embedment
Depth
In. (mm)

Tension2

Shear3

Tension2

Shear3

lb (kN)

lb (kN)

lb (kN)

lb (kN)

21
(51)
2-3/4
(70)
21
(51)
3
(76)
2-3/81
(60)
4
(102)
5-3/8
(137)

810
(3.6)
1275
(5.7)
815
(3.6)
1410
(6.3)
1130
(5.0)
2370
(10.5)
3435
(15.3)

1190
(5.3)
14904
(6.6)
1370
(6.1)
1780
(7.9)
1740
(7.7)
3320
(14.8)
49054
(21.8)

1025
(4.6)
1785
(7.9)
1055
(4.7)
1855
(8.3)
1435
(6.4)
3190
(14.2)
4430
(19.7)

1 IMPORTANT EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential concrete thread damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest installation torque.

14904
(6.6)
1760
(7.8)
2365
(10.5)
3005
(13.4)
49054
(21.8)

6000 psi (41.4 Mpa)


Tension2
lb (kN)

1175
(5.2)
2025
(9.0)
1175
(5.2)
2390
(10.6)
2000
(8.90)
4985
(22.2)
7105
(31.6)

Shear3
lb (kN)

14904
(6.6)
30004
(13.3)
3590
(16.0)
49054
(21.8)

3 Except where noted, shear loads based upon concrete pryout failure and a safety
factor of 4.0.
4 Noted Shear loads based upon minimum steel strength and a safety factor of 3.0.

2 Allowable tension loads based upon a safety factor of 4.0.

Table 4 - Carbon Steel HUS-H Ultimate Loads in Concrete


Nominal
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

2000 psi (13.8 Mpa)


Embedment
Depth
In. (mm)

Tension
lb (kN)

21
(51)
2-3/4
(70)
21
(51)
3
(76)
2-3/81
(60)
4
(102)
5-3/8
(137)

3235
(14.4)
5095
(22.7)
3265
(14.5)
5645
(25.1)
4520
(20.1)
9475
(42.1)
13740
(61.1)

Shear2
lb (kN)

44753
(19.9)
5475
(24.4)
7110
(31.6)
6960
(31.0)
13285
(59.1)
147253
(65.5)

1 IMPORTANT EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential


concrete thread damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest
installation torque.

4000 psi (27.6 Mpa)


Tension
lb (kN)

4100
(18.2)
7155
(31.8)
4215
(18.7)
7425
(33.0)
5730
(25.5)
12765
(56.8)
17715
(78.8)

Shear2
lb (kN)

44753
(19.9)
7040
(31.3)
90003
(40.0)
12025
(53.5)
147253
(65.5)

6000 psi (41.4 Mpa)


Tension
lb (kN)

4705
(20.9)
8095
(36.0)
4705
(20.9)
9570
(42.6)
8000
(35.5)
19940
(88.7)
28435
(126.5)

Shear2
lb (kN)

44753
(19.9)
90003
(40.0)
14365
(65.5)
147253
(65.5)

2 Except where noted, shear loads based upon concrete pryout/pullout failure.
3 Noted Ultimate Shear loads limited by minimum steel strength.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 355

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.6 HUS-H Screw Anchor


Table 5 - HUS-H Allowable Tension and Shear Values (pounds), Top of Grout-Filled
Concrete Masonry Construction1, 2, 3, 4, 5
Anchor
Dia.
(inches)

Embedment
Depth
(inches)

3/8

2-3/4

1/2

5/8

Edge
Distance
(inches)

Tension

Shear

1-3/4
2-3/4
1-3/4
2-3/4
1-3/4
2-3/4

590
730
590
745
900
1175

Perpendicular to wall

Parallel to wall

245
420
275
475
275
535

640
745
865
1025
1015
1355

1 Anchors must be installed a minimum of 1 inch from any vertical mortar joint.
2 Anchors are limited to one per masonry cell with a minimum spacing of 8 inches on center.
3 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry construction.
4 Masonry thickness must be at least 1.5 times anchor embedment.

Table 6 - HUS-H Allowable Tension and Shear Values (pounds), Face of Grout-Filled
Concrete Masonry Construction1, 2, 3, 4
Anchor
Dia.
(inches)

Embedment
Depth
(inches)

3/8

2-3/4

1/2

5/8

Min. Distance
from edge of
wall (inches)

4
12
4
12
4
12

Tension

695
910
695
805
1370

Shear

1015
1720
2585
2725

1 Anchor locations are limited to one per masonry cell with minimum spacing of 8 inches on center.
2 Embedment depth is measured from the top edge of the concrete masonry construction.
3 Loads in this table are for HUS-H anchors installed in the masonry at the edge distance listed in this table. No reductions for edge distance are required when anchors are
installed with the minimum edge distance specified in this table. Capacity of attached sill plate or other material to resist loads in this table must comply with the applicable code.
4 Masonry thickness must be at least 1.5 times anchor embedment.
5 Linear interpolation for edge distances between 4 inches and 12 inches is allowed.

356 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:19 AM

Page 357

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HUS-H Screw Anchor 4.3.6


Load Adjustment Factors for 3/8" and 1/2" Diameter Anchors
Anchor Diameter

3/8" diameter
Spacing
Tension,
fAN

Adjustment
Factor

Spacing
Shear,
fAV

1/2" diameter
Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

Edge Distance
Shear
toward
edge,

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

fRV1

Embed.
Depth, in.
1-3/4
2
2-3/4
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/8
4-1/2
5
5-1/2
6
7
8-1/4
9

2-3/4

0.70
0.76
0.78
0.81
0.85
0.86
0.89
0.93
0.96
1.00

2-3/4

0.70
0.81
0.85
0.93
1.00

0.70
0.71
0.74
0.77
0.78
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.88
0.93
1.00

0.70
0.73
0.78
0.84
0.85
0.89
0.95
1.00

2-3/4

0.75
0.80
0.95
1.00

0.75
0.78
0.86
0.88
0.93
0.99
1.00

II or away
from edge,

Spacing
Tension
fAN

Spacing (s)/Edge Distance (c), in.

2-3/8

0.70
0.74
0.78
0.80
0.85
0.89
0.93
0.96
1.00

0.30
0.35
0.51
0.57
0.68
0.78
0.81
0.89
1.00

0.75
0.77
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.92
0.93
0.96
1.00

0.70
0.73
0.75
0.78
0.79
0.82
0.83
0.85
0.89
0.93
0.95
1.00

fAV

0.70
0.72
0.73
0.75
0.76
0.77
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.88
0.94
1.00

Edge Distance
Tension
fRN

0.70
0.78
0.85
0.91 0.70
1.00 0.76
0.80
0.85
0.89
0.93
0.96
1.00

5-3/8 2-3/8
0.75
0.78
0.84
0.92
1.00

0.70
0.73
0.76
0.80
0.82
0.85
0.90
0.96
1.00

0.70
0.76
0.78
0.81
0.85
0.86
0.89
0.93
0.96
1.00

0.70
0.73
0.75
0.76
0.78
0.80
0.83
0.85
0.90
0.96
1.00

2
0.70
0.81
0.85
0.93
1.00

2
0.75
0.80
0.95
1.00

0.70
0.75
0.80
0.81
0.85
0.90
0.95
1.00

3
0.75
0.77
0.84
0.86
0.91
0.95
0.97
1.00

toward
edge,

II or away
from

fRV2

0.20
0.26
0.45
0.51
0.63
0.75
0.78
0.88
1.00

0.65
0.68
0.76
0.79
0.84
0.89
0.91
0.95
1.00

Note: Tables apply for listed embedment depths. Reduction factors for
other embedment depths must be calculated using equations below.

4
0.75
0.76
0.79
0.82
0.86
0.88
0.93
0.96
1.00

toward
edge fRV1

5-3/8
0.75
0.76
0.77
0.80
0.82
0.84
0.87
0.89
0.92
0.94
0.96
0.98
1.00

for scr>s>Smin

Edge Distance
Shear

2-3/8
0.15
0.19
0.25
0.35
0.44
0.51
0.62
0.72
0.82
0.90
1.00

II or
away from
edge fRV2

2-3/8
0.50
0.52
0.56
0.62
0.67
0.71
0.78
0.84
0.90
0.94
1.00

Tension

Shear

smin = 1.0 hef, scr = 3.0 hef


fAN = 0.15(s/hef) + 0.55

smin = 1.0 hef, scr = 2.0 hef


fAV = 0.3(s/hef) + 0.4

Edge Distance
for ccr>c>cmin
Tension All Diameters

cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 1.5 hef


fRN = 1.0 (0.375hef 0.25c) / (1.5hef 1 3/4")
Shear 3/8" Diameter

cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 5"


toward edge
ll or away from edge
fRV1 = 0.215c - 0.077
fRV2 = 0.077c + 0.615
Shear 1/2" Diameter

cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 5"


toward edge
ll or away from edge
fRV1 = 0.246c 0.230
fRV2 = 0.108c + 0.461
Shear 5/8" Diameter

cmin = 1-3/4", ccr = 7-1/8"


toward edge
ll or away from edge
fRV1 = 0.158c 0.127
fRV2 = 0.093c + 0.337

4.3.6.4 Installation Instructions

1. Hammer drill a hole using appropriate


diameter ANSI carbide-tipped drill bit.

Edge Distance
Shear

Spacing

Spacing
Shear

5-3/8 2-3/8

Edge Distance
Tension,
fRN

fRV1

5/8" diameter

Adjustment
Factor

Embed. Depth, in.


1-3/4
2
2-3/8
3
3-9/16
4
4-3/4
5 -3/8
6
6-1/2
7-1/8
7-1/2
8
9
10
10-3/4
12
14
16-1/8

Spacing
Shear,
fAV

fRV2

Load Adjustment Factors for 5/8" Diameter Anchors


Anchor Diameter

Spacing
Tension,
fAN

2. Clean hole with oil free


compressed air.

or

3A. Using Hilti SI 100 impact wrench,


install anchor into hole. Immediately
discontinue when anchor is flush
against top of fixture.

3B. Or, using a torque wrench install


anchor into hole until flush against
top of fixture. Do not exceed Tmax.

IMPORTANT EMBEDMENTS LESS THEN 2-1/2": To minimize potential concrete thread


damage from over spinning, set the SI 100 Trigger to it's lowest installation torque.
Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 357

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:19 AM

Page 358

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.6 HUS-H Screw Anchor


4.3.6.5 Ordering Information
HUS-H 3/8" screw anchor with hexagon head 1/2" AF, 11/16" washer dia.
Ordering Description

HUS-H 3/8 x 2-1/8


HUS-H 3/8 x 2-5/8
HUS-H 3/8 x 3
HUS-H 3/8 x 4
HUS-H 3/8 x 5
HUS-H 3/8 x 6

Drill Bit

Anchor Length

5/16"
5/16"
5/16"
5/16"
5/16"
5/16"

2-1/8"
2-5/8"
3"
4"
5"
6"

Master Carton
Regular Packaging
Contents
Item No.

Item No.

336686
336687
336688
304503
304504
336692

50
50
50
50
50
50

305618
305619
305620
305621
305622
305623

Contents

600
600
400
300
300
300

HUS-H 1/2" screw anchor with hexagon head 5/8" AF, 9/10" washer dia.
Ordering Description

HUS-H 1/2 x 2-1/2


HUS-H 1/2 x 3
HUS-H 1/2 x 4
HUS-H 1/2 x 5
HUS-H 1/2 x 6

Drill Bit

Anchor Length

7/16"
7/16"
7/16"
7/16"
7/16"

2-1/2"
3"
4"
5"
6"

Master Carton
Regular Packaging
Contents
Item No.

Item No.

304505
304506
304507
304508
304509

Contents

50
50
50
50
50

305624
305625
305626
305627
305628

300
300
150
150
150

HUS-H 5/8" screw anchor with hexagon head 13/16" AF, 1-3/16" washer dia.
Ordering Description

Drill Bit

Anchor Length

Item No.

Regular Packaging
Contents

Master Carton
Item No.

Master Carton
Contents

HUS-H 5/8 x 3
HUS-H 5/8 x 4
HUS-H 5/8 x 5
HUS-H 5/8 x 6

9/16"
9/16"
9/16"
9/16"

3"
4"
5"
6"

282903
282904
282905
282906

20
20
20
20

3001533
3001534
3001535
3001536

160
80
80
60

HUS-H Screw Anchor Accessories


SI 100 impact wrench
Description

SI 100 impact wrench in tool box

Packaging Contents

Item No.

334203

Impact sockets for 3/8" HUS-H


Description

3/8 Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic)


3/8" Long magnetic socket wrench insert

Length

Packaging Contents

Ordering Description

Item No.

1-9/16"
3-1/2"

1
1

S-NSD 1/2"-3/8"
S-NSD 1/2"-3/8" M

336703
336701

Impact sockets for 1/2" HUS-H


Description

1/2" Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic)


1/2" Short magnetic socket wrench insert

Length

Packaging Contents

Ordering Description

Item No.

1-9/16"
1-9/16"

1
1

S-NSD 5/8-1/2"
S-NSD 5/8-1/2" M

304786
304795

Length

Packaging Contents

Ordering Description

Item No.

1-9/16
1-9/16

1
1

S-NSD 13/16-5/8"
S-NSD 13/16-5/8" M

282932
282933

Impact sockets for 5/8" HUS-H


Description

13/16" Short socket wrench insert (non magnetic)


13/16" Short magnetic socket wrench insert
SI 100 Accessories
Description

Pin/O-Ring Set for 1/2" drive sockets

Packaging Contents

Item No.

3 sets

336619

358 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HCA Coil Anchor 4.3.7


4.3.7.1 Product Description

Product Features
Reusable type anchors, providing
major cost savings*

Bolt type anchor enables low


profile fastenings

Preassembled units allow quick


production fastening

Utilizes a disposable, low cost


expansion coil which minimizes
reuse costs

Heat treated to Grade 5 specification, which provides high shear


load capacity

Material Specifications

4.3.7.3

Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors


shall be bolt style which meet the
mechanical properties of a Grade 5 bolt.
Anchors are to be zinc plated in
accordance with ASTM B633, SC1,
Type III. Anchors shall be Hilti HCA
designation as supplied by Hilti.

Product Description

4.3.7.2

Guide Specifications

The Hilti HCA Coil Anchor is a bolt type


expansion anchor for use in concrete.

4.3.7.1

Technical Data

4.3.7.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.7.5

Ordering Information

Installation Install bolt type anchors in


holes drilled with Hilti carbide tipped drill
bits or DD-B or DD-C diamond core
bits. Install anchors as per
manufacturers recommendation.

* Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity;
no reduction in shear.

4.3.7.2 Material
Specifications

Mechanical Properties
min. fu
ksi (MPa)

1/4" HCA Carbon Steel meets the requirements


of case of hardened AISI 1018

100 (690)

3/8" 3/4" HCA Carbon Steel meets the chemica requirements


of AISI 1035 and heat treated to Grade 5 specification

120 (830)

Coil meets the requirements of plain carbon steel


Carbon Steel HCA and coil are plated in accordance with ASTM B633, SC1, Type III

4.3.7.3 Technical Data


Table 2 - HCA Lengths2

Table 1 - HCA Specification Table


Bolt Size

in.

1/4

3/8

1/2

5/8

3/4

d bit nominal bit diameter1

in.

1/4

3/8

1/2

5/8

3/4

h s depth set mark

in.

3/8

5/8

5/8

3/4

in.
in.

1-3/4
3-1/2

2-1/4
5

3
7

3-1/2
8

4-1/2
10

Details

anchor length min./max.


(other lengths available)

d h coil clearance hole in plate

in.

5/16

7/16

9/16

11/16

ft-lb

10

40

80

130

in.

3/8

180

1/4

13/16

T inst recommended installation


torque (guide values)

Diameter

min. base material thickness

1/2
3" or 1.3 hef, whichever is greater

1 Hilti carbide-tipped drill bit or matched tolerance Hilti DD-B or DD-C diamond core bits
2 Maximum thickness to be fastened t = - (h ef + h s )

3/8

Combined Shear and Tension Loading

3/4

(N ) + ( V )
N
V
d

rec

rec

1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)

Length
in. (mm)
1-3/4 (44)
2-1/2 (64)
3-1/2 (89)
2-1/4 (57)
3 (76)
5 (127)
3 (76)
4 (102)
5-1/2 (140)
7 (178)
3-1/2 (89)
5 (127)
8 (203)
4-1/2 (114)
6 (152)
10 (254)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 359

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.7 HCA Coil Anchor


Table 3 - Carbon Steel HCA Allowable Concrete/Steel Capacity in Concrete1
Anchor
Diameter
in.

Embedment
Depth
in.
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
2
3
2-3/8
3-7/8
3-1/4
4-1/2

1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

Allowable Concrete Capacity3,4, lb


2000 psi
4000 psi
6000 psi
Tension5
Tension5
Tension5
Shear
Shear
Shear
230
355
650
1005
1005
1845
1300
2705
2080
3385

230
380
850
1390
1515
3020
2175
5000
3915
6810

325
500
920
1420
1420
2605
1835
3825
2940
4790

330
535
1205
1965
2145
4270
3075
7070
5540
9630

400
615
990
1740
1740
3190
2250
4685
3600
5865

400
655
1475
2410
2625
5230
3765
8660
6780
11705

Allowable
Steel Strength 2, lb
Tension

Shear

1620

1080

4355

2905

7775

5180

12145

8095

17495

11665

1 Use lower value of either concrete or steel strength.

4 Applicable influence factors must be applied to concrete strength values.

2 Steel strength based on 0.22 Fu A g for shear and 0.33 Fu A g for tension.

5 Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity;
no reduction in shear.

3 Concrete strength based on a safety factor of 4.0.

Table 4 - Carbon Steel HCA Ultimate Concrete/Steel Capacity in Concrete1


Anchor
Diameter
in.
1/4
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

Embedment
Depth
in.
3/4
1
1-1/2
2
2
3
2-3/8
3-7/8
3-1/4
4-1/2

2000 psi
Tension5
Shear
920
1420
2610
4015
4015
7375
5195
10825
8315
13545

Ultimate Concrete Capacity3,4, lb


4000 psi
6000 psi
5
Tension5
Tension
Shear
Shear

930
1515
3410
5565
6065
12080
8700
19995
15660
27235

1305
2005
3690
5675
5675
10430
7345
15305
11760
19160

1315
2145
4825
7865
8575
17085
12305
28275
22150
38515

1595
2460
4515
6950
6950
12770
9000
18745
14400
23465

1610
2625
5910
9635
10505
20930
15070
34630
27125
47170

Ultimate
Steel Strength 2, lb
Tension

Shear

3675

2830

9900

7615

17665

13570

27605

21240

39760

30590

1 Use lower value of either concrete or steel strength.

4 Applicable influence factors must be applied to concrete strength values.

2 Steel strength based on 0.57 FuAg for shear and 0.75 FuAg for tension.

5 Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity;
no reduction in shear.

3 Concrete capacity based on Concrete Capacity Design method and verified by test data.

Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines

Edge Distance

Spacing

Table 5 - HCA Influence of Edge and On-Center Spacing Distance1,2


Load Direction
Tension

Critical
3.0 hef

Minimum
1.0 hef

Influence
Factor3
fAN = 0.70

Shear

2.0 hef

1.0 hef

fAV = 0.70

Tension

1.5 hef

0.8 hef

fRN = 0.75

Shear
( toward edge)4

2.5 hef

1.0 hef

fRV1 = 0.25

Shear
(II or away from edge)4

2.5 hef

1.0 hef

See Note4

fRV2 = 0.50

concrete free edge

1 For edge and spacing distances between critical and minimum spacing/edge distances, use linear interpolation.
2 Influence factors are cumulative.
3 Influence factor at minimum spacing/edge distance. Influence factor at critical equals 1.0.
4 For shear loads in between perpendicular and parallel toward edge, use the following equation,
fRV = 0.25 / (cos + 0.5 sin ) for 55 < 90. For 0 < 55, shear load assumed to be perpendicular
toward edge.

Test results when reused four times: maximum 20% reduction in tensile capacity; no reduction in shear.

360 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:19 AM

Page 361

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HCA Coil Anchor 4.3.7


4.3.7.4 Installation
Instructions

Important Installation Considerations


1. Hole depth is determined by the anchor
length minus fixture thickness plus 1/4"
minimum.
2. When reassembling the coil tab onto
the tapered end of the bolt, the flattened
portion (tang) must be in the direction of
the head.

Drill hole same diameter as anchor

Clean hole

Insert (tap anchor) to anchors depth


set mark

3. Anchors are to be installed to the depth


set mark on the shank below the head.
Tap anchor to the depth mark before
tightening.

Tighten to required torque

4.3.7.5 Ordering Information


HCT Replacement Coil

HCA HEX HEAD

Item No.
252000
252002
252003
252004
252005
252007
252010
252011
252012
252013
252014
252015
252016
252017
252018
252019

Description
HCA 1/4" X 1-3/4"
HCA 1/4" X 2-1/2"
HCA 1/4" X 3-1/2"
HCA 3/8" X 2-1/4"
HCA 3/8" X 3"
HCA 3/8" X 5"
HCA 1/2" X 3"
HCA 1/2" X 4"
HCA 1/2" X 5-1/2"
HCA 1/2" X 7"
HCA 5/8" X 3-1/2"
HCA 5/8" X 5"
HCA 5/8" X 8"
HCA 3/4" X 4-1/2"
HCA 3/4" X 6"
HCA 3/4" X 10"

Box
Qty
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
25
25
25
25
25
20
20
10
10

Bit
Dia
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
3/8"
3/8"
3/8"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
1/2"
5/8"
5/8"
5/8"
3/4"
3/4"
3/4"

Fixture Thickness
at minimum
embedment depth
5/8"
1-3/8"
2-3/8"
1/8"
7/8"
2-7/8"
3/8"
1-3/8"
2-7/8"
4-3/8"
3/8"
1-7/8"
4-7/8"
1/4"
1-3/4"
5-3/4"

Item No.
255985
255987
255988
255989
255980

Description
HCT 1/4"
HCT 3/8"
HCT 1/2"
HCT 5/8"
HCT 3/4"

Box
Qty
100
100
100
100
50

* Test results when reused four times:


maximum 20% reduction in tensile
capacity; no reduction in shear.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 361

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.8 HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor


4.3.8.1 Product Description

4.3.8.1

Product Description

4.3.8.2

Material Specifications

4.3.8.3

Technical Data

4.3.8.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.8.5

Ordering Information

The Hilti HDI/HDI-L Drop-In anchor is an


internally threaded, flush mounted
expansion anchor for use in concrete.

Intelligent expansion section


adapts to the base material and
reduces number of hammer blows
up to 50% (HDI-L)

Product Features

Guide Specifications

HDI

Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors


shall be flush or shell type and zinc
plated in accordance with ASTM B 633,
SC 1, Type III. Anchors shall be Hilti
HDI/HDI-L anchors as supplied by Hilti.

Anchor, setting tool and Hilti drill bit


form a matched tolerance system
to provide reliable fastenings

Allows shallow embedment without


sacrificing performance

Lip provides flush installation,


consistent anchor depth, and easy
rod alignment (HDI-L)

Lip allows accurate flush


surface setting, independent
of hole depth (HDI-L)

Ideal for repetitive fastenings with


threaded rods of equal length

Installation Install shell or flush type


anchors in holes drilled with Hilti carbide
tipped drill bits. Install anchors as per
manufacturers recommendations.

4.3.8.2 Material Specifications


HDI/HDI-L, 1/4", 3/8", 1/2", and HDI 5/8" and 3/4" are manufactured from mild
carbon steel which is plated with a zinc finish for corrosion protection in
accordance with ASTM B 633, SC 1, Type III
HDI Stainless Steel material meets the requirements of AISI 303

Listings/Approvals
City of Los Angeles
Research Report No. 23709 (HDI Only)
FM (Factory Mutual)
Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic
Sprinkler Systems (3/8" - 3/4")
(HDI and HDI-L)
UL (Underwriters Laboratories)
UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire
Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4")

4.3.8.3 Technical Data


Table 1 - HDI/HDI-L Specification Table
Anchor
Size
Details

HDI/HDI-L
in.
(mm)

1/4
(6.4)

HDI

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

Nominal Bit diameter

in.

3/8

1/2

5/8

27/32

Std. depth of embed.


Anchor length
Hole depth

in.
(mm)

1
(25)

1-9/16
(40)

2
(51)

2-9/16
(65)

3-3/16
(81)

th

Useable thread
length

in.
(mm)

7/16
(11)

5/8
(15)

11/16
(17)

7/8
(22)

1-3/8
(34)

20

16

13

11

10

min. base material


thickness

in.
(mm)

3
(76)

3-1/8
(79)

4
(102)

5-1/8
(130)

6-3/8
(162)

T max

d bit
h nom

h1

max. tightening
torque

ft-lb
(Nm)

4
(5.4)

11
(14.9)

22
(29.8)

37
(50.2)

80
(108.5)

Threads per inch

Combined Shear and Tension Loading


5/3

5/3

V
N
(N ) + ( V )
d

rec

rec

1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)

362 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor 4.3.8


Table 2 - Carbon Steel HDI Allowable Loads in Concrete
Anchor size
in. (mm)

1/4 ( 6.4)

Tension
HDI
500 ( 2.2)

2000 psi (13.8 MPa)


lb (kN)
Shear
HDI-L
HDI
500 (2.2)

450 ( 8.0)

4000 psi (27.6 MPa)


lb (kN)
Shear
HDI-L
HDI

lb (kN)
HDI-L

Tension
HDI

450 (8.0)

570 ( 2.5)

570 (2.5)

6000 psi (41.4 MPa)


lb (kN)
Shear
HDI-L
HDI

lb (kN)
HDI-L

Tension
HDI

lb (kN)
HDI-L

625 ( 2.8)

625 (2.8)

790 ( 3.5)

790 ( 3.5)

700 ( 3.1)

700 ( 3.1)

3/8 ( 9.5)

890 ( 4.0)

890 (4.0)

965 ( 4.3)

965 (4.3)

1115 ( 5.0)

1115 (5.0)

1250 ( 5.6)

1250 (5.6)

1360 ( 6.0)

1360 ( 6.0)

1500 ( 6.7)

1500 ( 6.7)

1/2 (12.7)

1120 ( 5.0)

1120 (5.0)

1500 ( 6.7)

1500 (6.7)

1785 ( 7.9)

1785 (7.9)

2125 ( 9.5)

1940 (8.6)

2345 (10.4)

2345 (10.4)

2500 (11.1)

2500 (11.1)

5/8 (15.9)

1875 ( 8.3)

2500 (11.1)

2920 (13.0)

3250 (14.5)

3715 (16.5)

3750 (16.7)

3/4 (19.1)

2500 (11.1)

3875 (17.2)

4065 (18.1)

5000 (22.2)

5565 (24.8)

5500 (24.5)

Note: The ultimate shear and allowable shear values are based on the use of SAE Grade 5 bolts, (fy = 85 ksi, Fult = 120 ksi) with the exception of the 1/4" HDI/HDI-L in fc = 6000 psi
concrete which is based upon the use of a SAE Grade 8 bolt (fy = 120 ksi, Fult = 150 ksi).

Table 3 - Carbon Steel HDI Ultimate Loads in Concrete


Anchor size
in. (mm)

Tension
HDI

2000 psi (13.8 MPa)


lb (kN)
Shear
HDI-L
HDI

Tension
HDI

lb (kN)
HDI-L

4000 psi (27.6 MPa)


lb (kN)
Shear
HDI-L
HDI

lb (kN)
HDI-L

Tension
HDI

6000 psi (41.4 MPa)


lb (kN)
Shear
HDI-L
HDI

lb (kN)
HDI-L

1/4 ( 6.4)

1995 ( 8.9) 1995 ( 8.9)

1800 ( 8.0) 1800 ( 8.0)

2270 (10.1)

2270 (10.1)

2500 (11.1) 2500 (11.1)

3150 (14.0) 3150 (14.0)

2800 (12.5) 2800 (12.5)

3/8 ( 9.5)

3555 ( 15.8) 3555 (15.8)

3850 (17.1) 3850 (17.1)

4460 (19.8)

4460 (19.8)

5000 (22.2) 5000 (22.2)

5430 (24.2) 5430 (24.2)

6000 (26.7) 6000 (26.7)

1/2 (12.7)

4470 ( 19.9) 4470 (19.9)

6000 (26.7) 6000 (26.7)

7140 (31.8)

7140 (31.8)

8500 (37.8) 7750 (34.4)

9375 (41.7) 9375 (41.7)

10000 (44.5) 10000 (44.5)

5/8 (15.9)

7500 ( 33.4)

10000 (44.5)

11685 (52.0)

13000 (57.8)

14865 (66.1)

15000 (66.7)

3/4 (19.1) 10000 ( 44.5)

15500 (69.0)

16260 (72.3)

20000 (89.0)

22250 (99.0)

22000 (97.9)

Table 4 - Carbon Steel HDI Allowable Loads in Lightweight Concrete


and Lightweight Concrete over Metal Deck1, 2
Anchor
Size
in. (mm)

Anchor Installed in 3000 psi (20.7 MPa)


Lt. Wt. Concrete 3
Tension, lb (kN)
Shear, lb (kN)

1/4 (6.4)
3/8 (9.5)
1/2 (12.7)
5/8 (15.9)
3/4 (19.1)

465 (2.1)
755 (3.4)
1135 (5.0)
1465 (6.5)
2075 (9.2)

Anchor Installed Through Steel Deck Upper Flute Anchor Installed Through Steel Deck Lower Flute
Into 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Lt. Wt. Concrete 4
Into 3000 psi (20.7 MPa) Lt. Wt. Concrete4
Tension, lb (kN)
Shear, lb (kN)
Tension, lb (kN)
Shear, lb (kN)

340 (1.5)
940 (4.2)
1700 (7.6)
2835 (12.6)
3680 (16.4)

530 (2.4)
880 (3.9)
1105 (4.9)

335 (1.5)
1010 (4.5)
1755 (7.8)

1 The allowable values are based on the use of SAE Grade 2 bolts installed in the
anchors.
2 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0.

Table 5 - Stainless Steel HDI Allowable Loads in Concrete


Anchor size
in. (mm)
SS HDI 1/4
SS HDI 3/8
SS HDI 1/2
SS HDI 5/8
SS HDI 3/4

(6.4)
(9.5)
(12.7)
(15.9)
(19.1)

375 (1.7)
500 (2.2)
625 (2.8)
875 (3.9)
1250 (5.5)

3 The tabulated shear and tensile values are for anchors installed in structural lightweight concrete having the designated ultimate compressive strength at the time of
installation. The concrete must comply with ASTM C 330-77.
4 The tabulated shear and tensile values are for anchors installed through 20 gauge
intermediate decking into structural lightweight concrete having the designated
ultimate strength at the time of installation. The concrete must comply with ASTM
C 330-77.

4000 psi (27.6 MPa)


Tension lb (kN)
480 (2.1)
1040 (4.6)
1840 (8.2)
2630 (11.7)
3830 (17.0)

250 (1.1)
500 (2.2)
750 (3.3)
875 (3.9)
1000 (4.4)

6000 psi (41.4 MPa)

Shear lb (kN)
600
1230
2760
4510
5580

(2.7)
(5.5)
(12.4)
(20.1)
(24.8)

Tension lb (kN)
740
1460
2410
3770
5030

(3.3)
(6.5)
(10.7)
(16.8)
(22.4)

Shear lb (kN)
600
1230
2760
4510
5580

(2.7)
(5.5)
(12.3)
(20.1)
(24.8)

Note: The ultimate and allowable shear values are based on the use of Type 18-8 bolts.

Table 6 - Stainless Steel HDI Ultimate Loads in Concrete


Anchor size
in. (mm)
SS HDI 1/4
SS HDI 3/8
SS HDI 1/2
SS HDI 5/8
SS HDI 3/4

(6.4)
(9.5)
(12.7)
(15.9)
(19.1)

4000 psi (27.6 MPa)


Tension lb (kN)
1930 (8.6)
4170 (18.5)
7350 (32.7)
10540 (46.9)
15340 (68.2)

6000 psi (41.4 MPa)

Shear lb (kN)
2400
4920
11040
18040
22320

(10.7)
(21.9)
(49.1)
(80.2)
(99.3)

Tension lb (kN)
2950
5850
9630
15100
20130

(13.1)
(26.0)
(42.8)
(67.2)
(89.5)

Shear lb (kN)
2400
4920
11040
18040
22320

(10.7)
(21.9)
(49.1)
(80.2)
(99.3)

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 363

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 364

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.8 HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor


Anchor Spacing and Edge Distance Guidelines (See Anchoring Technology Section 4.1.3)
Anchor Spacing Adjustment Factors

Edge Distance Adjustment Factors

s = Actual Spacing

c = Actual edge distance

smin = 2.0 hnom

cmin = 2.0 hnom

scr = 3.5 hnom

ccr = 3.0 hnom

Influence of Anchor Spacing &


Edge Distance fA, fR
Anchor Size
in. (mm)

hnom
in. (mm)

1/4 (6.4)

1 ( 25)

3/8 (9.5)

1-9/16 (40)

1/2 (12.7)

2 ( 51)

5/8 (15.8)

2-9/16 ( 65)

3/4 (19.1)

3-3/16 ( 81)

hnom = standard embedment depth

Load Adjustment Factors (Edge Distance) fR

Load Adjustment Factors (Anchor Spacing) fA


Tension/Shear Loads
Spacing
s
in. (mm)
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5
5-1/2
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

( 51)
( 64)
( 76)
( 89)
(102)
(114)
(127)
(140)
(152)
(178)
(203)
(229)
(254)
(279)
(305)

Tension, fRN

Anchor Diameter
1/4
.50
.67
.83
1.0

3/8

.50
.58
.69
.79
.90
1.0

1/2

.50
.58
.67
.75
.83
1.0

smin = 2.0 hnom, scr = 3.5 hnom


fA = 0.33 s 0.17
hnom
for scr > s > smin

5/8

.50
.55
.61
.74
.87
1.0

3/4

.50
.57
.67
.77
.88
.98
1.0

Edge Distance
c
in. (mm)
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
4-1/2
5
5-1/2
6
6-1/2
7
8
9
10

( 51)
( 64)
( 76)
( 89)
(102)
(114)
(127)
(140)
(152)
(165)
(178)
(203)
(229)
(254)

Shear, fRV

Anchor Diameter
1/4
.80
.90
1.0

3/8

.80
.85
.91
.98
1.0

1/2

5/8

Anchor Diameter
3/4

1/4
.65
.83
1.0

.80
.85
.90
.95
1.0

cmin = 2.0 hnom, ccr = 3.0 hnom


fRN = 0.2 c + 0.4
hnom
for ccr > c > cmin

.80
.83
.87
.91
.95
1.0

.80
.84
.90
.96
1.0

3/8

.65
.73
.85
.96
1.0

1/2

.65
.74
.83
.91
1.0

5/8

.65
.70
.77
.84
.91
1.0

3/4

.65
.72
.83
.94
1.0

cmin = 2.0 hnom, ccr = 3.0 hnom


fRV = 0.35 c 0.05
hnom
for ccr > c > cmin

364 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 365

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HDI & HDI-L Drop-In Anchor 4.3.8


4.3.8.4 Installation Instructions

1. Adjust depth gauge so that anchor will


be flush with the concrete surface
when installed.

2. Hammer drill hole.

3. Clean hole.

4. Install anchor using proper setting


tool. Setting tool to be driven into
anchor until setting tool shoulder
meets top of anchor.

4.3.8.5 Ordering Information


HDI Anchors
Anchor
Thread
Size

Description

Item No.

Carbon Steel
Description

Item No.

Description

Stainless Steel
Item No.

Box Qty

1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"

HDI 1/4
HDI 3/8
HDI 1/2
HDI 5/8
HDI 3/4

336425
336426
336427
336428
336429

HDI-L 1/4
HDI-L 3/8
HDI-L 1/2

283608
283609
283610

HDI 1/4 (SS 303)


HDI 3/8 (SS 303)
HDI 1/2 (SS 303)
HDI 5/8 (SS 303)
HDI 3/4 (SS 303)

336430
336431
336432
336433
336434

100
50
50
25
25

Setting Tools for HDI & HDI-L Anchors


Anchor
Thread Size

1/4"
3/8"
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
Anchor
Thread Size

3/8"
1/2"

Description Manual Setting Tools

Item No.

HST 1/4 Setting Tool


HST 3/8 Setting Tool
HST 1/2 Setting Tool
HST 5/8 Setting Tool
HST 3/4 Setting Tool

00032978
00032979
00032980
00032981
00032982

Description Automatic Setting Tools1

Item No.

HSD-MM 3/8" (TE-C-24SD10 3/8" Setting tool)


HSD-MM 1/2" (TE-C-24SD12 1/2" Setting tool)

00243751
00243752

1 Use automatic setting tools with TE-5A, TE-6, TE-15, TE-16, TE-16C, TE-18 and TE-25 rotary hammer drills.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 365

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 366

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.9 HDI-P Drop-In Anchor


4.3.9.1 Product Description

4.3.9.1

Product Description

4.3.9.2

Material Specifications

4.3.9.3

Technical Data

4.3.9.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.9.5

Ordering Information

Guide Specifications

The Hilti HDI-P Drop-In anchor is an


internally threaded, flush mounted
expansion anchor for solid and
hollow concrete.

Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors


shall be flush or shell type and zinc
plated in accordance with ASTM B633,
SC 1, Type III. Anchors shall be Hilti
HDI-P anchors as supplied by Hilti.

Product Features

Optimized 3/4" anchor length to


allow reliable fastenings in hollow
core panels, precast plank & post
tensioned slabs

Lip provides flush installation,


consistent anchor depth and easy
rod alignment

Listings/Approvals

Shallow drilling enables fast


installation

Installation Install shell or flush type


anchors in holes drilled with Hilti carbide
tipped drill bits. Install anchors in
accordance with manufacturers
recommendations.

Setting tool leaves mark on flange


when anchor is set properly to
enable inspection & verification of
proper expansion

FM (Factory Mutual)
Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic
Sprinkler Systems

4.3.9.2 Material Specifications


The HDI-P is manufactured from mild carbon steel, which is zinc plated for
corrosion protection in accordance with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III

4.3.9.3 Technical Data


HDI-P Specification Table

Desc.

HDI-P 3/8

Length
in. (mm)

Bit Size
in.

3/4 (19.1)

1/2

Average Ultimate Loads, lb (kN)


4000 psi Concrete
Hollow Core
(27.6 MPa)
(Spancrete)
Tension
Shear
Tension
Shear

Allowable Loads, lb (kN)


4000 psi Concrete
Hollow Core
(27.6 MPa)
(Spancrete)
Tension
Shear
Tension
Shear

1900 (8.5) 3000 (13.3) 2100 (9.3) 4000 (17.8) 380 (1.7)

600 (2.7)

420 (1.9)

800 (3.6)

4.3.7.4 Installation Instructions

1. Set depth
gauge on drill.

2. Hammer-drill
hole.

3. Clean hole.

4. Insert anchor.

4.3.9.5 Ordering Information

5. Insert setting
tool and
strike with
hammer until
anchor is
fully set.

6. Collar of setting tool will


leave an
indentation
on flange of
anchor when
properly
expanded.

HDI-P Anchor
Item No.

Description

Bit Dia

Box Qty

283611

HDI-P 3/8

1/2

100

Setting Tools for HDI-P Anchors


Item No.

Description

283611
253784

HSD-G 3/8" 3/4" Setting Tool w/ hand guard


HST-P 3/8" 3/4" Setting Tool

366 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 367

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor 4.3.10


4.3.10.1 Product Description
The Hilti HCI-WF/MD is an internally
threaded cast-in anchor suitable for use
in either wood (WF) or metal deck (MD)
form work. The HCI-WF/MD is ideally
suited for a variety of rod hanging
applications and offers significant
anchor installation labor savings over
traditional post-installed anchor
solutions.
Product Features

protective plastic sleeve, steel flange


with pre-drilled additional fastening
holes and placement spring for
attachment to metal deck, anchor is to
be secured by clamping the deck
between the steel flange and the
protective plastic sleeve. Anchor will
bear the diameter and manufacturer
name on its hexagon head. Anchors
shall be HCI-MD as supplied by Hilti.

Installation from above

HCI-WF: Prior to pouring the concrete


over the wood form, place the anchor
(nails down) on the surface of the wood
form at the pre-determined location.
Drive the anchor down until plastic
flange is flush with the surface of the
wood form. When all anchors are
installed, pour the concrete. When wood
form is removed, the colored flange is
exposed and the three break-off nails
usually remain. Wearing eye protection,
if desired removal of the nails is best
done by swiping with hammer. After the
concrete has properly cured and
reached its design compressive
strength, install the threaded rod,
ensuring full thread engagement.

4.3.10.2 Material Specifications


4.3.10.3 Technical Data
4.3.10.4 Installation Instructions
4.3.10.5 Ordering Information

Installation:

- No overhead drilling and anchor


installation.

4.3.10.1 Product Description

- No ladders or platforms needed.

Hexagon head prevents spinning in


concrete.

Identification decals for flexible


color application.

WF: Large plastic flange helps


ensure anchor is flush with wood
form to prevent concrete from
entering threads.

WF: Easy break-off nails

MD: Protective plastic sleeve to


prevent concrete / firestop spray /
insulation spray from entering
threads.

MD: Flange prepared for additional


screws if required for pre-concrete
rod installation.

MD: Strong placement spring for


reliable placement.

Guide Specifications
Anchor:
HCI-WF: Concrete anchor shall be
carbon steel, cast-in type with single
internal thread and a zinc / yellow
chromate plating and contained by a
plastic flange. Anchor shall have breakoff nails for attachment to the surface of
wood forms. Anchor will bear the
diameter and manufacturer name on its
hexagon head. Anchors shall be HCIWF as supplied by Hilti.
HCI-MD: Concrete anchor shall be
carbon steel, cast-in type with single
internal thread and a zinc / yellow
chromate plating. Anchor shall have a

HCI-MD: Prior to pouring concrete, drill


a hole through the metal deck at the
pre-determined location ( either lower or
upper flute of the deck ), using the
specified diameter metal hole saw.
From the topside of the deck, place the
plastic sleeve through the hole. By
stepping on the head of the anchor (or
by using a hammer), push it through the
hole & compressing the spring until the
anchor plastic sleeve snaps into place
(i.e. the metal deck is between the
sleeve and the flange of the anchor).
After all inserts are installed, pour the
concrete. After the concrete has
properly cured and achieved its design
compressive strength, install the
threaded rod, ensuring full thread
engagement.

HCI-WF

HCI-MD

Listings/Approvals
FM (Factory Mutual)
Pipe Hanger Components for Automatic
Sprinkler Systems (3/8" - 3/4")
UL (Underwriters Laboratories)
UL 203 Pipe Hanger Equipment for Fire
Protection Services (3/8" - 3/4")

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 367

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.10 HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor


4.3.10.2 Material Specifications
Component

HCI-WF

HCI-MD

Insert Body

Heat Treated Carbon Steel

Heat Treated Carbon Steel

Flange

Engineered Plastic

Heat Treated Carbon Steel

Spring

N/A

Carbon Steel Wire

Plating

Zinc yellow chromate

Zinc yellow chromate

Protective Sleeve

N/A

Engineered Plastic

4.3.10.3 Technical Data


Table 1 - HCI-MD Specification Table
Details

Nominal Anchor Dia.


(Thread Size)

d bit Metal hole saw dia.


h s Height of spring
(assembled)
th Thread length (min.)
sl Length of sleeve

Overall length

t sh Steel head thickness


t sf Steel flange thickness
h

MIn. slab thickness1

in.
(mm)

1/4
(6.4)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

in.
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)

7/8
1-7/8
(47.6)
1/4
(6.4)
3-3/8
(85.7)
5-7/16
(138)
1/8
(3.18)
5/64
(2.00)
4
(102)

7/8
1-7/8
(47.6)
3/8
(9.5)
3-3/8
(85.7)
5-7/16
(138)
1/8
(3.18)
5/64
(2.00)
4
(102)

1-3/16
1-7/8
(47.6)
1/2
(12.7)
3-3/8
(85.7)
5-7/16
(138)
1/8
(3.18)
5/64
(2.00)
4
(102)

1-3/16
1-7/8
(47.6)
5/8
(15.9)
3-3/8
(85.7)
5-7/16
(138)
1/8
(3.18)
5/64
(2.00)
4
(102)

1-1/4
1-7/8
(47.6)
3/4
(19.1)
3-3/8
(85.7)
5-7/16
(138)
1/8
(3.18)
5/64
(2.00)
4
(102)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

1 Measured at the location of installation.

Table 2 - HCI-WF Specification Table


Details

Nominal Anchor Dia.


(Thread Size)

th Thread length (min.)


d pf Plastic flange diameter
t pf Plastic flange thickness

Overall length
(w/o break-off nail)

t sh Steel head thickness


n Length of break-off
nail
h

MIn. slab thickness1

in.
(mm)

1/4
(6.4)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)
in.
(mm)

1/4
(6.4)
1-1/2
(38.0)
7/64
(2.78)
2
(51)
1/8
(3.18)
7/8
(22.2)
4
(102)

3/8
(9.5)
1-1/2
(38.0)
7/64
( 2.78)
2
( 51)
1/8
(3.18)
7/8
( 22.2)
4
(102)

1/2
(12.7)
1-1/2
(38.0)
7/64
( 2.78)
2-3/16
( 55.6)
1/8
(3.18)
7/8
( 22.2)
4
(102)

5/8

3/4

(15.9)

(19.1)

1-1/2
(38.0)
7/64
( 2.78)
2-3/16
( 55.6)
1/8
(3.18)
7/8
( 22.2)
4
(102)

1-3/4
(44.5)
7/64
( 2.78)
2-3/16
( 55.6)
1/8
(3.18)
7/8
( 22.2)
4
(102)

1 Measured at the location of installation.

368 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor 4.3.10


Combined Shear and Tension Loading
5/3

1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)

5/3

N
(N ) + ( V )
V
d

rec

rec

Table 3 - HCI-MD Ultimate Loads in 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa) Lightweight Concrete Over Metal Deck1,2
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter

Embedment
Depth

Minimum
Spacing

Minimum
End
Distance

Anchor Installed in the


Upper Flute of the Deck

in. (mm)

in. (mm)

in. (mm)

in. (mm)

Tension
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

Tension
lb (kN)

1/4
(6.4)
3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)

2
(51)
2
(51)
2
(51)
2
(51)
2
(51)

9
(229)
9
(229)
9
(229)
9
(229)
9
(229)

12
(305)
12
(305)
12
(305)
12
(305)
12
(305)

6250
(27.8)
6250
(27.8)
9485
(42.2)
9485
(42.2)
11195
(49.8)

6940
(30.9)
6940
(30.9)
11010
(49.0)
11010
( 49.0)
11010
(49.0)

Anchor installed in the


Lower Flute of the Deck3
Shear
lb (kN)
II to flute
to flute

3280
(14.6)
3280
(14.6)
4710
(21.0)
4710
(21.0)
5010
(22.3)

4660
(20.7)
4660
(20.7)
4660
(20.7)
4660
(20.7)
4660
(20.7)

3825
(17.0)
3825
(17.0)
3825
(17.0)
3825
(17.0)
3825
(17.0)

1 Allowable loads should be calculated using a minimum safety factor of 4.


2 Load values based on base material or anchor failure modes. Engineer of record must independently evaluate rod/bolt capacity.
3 Anchors installed in lower flute of metal deck should be installed as close to the center as possible. Load values for anchors
installed a maximum of 1-3/8" offset from center of flute. For deck dimensions, see Figure 3 in the Kwik Bolt 3 section.

Table 4 - HCI-WF Ultimate Loads in 3000 psi (20.7 Mpa) Lightweight Concrete1,2
Nominal
Anchor
Diameter
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

Minimum
Insert
Spacing
in. (mm)

Minimum
Insert Edge
Distance
in. (mm)

Tension
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

1/4
(6.4)
3/8
(9.5)
1/2
(12.7)
5/8
(15.9)
3/4
(19.1)

1-7/8
(48)
1-7/8
(48)
2
(51)
2
(51)
2
(51)

9
(229)
9
(229)
9
(229)
9
(229)
9
(229)

6
(152)
6
(152)
6
(152)
6
(152)
6
(152)

6000
(26.7)
6000
(26.7)
6000
(26.7)
6000
(26.7)
6000
(26.7)

4945
(22.0)
4945
(22.0)
10510
(46.8)
10510
(46.8)
10510
(46.8)

1 Allowable loads should be calculated using a minimum safety factor of 4.


2 Load values based on base material or anchor failure modes. Engineer of record must independently evaluate rod/bolt capacity.

Table 5 - Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)1,2 and Factory Mutual (FM)


HCI-MD
Anchor/
Rod Dia.
(in.)

3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4

UL Max Pipe
Size (in.)

Upper Flute
UL Test
Load3

FM Max Pipe
Size (in.)

4
8
12
12

1500
4050
7900
7900

4
8
12
12

HCI-WF

UL Max Pipe
Size (in.)

Lower Flute
UL Test
Load3

FM Max Pipe
Size (in.)

UL Max Pipe
Size (in.)

UL Test
Load3

FM Max Pipe
Size (in.)

4
8
-

1500
4050
-

4
8
-

4
8
8
8

1500
4050
4050
4050

4
8
-

1 Intended for installation and use in accordance with NFPA 13.


2 All diameter HCI-MD and HCI-WF anchors are suitable for use in air handling spaces at a minimum 9 spacing.
3 UL Listing based upon resisting the tabulated load for one minute.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 369

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 370

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.10 HCI-WF/MD Cast-In Anchor


4.3.10.4 Installation Instructions
Installation Procedure for HCI-MD

1. Prior to pouring concrete, drill


a hole through the metal
deck, using the specified
diameter metal hole saw.

2. From the topside of the deck,


place the plastic sleeve
through the hole.

3. By stepping on the head of


the anchor (or by using a
hammer), push it through the
hole until the anchor plastic
sleeve snaps into place (i.e.
the deck is between the
sleeve and the flange of the
anchor). After all inserts are
installed, pour the concrete.

4. After the concrete has properly cured and achieved its


design compressive strength,
install the threaded rod,
ensuring full thread engagement. (Note: Rod may be
installed prior to concrete
pour, but should not be
loaded or disturbed until concrete has cured and achieved
its design compressive
strength .

Installation Procedure for HCI-WF

1. Prior to pouring the concrete


over the wood form, place the
anchor (nails down) on the
surface of the wood form.

2,3. Drive the anchor down until flush with the surface of the wood
form. When all anchors are installed, pour the concrete. When
wood form is removed, the three break-off nails usually remain.
Wearing eye protection, remove these nails.

4. After the concrete has properly cured and reached its


design compressive
strength, install the threaded
rod, ensuring full thread
engagement.

4.3.10.5 Ordering Information


Color Identification Decals
for use with HCI WF

HCI WF Cast In Anchor


for use in Wooden Form
Description

HCI WF 1/4"
HCI WF 3/8"
HCI WF 1/2"
HCI WF 5/8"
HCI WF 3/4"

Packaging
Content

Item No.

Description

Packaging
Content

150
150
100
100
100

282907
282908
282909
285927
285928

HCI WFID Decal Color: Blue


HCI WFID Decal Color: Green

Item No.

300
300

284256
284257

HCI MD Cast In Anchor for use in Metal Deck & Accessories


Description

HCI MD 1/4"
HCI MD 3/8"
HCI MD 1/2"
HCI MD 5/8"
HCI MD 3/4"

Packaging
Content

Item No.

Hole Saw
Diameter

Hole Saw
Item No.

Arbor
Item No.

100
100
60
60
60

282910
282911
285929
282912
285930

7/8"
7/8"
1-3/16"
1-3/16"
1-1/4"

283131
283131
3001812
3001812
283134

283124
283124
283124
283124
283126

Color Identification Decals for use with HCI MD


Description

HCI MDID Decal Color: Blue


HCI MDID Decal Color: Green

Packaging
Content

Item No.

300
300

284258
284259

370 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 371

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HLC Sleeve Anchor 4.3.11


4.3.11.1 Product Description
Hilti Sleeve Anchors are mechanical
expansion bolts consisting of an
externally threaded stud with a full
length expanding sleeve for use in
hollow and solid concrete and masonry
base materials.

Product Features

Stud bolt type anchor design allows


easy through-type fastenings and
setting in bottomless hole

Pre-assembled anchor allows


easy/fast installation

Anchor size is same as drill bit size


allowing easy installation

Variety of head styles, lengths/sizes


allow versatile application/use

4.3.11.1 Product Description

Comprehensive testing to provide


high performance in block,
masonry/concrete base materials
Bulged mid-section with round and
diamond shaped openings help
prevent anchor from
spinning in the hole or dropping out
when being set overhead

4.3.11.2 Material Specifications


4.3.11.3 Technical Data
4.3.11.4 Installation Instructions
4.3.11.5 Ordering Information

Guide Specifications
Expansion Anchor Expansion anchors
shall be stud or flush sleeve type and
zinc plated in accordance with ASTM
B633, SC 1, Type III. Anchors shall be
Hilti sleeve anchors as supplied by Hilti.
Installation Install sleeve anchors in
holes drilled with Hilti carbide tipped drill
bits. Install anchors in accordance with
manufacturers recommendations.

4.3.11.2 Material Specifications


Carbon steel sleeves and spacers are manufactured from cold rolled steel
Carbon steel anchors are zinc plated to minimum 5 m thickness in accordance
with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III
Stainless steel anchor material (stud, sleeve, nuts and washers) meet the
requirements for AISI 304 stainless steel
Bolt Head (HLC-H)

4.3.11.3 Technical Data


Combined Shear and Tension Loading
Nd
Vd
+
1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.8.3)
N rec
Vrec

( ) ( )

Sleeve Anchor
Specification Table
Anchor Size,
Details

in.
(mm)

1/4
(6.4)

5/16
(7.9)

3/8
(9.5)

1/2
(12.7)

5/8
(15.9)

3/4
(19.1)

5/16

3/8

1/2

Hex Nut HLC-HX

5/8

thread diameter,

in.

3/16

1/4

dbit

bit diameter1,

in.

1/4

5/16

3/8

1/2

5/8

3/4

min. depth of embed.,

in.
(mm)

1
(25)

1
(25)

1-1/4
(32)

1-1/2
(38)

2
(51)

2
(51)

hole depth

in.
(mm)

1-3/8
(35)

1-3/8
( 35)

1-3/4
(45)

2-1/8
(54)

2-5/8
(67)

2-5/8
(67)

2.2
(3)

5
(6.8)

10
(13.6)

15
(20)

60
(81.4)

90
(122.1)

12
(16)

18
(24.4)

35
(47.4)

Flat Phillips Head HLC-FPH

hmin
h1

Tmax

ft lb
max. tightening HLC-HX, (Nm)
torque
HLC-H, ft lb
(Nm)

1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits

Tie-Wire Head HLC-T

Acorn Nut HLC-AC

Round Head Slotted HLC-RS

Rod Coupling HLC-RC

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 371

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 372

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.11 HLC Sleeve Anchor


Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads in Concrete1,2
Sleeve
Anchor Size
in. (mm)

Bolt
Diameter
in. (mm)

1/43 ( 6.4)
5/16 ( 7.9)

3/16 ( 4.8)
1/4 ( 6.4)

1
1

(25)
(25)

3/83
1/2
5/8
3/4

5/16
3/8
1/2
5/8

1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2

(32)
(38)
(51)
(51)

( 9.5)
(12.7)
(15.9)
(19.1)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

( 7.9)
( 9.5)
(12.7)
(15.9)

2000 psi (13.8 MPa)


Tension
lb (kN)
225 (1.0)
350 (1.5)
450
675
1035
1125

4000 psi (27.6 MPa)

Shear
lb (kN)
305 (1.4)
560 (2.5)

(2.0)
(3.0)
(4.6)
(5.0)

870
1250
1750
1750

(3.9)
(5.6)
(7.8)
(7.8)

Tension
lb (kN)
250 (1.1)
450 (2.0)
565
925
1500
1500

(2.5)
(4.1)
(6.7)
(6.7)

Shear
lb (kN)
305 ( 1.4)
560 ( 2.5)
870
1325
2295
3000

( 3.9)
( 5.9)
(10.2)
(13.3)

6000 psi (41.4 MPa)


Tension
lb (kN)
250 (1.1)
500 (2.2)
700
1100
1950
1950

(3.1)
(4.9)
(8.7)
(8.7)

Shear
lb (kN)
305 ( 1.4)
560 ( 2.5)
890
1325
2295
3010

( 4.4)
( 5.9)
(10.2)
(13.4)

1 Based on a safety factor of 4.0.


2 Refer to Kwik Bolt 3 data, in Section 4.3.5.3, page 237, for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Concrete.
3 For 1/4" and 3/8" Flat Phillips head anchors, shear values should be reduced by 57% due to shear acting through the hollow portion of the head.

Stainless Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads1


Anchor
Size
in. (mm)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)

1/4 (6.4)
5/16 (7.9)
3/8 (9.5)

1-1/8 (29)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/2 (38)

Concrete2
2000 psi (13.8 MPa)
Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
235 (1.0)
450 (2.0)
310 (1.4)
675 (3.0)
450 (2.0)
1000 (4.4)

4000 psi (27.6 MPa)


Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)
300 (1.3)
450 (2.0)
410 (1.8)
675 (3.0)
600 (2.7)
1000 (4.4)

Hollow C-90
Concrete Block 3,4
Tension
lb (kN)
200 (0.9)
335 (1.5)
470 (2.1)

Shear
lb (kN)
400 (1.8)
600 (2.7)
890 (4.0)

1 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0.

3 ASTM Specification C90, Type II.

2 Refer to Kwik Bolt 3 data, in Section 4.3.5.3, page 237, for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Concrete.

4 Refer to HY 20 data, in Section 4.2.3.3, page 180, for spacing and edge distance
guidelines in Hollow Concrete Block.

Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads


in Grout Filled Block1,2,3,4,5,6,7

Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads


in Hollow Concrete Block1,2,3

Anchor
Size
in. (mm)

Embed.
Depth2
in. (mm)

1/4 ( 6.4)

1 (25)

5/16 ( 7.9)

1 (25)

3/8 ( 9.5)

1-1/4 (32)

1/2 (12.7)

1-1/2 (38)

5/8 (15.9)

2 (51)

3/4 (19.1)

2 (51)

Edge
Distance
in. (mm)
4
12
4
12
4
12
4
12
4
12
4
12

(101)
(305)
(101)
(305)
(101)
(305)
(101)
(305)
(101)
(305)
(101)
(305)

Tension
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

290 (1.3)

305 (1.4)

385 (1.7)

500 (2.2)

435 (1.9)

725 (3.2)

605 (2.7)
710 (3.2)
840 (3.7)

865
1145
1050
1815
1050
1970

(3.8)
(5.1)
(4.7)
(8.1)
(4.7)
(8.8)

1 Values are for Lightweight, Medium Weight or Normal Weight concrete masonry units
conforming to ASTM C90 with 2000 psi grout conforming to ASTM C474.
2 Embedment depth is measured from the outside face of the concrete masonry unit.
3 Values are for anchors located in the grouted cell, bed joint, cross web or any
combination of the above.
4 For anchors installed in the T joint or head joint reduce tension values by 20%.
5 Values for edge distances between 4 inches and 12 inches may be calculated by linear
interpolation.
6 Anchors are limited to one per unit cell.
7 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0.

Sleeve
Anchor Size
in. (mm)
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2

( 6.4)
( 7.9)
( 9.5)
(12.7)

Bolt
Diameter
in. (mm)
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8

(4.8)
(6.4)
(7.9)
(9.5)

Tension
lb (kN)
350
375
435
565

(1.5)
(1.7)
(1.9)
(2.5)

Shear
lb (kN)
305
560
800
1125

(1.4)
(2.5)
(3.5)
(5.0)

1 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0.


2 ASTM Specification C90, Type II.
3 Refer to HY 20 data on page 180 for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Hollow
Concrete Block.

Carbon Steel Sleeve Anchor Allowable Loads


in Red Brick1,2,3
Anchor Size
in. (mm)
1/4
5/16
3/8
1/2

( 6.4)
( 7.9)
( 9.5)
(12.7)

Embedment
Depth
in. (mm)
1
1
1-1/4
1-1/2

(25)
(25)
(32)
(38)

Tension
lb (kN)
295
345
375
435

(1.3)
(1.5)
(1.7)
(1.9)

Shear
lb (kN)
335
530
850
1230

(1.5)
(2.3)
(3.8)
(5.5)

1 Based on using a safety factor of 6 for tension and 4 for shear.


2 Due to the wide variation in the type and compressive strength of brick, these values
should be considered Guide Values.
3 Refer to HY 20 data, on page 180 for spacing and edge distance guidelines in Brick.

372 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 373

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HLC Sleeve Anchor 4.3.11


4.3.11.4 Installation Instructions
1

1. Drill: Drill the hole. Clean hole with blow


out bulb. For hollow masonry, switch to
drilling only mode before penetrating
backside.

2. Insert: With the bolt flush to the top of the


nut, drive the sleeve anchor into the hole.

3. Set: Tighten anchor to the recommended


torque value. Over-torquing will reduce the
pullout and shear loads.

4.3.11.5 Ordering Information


A
Round Head Slotted (RS)

Description
HLC-RS 1/4 x 1-1/4
HLC-RS 1/4 x 2
HLC-RS 1/4 x 4

Item No.
336238
336239
336240

Bit Diameter1
in.
1/4
1/4
1/4

Bolt Diameter
in.
3/16
3/16
3/16

Minimum
Embed. Depth
in. (mm)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)

Fastens
Materials Up To
in. (mm)
1/4 (6.4)
1 (25)
3 (76)

Box Qty
100
100
100

Minimum
Embed. Depth
in. (mm)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/2 (38)
1-1/2 (38)
1-1/2 (38)

Fastens
Materials Up To
in. (mm)
5/8 (16)
1-5/8 (41)
5/8 (16)
1-3/4 (44)
3/4 (20)
1-1/2 (38)
2-1/2 (64)

Box Qty
100
100
50
50
50
25
25

Minimum
Embed. Depth
in. (mm)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/4 (32)

Fastens
Materials Up To
in. (mm)
3/8 (10)
1 (25)
2 (51)
3 (76)
1-1/2 (38)
2-3/4 (70)
3-3/4 (95)
4-3/4 (120)

Box Qty
100
100
100
100
50
50
25
25

Bolt Head (H)

Description
HLC-H 5/16 x 1-5/8
HLC-H 5/16 x 2-5/8
HLC-H 3/8 x 1-7/8
HLC-H 3/8 x 3
HLC-H 1/2 x 2-1/4
HLC-H 1/2 x 3
HLC-H 1/2 x 4

Item No.
336244
336245
336252
336253
336259
336260
336261

Bit Diameter1
in.
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2

Bolt Diameter
in.
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
A

Flat Phillips Head (FPH)

Description
HLC-FPH 1/4 x 1-3/8
HLC-FPH 1/4 x 2
HLC-FPH 1/4 x 3
HLC-FPH 1/4 x 4
HLC-FPH 3/8 x 2-7/8
HLC-FPH 3/8 x 4
HLC-FPH 3/8 x 5
HLC-FPH 3/8 x 6

Item No.
336234
336235
336236
336237
336248
336249
336250
336251

Bit Diameter1
in.
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8

Bolt Diameter
in.
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16

1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits

Outside diameter of sleeve, see


tables for threaded bolt diameter

Definition of Nomenclature

HLC-AC 1/4 X 1-3/8


Nut Configuration

A: the overall length from bottom


of washer to end of sleeve

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 373

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 374

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.11 HLC Sleeve Anchor


A

Hex Nut (HX)

Item No.
336242
336243
336246
336247
336255
336256
336257
336258
336263
336264
336265
336266
336267
336268

Description
HLC-HX 5/16 x 1-5/8
HLC-HX 5/16 x 2-5/8
HLC-HX 3/8 x 1-7/8
HLC-HX 3/8 x 3
HLC-HX 1/2 x 2-1/4
HLC-HX 1/2 x 3
HLC-HX 1/2 x 4
HLC-HX 1/2 x 6
HLC-HX 5/8 x 2-1/4
HLC-HX 5/8 x 4-1/4
HLC-HX 5/8 x 6
HLC-HX 3/4 x 2-1/2
HLC-HX 3/4 x 4-1/4
HLC-HX 3/4 x 61/4

Bit Diameter1
in.
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
3/4

Minimum
Embed. Depth
in. (mm)
1 (25)
1 (25)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/2 (38)
1-1/2 (38)
1-1/2 (38)
1-1/2 (38)
2 (51)
2 (51)
2 (51)
2 (51)
2-1/2 (64)
2-1/2 (64)

Fastens
Materials Up To
in. (mm)
1/2 (13)
1-1/2 (38)
5/8 (16)
1-3/4 (44)
3/4 (19)
1-1/2 (38)
2-1/2 (64)
4-1/2 (114)
1/4 (6)
2-1/4 (57)
4 (102)
1/2 (13)
1-3/4 (44)
3-3/4 ( 95)

Box Qty
100
100
50
50
25
25
25
15
25
10
10
10
10
10

Bolt Diameter
in.
3/16
3/16

Minimum
Embed. Depth
in. (mm)
1 (25)
1 (25)

Fastens
Materials Up To
in. (mm)
3/8 (10)
1-1/4 (32)

Box Qty
100
100

Bolt Diameter
in.
3/16
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16

Minimum
Embed. Depth
in. (mm)
1-1/8 (29)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/2 (38)
1-1/2 (38)

Fastens
Materials Up To
in. (mm)
1-1/8 (29)
1/4 (6.4)
1-1/4 (32)
3/8 (9.5)
1-1/2 (38)

Box Qty
100
100
100
50
50

Bolt Diameter
in.
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
A

Acorn Head (AC)

Description
HLC-AC 1/4 x 1-3/8
HLC-AC 1/4 x 2-1/4

Item No.
336232
336233

Bit Diameter1
in.
1/4
1/4
A

304SS Sleeve Anchors

Description
HLC-HX 304SS 1/4 x 2-1/4
HLC-HX 304SS 5/16 x 1-1/2
HLC-HX 304SS 5/16 x 2-1/2
HLC-HX 304SS 3/8 x 1-7/8
HLC-HX 304SS 3/8 x 3

Item No.
15731
15732
15733
15734
15735

Bit Diameter1
in.
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8

A
Rod Coupling (RC)

Description
HLC-RC 3/8 x 1-7/8
HLC-RC 1/2 x 2-1/4

Item No.
336254
336262

Bit Diameter1
in.
3/8
1/2

Bolt Diameter
in.
5/16
3/8

Minimum
Embed. Depth
in. (mm)
1-1/4 (32)
1-1/2 (38)

Rod Coupler
5/16" x 3/8"
3/8" x 1/2"

Box Qty
50
25

1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits

Outside diameter of sleeve, see


tables for threaded bolt diameter

Definition of Nomenclature

HLC-AC 1/4 X 1-3/8


Nut Configuration

A: the overall length from bottom


of washer to end of sleeve

374 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System 4.3.12

The Hilti KWIK-CON II+ Fastening


System for concrete and masonry
consists of the KWIK-CON II+ fastener,
the KWIK-CON II+ drive tool, and a Hilti
matched tolerance carbide-tipped
drill bit.
Product Features

Choice of head stylesTorx Hex


Washer Head for fast, secure driving; Torx or Phillips Flat Head for
countersinking applications

Matched tolerance carbide-tipped


drill bit supplied with each box of
100 KWIK-CON II+ fasteners

Exclusive internal TORX drive

Choice of 1/4" or 3/16" diameter


fasteners

Fasteners protected by corrosive


resistant coating; stainless steel
fasteners available in select sizes

High quality Hilti SDS and straight


shank drill bits (Refer to section
4.3.12.5)

Guide Specifications
Concrete Screw Anchors Concrete or
masonry screw anchors shall be
manufactured from AISI 1021
cold rolled steel case hardened to a
minimum Rockwell Hardness C 45 or
stainless steel conforming to AISI 410.
The concrete or masonry screw anchors
shall have a trilobular, cold formed
thread design and 8 threads per inch.
Screw anchors shall have one of the
following head design: Tapered flat head
with T-25 TORX recess,Tapered flat
head with T-27 TORX recess or 5/16"
hex washer with internal T-25 TORX
recess. Anchor plating shall be in
accordance with ASTM B633 SC 2
Type II to a minimum thickness of 8 m.
Anchors shall be Hilti KWIK-CON II
anchors as supplied by Hilti.

4.3.12.1

Product Description

4.3.12.2

Material Specifications

4.3.12.3

4.3.12.1 Product Description

Technical Data

4.3.12.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.12.5

Ordering Information

Installation Concrete or masonry screw


anchors shall be installed in holes drilled
with matched tolerance Hilti carbidetipped drill bits supplied with each box
of KWIK-CON II anchors. Installations
shall be in accordance with
manufacturers installation instructions.

Listings/Approvals
Metro-Dade County
Pending

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 375

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.12 KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System


4.3.12.2 Material Specifications

Mechanical Properties1
fy
min. fu
ksi (MPa)
ksi (MPa)

Material Composition
1018 to 1022 cold rolled steel (case hardened to HRC 45 minimum) 3/16"
137
138
1/4"
157
163
or 410 Stainless Steel
3/16"
157
184
1/4"
170
194
Head Styles
Tapered flat head with #3 Phillips recess (3/16" and 1/4" diameter anchors)
Tapered flat head with T-25 TORX recess (3/16" diameter anchor)
Tapered flat head with T-27 TORX recess (1/4" diameter anchor)
5/16" hex washer with internal T-25 TORX recess (3/16" and 1/4" diameter anchors)
Head Diameters
0.507" maximum (3/16" and 1/4" tapered Phillips flat head and 1/4" tapered T-27 TORX flat head anchors
0.385" maximum (3/16" tapered T-25 TORX flat head anchor)
0.432" maximum (3/16" and 1/4" T-25 TORX hex washer head anchors
Thread Diameter
Nominal 3/16"; Major: 0.217"; Minor2: 0.145"
Nominal 1/4"; Major: 0.283"; Minor2: 0.190"
Shank Diameter
3/16" 0.170"
1/4" 0.224"
Lengths
1-1/4", 1-3/4", 2-1/4", 2-3/4", 3-1/4",3-3/4",4" (See Ordering Information Section 4.3.10.5)
Thread Design
Trilobular, cold formed
Threads per inch
3/16" anchor = 8 T.P.I.
1/4" anchor = 8 T.P.I.
Inches of Thread per fastener
1.875" maximum
Plating
8 m zinc/chromate plating in accordance with ASTM B633, Sc 2, Type II, on carbon steel anchors
Bending Capacity
Ductility at 10 minimum
1 Mechanical properties based on limited (30 samples) testing of actual KWIK-CON II samples
(i.e. not based on minimum steel properties).
2 Minor diameter based on average root diamter of 30 KWIK-CON II samples (i.e. not a controlled dimension).

376 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System 4.3.12


4.3.12.3 Technical Data
Table 1 - Tension and Shear Allowable Loads in Concrete 1, 2
Embedment Depth
in. (mm)

Anchor Dia.
in.

1
(25)
1-3/4
(44)
1
(25)
1-3/4
(44)

3/16
3/16
1/4
1/4

2000 psi (13.8 MPa)


Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

100
(0.44)
275
(1.22)
190
(0.85)
425
(1.89)

260
(1.16)
260
(1.16)
325
(1.45)
560
(2.49)

4000 psi (27.6 MPa)


Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

125
(0.56)
295
(1.31)
240
(1.07)
625
(2.78)

260
(1.16)
265
(1.18)
390
(1.73)
600
(2.82)

6000 psi (41.4 MPa)


Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

185
(0.82)
325
(1.45)
275
(1.22)
650
(2.89)

280
(1.25)
300
(1.33)
540
(2.40)
600
(2.67)

1 Published load values represent the average test results of testing conducted in local base materials using Hilti matched-tolerance drill bits.
Because of variations in materials, on-site testing is necessary to determine actual performance at any specific site.
2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.

Table 2 - Tension and Shear Ultimate Loads in Concrete1


Anchor Dia.
in.

Embedment Depth
in. (mm)

3/16

1
(25)
1-3/4
(44)
1
(25)
1-3/4
(44)

3/16
1/4
1/4

2000 psi (13.8 MPa)


Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

400
(1.78)
1100
(4.89)
760
(3.38)
1700
(7.56)

1050
(4.67)
1050
(4.67)
1300
(5.78)
2250
(10.0)

Embed. Depth
in. (mm)

3/16
1/4
1/4

Tension
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

1
(25)
1-3/4
(44)
1
(25)
1-3/4
(44)

3/16

150
(0.67)
290
(1.29)
165
(0.73)
310
(1.38)

225
(1.00)
300
(1.33)
275
(1.22)
400
(1.78)

1 ASTM Specification C90 Grade N. Type II pilot holes drilled with TKB matched
tolerance bits for concrete blocks.
2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.

500
(2.22)
1180
(5.25)
970
(4.31)
2500
(11.1)

1050
(4.67)
1070
(4.76)
1575
(7.01)
2400
(11.3)

6000 psi (41.4 MPa)


Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

750
(3.34)
1300
(5.78)
1100
(4.89)
2600
(11.6)

1150
(5.12)
1200
(5.34)
2175
(9.68)
2400
(10.7)

Table 4 - Tension and Shear Allowable Loads


in Red Brick1, 2

Table 3 - Tension and Shear Allowable Loads


in Hollow Block1,2
Anchor Dia.
in.

4000 psi (27.6 MPa)


Tension
Shear
lb (kN)
lb (kN)

Anchor Dia.
in.

3/16
3/16
1/4
1/4

Embed. Depth
in. (mm)

Tension
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

1
(25)
1-3/4
(44)
1
(25)
1-3/4
(44)

125
(0.56)
350
(1.56)
205
(0.91)
350
(1.56)

235
(1.05)
300
(1.33)
415
(1.85)
500
(2.22)

1 This test was performed on individual specimens of ASTM C62 common red brick.
Due to the wide variations encountered in the compressive strength of brick, these
values should be considered Guide Values.
2 Allowable working loads are based on a safety factor of 4.0.

The anchors are installed a minimum of 12 diameters on center with a minimum edge distance of six diameters for 100 percent
anchor efficiency. Spacing and edge distance may be reduced to six diameter spacing and three diameter edge distance
providing values are reduced 50 percent. Linear interpolation may be used for intermediate spacing and edge margins.
Combined Shear and Tension Loading

( N ) + ( V ) 1.0 (Ref. Section 4.1.9.6)


V
N
d

rec

rec

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 377

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 378

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.12 KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System


4.3.12.4 Installation Instructions
Determining the Correct
KWIK-CON II+ Fastener & Hole Depth
The Hilti KWIK-CON II+ masonry
fastening system consists of the KWIKCON II+ fastener, the KWIK-CON II+
drive tool, and a TKC or TKB matched
tolerance carbide-tipped drill bit.
Consistent performance and maximum
pullout strength can be assured only
when all three elements of the system
are properly used.

Hole Diameter
The diameter of the drilled hole is also
important to the performance of the
KWIK-CON II+ masonry fastening
system. Using Hilti TKC (concrete) or
TKB (block) matched tolerance carbidetipped bits will help assure consistent
fastener performance and maximum
pullout strength.

Fastener Length
The length of the KWIK-CON II+
fastener to be used is determined by
combining the thickness of the fixture
being attached (A) with the desired
depth of embedment in the masonry
material (B). It is recommended that a
minimum of 1" and a maximum of
1-3/4" embedment be used in
determining fastener length.
KWIK-CON II+ fasteners are available in
1/4" and 3/16" diameters. The diameter
of the fastener and the depth of
embedment affect pullout strengths.
Application strength requirements and
safety factors should be considered
when determining the depth of
embedment and fastener diameter. For
assistance, contact your local Hilti Sales
Representative.

TORX Hex Washer Head


Uses either TORX or hex
drives
Washer head provides a
bearing surface for fast,
secure fastening.
TORX or Phillips Flat Head
Used when a countersunk
appearance is desirable

1/2"minimum

A = Fixture being attached


B = KWIK-CON II+ embedment
minimum of 1", maximum of 1-3/4"
is recommended
A + B = Length KWIK-CON II+
to be used

Hole Depth
A TKC matched tolerance carbide
tipped drill bit is supplied with each box
of KWIK-CON II+ fasteners. The correct
hole depth (B+C) can normally be
obtained by drilling the full length of this
bit. In all cases, the hole must be at
least 1/2" deeper than the depth of the
fastener embedment.

Head Styles

Torx Hex Washer


Head Internal Torx

B + C = Depth of hole drilled


must be at least 1/2" deeper than
KWIK-CON II+ embedment

Torx or Phillips
Flat Head

378 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 379

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System 4.3.12


4.3.12.5 Ordering Information
KWIK-CON II+ Fasteners (100 per box including 1 bit except bulk which are 1,000 pieces per box without bit)
Description

Item No.

Diameter (in.)

Total Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Shank Length (in.)

KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 THWH


KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 THWH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 THWH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 THWH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 THWH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 THWH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 THWH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 THWH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 THWH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 THWH

5/16" Magnetic Nut Setter or T-25 TORX Bit


256009
3/16
1-1/4
220590
3/16
1-1/4
256010
3/16
1-3/4
220591
3/16
1-3/4
256011
3/16
2-1/4
256012
3/16
2-3/4
220592
3/16
2-3/4
256013
3/16
3-1/4
256014
3/16
3-3/4
256015
3/16
4

1-1/4
1-1/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4

0
0
0
0
1/2
1
1
1-1/2
2
2-1/4

KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH


KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 THWH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 THWH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 THWH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 THWH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 THWH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 THWH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 THWH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 THWH Stainless Steel
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 THWH Stainless Steel

5/16" Magnetic Nut Setter or T-25 Bit


256016
1/4
220593
1/4
256017
1/4
220594
1/4
256018
1/4
256019
1/4
220595
1/4
256020
1/4
256021
1/4
220596
1/4
256022
1/4
256051
1/4
256052
1/4

1-1/4
1-1/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
2-1/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/4
3-3/4
4
1-1/4
2-3/4

1-1/4
1-1/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-1/4
1-3/4

0
0
0
0
1/2
1
1
1-1/2
2
2
2-1/4
0
1

KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 TFH


KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 TFH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 TFH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 TFH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 TFH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 TFH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 TFH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 TFH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 TFH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 TFH

T-25 TORX Bit


256023
256024
220597
256025
256026
220598
256027
256028
220599
256029

3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16

1-1/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
2-1/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/4
3-3/4
4

1-1/8
1-5/8
1-5/8
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4

0
0
0
3/8
7/8
7/8
1-3/8
1-7/8
1-7/8
2-1/8

KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 TFH


KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 TFH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 TFH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 TFH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 TFH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 TFH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 TFH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 TFH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 TFH

T-27 TORX Bit


256030
256031
219953
256032
256033
256034
219954
256035
256036

1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4

1-1/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
2-1/4
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-1/4
3-3/4
4

1-1/16
1-9/16
1-9/16
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4

0
0
0
5/16
13/16
1-5/16
1-5/16
1-13/16
2-1/16

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 379

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 380

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.12 KWIK-CON II+ Fastening System


KWIK-CON II+ Fasteners (100 per box including 1 bit except bulk which are 1,000 pieces per box without bit)
Description

Item No.

Diameter (in.)

Total Length (in.) Thread Length (in.) Shank Length (in.)

KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 PFH


KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 PFH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-134 PFH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 316-214 PFH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 316-314 PFH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-334 PFH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-4 PFH
KWIK-CON II+ 316-114 PFH Stainless Steel
KWIK-CON II+ 316-234 PFH Stainless Steel

#3 Phillips Bit
256037
256038
219955
256039
256040
219956
256041
256042
256043
256053
256054

3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16

1-1/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
2-1/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/4
4
1-1/4
2-3/4

1-1/16
1-9/16
1-9/16
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-1/16
1-3/4

0
0
0
5/16
13/16
13/16
1-5/16
1-13/16
2-1/16
0
13/16

KWIK-CON II+ 14-114 PFH


KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 PFH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-134 PFH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 14-214 PFH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 PFH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-234 PFH Bulk
KWIK-CON II+ 14-314 PFH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-334 PFH
KWIK-CON II+ 14-4 PFH

#3 Phillips Bit
256044
256045
219957
256046
256047
219958
256048
256049
256050

1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4

1-1/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
2-1/4
2-3/4
2-3/4
3-1/4
3-3/4
4

1-1/16
1-9/16
1-9/16
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4
1-3/4

0
0
0
5/16
13/16
13/16
1-5/16
1-13/16
2-1/16

KWIK-CON II+ Hex Driver System


Description
KWIK-CON Hex Driver Deluxe Kit
KWIK-CON Hex Driver
5/16" Hex Driver (all THWH)
5/16" Hex Nut Setter/Depth Locator
Insert Bit Holder/Depth Locator
#3 Phillips Driver (all PFH)
T-25 TORX Driver (3/16" TFH)
T-27 TORX Driver (1/4" TFH)

Item No.
235097
235098
83313
235100
235101
83312
374714
374715

Box Qty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

KWIK-CON II+ Matched Tolerance Drill Bits


Description

Item No.

Bit Diameter
(in.)

Box Qty

For 1/4" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Dense Concrete (2000 psi+)


TKC Large Concrete Bit SDS+ Hex
205114
0.2402
TKC Large Concrete Bit TM Hex
205115
0.2402

1
1

For 1/4" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Light Concrete, Brick or Block


TKB Large Block Bit SDS+ Hex
205116
0.2260
TKB Large Block Bit TM Hex
205117
0.2260

1
1

For 3/16" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Dense Concrete (2000 psi+)


TKC Small Concrete Bit SDS+ Hex
205118
0.1902
TKC Small Concrete Bit TM Hex
205119
0.1902

1
1

For 3/16" KWIK-CON II+ Applications in Light Concrete, Brick or Block


TKB Small Block Bit SDS+ Hex
205120
0.1752
TKB Small Block Bit TM Hex
205121
0.1752

1
1

380 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Metal Hit Anchor 4.3.13


4.3.13.1 Product Description
The Hilti Metal Hit Anchor is a drive-in
type expansion anchor consisting of a
zinc plated or stainless steel drive pin
and an alloy expanding body for light
duty fastenings in concrete and
masonry.

4.3.13.1
4.3.13.2

Quick and easy fastening for


maximum speed and installation

Low profile mushroom head style


provides a clean, tamper proof
fastening

4.3.13.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.13.5

Ordering Information

Consistent load values provide light


duty fastenings in concrete and
masonry

Technical Data

Anchor design allows easy


through-type fastenings even in
bottomless holes

Material Specifications

4.3.13.3

Product Features

Product Description

Choice of stainless steel or carbon


steel finish allows outdoor or indoor
use

4.3.13.2 Material Specifications


Body material: Aluminum/Zinc Alloy
Drive Pin: Zinc plated carbon steel conforming to AISI 1018. Type 304 Stainless Steel
(Stainless Steel Version)

4.3.13.3 Technical Data


Metal Hit Allowable Loads in Normal Weight Concrete
Hollow
Concrete Block

Concrete
Anchor
Size
in.

Embed.
Depth
in. (mm)

3/16
1/4
1/4

5/8 (16)
3/4 (19)
1 (25)

Tension
lb (kN)
2000 psi
4000 psi

135 (0.6) 210 (0.9)


160 (0.7) 240 (1.1)

Shear
lb (kN)
2000 psi

280 (1.2)
315 (1.4)

Red
Clay Brick

Tension
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

Tension
lb (kN)

Shear
lb (kN)

180 (0.8)
255 (1.1)
310 (1.4)

180 (0.8)
320 (1.4)
320 (1.4)

180 (0.8)
245 (1.1)

280 (1.2)
290 (1.3)

For overhead application reduce the allowable load values by a factor of 2.

4.3.13.4 Installation Instructions


1

1. Drill hole at least 1/4" deeper


than anchor.

2. Clean hole.

3. Install anchor through fixture.

4. Hammer in nail until nail head


is flush with anchor body. Do
not overdrive.

4.3.13.5 Ordering Information


Description

Carbon
Item No.

Stainless
Item No.

Bit Diameter1
(in.)

Metal Hit 3/16" x 7/8"


Metal Hit 1/4" x 3/4"
Metal Hit 1/4" x 1"
Metal Hit 1/4" x 1-1/4"
Metal Hit 1/4" x 1-1/2"
Metal Hit 1/4" x 2"

66137
15538
66138
66139
66140
45453

N/A
N/A
230567
230568
230569
230570

3/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4

Box Qty

100
100
100
100
100
100

1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 381

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 382

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.14 HPS-1 Impact Anchor


4.3.14.1

Product Description

4.3.14.2

Material Specifications

4.3.14.3

Technical Data

4.3.14.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.14.5

Ordering Information

4.3.14.1 Product Description


The HPS-1 Impact Anchor consists of a
carbon or stainless steel drive-screw
and a plastic expansion body, which
combine to form an easy-to-install yet
removable fastening, for light duty
applications in concrete and masonry.

Can be set with hammer or screw


driver for quick and easy installation

Available with 304 Stainless Steel


Nail for use in corrosive environments

Plastic body is temperature resistant from 40F to 176F. Anchor


can be installed from 14F to 104F.
Both temperature ranges allow use
in extreme climactic conditions

Suitable for through-hole fastenings to improve productivity

Easy removal adds to HPS-1 versatility.

Product Features

Recessed philips drive connection


in the screw head provides protection during hammering, allowing
simple setting and removal

Anchor collar and screw head form


a compact unit which allows countersinking in soft wood and solid
clamping action with metal parts

Expanding head opens in hollow


base material to provide reliable
keying effect

One type anchor reduces inventory,


provides versatile use in brick, hollow block and concrete

4.3.14.2 Material Specifications


Corrosion resistant body made of polyamide 6.6 plastic
Carbon steel drive screw material meets the requirements of AISI 1010
Carbon steel drive screw zinc plated to minimum 5 m thickness in accordance
with ASTM B633, SC 1, Type III
Stainless steel drive screw material meets the requirements of AISI 304

4.3.14.3 Technical Data


HPS-1 Allowable Loads1
Anchor
Base
Material
Concrete
2000 psi
(13.8 MPa)

Min. Embed.
Depth

Tension lb
(N)
Shear lb
(N)
Tension lb
Brick
(N)
Masonry
Shear lb
(N)
Hollow
Tension lb
Concrete Block
(N)
(Normal Wt.)
Shear lb
(N)
Concrete
in.
(mm)
Hollow Base in.
(mm)

HPS-1

HPS-1

3/16 to 1
3/16 to 1-1/2
30
(133)
95
(422)
35
(155)
105
(467)
50
(222)
120
(534)
3/4
(19)
5/8
(16)

1/4 to 1
55
(245)
130
(578)
40
(178)
145
(645)
55
(245)
140
(623)
7/8
(22)
13/16
(21)

HPS-1
HPS-1
HPS-1
1/4 to 1-5/8
1/4 to 2-1/16 5/16 to 1-5/8 5/16 to 3-5/8
1/4 to 2-5/8 5/16 to 2-1/2 5/16 to 4-3/8
70
80
90
(311)
(356)
(400)
135
215
110
(600)
(956)
(489)
45
45
N/A
(200)
(200)
165
220
N/A
(734)
(979)
60
65
N/A
(600)
(289)
160
185
N/A
(712)
(823)
1
1-3/16
1-3/16
(25)
(30)
(30)
13/16
1
N/A
(21)
(25)

1 Representative results of testing and a safety factor of 5.0.

382 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 383

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HPS-1 Impact Anchor 4.3.14


4.3.14.4 Installation Instructions
3

Solid Base Materials


2

1. Drill hole (depth = anchor length


minus thickness fastened plus 1/2").

OR

2. Insert anchor.

3. Set the anchor with a hammer or with


an electric screwdriver.

Hollow Base Materials


1

Drive with a hammer or


an electric screwdriver

An accurately matched
anchor length provides
optimized holding power
by allowing for expansion in the first part of
the brick or block.

4.3.14.5 Ordering Information


Carbon Steel

Description

Item No.

HPS-1 3/16 x 1
HPS-1 3/16 x 1-1/2
HPS-1 1/4 x 1
HPS-1 1/4 x 1-5/8
HPS-1 1/4 x 2-1/16
HPS-1 1/4 x 2-5/8
HPS-1 5/16 x 1-5/8
HPS-1 5/16 x 2-1/2
HPS-1 5/16 x 3-5/8
HPS-1 5/16 x 4-3/8

260347
260348
260368
260344
260345
260346
260353
260354
260355
260356

Fastenable Material
Thickness in Concrete
max in. (mm)

3/16
5/8
1/8
5/8
1
1-5/8
3/8
1-3/16
2-3/8
3-1/8

( 5)
(15)
( 3)
(15)
(25)
(41)
( 9)
(30)
(60)
(85)

Fastenable Material
Thickness in Hollow
Base Materials
max in. (mm)

3/8 ( 9)
3/4 (19)
3/16 ( 5)
3/4 (19)
1-3/16 (30)
1-3/4 (44)
5/8 (15)
1-3/8 (35)
N/A
N/A

Bit
Diameter1
in.

Box
Qty

3/16
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16

200
200
200
100
100
100
100
50
50
50

Bit
Diameter1
in.

Box
Qty

3/16
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16

200
200
200
100
100
100
50
50

Stainless Steel

Description

Item No.

Fastenable Material
Thickness in Concrete
max in. (mm)

HPS-1 R 3/16 x 1
HPS-1 R 3/16 x 1-1/2
HPS-1 R 1/4 x 1
HPS-1 R 1/4 x 1-5/8
HPS-1 R 1/4 x 2-1/16
HPS-1 R 1/4 x 2-5/8
HPS-1 R 5/16 x 3-5/8
HPS-1 R 5/16 x 4-3/8

260357
260358
230520
230521
230522
230523
260365
260366

3/16 ( 5)
5/8 (15)
1/8 ( 3)
5/8 (15)
1 (25)
1-5/8 (41)
2-3/8 (60)
3-1/8 (85)

Fastenable Material
Thickness in Hollow
Base Materials
max in. (mm)

3/8 ( 9)
3/4 (19)
3/16 ( 5)
3/4 (19)
1-3/16 (30)
1-3/4 (44)
N/A
N/A

1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 383

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 384

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.15 HTB TOGGLER Bolt


4.3.15.1

Product Description

4.3.15.2

Material Specifications

4.3.15.3

Technical Data

4.3.15.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.15.5

Ordering Information

4.3.15.1 Product Description


The Hilti HTB TOGGLER Bolt fastening
system consists of a metal channel
threaded to accept a machine bolt, and
unique plastic legs and locking cap for
fastening in a wide range of hollow-wall
materials.

Plastic pull ring assists in setting


lock cap

Anchor is adjustable for various


base material thicknesses
providing easier installation as well
as minimizing inventory investment

Remains mounted in the wall


without screw for convenient
handling, installation and reuse

Available in stainless steel and


carbon steel for different
environments

Comprehensive offering with and


without machine screws

Product Features

Unique installation legs and locking


cap facilitate fastening in wide
range of drywall and hollow wall
materials up to 2-1/4" thick

One piece metal channel provides


greater holding power

4.3.15.2 Material Specifications


Zinc plated metal channel material meets the requirements for AISI 1010 steel

4.3.15.3 Technical Data


HTB TOGGLER Bolt Allowable Loads1
Toggler Bolt
Size
in.

3/16" & 1/4"

Hole
Diameter
in.

3/16
1/4
3/8
1/2

1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4

3/8" & 1/2"

1/2" Drywall
Tension
Shear
lb (N)
lb (N)
30 (133)
35 (155)
35 (155)
35 (155)

70 (311)
85 (378)
70 (311)
85 (378)

5/8" Drywall
Tension
Shear
lb (N)
lb (N)
45 (200)
50 (222)
50 (222)
50 (222)

Hollow Concrete Block


Tension
Shear
lb (N)
lb (N)

95 (423)
105 (467)
105 (467)
110 (489)

140 (623)
160 (712)
200 (890)
240 (1068)

160 (712)
240 (1068)
380 (1690)
420 (1868)

1 Based on using a safety factor of 4.0.


TOGGLER is the registered trademark of Mechanical Plastics Corp.

4.3.15.4 Installation Instructions


1

1 Drill correct size hole into wall cavity.


2 Position the metal channel parallel
with the plastic legs.
3 Insert the metal channel through the
drilled hole into the wall cavity.

4 Pull the metal channel firmly against the 6 Snap the plastic legs off flush at the
inner wall cavity by tugging the plastic
plastic cap by pushing outward.
pull ring.
7 Secure the item to be fastened with the
5 Slide the plastic cap forward along the
proper size machine screw and screw
legs until it is seated flush to the work
driver. NOTE: Maximum torque on
surface.
screw or rod is 5 ft-lb.

4.3.15.5 Ordering Information


Description

Item No.

Machine Screw
Dia. (in.)

Machine Screw
Length (in.)

HTB TOGGLER Bolt 3/16 with SRH screw1


HTB TOGGLER Bolt 3/16 with PFH screw 2
HTB TOGGLER Bolt 3/16 w/o screw 3
HTB TOGGLER Bolt 1/4 with SRH screw 1
HTB TOGGLER Bolt 1/4 with PFH screw 2
HTB TOGGLER Bolt 1/4 w/o screw 3
HTB TOGGLER Bolt 3/8 with SRH screw1
HTB TOGGLER Bolt 3/8 w/o screw 3
HTB TOGGLER Bolt 1/2 with SRH screw1
HTB TOGGLER Bolt 1/2 w/o screw 3

374493
374497
374495
374494
374499
374496
66365
66370
66366
66371

3/16
3/16
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2

2-1/2
2-1/2

2-1/2
2-1/2

2-1/2

2-1/2

Bit
Dia.(in.)1

1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
3/4
3/4
3/4
3/4

Box
Qty

100
100
100
100
100
100
25
25
25
25

1 Round Head (Combination Slotted/Phillips)


2 Phillips Flat Head
3 Machine screws not included
TOGGLER is the registered trademark of Mechanical Plastics Corp.

384 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 385

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

HLD Kwik Tog 4.3.16


4.3.16.1 Product Description

4.3.16.1

Leg braces provide added support

The Hilti HLD Kwik Tog is a plastic


anchor designed to accept #8 or #10
screws for light duty applications in
hollow or solid base materials

Ribs on body help prevent anchor


from spinning during installation

Product Features

4.3.16.2

Material Specifications

4.3.16.3

Technical Data

4.3.16.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.16.5

Ordering Information

Unique one piece design for


easy setting

Remains mounted in the wall without screw for convenient handling,


installation and reuse

Product Description

Three convenient sizes for use in a


variety of hollow base materials
from 1/4" drywall to block
and concrete

4.3.16.2 Material Specifications


Plastic: polypropylene for use in temperature range from 40F to 140F

4.3.16.3 Technical Data


Specification Table
S = Thickness of material being fastened

Base Material
Thickness
(in.)

Drill Bit
Diameter
(in.)

HLD Kwik Tog 2 specially designed for 1/2" sheetrock


5/32" to 1/2"
3/8"
1-1/4" + S
#8 / #10
17/32" to 19/32"
3/8"
1-1/4" + S
#8 / #10
greater than 1-3/8"
3/8"
1-9/16" + S
#10 / #12
HLD Kwik Tog 3 specially designed for 5/8" sheetrock
5/8" to 3/4"
3/8"
1-1/2" + S
#8 / #10
3/4" to 7/8"
3/8"
1-1/2" + S
#8 / #10
greater than 1-5/8"
3/8"
1-13/16" + S #10 / #12
HLD Kwik Tog 4
15/16" to 1-1/8"
1-1/8" to 1-1/4"
greater than 2"

3/8"
3/8"
11/32"

1-7/8" + S
1-7/8" + S
2-3/16" + S

#8 / #10
#8 / #10
#10 / #12

HLD Kwik-Tog Allowable Loads1

1/2" Drywall 5/8" Drywall


Tension
Tension
Description
lb (N)
lb (N)

HLD 2
HLD 3
HLD 4

20 (89)

25 (111)
35 (156)

Hollow
Concrete
Block
Tension
lb (N)

40 (178)
50 (222)
70 (311)

1 Based on using a safety factor of 5.0.

4.3.16.4 Installation Instructions


1

1. Compress wings 2. Insert anchor


together.
through drilled
hole.

3. Insert and tighten


screw through
fixture to expand
wings.

4.3.16.5 Ordering Information


HLD Kwik-Tog Anchor Program

Description

Bit
Dia.
Item No. in.

Allowable Recommended Screw Size 1


Hollow Base
Load in
Material
5/8" Drywall
Hollow
Solid
Thickness (in.) Tension, lb(kN) Base Mtl.
Base Mtl.

HLD Kwik Tog 2 (HLD2) 335506 3/8 3/16 to 5/8


HLD Kwik Tog 3 (HLD3) 335507 3/8
5/8 to 7/8
HLD Kwik Tog 4 (HLD4) 335508 3/8 15/16 to 1-1/4

25 (0.11)
35 (0.16)

#8 or #10
#8 or #10
#8 or #10

#10
#10
#10

Qty
Per Bag

150
100
100

1 Screw not included

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 385

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 386

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

4.3.17 HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor


4.3.17.1

Product Description

4.3.17.2

Material Specifications

4.3.17.3

Technical Data

4.3.17.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.17.5

Ordering Information

4.3.17.1 Product Description

Can be set with electric or standard


screwdriver for quick and simple
installation

The Hilti HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor is a


self-drilling anchor designed for fast and
reliable fastenings in drywall.

Removability adds to the anchor


versatility

Product Features

Shark tooth design for


correct positioning and
quick installation

Available in non-conductive nylon


or zinc for a variety
of applications

Cuts its own thread,


no predrilling necessary

Available with and without screws


for your convenience

4.3.17.2 Material Specifications


HSP Die cast zinc conforming to DIN 1734
HFP Polyamide 6.6 plastic; glass fiber reinforced

4.3.17.3 Technical Data


HSP/HFP Drywall Anchor Allowable Loads1
Gypsum Wall Board Thickness

HSP

HFP

1/2"
Tension
lb (N)
15 (70)
15 (70)

Decscription
HSP with Screw # 8 x 1-3/16
HFP with Screw # 8 x 1-3/16

5/8"
Shear
lb (N)
40 (180)
40 (180)

Tension
lb (N)
22 (100)
22 (100)

Shear
lb (N)
60 (270)
60 (270)

1 Based on using a safety factor of 5.0.

4.3.17.4 Installation Instructions


1

1. Push the teeth of the anchor into


the drywall panel.

2. Drive the anchor (clockwise rotation) until it lies flush with the wall.

3. Drive and tighten the screw with


the Hilti Insert Bit.

4.3.17.5 Ordering Information


Item No.

Description

00332682
00332683
00332686
00332687
00332688

HSP
HSP-S Delivered with 100 screws, # 8 x 1-3/16"
HFP
HFP-S Delivered with 100 screws, # 8 x 1-3/16"
D-B PH2 HSP/HFP Phillips Head Bit

Anchor length
(in.)

Screw
Dia.

Box
Qty

1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/8
1-1/8

#8
#8
#8
#8

100
100
100
100
5

386 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 387

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

IDP Insulation Anchor 4.3.18


4.3.18.1 Product Description

The Hilti IDP Insulation Anchor is a


plastic anchor designed for attaching
insulation to concrete and masonry.

Suitable for insulation thickness up


to 4-3/4" for enhanced versatility

Installation in concrete or masonry


allows versatile use

Product Features

4.3.18.1

Product Description

4.3.18.2

Material Specifications

4.3.18.3

Technical Data

4.3.18.4

Installation Instructions

4.3.18.5

Ordering Information

No metal reduces potential


condensation behind finish coat
of EIFS

Specially structured head helps


ensure bonding of plaster applied
directly over the anchor

4.3.18.2 Material Specifications


Plastic: polypropylene (not UV resistant)
In-place temperature range: -40F to 176F (-40C to 80C)
Temperature when setting: 32F to 104F (0C to 40C)

4.3.18.3 Technical Data

Description

Minimum
Anchor
Bit
Embedment
Length Diameter1
Depth
in. (mm)
in.
in. (mm)

IDP 0/2
2 ( 50)
IDP 2/4
2-3/4 ( 70)
IDP 4/6
3-1/2 ( 90)
IDP 6/8
4-1/4 (110)
IDP 8/10
5 (130)
IDP 10/12
6 (150)

5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16

Average Ultimate Pullout4


Hollow

Concrete2 Concrete Block3


lb (N)
lb (N)

Insulation Thickness
in. (mm)

1-1/8 (29)
0 to 7/8 (0-20)
1-1/8 (29) 7/8 to 1-3/4 (20-40)
1-1/8 (29) 1-3/4 to 2-3/8 (40-60) 110 (489)
1-1/8 (29) 2-3/8 to 3-1/8 (60-80)
1-1/8 (29)
3-1/8 to 4 (80-100)
1-1/8 (29)
4 to 4-3/4 (100-120)

45 (200)

Brick
lb (N)

55 (245)

1 Hilti carbide tipped drill bits


2 Concrete strength f'c = 2500 psi (17.2 MPa).
3 Hollow Concrete Block meets ASTM C90 Grade N Type II.
4 Pullout values may be limited by the strength of the material fastened.

4.3.18.4 Installation Instructions


1

1. Drill a 5/16" diameter hole


through insulation into
base material.

3. Anchor is set. For outdoor


application, anchor head
must be covered by finish.

2. Hammer anchor into place


until washer is flush with
insulation.

4.3.18.5 Ordering Information


Description

Item No.

IDP 0/2
IDP 2/4
IDP 4/6
IDP 6/8
IDP 8/10
IDP 10/12

332105
332106
332107
332108
332109
332110

Box Qty

250
250
250
250
250
250

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 387

15_4.3_HUS-H.QXD:H440.04_04e Anchor.QXD

12/30/07

1:20 AM

Page 388

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Notes

388 Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008

16_Chemicals.qxd:H440.04_07 Chemicals.qxd

12/30/07

1:22 AM

Page 389

Mechanical Anchoring Systems

Notes

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.hilti.ca I Product Technical Guide 2008 389

Hilti Product Technical Guide

Hilti Product Technical Guide

In The United Sates


PAYMENT TERMS:

Net 30 days from date of invoice. Customer agrees to pay all


costs incurred by Hilti in collecting any delinquent amounts,
including attorneys fees.

FREIGHT:

All sales are F.O.B. Destination with transportation allowed via Hilti
designated mode. Delivery dates are estimates only. Additional
charges for expedited shipments, special handling requirements,
and orders below certain dollar amounts shall be the responsibility
of Customer. Fuel surcharges may apply depending on market
conditions.

PROFIS

CREDIT:

PROFIS:
The Worlds Most Powerful
Anchor Design Software
Easy to Learn Start working in
just minutes
Fast and Powerful Produce detailed
designs quickly
Specify with Confidence The
largest number of approvals and
latest design codes
No charge.
Download now @ www.us.hilti.com

Firestop Systems
When it comes to Life Safety and building
code compliance, Hilti provides complete
solutions with a wide range of products
and unmatched technical support.
Firestop Systems Guides
- Through Penetrations
- Joint Penetrations
FACT Program
FS 411
BASIC Training
Engineering Judgements
Firestop Design Center online
@ www.us.hilti.com

Products must be in saleable condition to qualify for return.


Saleable condition is defined as unused items in original
undamaged packaging and unbroken quantities and in as-new
condition. All returns are subject to Hilti inspection and
acceptance, and a $125 restocking charge if returned more
than 90 days after invoice date. Proof of purchase is required
for all returned materials. Special orders products and
discontinued items are not eligible for return credit. Dated
materials are only returnable in case quantity, and within 30
days after invoice date.

Hilti Diaphragm
Deck Design
The Hilti Diaphragm Deck Design
Program allows designers to quickly
and accurately design roof deck and
composite floor deck diaphragms.
Ability to design with innovative
Hilti fasteners for frame and sidelap
connection
Creates easy to use load tables with
span ranges based on user input
Allows for different safety factors
depending on load type, building
code and field quality control
Direct link to Hilti website

WARRANTY:

ACCEPTANCE OF ORDER:

Acceptance is limited to the express terms contained herein, and


terms are subject to change by Hilti without notice. Additional or
different terms proposed by Customer are deemed material and are
objected to and rejected, but such rejection shall not operate as a
rejection of the offer unless it contains variances in the terms of the
description, quantity, price or delivery schedule of the goods.
Orders are not deemed accepted by Hilti unless and until it ships
the associated items.
Any non-domestic Hilti product will be so identified on shipping
documents and invoices for customers who properly identify
themselves as a federal government entity. All other customers
may obtain such information by written request to Hilti, Inc.,
Contract Compliance, P.O. Box 21148, Tulsa, Oklahoma 74121.
Hiltis Quality Department personnel are the only individuals
authorized to warrant the country of origin of Hilti products.

BUSINESS SIZE:

Technical Library
Design Centers
Interactive Product Advisors
Full-line Product Catalog
Online Ordering
Maps to Hilti locations
Contact Us program to
answer your questions

A guide to specifying the Hilti modular


pipe support system for medium to
heavy loads without welding.
MI System is the ideal solution for
pipes up to 24 in. diameter
Reliable fastenings without welds
Easily installed

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.ca.hilti.com I Product Technical Guide 2008

FREIGHT:

Sales are F.O.B. Destination Point with


transportation allowed via Hilti designated
mode. Additional charges may apply for
expedited delivery, special handling
requirements, and order under certain
limits. A fuel surcharge may apply
depending on market conditions.

CREDIT:

All orders sold on credit are subject to


Credit Department approval.

RETURN POLICY:

Product may be returned prepaid (unless


otherwise authorized) to Hilti provided:
i) it is returned by the original purchaser
ii) it is not dated product returned more
than 30 days after the original delivery
date
iii) it is not discontinued, clearance or
special order product

Prices are those stated on the order, and unless otherwise noted
are based on purchasing all items on the order pricing for
individual products may vary for purchases of different quantities or
item combinations. Hilti does not maintain most favored customer
records, makes no representation with respect to same, and rejects
any price warranty terms proposed by Customer. Hilti's published
net price list is subject to change without notice.

iv) it is unused, in original packaging and


in unbroken quantities.
Hilti will inspect product and, if the above
requirements are satisfied, will credit to
customer the original purchase price. A
15% restocking fee may apply.
WARRANTY:

Other than the manufacturers published


warranty, no warranties or conditions,
express or implied, written or oral,
statutory or otherwise are implied. Any and
all conditions and warranties implied by
law or by the Sale of Goods Act or any
similar statutes of any Province are hereby
expressly waived.

TITLE TO PRODUCT:

Title to product remains with Hilti until the


total purchase price of product is paid.

PRICES:

Customer agrees to pay Hilti prices set out


on invoice. Customer agrees to pay taxes
as indicated on invoice unless Hilti
receives acceptable exemption
certificates.

INDEMNIFICATION:

Customer agrees to use product at own


risk and to indemnify Hilti against all
liabilities, including legal fees, to third
parties arising out of the use or
possession thereof. Hilti shall in no event
be liable for special, incidental or
consequential damages.

CHANGES:

Hilti sales personnel are not authorized to


modify these Terms and Conditions or
modify Customers credit terms. Terms are
subject to change by Hilti with reasonable
notice to Customer.

CASH SALES:

Payment in full is due prior to goods being


released.

QUOTATIONS:

All terms and conditions apply once


customer agrees to purchase product.
Quotations on special promotion products
are only valid until end of promotion
period.

Hilti is a large business.

PRICES:

MI Industrial
Pipe Support
Technical Guide

Net 30 days from date of invoice.


Customer agrees to pay all costs incurred
by Hilti in collecting delinquent amounts, if
any, including reasonable attorneys fees.

Hilti warrants that for a period of 12 months from the date it sells a
product it will, at its sole option and discretion, refund the purchase
price, repair, or replace such product if it contains a defect in
material or workmanship. Absence of Hiltis receipt of notification of
any such defect within this 12-month period shall constitute a
waiver of all claims with regard to such product.
THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Hilti shall in no
event be liable for, and Customer hereby agrees to indemnify Hilti
against all claims related to special, direct, indirect, incidental,
consequential, or any other damages arising out of or related to the
sale, use, or inability to use the product.

DOMESTIC ORIGIN:

Hilti Online

PAYMENT TERMS:

All orders sold on credit are subject to Credit Department approval.

RETURN POLICY:

In Canada

CONSENT TO JURISDICTION: All transactions made pursuant hereto shall be deemed to have
been made and entered into in Tulsa, Oklahoma. Any and all
disputes arising directly or indirectly from such transactions shall be
resolved in the courts of the County of Tulsa, State of Oklahoma, to
the exclusion of any other court, and any resulting judgment may
be enforced by any court having jurisdiction of such an action. All
transactions shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the laws of the State of Oklahoma.
INDEMNIFICATION:

Customer hereby agrees to indemnify Hilti for any costs, including


attorneys fees, incurred by Hilti as a result, in whole or in part, of
any violation by Customer of any Federal, State or Local statute or
regulation, or of any nationally accepted standard. It shall be
Customers sole responsibility to comply with all applicable laws
and regulations regarding the handling,use, transportation, or
disposal of products upon taking possession of same.

AUTHORIZATION:

HILTI LEGAL DEPARTMENT PERSONNEL ARE THE ONLY


INDIVIDUALS AUTHORIZED TO MODIFY THESE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS, WARRANT PRODUCT SUITABILITY FOR SPECIFIC
APPLICATIONS, OR EXECUTE CUSTOMER DOCUMENTS, AND
ANY SUCH ACTION IS NULL AND VOID UNLESS IN WRITTEN
FORM SIGNED BY SUCH INDIVIDUAL.

Hilti, Inc. (US) 1-800-879-8000 | www.us.hilti.com I en espaol 1-800-879-5000 I Hilti (Canada) Corp. 1-800-363-4458 I www.ca.hilti.com I Product Technical Guide 2008

Вам также может понравиться